Donate
 
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
Root Search
  
"uch" has 4 results.
    
        Root Word (Pāṇini Dhātupāṭha:)Full Root MarkerSenseClassSutra
√uchuchiiuñche1133
√uchuchiiuñche616
√uchuchīīvivāse1134
√uchuchīīvivāse617
     Amarakosha Search  
1 result
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
atiśayaḥ1.1.67MasculineSingularbhṛśam, gāḍham, tīvram, atimātram, ativelam, dṛḍham, nitāntam, nirbharam, atyartham, bharaḥ, bāḍham, ekāntam, udgāḍhammuch or excessive
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
6 results for uch
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
uch cl.1 P. ucchati- See 3. vas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uch cl.1 P. ucchati-, ucchāṃ-cakāra-, ucchitum-, etc., to finish ; to bind ; to abandon, transgress View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
much cl.1 P. mucchati- varia lectio for yuch- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prayuchP. -yucchati-, to be absent ; (with or scilicet manasā-) to be absent in mind, be careless or heedless View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
puch cl.1 P. pucchati-, to be careless (varia lectio for yuch-, much-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yuch (see 1. yu-) cl.1 P. () yucchati-, to go away, depart, keep aloof, vanish ("to err, be negligent"; see pra-yuch-).
     Apte Search  
760 results
     
a अ The first letter of the alphabet; अक्षंराणामकारो$स्मि Bg.10.33. -अः [अवति, अतति सातत्येन तिष्ठतीति वा; अव्-अत् वा, ड Tv.] 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the first of the three sounds constituting the sacred syllable ओम्; अकारो विष्णुरुद्दिष्ट उकारस्तु महेश्वरः । मकारस्तु स्मृतो ब्रह्मा प्रणवस्तु त्रयात्मकः ॥ For more explanations of the three syllables अ, उ, म् see ओम्. -2 N. of Śiva, Brahmā, Vāyu, or Vaiśvānara.-- [अः कृष्णः शंकरो ब्रह्मा शक्रः सोमो$निलो$नलः । सूर्यः प्राणो यमः कालो वसन्तः प्रणवः सुखी ॥ Enm. अः स्याद् ब्रह्मणि विष्ण्वीशकूर्माणङ्करणेषु च। गौरवे$न्तःपुरे हेतौ भूषणे$ङ्घ्रावुमेज्ययोः ॥ Nm. अः शिखायां सिद्धमन्त्रे प्रग्राहे$र्के रथार्वणि । चक्रे कुक्कुटमूर्ध्नीन्दुबिम्बे ब्रह्मेशविष्णुषु ॥ ibid. Thus अः means Kṛiṣṇa, Śiva, Brahmā, Indra, Soma, Vāyu, Agni, the Sun, the life-breath, Yama, Kāla, Vasanta, Praṇava, a happy man, a tortoise, a courtyard, a battle, greatness, a female apartment in a palace, an object or a cause, an ornament, a foot, Umā, sacrifice, a flame, a particularly efficacious mantra, reins, the horse of chariot, a wheel, the head of a cock, the disc of the moon]; ind. 1 A Prefix corresponding to Latin in, Eng. in or un, Gr. a or an, and joined to nouns, adjectives, indeclinables (or rarely even to verbs) as a substitute for the negative particle ऩञ्, and changed to अन् before vowels (except in the word अ-ऋणिन्). The senses of न usually enumerated are six--(a) सादृश्य 'likeness' or 'resemblance', अब्राह्मणः one like a Brāhmaṇa (wearing the sacred thread &c.), but not a Brāhmaṇa; a Kṣatriya, or a Vaiśya; अनिक्षुः a reed appearing like इक्षु, but not a true इक्षु. (b) अभाव 'absence', 'negation', 'want', 'privation'; अज्ञानम् absence of knowledge, ignorance; अक्रोधः, अनङ्गः, अकण्टकः, अघटः &c. (c) अन्यत्व 'difference' or 'distinction'; अपटः not a cloth, something different from, or other than, a cloth. (d) अल्पता 'smallness', 'diminution', used as a diminutive particle; अनुदरा having a slender waist (कृशोदरी or तनुमध्यमा). (e) अप्राशस्त्य 'badness', 'unfitness', having a depreciative sense; अकालः wrong or improper time; अकार्यम् not fit to be done, improper, unworthy, bad act. (f) विरोध 'opposition', 'contrariety'; अनीतिः the opposite of morality; immorality; असित not white, black; असुर not a god, a demon &c. These senses are put together in the following verse :-- तत्सादृश्यमभावश्च तदन्यत्वं तदल्पता । अप्राशस्त्यं विरोधश्च ऩञर्थाः षट् प्रकीर्तिताः ॥ See न also. With verbal derivatives, such as gerunds, infinitives, participles, it has usually the sense of 'not'; अदग्ध्वा not having burnt; अपश्यन् not seeing; so असकृत् not once; अमृषा, अकस्मात् &c. Sometimes in बहुव्रीहि अ does not affect the sense of the second member : अ-पश्चिम that which has no last, i. e. best, topmost; e. g. विपश्चितामपश्चिमः cf. also R.19.1. अनुत्तम having no superior, unsurpassed, most excellent: (for examples see these words). -2 An interjection of (a) Pity (ah !) अ अवद्यं P.I.1.14 Sk. (b) Reproach, censure (fie, shame); अपचसि त्वं जाल्म P.VI.3.73 Vārt. See अकरणि, अजीवनि also. (c) Used in addressing; अ अनन्त. (d) It is also used as a particle of prohibition. -3 The augment prefixed to the root in the formation of the Imperfect, Aorist and Conditional Tenses. N. B.-- The application of this privative prefix is practically unlimited; to give every possible case would almost amount to a dictionary itself. No attempt will, therefore, be made to give every possible combination of this prefix with a following word; only such words as require a special explanation, or such as most frequently occur in literature and enter into compounds with other words, will be given; others will be found self-explaining when the English 'in', 'un', or 'not', is substituted for अ or अन् before the meaning of the second word, or the sense may be expressed by 'less', 'free from', 'devoid or destitute of' &c; अकथ्य unspeakable; अदर्प without pride, or freedom from pride; अप्रगल्भ not bold; अभग unfortunate; अवित्त destitute of wealth &c. In many cases such compounds will be found explained under the second member. Most compounds beginning with अ or अन् are either Tatpuruṣa or Bahuvrīhi (to be determined by the sense) and should be so dissolved.
akaca अकच a. [न. ब.] Bald. -चः N. of Ketu (the descending node), who is represented as a headless trunk. Tv. explains it thus : अकाय दुःखाय चायते; चाय्-ड; केतुग्रहस्य उदयेन लोकोपप्लवस्य शास्त्रप्रसिद्धिः. अकडमम्, अकथहम्, ˚चक्रम् N. of a mystical circle (चक्र) or diagram with the letters of the alphabet, such as अ, क, ड, म; अ, क, थ, ह &c. written therein and used in determining the auspicious or inauspicious stars of a person; (ग्राह्यगोपालमन्त्रस्य तन्त्रोक्तमन्त्रग्रहणार्थं तत्तन्मन्त्राणां शुभाशुभ- विचारोपयोगी चक्रभेदः Tv.) (Mar. अवकहडाचक्र given in प़ञ्चाङ्ग).
akathita अकथित a. 'Not told', not otherwise mentioned by way of any of the other case-relations, such as अपादान &c; a name given to the indirect (गौण) object governed by verbs like दुह्, याच् &c. cf. अनभिहितम् अकथितं कर्म and 'अकथितं च' P.1.4.51. In the sentence 'गां पयः दोग्धि' गाम् is the indirect (गौण) object, and it could have taken the ablative ending.
akaniṣṭha अकनिष्ठ a. Not the youngest (such as eldest, middle); elder, superior. -ष्ठः N. of Buddha Gautama; of a deified Buddhist saint (pl. in this latter sense.) cf. बहूनि शत- सहस्राणि यावदकनिष्ठानां संनिपतितान्यभूवन् । Lv. -Comp. -पः (गः also) [अकनिष्ठान् बुद्धान् पातीति; पा-क.] N. of Buddha, lord of Buddhists.
akṣata अक्षत a. [न. त.] (a) Uninjured, unhurt; त्वमनङ्गः कथमक्षता रतिः Ku.4.9; ˚विग्रहा वाहाः Dk.3; प़ञ्चाक्षतास्ते वयं Ve.6.45.4.4; Mu.6.8; R.2.56; (b) Unbroken, whole; not crushed, undivided; मम नासिकामक्षतां कुर्वन्तु Pt.1, ˚सक्तूनां नवं कलशं पूरयित्वा Āśvalāyana. -तः 1 Śiva. -2 Thrashed and winnowed rice dried in the sun; (pl.) whole grain, entire unhusked and pounded rice washed with water, and used as an article of worship in all religious and sacred ceremonies; अक्षताः पान्तु पान्त्वक्षता इति श्राद्धमन्त्रः; अक्ष- तैर्नार्चयोद्विष्णुं न तुलस्या विनायकम् इति तन्त्रम्; साक्षतपात्रहस्ता R.2.21; आर्द्राक्षतारोपणमन्वभूतां 7.28. -3 Barley (यवाः); अक्षताश्च यवाः प्रोक्ताः sometimes neuter also (दूर्वाक्षतानि). -तम् 1 Corn, grain of any kind. -2 Absence of loss or ruin; good, wellbeing; अक्षतं चारिष्टं चास्तु इति श्राद्धमन्त्रः. -3 Eunuch (also m.). -ता 1 a virgin, a maiden not deflowered, blemished or enjoyed; अक्षता वा क्षता वापि. -2 N. of a plant कर्कटशृङ्गी (Mar. काकडशिंगी). -Comp. -योनिः a virgin, not yet blemished by sexual intercourse; सा चेदक्षतयोनिः स्यात् Ms.9.176; पत्नीष्वक्षतयोनिषु 1.5.
akṣaya अक्षय a. [नास्ति क्षयो यस्य] 1 Undecaying, exempt from decay, imperishable, undying, unfailing, inexhaustible; सदोपयोगे$पि गुरुस्त्वमक्षयो निधिः Śi 1.28; स संधार्यः प्रयत्नेन स्वर्गमक्षयमिच्छता Ms.3.79; यज्ञनिर्वृत्तिमक्षयां 4.23; गया- यामक्षयवटे पितॄणां दत्तमक्षयं Vāyu P.; त्रिसाधना शक्तिरिवार्थमक्षयं R.3. 13; मुनिभिः सार्धमक्षयैः Rām.7.18.12; Mb.9.176. -2 Poor, without house or habitation, such as a hermit or संन्यासिन् (क्षयो वासः तच्छून्यः अनिकेतनः संन्यासी दरिद्रो वा.) -यः 1 The Supreme Spirit परमात्मन्. -2 N. of the 2th year in the cycle of Jupiter. -या [अक्षयं पुण्यं यत्रास्ति-अच्] N. of a day which is said to confer undying religious merit; अमैव सोमवारेण रविवारेण सप्तमी । चतुर्थी भौमवारेण अक्षयादपि चाक्षया. -Comp. -गुणः, -पुरुहूतः Śiva (possessing imperishable qualities). -तृतीया the festival falling on the _x001F_1third day of the bright half of Vaiśākha (the first day of (सत्ययुग), which is said to secure permanence to all actions performed on that day (वैशाखे मासि राजेन्द्र शुक्ल- पक्षे तृतीयिका । अक्षया सा तिथिः प्रोक्ता कृत्तिकारोहिणीयुता ॥ तस्यां दानादिकं सर्वपक्षयं समुदाहृतम्). -नीवी f. a permanent endowment. Buddhist Inser. -मतिः name of a Buddhist. -लोकः the heaven.
akṣāra अक्षार a. [नास्ति क्षारं यत्र] Free from artificial salt -रः Natural salt गोक्षीरं गोघृतं चैव धान्यमुद्रास्तिला यवाः । सामुद्र- सैन्धवं चैव अक्षारंलवणं स्मृतम् ॥ -Comp. -लवणम् (-रा˚) [क्षारेण ऊषरमृत्तिकया निर्वृत्तं-अण् क्षारं कृत्रिमं लवणं; न. त.] natural salt; मुन्यन्नानि पयः सोमो मांसं यच्चानुपस्कृतम् । अक्षारलवणं चैव प्रकृत्या हविरुच्यते ॥ Ms.3.257 (अकृत्रिमलवणं सैन्धवादि); ˚लवणान्नाः- स्युः 5.73; चतुर्थकालमश्नीयादक्षारलवणं मितम्11.19; sometimes used for food that may be eaten at times unfit for the performance of religious duties; a class of objects such as cow's milk, ghee, rice, &c.
akṣi अक्षि n. [अश्नुते विषयान्; अश्-क्सि, अशेर्णित् Uṇ.3.155-6] अक्षिणी, अक्षीणि, अक्ष्णा, अक्ष्णः &c. 1 The eye (which grasps or sees objects); changed to अक्ष at the end of Bahuvrīhi comp; f. ˚क्षी when a limb of the body is indicated, as जलजाक्षी, otherwise दीर्घाक्षा वेणुयष्टिः; in Avyayī. comp. also it is changed to अक्ष, (समक्षम्, परोक्षम् &c.). -2 The number two; (-क्षिणी) the sun and moon. [cf. L. oculus; Ger. auge; Gr. okos, okkos, Zend ashi.] -Comp. -आमयः an eye-disease; यथा अक्ष्यामये मुद्गौदनं निवातशय्या चेति नित्यं शय्यासनं भोजनं च विकरोति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.32 and 1.6-81. -कम्पः twinkling; नाक्षिकम्पं व्यतिष्ठत R. 15.67. -कूटः-टकः, -गोलः, -तारा [ष. त.] the eyeball, pupil of the eye. -गत a. [अक्ष्णि गतः सर्वदा भावनावशात् अक्ष्यसन्नि- कृष्टो$पि उपस्थित इव़] 1 visible, present; न विभावयत्य- निशमक्षिगतामपि मां भवानतिसमीपतया Śi 9.81.2 rankling in the eye, an eye-sore, being a thorn in the eye, hated; ˚तोहमस्य हास्यो जातः Dk.159. -जाहः [ष. त.] the root of the eye. -पक्ष्मन्, -लोमन् n. [ष. त.] the eye-lash. -पटलम् [ष. त.]. 1 a coat of the eye. -2 a disease of the eye pertaining to this coat. -पद् a. Ved. falling into the eye, hence hurtful. न हि मे अक्षिपच्चना$च्छान्त्सुः पञ्च कृष्टयः Rv.1.119.6. adv. a little, as much as a mote (as much as could fall into the eye). -भू a. [अक्ष्णो भूर्विषयः] visible, perceptible, manifest; (hence) true, real. -भेषजम् [ष. त.] collyrium, a kind of balm (for the eyes). -जः (जम् also) N. of a plant (पट्टिकालोध्रवृक्ष) used to heal some varieties of the eye-disease. -भ्रुवम् [समाहारद्वन्द्व] the eye and the eyebrows taken collectively. -विकूणितम्, -विकूशितम् [अक्षणः विकूणि- तम् लज्जादिना सम्यक् प्रसाराभावात् संकोचो यत्र] a side-look, leer, a look with the eyelids partially closed. -श्रवस् serpent बभुरक्षिश्रवसो मुखे विशालाः Śi.2.44. -संविद् perception. -सूत्रम् the line of the eyes (with reference to idols. अक्षिसूत्रावसानं च तस्याधस्तात्पदान्तकम् Māna.9.2.92. -स्पन्दनम् eye twitching; Mu.4.
akhaṭṭaḥ अखट्टः [खट्ट्-अच्, न. त.] N. of a tree (प्रियाल) Buchanania Latifolia. [Mar. चारोळी]
agasti अगस्ति [विन्ध्याख्यं अगं अस्यति; अस्-क्तिच् शकन्ध्वादि˚, Uṇ.4. 179, or अगं विन्ध्याचलं स्त्यायति _x001F_+स्तभ्नाति, स्त्यै-क; or अगः कुम्भः तत्र स्त्यानः संहतः इत्यगस्त्यः] 1 'Pitcher-born,' N. of a celebrated Ṛiṣi or sage. -2 N. of the star Canopus, of which Agastya is the regent. -3 N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष) Sesbana (or Ӕschynomene) Grandiflora [Mar. रुईमंदार]. [The sage Agastya is a very reputed personage in Hindu mythology. In the Ṛigveda he and Vasiṣṭha are said to be the off-springs of Mitra and Varuṇa, whose seed fell from them at the sight of the lovely nymph Urvaśī at a sacrificial session. Part of the seed fell into a jar and part into water; from the former arose Agastya, who is, therefore, called Kumbhayoni, Kumbhajanman, Ghaṭodbhava, Kalaśayoni &c; from the latter Vasiṣṭha. From his parentage Agastya is also called Maitrāvaruṇi, Aurvaśeya, and, as he was very small when he was born, he is also called Mānya. He is represented to have humbled the Vindhya mountains by making them prostrate themselves before him when they tried to rise higher and higher till they wellnigh occupied the sun's disc and obstructed his path. See Vindhya. (This fable is supposed by some, to typify the progress of the Āryas towards the south in their conquest and civilization of India, the humbling of the mountain standing meta-phorically for the removal of physical obstacles in their way). He is also known by the names of Pītābdhi, Samudra-chuluka &c.; from another fable according to which he drank up the ocean because it had offended him and because he wished to help Indra and the gods in their wars with a class of demons called Kāleyas who had hid themselves in the waters and oppressed the three worlds in various ways. His wife was Lopāmudrā. She was also called Kauṣītakī and Varapradā. She bore him two sons, Dṛḍhāsya and Dṛḍhāsyu. In the Rāmāyaṇa Agastya plays a distinguished part. He dwelt in a hermitage on mount Kunjara to the south of the Vindhya and was chief of the hermits of the south. He kept under control the evil spirits who infested the south and a legend relates how he once ate up a Rākṣasa named Vātāpi, who had assumed the form of a ram, and destroyed by a flash of his eye the Rākṣasa's brother who attempted to avenge him. In the course of his wandering Rāma with his wife and brother came to the hermitge of Agastya who received him with the greatest kindness and became his friend, adviser and protector. He gave Rāma the bow of Viṣṇu and accompanied him to Ayodhyā when he was restored to his kingdom after his exile of 14 years. The superhuman power which the sage possessed, is also represented by another legend, according to which he turned king Nahuṣa into a serpent and afterwards restored him to his proper form. In the south he is usually regarded as the first teacher of science and literature to the primitive Dravidian tribes, and his era is placed by Dr. Caldwell in the 7th or 6th century B.C. The Purāṇas represent Agastya as the son of Pulastya (the sage from whom the Rākṣsas sprang) and Havirbhuvā the daughter of Kardama. Several 'hymn-seers' are mentioned in his family, such as his two sons, Indra-bāhu, Mayobhuva and Mahendra, also others who served to perpetuate the family. The sage is represented as a great philosopher, benevolent and kind-hearted, unsurpassed in the science of archery and to have taken a principal part in the colonization of the south; निर्जितासि मया भद्रे शत्रुहस्तादमर्षिणा । अगस्त्येन दुराधर्षा मुनिना दक्षिणेव _x001F_.दिक् ॥ Rām; अगस्त्याचरितामाशाम् R.4.44; cf. also; अगस्त्यो दक्षिणामाशामाश्रित्य नभसिः स्थितः । वरुणस्यात्मजो योगी विन्ध्यवातापिमर्दनः ॥ and R.6.61; Mv.7.14.] अगस्तितुल्या हि घृताब्धिशोषणे । Udbhaṭa.
agniḥ अग्निः [अङ्गति ऊर्ध्वं गच्छति अङ्ग्-नि,नलोपश्च Uṇ.4.5., or fr. अञ्च् 'to go.'] 1 Fire कोप˚, चिन्ता˚, शोक˚, ज्ञान˚, राज˚, &c. -2 The God of fire. -3 Sacrificial fire of three kinds (गार्हपत्य, आहवनीय and दक्षिण); पिता बै गार्हपत्यो$ ग्निर्माताग्निर्दक्षिणः स्मृतः । गुरुराहवनीयस्तु साग्नित्रेता गरीयसी ॥ Ms. 2.232. -4 The fire of the stomach, digestive faculty, gastric fluid. -5 Bile (नाभेरूर्ध्व हृदयादधस्तादामाशयमाचक्षते तद्गतं सौरं तेजः पित्तम् इत्याचक्षते). -6 Cauterization (अग्नि- कर्मन्). -7 Gold. -8 The number three. शराग्निपरिमाणम् (पञ्चत्रिंशत्) Mb.13.17.26. -9 N. of various plants: (a) चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica; (b) रक्तचित्रक; (c) भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium; (d) निम्बक Citrus Acida. -1 A mystical substitute for the letter र्. In Dvandva comp. as first member with names of deities, and with particular words अग्नि is changed to अग्ना, as ˚विष्णू, ˚मरुतौ, or to अग्नी, ˚पर्जन्यौ, ˚ वरुणौ, ˚षोमौ -11 पिङगला नाडी; यत्र तद् ब्रह्म निर्द्वन्द्वं यत्र सोमः, (इडा) सहाग्निना (अग्निः पिङ्गला) Mb.14.2.1. -12 Sacrificial altar, अग्निकुण्ड cf. Rām. 1.14.28. -13 Sky. अग्निर्मूर्धा Muṇḍ 2.1.4. [cf. L. ignis.] [Agni is the God of Fire, the Ignis of the Latins and Ogni of the Slavonians. He is one of the most prominent deities of the Ṛigveda. He, as an immortal, has taken up his abode among mortals as their guest; he is the domestic priest, the successful accomplisher and protector of all ceremonies; he is also the religious leader and preceptor of the gods, a swift messenger employed to announce to the immortals the hymns and to convey to them the oblations of their worshippers, and to bring them down from the sky to the place of sacrifice. He is sometimes regarded as the mouth and the tongue through which both gods and men participate in the sacrifices. He is the lord, protector and leader of people, monarch of men, the lord of the house, friendly to mankind, and like a father, mother, brother &c. He is represented as being produced by the attrition of two pieces of fuel which are regarded as husband and wife. Sometimes he is considered to have been brought down from heaven or generated by Indra between two clouds or stones, created by Dyau, or fashioned by the gods collectively. In some passages he is represented as having a triple existence, which may mean his three-fold manifestations as the sun in heaven, lightning in the atmosphere, and as ordinary fire on the earth, although the three appearances are also elsewhere otherwise explained. His epithets are numberless and for the most part descriptive of his physical characteristics : धूमकेतु, हुतभुज्, शुचि, रोहिताश्व, सप्तजिह्व, तोमरधर, घृतान्न, चित्रभानु, ऊर्ध्वशोचिस्, शोचिष्केश, हरिकेश, हिरण्यदन्त, अयोदंष्ट्र &c. In a celebrated passage he is said to have 4 horns, 3 feet, 2 heads, and 7 hands. The highest divine functions are ascribed to Agni. He is said to have spread out the two worlds and _x001F_+ produced them, to have supported heaven, formed the mundane regions and luminaries of heaven, to have begotten Mitra and caused the sun to ascend the sky. He is the head and summit of the sky, the centre of the earth. Earth, Heaven and all beings obey his commands. He knows and sees all worlds or creatures and witnesses all their actions. The worshippers of Agni prosper, they are wealthy and live long. He is the protector of that man who takes care to bring him fuel. He gives him riches and no one can overcome him who sacrifices to this god. He confers, and is the guardian of, immortality. He is like a water-trough in a desert and all blessing issue from him. He is therefore constantly supplicated for all kinds of boons, riches, food, deliverance from enemies and demons, poverty, reproach, childlessness, hunger &c. Agni is also associated with Indra in different hymns and the two gods are said to be twin brothers. Such is the Vedic conception of Agni; but in the course of mythological personifications he appears as the eldest son of Brahmā and is called Abhimānī [Viṣṇu Purāṇa]. His wife was Svāhā; by her, he had 3 sons -Pāvaka, Pavamāna and Śuchi; and these had forty-five sons; altogether 49 persons who are considered identical with the 49 fires. He is also represented as a son of Aṅgiras, as a king of the Pitṛs or Manes, as a Marut and as a grandson of Śāṇḍila, and also as a star. The Harivaṁśa describes him as clothed in black, having smoke for his standard and head-piece and carrying a flaming javelin. He is borne in a chariot drawn by red horses and the 7 winds are the wheels of his car. He is accompanied by a ram and sometimes he is represented as riding on that animal. Agni was appointed by Brahamā as the sovereign of the quarter between the south and east, whence the direction is still known as Āgneyī. The Mahābhārata represents Agni as having exhausted his vigour and become dull by devouring many oblations at the several sacrifices made by king Śvetaki, but he recruited his strength by devouring the whole Khāṇḍava forest; for the story see the word खाण्डव]. -Comp. -अ (आ) गारम् -रः, -आलयः, -गृहम् [अग्निकार्याय अगारम् शाक˚ त.] a fire-sanctuary, house or place for keeping the sacred fire; वसंश्चतुर्थो$ग्निरिवाग्न्यगारे R.5.25. रथाग्न्यगारं चापार्चीं शरशक्तिगदे- न्धनम् Mb.11.25.14. -अस्त्रम् fire-missile, a rocket, -आत्मक a. [अग्निरात्मा यस्य] of the nature of fire सोमा- त्मिका स्त्री, ˚कः पुमान्. -आधानम् consecrating the fire; so ˚आहिति. -आधेयः [अग्निराधेयो येन] a Brāhmana who maintains the sacred fire. (-यम्) = ˚आधानम्. -आहितः [अग्निराहितो येन, वा परनिपातः P.II.2.37.] one who maintains the sacred fire; See आहिताग्नि. -इध् m. (अग्नीध्रः) [अग्निम् इन्द्धे स अग्नीध्] the priest who kindles fire (mostly Ved). -इन्धनः [अग्निरिध्यते अनेन] N. of a Mantra. (नम्) kindling the fire; अग्नीन्धनं भैक्षचर्याम् Ms.2.18. -उत्पातः [अग्निना दिव्यानलेन कृतः उत्पातः] a fiery portent, meteor, comet &c. In Bṛ. S.33 it is said to be of five kinds: दिवि भुक्तशुभफलानां पततां रूपाणि यानि तान्युल्काः । धिष्ण्योल्का- शनिविद्युत्तारा इति पञ्चधा भिन्नाः ॥ उल्का पक्षेण फलं तद्वत् धिष्ण्याशनिस्त्रिभिः पक्षैः । विद्युदहोभिः ष़ड्भिस्तद्वत्तारा विपाचयति ॥ Different fruits are said to result from the appearances of these portents, according to the nature of their colour, position &c. -उद्धरणम्, -उद्धारः 1 producing fire by the friction of two araṇis. -2 taking out, before sun-rise, the sacred fire from its cover of ashes previous to a sacrifice. -उपस्थानम् worship of Agni; the Mantra or hymn with which Agni is worshipped (अग्निरुपस्थीयते$नेन) अग्निस्त्रिष्टुभ् उपस्थाने विनियोगः Sandhyā. -एधः [अग्निमेधयति] an incendiary. -कणः; -स्तोकः a spark. -कर्मन् n. [अग्नौ कर्म स. त.] 1 cauterization. -2 action of fire. -3 oblation to Agni, worship of Agni (अग्निहोत्र); so ˚कार्य offering oblations to fire, feeding fire with ghee &c.; निर्वर्तिताग्निकार्यः K.16.; ˚र्यार्धदग्ध 39, Ms.3.69, अग्निकार्यं ततः कुर्यात्सन्ध्ययोरुभयोरपि । Y.1.25. -कला a part (or appearance) of fire; ten varieties are mentioned धूम्रार्चिरुष्मा ज्वलिनी ज्वालिनी विस्फु- लिङ्गिनी । सुश्री: सुरूपा कपिला हव्यकव्यवहे अपि ॥ यादीनां दश- वर्णानां कला धर्मप्रदा अमूः ।). -कारिका [अग्निं करोति आधत्ते करणे कर्तृत्वोपचारात् कर्तरि ण्वुल्] 1 the means of consecrating the sacred fire, the Ṛik called अग्नीध्र which begins with अग्निं दूतं पुरो दधे. 2. = अग्निकार्यम्. -काष्ठम् अग्नेः उद्दीपनं काष्ठं शाक ˚त.] agallochum (अगुरु) -कुक्कुटः [अग्नेः कुक्कुट इव रक्तवर्णस्फुलिङ्गत्वात्] a firebrand, lighted wisp of straw. -कुण्डम [अग्नेराधानार्थं कुण्डम्] an enclosed space for keeping the fire, a fire-vessel. -कुमारः, -तनयः; सुतः 1 N. of Kārttikeya said to be born from fire; Rām.7. See कार्त्तिकेय. -2 a kind of preparation of medicinal drugs. -कृतः Cashew-nut; the plant Anacardium occidentale. [Mar.काजू] -केतुः [अग्नेः केतुरिव] 1 smoke. -2 N. of two Rākṣasas on the side of Rāvaṇa and killed by Rāma. -कोणः -दिक् the south-east corner ruled over by Agni; इन्द्रो वह्निः पितृपतिर्नौर्ऋतो वरुणो मरुत् । कुबेर ईशः पतयः पूर्वादीनां दिशां क्रमात् ॥ -क्रिया [अग्निना निर्वर्तिता क्रिया, शाक. त.] 1 obsequies, funeral ceremonies. -2 branding; भेषजाग्निक्रियासु च Y.3.284. -क्रीडा [तृ. त.] fire-works, illuminations. -गर्भ a. [अग्निर्गर्भे यस्य] pregnant with or containing fire, having fire in the interior; ˚र्भां शमीमिव Ś 4.3. (--र्भः) [अग्निरिव जारको गर्भो यस्य] 1 N. of the plant Agnijāra. -2 the sun stone, name of a crystal supposed to contain and give out fire when touched by the rays of the sun; cf Ś2.7. -3 the sacrificial stick अरणि which when churned, gives out fire. (-र्भा) 1 N. of the Śamī plant as containing fire (the story of how Agni was discovered to exist in the interior of the Śamī plant is told in chap. 35 of अनु- शासनपर्व in Mb.) -2 N. of the earth (अग्नेः सकाशात् गर्भो यस्यां सा; when the Ganges threw the semen of Śiva out on the Meru mountain, whatever on earth &c. was irradiated by its lustre, became gold and the earth was thence called वसुमती) -3 N. of the plant महा- ज्योतिष्मती लता (अग्निरिव गर्भो मध्यभागो यस्याः सा) [Mar. माल- कांगोणी] -ग्रन्थः [अग्निप्रतिपादको ग्रन्थः शाक. त.] the work that treats of the worship of Agni &c. -घृतम् [अग्न्युद्दीपनं घृतं शाक. त.] a kind of medicinal preparation of ghee used to stimulate the digestive power. -चित् m. अग्निं चितवान्; चि-भूतार्थे क्विप् P.III.2.91] one who has kept the sacred fire; यतिभिः सार्धमनग्निमग्निचित् R.8.25; अध्वरे- ष्वग्निचित्वत्सु Bk.5.11. -चयः, -चयनम्, -चित्या. arranging or keeping the sacred fire (अग्न्याधान); चित्याग्निचित्ये च P.III.1.132. -2 (-यः, -यनः) the Mantra used in this operation. -3 a heap of fire -चित्वत् [अग्निचयनम् अस्त्यस्मिन् मतुप्; मस्य वः । तान्तत्वान्न पद- त्वम् Tv.] having अग्निचयन or अग्निचित्. -चूडः A bird having a red tuft. -चर्णम् gunpowder. कार्यासमर्थः कत्यस्ति शस्त्रगोलाग्निचूर्णयुक् Śukranīti 2.93. -ज, -जात a. produced by or from fire, born from fire. (-जः, -जातः) 1 N. of the plant अग्निजार (अग्नये अग्न्युद्दीपनाय जायते सेवनात् प्रभवति). 1 N. of Kārttikeya पराभिनत्क्रौञ्चमिवाद्रिमग्निजः Mb.8.9. 68.3. Viṣṇu. (-जम्, -जातम) gold; so ˚जन्मन्. -जित् m. God; Bhāg.8.14.4. -जिह्व a. 1 having a fiery tongue. -2 one having fire for the tongue, epithet of a God or of Visṇu in the boar incarnation. (-ह्वा) 1 a tongue or flame of fire. -2 one of the 7 tongues of Agni (कराली धूमिनी श्वेता लोहिता नीललोहिता । सुवर्णा पद्मरागा च जिह्वा: सप्त विभावसोः -3 N. of a plant लाङ्गली (अग्नेर्जिह्वेव शिखा यस्याः सा); of another plant (जलपिप्पली) or गजपिप्पली (विषलाङ्गला) (Mar. जल-गज पिंपळी) -ज्वाला 1 the flame or glow of fire. -2 [अग्नेर्ज्वालेव शिखा यस्याः सा] N. of a plant with red blossoms, chiefly used by dyers, Grislea Tomentosa (Mar. धायफूल, धायटी). -तप् a. [अग्निना तप्यते; तप्-क्विप्] having the warmth of fire; practising austerities by means of fire. -तपस् a. [अग्निभिः तप्यते] 1 practising very austere penance, standing in the midst of the five fires. -2 glowing, shining or burning like fire (तपतीति तपाः अग्निरिव तपाः) hot as fire -तेजस् a. having the lustre or power of fire. (अग्नेरिव तेजो यस्य). (-स् n.) the lustre of fire. (-स् m.) N. of one of the 7 Ṛiṣis of the 11th Manvantara. -त्रयम् the three fires, See under अग्नि. -द a. [अग्निं दाहार्थं गृहादौ ददाति; दा. -क.] 1 giving or supplying with fire -2 tonic, stomachic, producing appetite, stimulating digestion. -3 incendiary; अग्निदान् भक्तदांश्चैव Ms.9.278; अग्निदानां च ये लोकाः Y.2.74; so ˚दायक, ˚दायिन्. यदग्निदायके पापं यत्पापं गुरुतल्पगे. Rām.2.75.45. -दग्ध a. 1 burnt on the funeral pile; अग्निदग्धाश्च ये जीवा ये$प्यदग्धाः कुले मम Vāyu. P. -2 burnt with fire. -3 burnt at once without having fire put into the mouth, being destitute of issue (?); (pl.) a class of Manes or Pitṛis who, when alive, kept up the household flame and presented oblations to fire. -दमनी [अग्निर्दम्यते$नया; दम्-णिच् करणे ल्युट] a narcotic plant, Solanum Jacquini. [Mar. रिंगणी] -दातृ [अग्निं विधानेन ददाति] one who performs the last (funeral) ceremonies of a man; यश्चाग्निदाता प्रेतस्य पिण्डं दद्यात्स एव हि. -दीपन a. [अग्निं दीपयति] stimulating digestion, stomachic, tonic. -दीप्त a. [तृ. त्त.] glowing, set on fire, blazing (-प्ता) [अग्निर्जठरानलो दीप्तः सेवनात् यस्याः सा] N. of a plant ज्योतिष्मती लता (Mar. मालकांगोणी), which is said to stimulate digestion. -दीप्तिः f. active state of digestion. -दूत a. अग्निर्दूत इव यस्मिन् यस्य वा] having Agni for a messenger, said of the sacrifice or the deity invoked; यमं ह यज्ञो गच्छत्यग्निदूतो अरंकृतः Rv.1.14.13. -दूषितः a. branded. -देवः [अग्नि- रेव देवः] Agni; a worshipper of Agni. -देवा [अग्निर्देवो यस्याः] the third lunar mansion, the Pleiades (कृत्तिका). -द्वारम् the door on the south-east of a building; पूर्व- द्वारमथैशाने चाग्निद्वारं तु दक्षिणे । Māna.9.294-95. -धानम् [अग्निर्धियते$स्मिन्] the place or receptacle for keeping the sacred fire, the house of अग्निहोतृ; पदं कृणुते अग्निधाने Rv. 1.165.3. -धारणम् maintaining the sacred fire; व्रतिनां ˚णम् K. 55. -नयनम् = ˚प्रणयनम्. -निर्यासः [अग्नेर्ज- ठरानलस्येव दीपको निर्यासो यस्य] N. of the plant अग्निजार. -नेत्र a. [अग्निर्नेता यस्य] having Agni for the leader or conveyer of oblations, an epithet of a god in general. -पदम् 1 the word Agni. -2 fire-place. -3 N. of a plant. -परिक्रि-ष्क्रि-या care of the sacred fire, worship of fire, offering oblations; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरिष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -परिच्छदः the whole sacrificial apparatus; गृह्यं चाग्निपरिच्छदम् Ms.6. 4. -परिधानम् enclosing the sacrificial fire with a kind of screen. -परीक्षा [तृ. त.] ordeal by fire. -पर्वतः [अग्निसाधनं पर्वतः] a volcano; महता ज्वलता नित्यमग्निमेवाग्नि- पर्वतः Rām.5.35.43. -पुच्छः [अग्नेः अग्न्याधानस्थानस्य पुच्छ इव]. tail or back part of the sacrificial place; the extinction of fire. -पुराणम् [अग्निना प्रोक्तं पुराणम्] one of the 18 Purāṇas ascribed to Vyāsa. It derives its name from its having been communicated originally by Agni to the sage Vasiṣṭha for the purpose of instructing him in the two-fold knowledge of Brahman. Its stanzas are said to be 145. Its contents are varied. It has portions on ritual and mystic worship, cosmical descriptions, chapters on the duties of Kings and the art of war, a chapter on law, some chapters on Medicine and some treatises on Rhetoric, Prosody, Grammar, Yoga, Brahmavidyā &c. &c. -प्रणयनम् bringing out the sacrificial fire and consecrating it according to the proper ritual. -प्रणिधिः Incendiary. Dk.2.8. -प्रतिष्ठा consecration of fire, especially the nuptial fire. -प्रवेशः; -शनम [स. त.] entering the fire, self-immolation of a widow on the funeral pile of her husband. -प्रस्कन्दनम् violation of the duties of a sacrificer (अग्निहोमाकरण); ˚परस्त्वं चाप्येवं भविष्यसि Mb.1.84.26. -प्रस्तरः [अग्निं प्रस्तृणाति अग्नेः प्रस्तरो वा] a flint, a stone producing fire. -बाहुः [अग्ने- र्बाहुरिव दीर्घशिखत्वात्] 1 smoke. -2 N. of a son of the first Manu; Hariv. N. of a son of Priyavrata and Kāmyā. V. P. -बीजम् 1 the seed of Agni; (fig.) gold (रुद्रतेजः समुद्भूतं हेमबीजं विभावसोः) -2 N. of the letter र्. -भम [अग्नि- रिव भाति; भा-क.] 1 'shining like fire,' gold. -2 N. of the constellation कृत्तिका. -भु n. [अग्नेर्भवति; भू-क्विप् ह्रस्वान्तः] 1 water. -2 gold. -भू a. [अग्नेर्भवतिः भू-क्विप्] produced from fire. (भूः) 1 'fire-born,' N. of Kārttikeya. -2 N. of a teacher (काश्यप) who was taught by Agni. -3 (arith.) six. -भूति a. produced from fire. (-तिः) [अग्निरिव भूतिरैश्वर्यं यस्य] N. of a pupil of the last Tīrthaṅkara. (-तिः) f. the lustre or might of fire. -भ्राजस् a. Ved. [अग्निरिव भ्राजते; भ्राज्-असुन्] shining like fire. अग्निभ्राजसो विद्युतः Ṛv.5.54.11. -मणिः [अग्नेरुत्थापको मणिः शाक. त.] the sunstone. -मथ् m. [अग्निं मथ्नाति निष्पादयति; मन्थ्-क्विप्- नलोपः] 1 the sacrificer who churns the fuel-stick. -2 the Mantra used in this operation, on the अरणि itself. -मन्थः, -न्थनम्, producing fire by friction; or the Mantra used in this operation. (-न्थः) [अग्निर्मथ्यते अनेन मन्थ्-करणे घञ्] N. of a tree गणिकारिका (Mar. नरवेल) Premna Spinosa (तत्काष्ठयोर्घर्षणे हि आशु वह्निरुत्पद्यते), -मान्द्यम् slowness of digestion, loss of appetite, dyspepsia. -मारुतिः अग्निश्च मरुच्च तयोरपत्यं इञ् ततो वृद्धिः इत् च; द्विपदवृद्धौ पृषो. पूर्वपदस्य ह्रस्वः Tv.] N. of the sage Agastya. -मित्रः N. of a king of the Śunga dynasty, son of Puṣypamitra who must have flourished before 15 B. C. -the usually accepted date of Patañjali-as the latter mentions पुष्यमित्र by name. -मुखः a. having Agni at the head. (-खः) [अग्निर्मुखमिव यस्य] 1 a deity, god, (for the gods receive oblations through Agni who is, therefore, said to be their mouth; अग्निमुखा वै देवाः; अग्निर्मुखं प्रथमं देवतानाम् &c; or अग्निर्मुखे अग्रे येषाम्, for fire is said to have been created before all other gods.) -2 [अग्निर्मुखं प्रधानमुपास्यो यस्य] one who maintains the sacred fire (अग्निहोतृद्विज) -3 a Brāhmaṇa in general (अग्निर्दाहकत्वात् शापाग्निर्मुखे यस्य for Brāhmaṇas are said to be वाग्वज्राः). -4 N. of two plants चित्रक Plumbago Zeylanica and भल्लातक Semicarpus Anacardium अग्निरिव स्पर्शात् दुःखदायकं मुखमग्रम् यस्य, तन्निर्यासस्पर्शेन हि देहे क्षतोत्पत्तेस्थयोस्तथात्वम्) -5 a sort of powder or चूर्ण prescribed as a tonic by चक्रदत्त -6 'fire-mouthed, sharp-biting, an epithet of a bug. Pt. 1. (-खी) अग्निरिव मुखमग्रं यस्याः; गौरादि-ङीष्] 1 N. of a plant भल्लातक (Mar. बिबवा, भिलावा) and लाङ्गलिका (विषलाङ्गला). -2 N. of the Gāyatri Mantra (अग्निरेव मुखं मुखत्वेन कल्पितं यस्याः सा, or अग्नेरिव मुखं प्रजापतिमुखं उत्पत्ति- द्वारं यस्याः, अग्निना समं प्रजापतिमुखजातत्वात्; कदाचिदपि नो विद्वान् गायत्रीमुदके जपेत् । गायत्र्याग्निमुखी यस्मात्तस्मादुत्थाय तां जपेत् ॥ गोभिल). -3 a kitchen [पाकशाला अग्निरिव उत्तप्तं मुखं यस्याः सा]. -मूढ a. [तृ. त.] Ved. made insane or stupefied by lightning or fire. -यन्त्रम् A gun अग्नियन्त्रधरैश्चक्रधरैश्च पुरुषैर्वृतः Śivabhārata 12.17. -यानम् An aeroplane. व्योमयानं विमानं स्यात् अग्नियानं तदेव हि । अगस्त्यसंहिता. -योगः See पञ्चाग्निसाधन. अग्नियोगवहो ग्रीष्मे विधिदृष्टेन कर्मणा । चीर्त्वा द्वादशवर्षाणि राजा भवति पार्थिवः ॥ Mb.13.14,2.43. -योजनम् causing the sacrificial fire to blaze up. -रक्षणम् 1 con-secrating or preserving the sacred (domestic) fire or अग्निहोत्र. -2 [अग्निः रक्ष्यते अनेन अत्र वा] a Mantra securing for Agni protection from evil spirits &c. -3 the house of an अग्निहोतृ. -रजः, -रजस् m. [अग्निरिव रज्यते दीप्यते; रञ्ज्-असुन् नलोपः] 1 a scarlet insect by name इन्द्रगोप. -2 (अग्नेः रजः) the might or power of Agni. -3 gold. Mb.3. 16.86.7 -रहस्यम् mystery of (worshipping &c.) Agni; N. of the tenth book of Śatapatha Brāhmaṇa. -राशिः a heap of fire, burning pile. -रुहा [अग्निरिव रोहति रुह्-क] N. of the plant मांसादनी or मांसरोहिणी (तदङ्कुरस्य वह्नितुल्य- वर्णतया उत्पन्नत्वात्तथात्वं तस्याः). -रूप a. [अग्नेरिव रूपं वर्णो यस्य] fire-shaped; of the nature of fire. -रूपम् the nature of fire. -रेतस् n. the seed of Agni; (hence) gold. -रोहिणी [अग्निरिव रोहति; रुह्-णिनि] a hard inflammatory swelling in the armpit. -लोकः the world a Agni, which is situated below the summit of Meru; in the Purāṇas it is said to be in the अन्तरिक्ष, while in the Kāśī Khaṇḍa it is said to be to the south of इन्द्रपुरी; एतस्या दक्षिणे भागे येयं पूर्दृश्यते शुभा । इमामर्चिष्मतीं पश्य वीतिहोत्रपुरीं शुभाम् ॥ -वधूः Svāhā, the daughter of Dakṣa and wife of Agni -वर्चस् a. [अग्नेर्वर्च इव वर्चो यस्य] glowing or bright like fire. (n.) the lustre of Agni. (-m.) N. of a teacher of the Purāṇas. -वर्ण a. [अग्नेरिव वर्णो यस्य] of the colour of fire; hot; fiery; सुरां पीत्वा द्विजो मोहादग्निवर्णां सुरां पिबेत् Ms.11.9; गोमूत्रमग्निवर्णं वा पिबेदुदकमेव वा 91. (र्णः) 1 N. of a prince, son of Sudarśana. -2 N. of a King of the solar race, See R.19.1. the colour of fire. (-र्णा) a strong liquor. -वर्धक a. stimulating digestion, tonic. (-कः) 1 a tonic. -2 regimen, diet (पथ्याहार). -वल्लभः [अग्नेर्वल्लभः सुखेन दाह्यत्वात्] 1 the Śāla tree, Shorea Robusta. -2 the resinous juice of it. -वासस् a. [अग्निरिव शुद्धं वासो यस्य] having a red (pure like Agni) garment. (n.) a pure garment. -वाह a. [अग्निं वाहयति अनुमापयति वा] 1 smoke. -2 a goat. -वाहनम् a goat (छाग). -विद् m. 1 one who knows the mystery about Agni. -2 an अग्निहोत्रिन् q. v. -विमोचनम् ceremony of lowering the sacrificial fire. -विसर्पः pain from an inflamed tumour, inflammation. -विहरणम्, -विहारः 1 taking the sacrificial fire from आग्नीध्र to the उत्तरवेदि. -2 offering oblations to fire; प्रत्यासन्ना ˚वेला K.348. -वीर्यम् 1 power or might of Agni. -2 gold. -वेतालः Name of Vetāla (connected with the story of Vikra-māditya). -वेशः [अग्नेर्वेश इव] N. of an ancient medical authority (चरक). -वेश्मन् m. the fourteenth day of the karma-ṃāsa; Sūryaprajñapti. -वेश्यः 1 N. of a teacher, Mbh. -2 Name of the 22nd muhūrta; Sūryapraj-ñapti. धौम्य cf. Mb 14.64.8. -शरणम्, -शाला-लम् a fire-sanctuary; ˚मार्गमादेशय Ś.5; a house or place for keeping the sacred fire; ˚रक्षणाय स्थापितो$हम् V.3. -शर्मन् a. [अग्निरिव शृणाति तीव्रकोपत्वात् शॄ-मनिन्] very passionate. (-m.) N. of a sage. -शिख a. [अग्नेरिव अग्निरिव वा शिखा यस्य] fiery, fire-crested; दहतु ˚खैः सायकैः Rām. (-खः) 1 a lamp. -2 a rocket, fiery arrow. -3 an arrow in general. -4 safflower plant. -5 saffron. -6 जाङ्गलीवृक्ष. (-खम्) 1 saffron. -2 gold. (-खा) 1 a flame; शरैरग्निशिखोपमैः Mb. -2 N. of two plants लाङ्गली (Mar. वागचबका or कळलावी) Gloriosa Superba; of other plants (also Mar. कळलावी) Meni-spermum Cordifolium. -शुश्रूषा careful service or worship of fire. -शेखर a. fire-crested. (-रः) N. of the कुसुम्भ, कुङ्कुम and जाङ्गली trees (-रम्) gold, -शौच a. [अग्नेरिव शौचं यस्य] bright as fire; purified by fire K.252. -श्री a. [अग्नेरिव श्रीर्यस्य] glowing like fire; lighted by Agni -ष्टुत्, -ष्टुभ, -ष्टोम &c. see ˚ स्तुत्, ˚स्तुभ् &c. -ष्ठम् 1 kitchen; अग्निष्ठेष्वग्निशालासु Rām.6.1.16. -2 a fire-pan. -संयोगाः explosives. Kau. A.2.3. -ष्वात्तः see स्वात्तः -संस्कारः 1 consecration of fire. -2 hallowing or con-secrating by means of fire; burning on the funeral pile; यथार्हं ˚रं मालवाय दत्वा Dk.169; नास्य कार्यो$ग्निसंस्कारः Ms.5.69, पितरीवाग्निसंस्कारात्परा ववृतिरे क्रियाः । R.12.56. -सखः; -सहायः 1 the wind. -2 the wild pigeon (smoke-coloured). -3 smoke. -सम्भव a. [प. ब.] sprung or produced from fire. (-वः) 1 wild safflower. -2 lymph, result of digestion. (-वम्) gold. -साक्षिक [अग्निः साक्षी यत्र, कप्] a. or adv. keeping fire for a witness, in the presence of fire; पञ्चबाण˚ M.4.12. ˚मर्यादो भर्ता हि शरणं स्त्रियाः H.1.v. l, R.11.48. -सारम् [अग्नौ सारं यस्य अत्यन्तानलोत्तापनेपि सारांशादहनात् Tv.] रसाञ्जन, a sort of medical preparation for the eyes. (-रः -रम्) power or essence of fire. -सुतः Kārttikeya; त्वामद्य निहनिष्यामि क्रौञ्चमग्निसुतो यथा । Mb.7.156.93. -सूत्रम् a thread of fire. -2 a girdle of sacrificial grass (मौञ्जीमेखला) put upon a young Brāhmaṇa at the time of investiture. -सूनुः (See -सुतः), (सेनानीरग्निभूर्गुहः । Amar.); देव्यङ्कसंविष्ट- मिवाग्निसूनुम् । Bu. ch.1.67. -स्तम्भः 1 stopping the burning power of Agni. -2 N. of a Mantra used in this operation. -3 N. of a medicine so used. -स्तुत् m. (अग्निष्टुत्) [अग्निः स्तूयते$त्र; स्तु-आधारे क्विप् षत्वम्] the first day of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice; N. of a portion of that sacrifice which extends over one day; यजेत वाश्वमेधेन स्वर्जिता गोसवेन वा । अभिजिद्विश्वजिद्भ्यां वा त्रिवृता- ग्निष्टुतापि वा ॥ Ms.11.74. -स्तुभ् (˚ष्टुभ्) m. [अग्निः स्तुभ्यते$त्र; स्तुभ्-क्विप् षत्वम्] 1 = अग्निष्टोम. -2 N. of a son of the sixth Manu. -रतोमः (˚ष्टोमः) [अग्नेः स्तोमः स्तुतिसाधनं यत्र] 1 N. of a protracted ceremony or sacrificeial rite extending over several days in spring and forming an essential part of the ज्योतिष्टोम. -2 a Mantra or Kalpa with reference to this sacrifice; ˚मे भवो मन्त्रः ˚मः; ˚मस्य व्याख्यानम्, कल्पः ˚मः P.IV.3.66. Vārt. -3 N. of the son of the sixth Manu. -4 a species of the Soma plant; ˚सामन् a part of the Sāma Veda chanted at the conclusion of the Agniṣṭoma sacrifice. -सावर्णिः Name of Manu. -स्थ a. (ष्ठ) [अग्नौ स्थातुमर्हति; स्था-क षत्वम्] placed in, over, or near the fire. (ष्ठः) an iron frying-pan; in the अश्वमेध sacrifice the 11th Yūpa which of all the 21 is nearest the fire. -स्वात्तः (written both as ˚स्वात्त and ˚ष्वात्त) (pl.) [अग्नितः i. e. श्राद्धीयविप्रकर- रूपानलात् सुष्ठु आत्तं ग्रहणं येषां ते] N. of a class of Pitṛs or Manes who, when living on earth, maintained the sacred or domestic fires, but who did not perform the Agniṣṭoma and other sacrifices. They are regarded as Manes of Gods and Brāhmaṇas and also as descendants of Marīchi; Ms.3.195. अग्निष्वात्ताः पितर एह गच्छत Tsy.2.5.12.2. (मनुष्यजन्मन्यग्निष्टोमादियागमकृत्वा स्मार्तकर्मनिष्ठाः सन्तो मृत्वा च पितृत्वं गताः इति सायणः). -हुत्, -होतृ Ved. sacrificing to Agni, having Agni for a priest; Rv.1.66.8. -होत्रम् [अग्नये हूयते$त्र, हु-त्र, च. त.] 1 an oblation to Agni (chiefly of milk, oil and sour gruel.). -2 maintenance of the sacred fire and offering oblation to it; (अग्नये होत्रं होमो$स्मिन् कर्मणीति अग्निहोत्रमिति कर्मनाम); or the sacred fire itself; तपोवनाग्निहोत्रधूमलेखासु K.26. होता स्यात् ˚त्रस्य Ms.11.36. ˚त्रमुपासते 42; स्त्रीं दाहयेत् ˚त्रेण Ms.5.167,6.4, दाहयित्वाग्निहोत्रेण स्त्रियं वृत्तवतीम् Y.1.89. The time of throwing oblations into the fire is, as ordained by the sun himself, evening (अग्नये सायं जुहुयात् सूर्याय प्रातर्जुहुयात्). Agnihotra is of two kinds; नित्य of constant obligation (यावज्जीवमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति) and काम्य occasional or optional (उपसद्भिश्चरित्वा मासमेकमग्निहोत्रं जुहोति). (-त्र) a. Ved. 1 destined for, connected with, Agnihotra. -2 sacrificing to Agni. ˚न्यायः The rule according to which the नित्यकर्मन्s (which are to be performed यावज्जीवम्) are performed at their stipulated or scheduled time only, during one's life time. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि and शबर at Ms.6. 2.23-26. in connection with अग्निहोत्र and other कर्मन्s. ˚हवनी (णी) a ladle used in sacrificial libations, or अग्निहोत्रहविर्ग्रहणी ऋक् Tv.; See हविर्ग्रहणी; ˚हुत् offering the अग्निहोत्र; ˚आहुतिः invocation or oblation connected with अग्निहोत्र. -होत्रिन् a. [अग्निहोत्र-मत्वर्थे इनि] 1 one who practises the Agnihotra, or consecrates and maintains the sacred fire. -2 one who has prepared the sacrificial place. -होत्री Sacrificial cow; तामग्निहोत्रीमृषयो जगृहु- र्ब्रह्मवादिनः Bhāg.8.8.2.
agra अग्र a. [अङ्ग्-रन् नलोपः Uṇ.2.28] 1 First, foremost, chief, best, prominent, principal, pre-eminent; ˚महिषी chief queen; ˚वातमासेवमाना M.1. front (and hence, fresh) breeze; ˚आसनम् chief seat, seat of honour; माम- ग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशं ये दृष्टवन्तः पुरा Mu.1.12. -2 Excessive, over and above, surplus; supernumerary, projecting (अधिक). -ग्रः Setting mountain; अग्रसानुषु नितान्तपिशङ्गैः Ki.9.7. -ग्रम् 1 (a) The foremost or topmost point, tip, point (opp. मूलम्, मध्यम्); (fig.) sharpness, keenness; धर्मस्य ब्राह्मणो मूलम् मग्रं राजन्य उच्यते Ms.11.83; दर्व्याम् अग्रं मूलम् मध्यम् &c.; नासिका˚ tip of the nose; सूचि˚ &c.; समस्ता एव विद्या जिह्वाग्रे$भवन् K.346 stood on the tip of the tongue; अमुष्य विद्या रसनाग्रनर्तकी N.1.5. (b) Top, summit, surface; कैलास˚, पर्वत˚, &c. -2 Front, van; अग्रे कृ put in the front or at the head; तामग्रे कृत्वा Pt.4. See अग्रे. -3 The best of any kind; स्यन्दनाग्रेण with the best of chariots; प्रासादाग्रैः Rām. -4 Superiority, excellence (उत्कर्ष); अग्रादग्रं रोहति Tāṇḍya. -5 Goal, aim, resting place (आलम्बनम्); मनुमेकाग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1, See ˚भूमि also. -6 Beginning, See अग्रे. -7 A multitude, assemblage. -8 Overplus, excess, surplus; साग्रं स्त्रीसहस्रम् Rām. 1 women and more; so साग्रकोटी च रक्षसाम्. -9 A weight = पल q. v. -1 A measure of food given as alms (ब्राह्मणभोजनम् occurring in अग्रहार); प्रयतो ब्राह्मणाग्रे यः श्रद्धया परया युतः । Mb.13.65.13. -11 (Astr.) Amplitude of the sun (˚ग्रा, अग्रका also). cf. ...अग्रमालम्बने$धिके । पुरोपरिप्रान्ताद्येषु न पुंसि प्रमिताशने । Nm. -12 Forepart of time; नैवेह किंचनाग्र आसीत् Bṛi. Up.1.2.1. In compounds as first member meaning 'the forepart', 'front', 'tip' &c.; e. g. ˚अक्चयः First procurement (cf. Daṇḍa-viveka G. O. S.52, p.43). ˚पादः -चरणः the forepart of the foot, toe; so ˚हस्तः, ˚करः, ˚पाणिः &c.; ˚सरोरूहम् the topmost lotus. पद्मानि यस्याग्रसरोरुहाणि Ku.1.16. ˚कर्णम् Tip-ear; top of the ear; Mātaṅga L.5.7. ˚कायः forepart of the body; so ˚नखम्, ˚नासिका tip of the nail, nose &c., -adv. In front, before, ahead. -Comp. -अंशुः [अग्रम् अंशोः] the focal point. -अक्षि n. [कर्म.] sharp or pointed vision, side-look (अपाङ्गवीक्षण); अग्राक्ष्णा वीक्षमाणस्तु तिर्यग् भ्रातरमब्रवीत् Rām. -अद्वन् a. having precedence in eating. -अनी (णी) कः (कम्) vanguard; दीर्घाल्लँघूंश्चैव नरानग्रानीकेषु योधयेत् Ms.7.193; [अग्राणीकं रघुव्याघ्रौ राक्षसानां बभञ्जतुः Rām. -अयणीयम [अग्रं श्रेष्टं अयनं ज्ञानं तत्र साधु छ]. 1 N. of a Buddhistic tenet (उत्पादपूर्वमग्रायणीयमथ वीर्यता प्रवादः स्यात् -हेमचन्द्रः). -2 title of the second of the fourteen oldest Jain books (Pūrvas). -अवलेहितम् [अग्रम् अव- लेहितम् आस्वादितं यस्य] food at a Śrāddha ceremony, the chief part of which has been tested. -आसनम् First seat of honour; मामग्रासनतो$वकृष्टमवशम् Mu.1.12. -उत्सर्गः taking a thing by leaving its first portion in conformity with the rule of laying by nothing for the next day (i. e. the rule of non hoarding); cf. Daṇḍaviveka G. O. S.52, pp.43-44. -उपहरणम् first supply. -उपहरणीय a. [अग्रे उपह्रियते कर्मणि अनीयर्] 1 that which is first offered or supplied. -2 [अग्रम् उपह्रियते यस्मै हृ- संप्रदाने अनीयर्] श्राद्धाद्यर्थमुपकल्पितस्य अन्नादेरग्रे दानोद्देश्यः वास्तु- देवादिः Tv. -करः 1 = अग्रहस्तः q. v. -2 the focal point. -केशः front line of hair; ˚शेषु रेणुः अपहरति K.86. -गः [अग्रे गच्छतीति, गम्-ड] a leader, a guide; taking the lead; marching foremost. -गण्य a. [अग्रे गण्यते$सौ] foremost, to be ranked first; शमनभवनयाने यद्भवानग्रगण्यः Mahān. -गामिन् a. [अग्रे गच्छति] a leader; प्रष्ठो$ग्रगामिनि P.VIII.3.92. -ज a. [अग्रे जायते; जन्-ड.] first born or produced; आनन्देनाग्रजेनेव R.1.78. (-जः) 1 the first born, an elder brother; सुमतिं ममाग्रजमवगच्छ M.5; अस्त्येव मन्युर्भरताग्रजे मे R.14.73. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. (-जा) an elder sister; so ˚जात, ˚जातक, ˚जाति. -जङ्घा the forepart of the calf. -जन्मन् m. [अग्रे जन्म यस्य सः] 1 the first-born, an elder brother; जनकाग्रजन्मनोः शासनमतिक्रम्य Dk.2. -2 a Brāhmaṇa (वर्णेषु मध्ये अग्रजातत्वात्, or अग्रात् प्रधानाङ्गात् मुखात् जातत्वात्, ब्राह्मणो$स्य मुखमासीत्, तस्मात् त्रिवृत् स्तोमानां मुखम... अग्निर्देवतानां ब्राह्मणो मनुष्याणाम्; तस्माद् ब्राह्मणो मुखेन वीर्यं करोति मुखतो हि सृष्टः Tāṇḍya); अतिवयसमग्रजन्मानम् K.12; अवो- चत् ˚न्मा Dk.13.3; N. of Brahmā, as he was the first to be born in the waters. cf. अग्रजन्मा द्विजे ज्येष्ठभ्रातरि ब्रह्मणि स्मृतम् Nm. -जिह्वा the tip of the tongue. -ज्या (astr.) the sign of the amplitude. -दानिन् [अग्रे दानम् अस्य; अग्र- दान-इनि] a (degraded) Brāhmaṇa who takes presents offered in honour of the dead (प्रेतोद्देशेन यद्दानं दीयते तत्प्रति- ग्राही); लोभी विप्रश्च शूद्राणामग्रेदानं गृहीतवान् । ग्रहणे मृतदानानां (ग्रहणात्तिलदानानां Tv.) अग्रदानी बभूव सः ॥ -दानीयः [अग्रे दानमर्हति छ] = अग्रदानिन्. -दूतः a harbinger; कृष्णाक्रोधा- ग्रदूतः Ve.1.22; ˚दूतिका Dk.2; महीपतीनां प्रणयाग्रदूत्यः R.6.12; -देवी the chief queen; समग्रदेवीनिवहाग्र- देवी... । Bu.ch.1.15. -धान्यम a cereal grain. (Mar. जोंधळा), Holcus soraghum or Holcus spicatus. (Mar. बाजरी). -निरूपणम् predestination; prophecy, determining beforehand. -नीः (णीः) [अग्रे नीयते असौ नी-क्विप्, णत्वम्] 1 a leader, foremost, first, chief; ˚णी- र्विरागहेतुः K.195; अप्यग्रणीर्मन्त्रकृतामृषीणाम् R.5.4. chief. -2 fire. -पर्णी [अग्रे पर्णं यस्याः सा-ङीप्] cowage, Carpopogon Pruriens (अजलोमन्). [Mar. कुयली]. -पातिन् a. [अग्रे आदौ पतति; पत्-णिनि] happening beforehand, antecedent; [˚तीनि शुभानि निमित्तानि K.65. -पादः the forepart of the foot; toes; नवकिसलयरागेणाग्रपादेन M.3.12; ˚स्थिता standing on tiptoe. Ś.5. -पाणिः = ˚हस्तः q. v. -पूजा the highest or first mark of reverence or respect; ˚जामिह स्थित्वा गृहाणेदं विषं प्रभो Rām. -पेयम् precedence in drinking. -प्रदायिन् a. giving in advance; तेषामग्र- प्रदायी स्याः कल्पोत्थायी प्रियंवदः Mb.5.135.35. -बीज a. [अग्रं शाखाग्रं बीजमुत्पादकं यस्य] growing by means of the tip or end of branches, growing on the stock or stem of another tree, such as 'कलम' in Mar. (-जः) a viviparous plant. -भागः [कर्म.] 1 the first or best part (श्राद्धादौ प्रथममुद्धृत्य देयं द्रव्यम्) -2 remnant, remainder (शेषभाग). -3 fore-part, tip, point. -4 (astr.) a degree of amplitude. -भागिन् a. [अग्र- भागो$स्यास्ति; अस्त्यर्थे इनि] first to take or claim (the remnant); अलङ्क्रियमाणस्य तस्य अनुलेपनमाल्ये ˚गी भवामि V. 5, claiming the first share of the remnant etc. -भावः precedence. उदारसंख्यैः सचिवैरसंख्यैः कृताग्रभावः स उदाग्रभावः Bu.ch.I.15. -भुज् a. 1 having precedence in eating. स तानग्रभुजस्तात धान्येन च धनेन च Mb.1.178.12. -2 gluttonous, voracious (औदरिक). -भूः [अग्रे भवति भू-क्विप्] = ˚ज. -भूमिः f. 1 goal of ambition or object aimed at; ततो$ग्रभूमिं व्यवसायासिद्धेः Ki.17.55; त्वमग्र- भूमिर्निरपायसंश्रया Śi.1.32 (प्राप्यस्थानम्). -2 the topmost part, pinnacle; विमान˚ Me.71. -महिषी the principal queen. -मांसम् [अग्रं भक्ष्यत्वेन प्रधानं मांसम्] flesh in the heart, the heart itself; ˚सं चानीतं Ve.3.2. morbid protuberance of the liver. -यणम् [अग्रम् अयनात् उत्तरायणात् णत्वं शकं˚ तद्विधानकालो$स्य अच् (?) Tv.] a kind of sacrificial ceremony. See आग्रयण. -यान a. [अग्रे यानं यस्य, या-ल्युट्] taking the lead, foremost. (-नम्) an army that stops in front to defy the enemy. मनो$ग्रयानं वचसा निरुक्तं नमामहे Bhāg.8.5.26. -यायिन् a. [अग्रे यास्यति या-णिनि] taking the lead, leading the van; पुत्रस्य ते रणशिरस्ययमग्रयायी Ś.7.26. मान- धनाग्रयायी R.5.3,5.62.18.1. -योधिन् [अग्रे स्थित्वा युध्यते] the principal hero, champion राक्षसानां वधे तेषां ˚धी भविष्यति Rām.; so ˚वीर; कर्मसु चाग्रवीरः. -रन्ध्रम् opening fore-part; त्रासान्नासाग्ररन्ध्रं विशति Māl.1.1. -लोहिता [अग्रं लोहितं यस्याः सा] a kind of pot-herb (चिल्लीशाक). -संख्या the first place or rank; पुत्रः समारोपयदग्रसंख्याम् R.18.3. -वक्त्रम् N. of a surgical instrument, Suśr. -वातः fresh breeze; अग्रवातमासेवमाना M.1. -शोमा towering beauty or the beauty of the peaks; कैलासशैलस्य यदग्रशोभाम् । Bu. ch.1.3. -संधानी [अग्रे फलोत्पत्तेः प्राक् संधी- यते ज्ञायते $नया कार्यम् Tv.] the register of human actions kept by Yama (यत्र हि प्राणिवर्गस्य प्राग्भवीयकर्मानुसारेण शुभा- शुभसूचकं सर्वं लिख्यते सा यमपञ्जिका). -सन्ध्या early dawn; कर्कन्धूनामुपरि तुहिनं रञ़्जयत्यग्रसन्ध्या Ś.4. v.1. -सर = यायिन् taking the lead; आयोधनाग्रसरतां त्वयि वीर याते R.5.71. -सारा [अग्रं शीर्षमात्रं सारो यस्याः सा] 1 a sprout which has tips without fruits. -2 a short method of counting immense numbers. -हर a. [अग्रे ह्रियते दीयते$सौ; हृ-अच्] 1 that which must be given first. -2 = अग्रहारिन्. -हस्त (˚कर; ˚पाणिः,) the forepart of the hand or arm; अग्रहस्तेन गृहीत्वा प्रसादयैनाम् Ratn.3; forepart of the trunk (of an elephant); often used for a finger or fingers taken collectively; शीतलस्ते ˚स्तः Mk.3; अतिसाध्वसेन वेपते मे ˚स्तः Ratn.1; कुसुमित इव ते ˚स्तः प्रतिभाति M.1.; प्रसारिते ˚स्ते M.4; ˚हस्तात्प्रभ्रष्टं पुष्पभाजनम् Ś.4. slipped from the fingers; also the right hand; अथ ˚हस्ते मुकुलीकृताङ्गुलौ Ku.5.63. (अग्रश्चासौ हस्तश्च Malli.). Ki.5.29. -हायनः (णः) [अग्रः श्रेष्ठः हायनो व्रीहिः अत्र, णत्वम्] the beginning of the year; N. of the month मार्गशीर्ष; (मासानां मार्गशीर्षो$हम् Bg. 1.35.); ˚इष्टिः नवशस्येष्टिर्यागभेदः. -हारः 1 a grant of land given by kings (to Brāhmaṇas) for sustenance (अग्रं ब्राह्मणभोजनं, तदर्थं ह्रियन्ते राजधनात् पृथक् क्रियन्ते ते क्षेत्रादयः- नीलकण्ठ; क्षेत्रोत्पन्नशस्यादुद्धृत्य ब्राह्मणोद्देशेन स्थाप्यं धान्यादि, गुरुकुला- दावृत्तब्रह्मचारिणे देयं क्षेत्रादि, ग्रामभेदश्च Tv.); अग्रहारांश्च दास्यामि ग्रामं नगरसंमितम् Mb.3.64.4. कस्मिंश्चिदग्रहारे Dk.8.9. -2 the first offering in वैश्वदेव Mb.3.234.47.
agre अग्रे adv. 1 In front of, before (in time or space); अग्रे यान्ति स्थस्य रेणुपदवीं...घनाः V.1.5,2.7; R.2.56; Bh.3.36. -2 In the presence of, before; ममाग्रे स्तुवन्ति H.1; तं मे त्वमग्रहीरग्रे वृणोमि त्वामहं ततः Mb.1.81.21. -3 At the head, ahead; बलाग्रे तिष्ठते वीरो नलः Rām. -4 Further on, subsequently, in the sequel; एवमग्रे वक्ष्यते, एवमग्रे$पि द्रष्टव्यम् &c. -5 In the beginning; at first, first; प्रतापो$ग्रे ततः शब्दः परागस्तदनंतरम् R.4.3; आत्मैवेदमग्र आसीत् Bṛi. _x001F_+Ār. Up.4.1.1.; Ms.2.169. -6 First, in preference to others; सवर्णाग्रे द्विजातीनां प्रशस्ता दारकर्मणि Ms.3.12. अतिथिभ्यो$ग्र एवैतान् भोजयेत् 3.114. -Comp. -गः a leader; सेनाग्रगः Rām.7.35.6. -गाः going in front or before. -गूः Going in front. -दिधिषुः -षूः a man (of one of the first three castes) who marries a wife married before (पुनर्भूविवाहकारी). (-षूः) f. a married woman whose elder sister is still unmarried (ज्येष्ठायां यद्यनूढायां कन्यायामुह्यते$नुजा । सा चाग्रेदिधिषूर्ज्ञेया पूर्वा च दिधिषूः स्मृता); ˚पतिः the husband of such a woman. -पाः [अग्रे स्थित्वा पाति, अलुक्] first to protect. -पूः [अग्रे पूयते, पू-क्विप्] purifying in one's presence; having precedence in drinking. -वनम्-णम् [वनस्याग्रं राजदन्ता˚ ˚पूर्वनिपातः; अलुक् णत्वम् P.VIII.4.4.] the border or skirt of a forest. -सर a. [अग्रमग्रेणाग्रे वा सरति सृ. ट. अलुक्-पुरो$ग्रतो$ग्रेषु सर्त्तेः । P.III. 2.18.] going in front, taking the lead, a leader, foremost, first; निरपत्रपाणाम् अग्रेसरीकृतास्मि K.169; मरण˚रो भवामि Pt.1; Māl.9. first to die; मानमहतामग्रेसर: केसरी Bh.2.29. -सरिकः [अग्रेसरे अग्रगतौ प्रसृतः ठन्] 1 a servant (who precedes his master. -2 a leader.
agha अघ a. [अघ्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Bad, sinful, evil, wicked; अघायुरिन्द्रियारामो मोघं पार्थ स जीवति Bg.3.16. -घम् [अघ् भावे अच्] 1 Sin; अघं स केवलं भुङ्क्ते यः पचत्यात्मकारणात् Ms. 3.118, Bg.3.13; अघौघविध्वंसविधौ पटीयसीः Śi.1.18, हरत्यघं सम्प्रति हेतुरेष्यतः 26; ˚मर्षण &c.; misdeed, fault, crime; श्रेयान् द्विजातिरिव हन्तुमघानि दक्षम् Śi.4.37 sins and griefs also. -2 An evil, mishap, misfortune, accident, injury, harm; न वधूष्वघानि विमृशन्ति धियः Ki.6.45. do not think of doing harm or evil; क्रियादघानां मघवा विघातम् 3.52; अघोपघातं मघवा विभूत्यै 11.8; प्रजानां तमघावहम् R.15.51,19.52, See अनघ. -3 Impurity (अशौचम्); अनुरुन्ध्यादघं त्र्यहम् Ms.5.63; न वर्धयेदघाहानि 84. न राज्ञामघदोषो$स्ति 93; -4 Pain, suffering, grief, distress; उपप्लुतमघौघेन नात्मानमवबुद्ध्यसे Rām.2.7.14, Mb.3.237.19. Bhāg 1.14.2. दयालुमनघस्पृष्टम् R.1.19 not subject to grief. -5 Passion. cf. अंहोदुःखव्यसनेष्वघम् Nm. -घः N. of a demon, brother of Baka and Pūtanā and commander-in-chief of Kaṁsa. [Being sent by Kaṁsa to Gokula to kill Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma he assumed the form of a huge serpent 4 yojanas long, and spread himself on the way of the cowherds, keeping his horrid mouth open. The cowherds mistook it for a mountain cavern and entered it, cows and all. But Kṛiṣṇa saw it, and having entered the mouth so stretched himself that he tore it to pieces and rescued his companions.] -घा The Goddess of sin; (pl.) the constellation usually called Maghā. -Comp. -असुरः See अघ above. -अहः (अहन्) a day of impurity (अशौचदिनम्) -आयुस् a. leading a wicked life. -कृद् a. sinful, wicked, evil-doer. -घ्नः = ˚नाशन. -नाश, -नाशन a. [अघं नाशयति] expiatory, destroying sin (such as gifts, muttering holy prayers &c.). (-नः) destroyer of the demon अघ; N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -भोजिन् a. [अघं पापफलकं भुङ्क्ते] a sinful eater (one who cooks and eats for his own sake and not for Gods, Manes guests &c.) -मर्षण a. [अघं मृष्यते उत्पन्नत्वे$पि नाशनेन कर्माक्षमत्वात् सह्यते अनेन मृष्-ल्युट्] expiatory, removing or destroying sin, usually applied to a prayer (सन्ध्या) repeated by Brāhmaṇas (the 19th hymn of Rv.1.); सर्वैनसामपध्वंसि जप्यं त्रिष्वघमर्षणं Ak.; यथाश्वमेधः क्रतुराट् सर्वपापापनोदनः । तथाघमर्षणं सूक्तं सर्वपापप्रणाशनम् ॥ The most heinous crimes, such as illicit intercourse with a preceptor's wife, one's own mother, sister, daughter-in-law &c. are said to be expiated by repeating this सूक्त thrice in water; पवित्राण्यघमर्षणानि जपन्त्याम् K.179,38. -मार a. [अघं मारयति नाशयति; मृ णिच्-अण्] destroying sin, an epithet of Gods (यमो मृत्युरघमारो निर्ऋतः). -रुद् a. [अघं रोदिति स्वकर्माक्षमतया यस्मात्, रुद्-अपा- दाने क्विप्] 1 'making sin weep and fly', N. of a Mantra which destroys sin; fearfully howling (?). -2 [अघे व्यसने रोदिति न तत्प्रतीकाराय घटते, क्विप्] one who only weeps in times of calamity, but does not try to get over them. -विषः [अघं व्यसनकारि विषं यस्य] a serpent; fearfully venomous (?). -शंसः अघस्य शंसः; शंस् भावे अच्] 1 indication or reporting of sin. -2 [अघं अनिष्टं शंसति इच्छति; शंस्-अण्] a wicked man, such as a thief. -3 wicked; sin-destroying (?). -शंसिन् a. reporting or telling one's sin or guilt. -हारः a noted robber; rumour of guilt (?).
aṅkaḥ अङ्कः [अङ्क् कर्तरि करणे वा अच्] 1 The lap (n. also); अङ्काद्ययावङ्कमुदीरिताशीः Ku.7.5. passed from lap to lap. -2 A mark, sign; अलक्तकाङ्कां पदवीं ततान R.7.7; पदङ्क्तिरलक्ताङ्का Rām.; रतिवलयपदाङ्के कण्ठे Ku.2.64. marked with the signs or traces &c.: मद्गोत्राङ्कं गेयम् Me.86, a stain, spot, stigma, brand; इन्दोः किरणेष्विवाङ्कः Ku.1.3; कट्यां कृताङ्को निर्वास्यः Ms.8.281. -3 A numerical figure; a number; the number 9. -4 A side flank; proximity, reach (connected with 1 above); समुत्सुकेवाङ्कमुपैति सिद्धिः Ki.3. 4; प्रेम्णोपकण्ठं मुहुरङ्कभाजो रत्नावलीरम्बुधिराबबन्ध Śi.3.36; सिंहो जम्बुकमङ्कमागतमपि त्यक्त्वा निहन्ति द्विपम् Bh.2.3; Ki. 17.64, See- ˚आगत below. -5 An act of a drama, for its nature &c., See S. D.278. -6 A hook or curved instrument. -7 A species of dramatic composition, one of the ten varieties of रूपक, See S. D.519. -8 An ornament (भूषा). -9 A sham fight, military show (चित्रयुद्ध). -1 A coefficient. -11 A place; नानाङ्क- चिह्नैर्नवहेमभाण्डैः (तुरङ्गैः) Bu.ch.2.4. -12 A sin, misdeed. -13 A line, curved line; a curve or bend generally, the bend in the arm. -14 The body. -15 A mountain. अङ्कः स्थानान्तिकक्रोडभूषणोत्संगलक्ष्मसु । मन्तो नाटकविच्छेदे चित्रयुद्धे च रूपके ॥ Nm. [cf. L. uncus; Gr. ogkos] -Comp. -अङ्कमू [अङ्के मध्ये अङ्काः शतपत्रादिचिह्नानि यस्य Tv.] water. -अवतारः when an act, hinted by persons at the end of the preceding act, is brought in continuity with the latter, it is called अङ्कावतार (descent of an act), as the sixth act of Śākuntala or second of Mālavikāgnimitra (अङ्कान्ते सूचितः पात्रैस्तदङ्क- स्याविभागतः । यत्राङकोवतरत्येषो$ङ्कावतार इति स्मृतः S. D.311). The Daśarūpa defines it differently; अङ्कावतारस्त्वङ्कान्ते पातो$ङ्कस्याविभागतः । एभिः संसूचयेत्सूच्यं दृश्यमङ्कैः प्रदर्शयेत् 3.56. -आगत, -गत a. [द्वि. त.] come within the grasp; सिंहत्वं ˚सत्त्ववृत्तिः R.2.18; श्रियं युवाप्यङ्कगतामभोक्ता R.13.67. -करणम् marking, branding &c. -तन्त्रम् the science of numbers (arithmetical or algebraical). -धारणम्-णा 1 bearing or having marks, such as those on the body of a Vaiṣṇava. -2 manner of holding the person. -परिवर्तः [स. त] 1 turning on the other side. -2 rolling or dallying in the lap or on the person; अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः प्रियया तदङ्कपरिवर्तमाप्नुयाम् Māl.5.8. (an occasion for) embrace (अङ्के क्रोडे सर्वतो- भावेन वर्तनं हृदयालिङ्गनम् इत्यर्थः -Jagaddhara); so ˚परिवर्तिन्; भर्तुः ˚नी भव M.3. -पादव्रतम् N. of a Vrata; title of a chapter in the भविष्योत्तरपुराण. -पालिः -ली [पा-अलि ष. त. वा. ङीप्] 1 the extremity of region of the lap (क्रोडप्रान्त or प्रदेश); a seat in the lap; hence, an embrace; तावद्गाढं वितर सकृदप्यङ्कपालीं प्रसीद Māl.8.2. स्पृश हस्तेन मे हस्तमेहि देह्यङ्कपालिकाम् । Śivabhārata 21.33. -2 [अङ्केन पालयति पाल्-इ. तृ. त.] a nurse. -3 (-ली) a variety of plant, Piring or Medicago Esculenta; (Mar. धोत्रा-निघण्टुरत्नाकर) [वेदिकाख्यगन्धद्रव्यम्] -पाशः [अङ्कः पाश इव बन्धनेनेव पातनहेतुर्यत्र Tv.] an operation in arithmetic by which a peculiar concatenation or chain of numbers is formed by making the figures 1, 2 &c. exchange places (स्थानान्तमेकादिचयाङ्कघातः संख्याविभेदा नियतैः स्युरङ्कैः । भक्तो$ङ्कमित्याङ्कसमासनिघ्नः स्थानेषु युक्तो मितिसंयुतिः स्यात् ॥ See Līlā.24); (न गुणो न हरो न कृतिर्न घनः पृष्टस्तथापि दुष्टानाम् । गर्वितगणकबहूनां स्यात् पातो$वश्यमङ्कपाशे$स्मिन्). -पूरणम् multiplication of number of figures. -बन्धः. forming the lap, bending the thighs into a curve and squatting down. -2 branding with a mark that resembles a headless trunk (अशिरःपुरुषाकरो$ङ्कः). --भाज् [अङ्कं भजते उप. स.] 1 seated in the lap or carried on the hip, as an infant. -2 being within easy reach, drawing near, soon to be obtained; अविरहितमनेकेनाङ्कभाजा फलेन Ki. 5. 52. -3 premature, early ripe, forced fruit. -मुखम् (or आस्यम्) that part of an act, wherein the subject of all the acts is intimated, is called अङ्कमुख, which suggests the germ as well as the end; e. g. in Māl.1 कामन्दकी and अवलोकिता hint the parts to be played by भूरिवसु and others and give the arrangement of the plot in brief (यत्र स्यादङ्क एकस्मिन्नङ्कानां सूचनाखिला । तदङ्क- मुखमित्याहुर्बीजार्थख्यापकं च तत् ॥ S. D.322.) The Daśarūpa defines it thus: अङ्कान्तपौत्ररङ्कास्यं छिन्नाङ्कस्यार्थसूचनात् । i. e. where a character at the end of an act cuts short the story and introduces the beginning of another act; as in the second of Mv. -लोड्यः [अङ्केन लोड्यते असौ] a kind of tree (Mar. चिंचोट), ginger. -लोपः subtraction of numbers. -विद्या the science of numbers, arithmetic.
aṅga अङ्ग ind. A vocative particle meaning 'well', 'well, sir', 'indeed', 'true'; 'assent' (as in अङ्गीकृ); अङ्ग कच्चित्कु- शली तातः K.221; प्रभुरपि जनकानामङ्ग भो याचकस्ते Mv.3.5; अङ्ग अस्ति कश्चिद्विमर्दको नामात्रभवतः Dk.59; अङ्ग कुरु, अङ्ग पच P. VIII.1.33.Sk; अङ्गाधीष्व भक्तं तव दास्यामि P.VIII.2.96 Sk; समनद्ध किमङ्ग भूपतिः Śi.16.34,2.12; यदि मनसि शमः किमङ्गचापम् Ki 1.55,13.65; used with किम् in the sense of 'how much less', or 'how much more;' शक्तिरस्ति कस्यचिद्विदेहराजस्य छायामप्यवस्कन्दितुं किमङ्ग जामातरम् Mv.3; तृणेन कार्यं भवतश्विराणां किमङ्ग वाग्हस्तवता नरेण Pt.1.71. Lexicographers give the following senses of अङ्गः -क्षिप्रे च पुनरर्थे च सङ्गमासूययोस्तथा । हर्षे संबोधने चैव ह्यङ्गशब्दः प्रयुज्यते ॥
aṅgam अङ्गम् [अम् गत्यादौ बा˚ -गन्; according to Nir. अङ्ग, अङ्ग- नात् अञ्चनात् वा] 1 The body. -2 A limb or member of the body; शेषाङ्गनिर्माणविधौ विधातुः Ku.1.33; क्लेशस्याङ्गमदत्वा Pt.5. 32 without undergoing troubles; इति स्वप्नोपमान्मत्वा कामान्मा गास्तदङ्गताम् । Ki.11.34 do not be influenced or swayed by them (do not be subject to them) -3 (a.) A division or department (of anything), a part or portion, as of a whole; as सप्ताङ्गम् राज्यम्, चतुरङ्गम् बलम्, चतुःषष्ट्ष्ट्यङ्गम् ज्योतिः- शास्त्रम् see the words; गीताङ्गानाम् Pt.5.56; यज्ञश्चेत्प्रतिरुद्धःस्या- देकेनाङ्गेन यज्वनः Ms.11.11. (Hence) (b.) A supplementary or auxiliary portion, supplement; षडङ्ग or साङ्ग वेदः A peculiar use of the word अङ्ग in masculine gender may here be noted वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् Bṛhadyogiyājñaval-kya Smṛiti 12.34. (c.) A constituent part, essential requisite or component; सर्वैर्बलाङ्गैः R.7.59; तदङ्गमग्ऱ्यं मघवन् महाक्रतो R.3.46. (d.) An attributive or secondary part; secondary, auxiliary or dependent member (serving to help the principal one) (opp. प्रधान or अङ्गिन्); अङ्गी रौद्र- रसस्तत्र सर्वे$ङ्गानि रसाः पुनः S. D.517; अत्र स्वभावोक्तिरुत्प्रेक्षाङ्गम् Malli. on Ki 8.26. (e.) An auxiliary means or expedient (प्रधानोपयोगी उपायः or उपकरणम्); सर्वकार्यशरीरेषु मुक्त्वा- ङ्गस्कन्धपञ्चकम् । मन्त्रो योध इवाधीर सर्वाङ्गैः संवृतैरपि ॥ Śi.2.28-29; See अङ्गाङ्गि, पञ्चाङ्ग also (the angas of the several sciences or departments of knowledge will be given under those words). -4 (Gram.) A name for the base of a word; यस्मात्प्रत्ययविधिस्तदादिप्रत्यये अङ्गम् P.I.4.13; यः प्रत्ययो यस्मात्क्रियते तदादिशब्दस्वरूपं तस्मिन्प्रत्यये परे अङ्गसंज्ञं स्यात् Sk. The अङ्ग terminations are those of the nominative, and accusative singular and dual. -5 (Drama) (a.) One of the sub-divisions of the five joints or sandhis in dramas; the मुख has 12, प्रतिमुख 13, गर्भ 12, विमर्ष 13 and उपसंहार 14, the total number of the angas being thus 64; for details see the words. (b.) The whole body of subordinate characters. -6 (astr.) A name for the position of stars (लग्न), See अङ्गाधीश. -7 A symbolical expression for the number six (derived from the six Vedāngas). -8 The mind; हिरण्यगर्भाङ्गभुवं मुनिं हरिः Śi.1.1, See अङ्गज also. -9 N. of the chief sacred texts of the jainas. -ङ्गः (pl.) N. of a country and the people inhabiting it, the country about the modern Bhāgalpur in Bengal. [It lay on the south of Kauśikī Kachchha and on the right bank of the Ganges. Its capital was Champā, sometimes called Aṅgapurī Lomapādapurī, Karṇapurī or Mālinī. According to Daṇḍin (अङ्गेषु गङ्गातटे बहिश्चम्पायाः) and Hiouen Thsang it stood on the Ganges about 24 miles west of a rocky island. General Cunningham has shown that this description applies to the hill opposite Pātharghāṭā, that it is 24 miles east of Bhāgalpur, and that there are villages called Champanagar and Champapura adjoininng the last. According to Sanskrit poets the country of the Aṅgas lay to the east of Girivraja, the capital of Magadha and to the north-east or south-east of Mithilā. The country was in ancient times ruled by Karṇa] cf. अङ्गं गात्रा- न्तिकोपाय प्रतीकेष्वप्रधानके । देशभेदे तु पुंसि स्यात्...॥ Nm. -a. 1 Contiguous. -2 Having members or divisions. -Comp. -अङ्गि, [अङ्गीभावः -अङगस्य अङ्गिनो भावः] the relation of a limb to the body, of the subordinate to the principal, or of that which is helped or fed to the helper or feeder (गौणमुख्यभावः, उपकार्येपकारकभावश्च); e. g. प्रयाज and other rites are to दर्श as its angas, while दर्श is to them the aṅgi; अङ्गाङ्गिभावमज्ञात्वा कथं सामर्थ्यनिर्णयः । पश्य टिट्टिभमात्रेण समुद्रो व्याकुलीकृतः ॥ H.2.138; अत्र वाक्ये समास- गतयोरुपमयोः साध्यसाधनभावात् ˚वेन सम्बन्धः Malli. on Ki.6.2; अविश्रान्तिजुषामात्मन्यङ्गाङ्गित्वं तु संकरः K.P.1. (अनुग्राह्यानुग्राह- कत्वम्). -अधिपः, -अधीशः 1 lord of the Aṅgas, N. of Karṇa (cf. ˚राजः, ˚पतिः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚अधीश्वरः). -2 'lord of a लग्न', the planet presiding over it; (अङ्गाधिपे बलिनि सर्वविभूतिसम्पत्; अङ्गाधीशः स्वगेहे बुधगुरुकविभिः संयुतो वीक्षितो वा Jyotiṣa). -अपूर्वम् effect of a secondary sacrificial act. -कर्मन् n. -क्रिया 1 besmearing the body with fragrant cosmetics, rubbing it &c. Dk.39. -2 a supplementary sacrificial act. -क्रमः the order of the performance with reference to the अङ्गs. The rule in this connection is that the अङ्गक्रम must conform to the मुख्यक्रम. cf. MS. 5.1.14. -ग्रहः spasm; seizure of the body with some illness. -ज-जात a. [अङ्गात् जायते जन्-ड] 1 produced from or on the body, being in or on the body, bodily; ˚जं रजः, ˚जाः अलङ्काराः &c. -2 produced by a supplementary rite. -3 beautiful, ornamental. (-जः) -जनुस् also 1 a son. -2 hair of the body (n. also); तवोत्तरीयं करिचर्म साङ्गजम् Ki.18.32. -3 love, cupid (अङ्गं मनः तस्मा- ज्जातः); intoxicating passion; अङ्गजरागदीपनात् Dk.161. -4 drunkenness, intoxication. -5 a disease. (-जा) a daughter. (-जम्) blood, अङ्गजं रुधिरे$नङ्गे केशे पुत्रे मदे पुमान् । नागरे नखरे$पि स्यात्... । Nm. -ज्वरः [अङ्गमङ्गम् अधिकृत्य ज्वरः] the disease called राजयक्ष्मा, a sort of consumption. -दूष- णम् 1 the defects of the limbs; the penalties of a defective construction; Māna. -2 name of the 79th chapter. -द्वीपः one of the six minor Dvīpas. -न्यासः [अङ्गेषु मन्त्र- भेदस्य न्यासः] touching the limbs of the body with the hand accompanied by appropriate Mantras. -पालिः f. [अङ्गं पाल्यते सम्बध्यते$त्र, अङ्ग-पाल्-इ] an embrace (probably a corruption of अङ्कपालि). -पालिका = अङ्कपालि q. v. -प्रत्यङ्गम् [समा. द्वन्द्व] every limb, large and small; ˚गानि पाणिना स्पृष्ट्वा K.167,72. -प्रायश्चित्तम् [अङ्गस्य शुद्ध्यर्थं प्राय- श्चित्तम्] expiation of bodily impurity, such as that caused by the death of a relative, consisting in making presents (पञ्चसूनाजन्यदुरितक्षयार्थं कार्यं दानरूपं प्रायश्चित्तम् Tv.). -भूः a. [अङ्गात् मनसो वा भवति; भू-क्विप्] born from the body or mind. (-भूः) 1 a son. -2 Cupid. -3 [अङ्गानाम् अङ्गमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानम्] one who has touched and purified, and then restrained, his limbs by repeating the Mantras pertaining to those limbs; ब्रह्माङ्गभूर्ब्रह्मणि योजितात्मा Ku.3.15 (सद्योजातादिमन्त्राणाम् अङ्गानां हृदयादिमन्त्राणां भूः स्थानं, कृतमन्त्रन्यासः Malli.). -भङ्गः 1 palsy or paralysis of limbs; ˚विकल इव भूत्वा स्थास्यामि Ś.2. -2 twisting or stretching out of the limbs (as is done by a man just after he rises from sleep); साङ्गभङ्गमुत्थाय Vb.; जृम्भितैः साङ्गभङ्गैः Mu.3.21, K.85. -3 The middle part of the anus and testicles. -मन्त्रः N. of a Mantra. -मर्दः [अङ्ग मर्दयति; मृद्-णिच्] 1 one who shampoos his master's body. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of shampooing; so ˚मर्दका or ˚मर्दिन्, मृद्- णिच् ण्वुल् or णिनि) one who shampoos. -मर्षः [ष. त.] rheumatism; ˚प्रशमनम् the curing of this disease. ˚मेजयत्वम् subtle throbbing of the body; Pātañjala 1.31. -यज्ञः, -यागः [अङ्गीभूतः यज्ञः] a subordinate sacrificial act which is of 5 sorts; समिधो यजति, तनूनपातं यजति, इडो यजति, बर्हिर्यजति, स्वाहाकारं यजति इति पञ्चविधाः । एतेषां सकृदनुष्ठा- नेनैव तन्त्रन्यायेन प्रधानयागानामाग्नेयादीनामुपकारितेति मीमांसा Tv. -रक्तः, -क्तम् [अङ्गे अवयवे रक्तः] N. of a plant गुडारोचनी found in काम्पिल्य country and having red powder (रक्ताङ्गलोचनी). -रक्षकः [अङ्गं रक्षति; रक्ष्-ण्वुल्] a bodyguard, personal attendant Pt.3. -रक्षणी [अङ्ग रक्ष्यते अनया] a coat of mail, or a garment. (-णम्) protection of person. -रागः [अङ्गं रज्यते अनेन करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic, application of perfumed unguents to the body, fragrant unguent; पुष्पगन्धेन अङ्गरागेण R.12.27, 6.6, स्तनाङ्गरागात् Ku.5.11. -2 [भावे ल्युट्] act of anointing the body with unguents. -रुहम् [अङ्गे रोहति; रुह्-क स. त. P.III.9.135.] hair; मम वर्णो मणिनिभो मृदून्य- ङ्गरुहाणि च Rām.6.48.12. विहङ्गराजाङ्गरुहैरिवायतैः Śi.1.7. -लिपिः f. written character of the Aṅgas. -लेपः [अङ्गं लिप्यते अनेन; लिप्-करणे घञ्] 1 a scented cosmetic. -2 [भावे घञ्] act of anointing. -लोड्यः (लोड ण्यत्) a kind of grass, ginger or its root, Amomum Zingiber. -वस्त्रोत्था f. A louse. -विकल a. [तृ. त.] 1 maimed, paralysed. -2 fainting, swooning. -विकृतिः f. 1 change _x001F_2of bodily appearance; collapse. -2 [अङ्गस्य विकृतिश्चालनादिर्यस्मात् प. ब.] an apoplectic fit, swooning, apoplexy (अपस्मार). -विकारः a bodily defect. -विक्षेपः 1 movement of the limbs; gesticulation. -2 a kind of dance. -विद्या [अङ्गरूपा व्याकरणादिशास्त्ररूपा विद्या ज्ञानसाधनम्] 1 the science of grammar &c. contributing to knowledge. -2 the science of foretelling good or evil by the movements of limbs. Kau. A.1.12; N. of chapter 51 of Bṛhat Saṁhitā which gives full details of this science; न नक्षत्राङ्गविद्यया...भिक्षां लिप्सेत कर्हिचित् Ms.6.5. -विधिः [अङ्गस्य प्रधानोपकारिणः विधिः विधानम् [a subordinate or subsidiary act subservient to a knowledge of the principal one (प्रधान- विधिविधेयकर्मणो$ङ्गबोधकतया अङ्गविधिः). -वीरः chief or principal hero. -वैकृतम् [अङ्गेन अङ्गचेष्टया वैकृतं हृदयभावो ज्ञाप्यते यत्र बहु.] 1 a sign, gesture or expression of the face leading to a knowledge of internal thoughts (आकार) -2 a nod, wink. -3 changed bodily appearance. -वैगुण्यम् a defect or flaw in the performance of some subordinate or subsidiary act which may be expiated by thinking of Viṣṇu); श्राद्धादिपद्धतौ कर्मान्ते यत्किञ्चिदङ्गवैगुण्यं जातं तद्दोषप्रशमनाय विष्णुस्मरणमहं करिष्ये इत्यभिलापवाक्यम् Tv.). -संस्कारः, -संस्क्रिया [अङ्गं संस्क्रियते अनेन; कृ-करणे or भावे- घञ्) 1 embellishment of person, personal decoration, doing whatever secures a fine personal appearance, such as bathing, rubbing the body, perfuming it with cosmetic &c. -2 [कर्त्रर्थे अण्] one who decorates or embellishes the person. -संहतिः f. compactness, symmetry; body; स्थेयसीं दधतमङ्गसंहतिम् Ki.13.5; or strength of the body. -संहिता The phonetic relation between consonants and vowels in the body of a word Ts. Prāt. -सङ्गः bodily contact, union; coition. -सुप्तिः f. Benumbing of the body. -सेवकः a personal attendant, body-guard. -स्कन्धः [कर्मधा.] a subdivision of a science. -स्पर्शः fitness or qualification for bodily contact or being touched by others. -हानिः f. 1. a defect or flaw in the performance of a secondary or subsidiary act (= ˚वैगुण्यम्); दैवाद् भ्रमात् प्रमादाच्चेदङ्गहानिः प्रजायते । स्मरणादेव तद्विष्णोः संपूर्णं स्यादिति श्रुतिः ॥ -हारः [अङ्गं ह्रियते इतस्ततः चाल्यते यत्र, हृ-आधारे or भावे घञ्] gesticulation, movements of the limbs, a dance; अङ्गहारैस्तथैवान्या कोमलै- र्नृत्यशालिनी Rām.5.1.36. संसक्तैरगुरुवनेषु साङ्गहारम् Ki.7.37. Ku.7.91. -हारिः [अङ्गं ह्रियते$त्र; हृ-बा˚णि] 1 gesticulation. -2 stage; dancing hall. -हीन a. [तृ. त.] 1 mutilated, deprived of some defective limb (अङ्गं हीनं यथो- चितप्रमाणात् अल्पं यस्य) according to Suśruta a man is so born, if the mother's दोहद has not been duly fulfilled (सा प्राप्तदौर्हृदा पुत्रं जनयेत गुणान्वितम् । अलब्धदौर्हृदा गर्भे लभेता- त्मनि वा भयम् ॥ येषु येष्विन्द्रियार्थेषु दौर्हृदे वै विमानना । जायते तत्सुतस्यार्तिस्तस्मिंस्तस्मिंस्तथेन्द्रिये ॥).
accha अच्छ च्छा ind. Ved. To, towards (with acc.). It is a kind of separable preposition or prefix to verbs and verbal derivatives, especially to such as imply some kind of motion, or speaking; (अच्छ गत्यर्थवदेषु P.I.4.69); ˚इ or गम् to go to, attain, as अच्छ गत्य; ˚नश्-क्ष् to go near, approach; ˚नी to lead towards; ˚नु to call out to; ˚पत् to fly towards रघुः श्येनः पतयत् अन्धः अच्छ Rv.5.45.9. ˚वन्द् to salute; ˚वच् to invite Śabara interprets the word अच्छ in the text यूपमच्छेष्यता होतव्यम् to mean, 'in order to have'; अच्छशब्दो हि आप्तु- मित्यर्थे वर्तते । ŚB. on MS.1.1.9.
acchuptā अच्छुप्ता [न. त.] Not touched by sin; N. of one of the 16 Vidyādevīs of the Jainas.
ajanya अजन्य a. Not fit to be produced; not favourable to mankind. -न्यम् [लौकिकहेतुभिर्न जन्यते; जन्-णिच्-यत्] A portentous phenomenon, inauspicious to mankind, such as earth-quake.
añjanaḥ अञ्जनः 1 A kind of lizard. -2 N. of a tree or mountain. -3 N. of the guardian elephant (of the west or s. w.) तस्य चान्ये$पि दिङ्नागा बभूबुरनुयायिनः । अञ्जनो बामनश्चैव महापद्मश्च सुप्रभः ॥ Mb.6.64.57. -नम् [अज्यते अनेन; अञ्ज् ल्युट्] 1 Anointing, smearing with, दन्तधावनमञ्जनं पूर्वाह्ण एव कुर्वीत Ms.4.152; mixing; unfolding, manifesting. -2 Collyrium or black pigment used to paint the eyelashes; विलोचनं दक्षिणमञ्जनेन संभाव्य R.7.8 salve; अमृत˚ को$यं दृशोरमृताञ्जनम् U.4.18 ambrosial salve; कुर्वन् ˚मेचका इव दिशो मेघः समुत्तिष्ठते Mk.5.8,1.34; (fig. also) अज्ञानान्धस्य लोकस्य ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै पाणिनये नमः ॥ Śik.45; पटुतरविवेकाञ्जनजुषाम् Bh.3.84; cf. also दारिद्य्रं परमाञ्जनम्; (fig.) impurity, as in निरञ्जन, q. v. -3 Paint, a cosmetic ointment. -4 Magic ointment. -5 A special kind of material of the black pigment, such as antimony (used as collyrium, lamp-black &c. सौवीर -6 Ink. -7 Fire. -8 Night. -9 (नम्, ना) (Rhet.) A suggested meaning; also the process by which such meaning is suggested. It is the power of suggestion (founded on अभिधा or लक्षणा denotation or indication), by which something else is understood from a word which, though having more meanings than one, has been restricted to a single meaning by relations of conjunction, disjunction &c. (संयोग, विप्रयोग, साहचर्य, विरो- धिता &c.), or, briefly, the use of a word of several meanings in a special sense determined by the context; e. g. _x001F_/सशङ्खचक्रो हरिः the adjective restricts Hari to mean 'Viṣṇu' alone, and not a 'lion' or 'monkey'; so रामलक्ष्मणौ दाशरथी, रामार्जुनौ भार्गवकार्तवीर्यौ &c.; cf. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य वाच- कत्वे नियन्त्रिते । संयोगाद्यैरवाच्यार्थधीकृद् व्यापृतिरञ्जनम् ॥ K.P.2., S. D.23-6; See व्याञ्जना also. -Comp. -अधिका [अञ्जना- दधिका कृष्णत्वात्] a kind of lizard. -अद्रिः-गिरिः (कर्म.) [अञ्जनमिव कृष्णः गिरिः] N. of a mountain, Seeनीलगिरि. -अम्भस् n. eye-water. -केशी [अञ्जनामिव केशो यस्याः] N. of a vegetable perfume (हट्टविलासिनीनामकं गन्धद्रव्यं यत्संयोगा- त्केशस्यातीव कृष्णत्वम् (Mar. नखला). -त्रितयम् (Āyurveda) पुष्पाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and कोलाञ्जन. -नामका ष. त.] a swelling of the eye-lid, sty (Mar. रांजणवाडी). -मूलकः A variety of an inferior gem, deep-dark in colour. Kau.A.2.11. -शलाका a stick or pencil for the application of collyrium.
añjanī अञ्जनी [अज्यते चन्दनकुङ्कुमादिभिरसौ, अञ्ज्-कर्मणि-ल्युट ङीप्] 1 A woman decorated with the application of pigments, ointments, sandal &c., or one fit for such application. -2 [करणे-ल्युट्] N. of two plants कटुकावृक्ष and कालाञ्जनवृक्ष.
aṇu अणु a. (णु-ण्वी f.) [अण्-उन्] Minute, small, little, atomic (opp. स्थूल, महत्); अणोरणीयान् Bg.8.9; सर्वोप्ययं नन्वणुः Bh.3.26. insignificantly small; अण्वपि भयम् Ms.6. 4; अण्वपि याच्यमानः Pt.4.26 asked but an atom, a very small quantity, न कन्यायाः पिता विद्वान् गृह्णीयात् शुल्कमण्वपि Ms.3.51. -णुः 1 An atom, a very small particle (an exceedingly small measure); the mote in a sunbeam, the smallest perceptible quantity; अस्थूलमनण्वह्रस्वमदीर्घं ब्रह्म; अणुं पर्वतीकृ Bh.2.78. to magnify; cf. also 'To make mountains of molehills.' -2 An atom of time (व्यञ्जनमर्ध- मात्रा तदर्धम् अणु); it is said to be 54,675, th part of a Muhūrta (48 minutes). -3 N. of Śiva. -4 N. of very small grain such as सर्षप, चीनक &c., अनणुषु दशमांशो$णुष्वथैकादशांशः Līlā. -णु n. the fourth part of a Mātrā. -Comp. -अन्तः [अणुः अन्तो यस्य] a hair-splitting question; (अण्वन्तः सूक्ष्मान्तः सुक्ष्मवस्तुनिर्णयान्तः प्रश्नः Śaṅkara). किमर्थमचारीः पशूनिच्छन्नण्वन्तानिति Br. up. 4.1.1. -तैलम् N. of a medicinal oil. -भा [अण्वी सूक्ष्मा भा प्रभा यस्याः सा] lightning. -मात्र a. [अणुः परिमाणं यस्य अणु-मात्रच्] of the size of an atom. -रेणुः [कर्म.] atomic dust. -रेवती [अणुः सूक्ष्मा रेवतीतारेव] N. of a plant (दन्तीवृक्ष) Croton Polyandrum. -वादः the doctrine of atoms, atomic theory, the theory that all material substances are primarily atoms and secondarily aggregates, and that all atoms are eternal. -वीक्षणम् [ष. त.] 1. minute observation, observation of very minute parts. -2 [अणुः सूक्ष्मो वीक्ष्यते अनेन करणे ल्युट्] an instrument, like the microscope, enabling one to discern the smallest objects. -व्रतानि N. of the twelve smaller vows of laymen adhering to the Jain faith. -व्रीहिः [कर्म.] a fine sort of grain, rice &c.
atathā अतथा ind. Not so; ˚उचित a. not deserving _x001F_/that, not used to such things; क्लेशानामतथोचितः Rām.
ati अति ind. [अत्-इ] 1 A prefix used with adjectives and adverbs, meaning 'very', 'too', 'exceedingly', 'excessively', 'very much', and showing उत्कर्ष; Surpassing, superior अत्याश्रमानयं सर्वानू Mb.12.12.6. नातिदूरे not very far from; ˚कृश very lean; ˚भृशम् _x001F_+very much; also with verbs or verbal forms; ˚सिक्तमेव भवता Sk.; स्वभावो ह्यतिरिच्यते &c. -2 (With verbs) Over, beyond; अति-इ go beyond, overstep; so ˚क्रम् ˚चर् ˚वह् &c. In this case अति is regarded as a preposition उपसर्ग. -3 (a) (With nouns or pronouns) Beyond, past, surpassing, superior to, eminent, respectable, distinguished, higher, above, (used with acc. as a कर्मप्रवचनीय, or as first member of Bah. or Tat. Comp. ज्याशब्दस्तावुभौ शब्दावति रामस्य शुश्रुवे Rām. 6.75.37. in which last case it has usually the sense of eminence or higher degree: अतिगो, ˚गार्ग्यः, = प्रशस्ता गौः, शोभनो गार्ग्यः; ˚राजन् an excellent king; or the sense of अतिक्रान्त must be understood with the latter member which will then stand in the accusative case; अतिमर्त्यः = मर्त्यमतिक्रान्तः; ˚मालः, अतिक्रान्तो मालाम्; so अतिकाय, ˚केशर, q. v.):, अत्यादित्यं _x001F_+ हुतवहमुखे संभृतं तद्धि तेजः Me 1.45. Surpassing the sun. अति देवानू कृष्णः Sk.; मानुषानतिगन्धर्वान् सर्वान्गन्धर्व लक्षये _x001F_/Mb; ˚मानुषं कर्म a deed which is beyond human power, i. e. a superhuman action; ˚कशः past the whip (as a horse), unmanageable; ˚त्यद् surpassing that; ˚त्वाम्, ˚त्वान् him or them that surpasses or surpass thee, so ˚मां, ˚यूयं _x001F_+&c. _x001F_+(b) (With nouns derived from roots) Extravagant, exaggerated, inordinate, excessive, extraordinary; e. g. ˚आदरः excessive regard; ˚आशा extravagant hope; so _x001F_+ ˚भयं, ˚तृष्णा, ˚आनन्दः &c. &c.; अतिदानाद् बलिर्बद्धो नष्टो मानात्सुयोधनः । विनष्टो रावणो लौल्यादति सर्वत्र वर्जयेत् ॥ cf. 'extremes are ever bad.' (c) Unfit, idle, improper, in the sense of असंप्रति or क्षेप 'censure'; अतिनिद्रम् = निद्रा सम्प्रति न युज्यते Sk. The गणरत्नमहोदधि gives the following senses of अतिः--विक्रमातिक्रमाबुद्धिभृशार्थातिशयेष्वति । e. g. अतिरथः रथाधिकं विक्रमवान्; ˚मतिः बुद्ध्यतिक्रमः; ˚गहनं वुद्धेरविषयः; ˚तप्तं भृशतप्तं; ˚वेगः अतिशयितो वेगः. Cf. also प्रकर्षे लङ्घने$प्यति Nm.
atikarṣaṇam अतिकर्षणम् a. Afflicting very much, excessive exertion.
atikṛtam अतिकृतम् Overdone, done too much, excess; सर्वत्राति- कृतं लोके व्यसनायोपकल्पते Rām.
atikrūra अतिक्रूर a. Very cruel. -रः [प्रा. स.] 1 A malignant planet such as Saturn, Mars &c. (क्रूरा वक्रा अतिक्रूराः). -2 N. of a Mantra in Tantras त्रिंशदक्षरको मन्त्रस्त्रयस्त्रिंशदथापि वा । अतिक्रूरः स विज्ञेयो निन्दितः सर्वकर्मसु).
atiguru अतिगुरु a. Very heavy (such as mercury &c.). -रुः A very respectable person, such as a father, mother &c. (त्रयः पुरुषस्य अतिगुरवो भवन्ति पिता माता आचार्यश्च)
atigraha अतिग्रह a. [अतिक्रान्तो ग्रहम्] Difficult to be comprehended, incomprehensible. -हः, -ग्राहः 1 Object of an apprehensive organ, such as स्पर्श 'touch' the object of त्वच्, रस of जिह्वा &c. The Grahas are eight in number; प्राण, वाच्, जिह्वा, चक्षुस्, श्रोत्र, मनस्, हस्तौ, & त्वच्; the corresponding atigrāhas being अपान, नामन्, रस, रूप, शब्द, काम, कर्मन् & स्पर्श. अथ हैनं जारत्कारव आर्तभागः पप्रच्छ याज्ञवल्क्येति होवाच कति ग्रहाः कत्यतिग्रहा इति । अष्टौ ग्रहा अष्टावतिग्रहा इति Bṛi. Up.3.2.1. -2 Right knowledge, correct apprehension. -3 Act of overtaking, surpassing &c. -4 One who siezes or takes to a very great extent.
atiḍīnam अतिडीनम् Extraordinary flight (of birds). अतितराम् atitarām अतितमाम् atitamām अतितराम् अतितमाम् ind. [अति-तर _x001F_+(म) प् आमु] 1 more, higher (abl.); नृत्तादस्याः स्थितमतितरां कान्तम् M.2.6. -2 Exceedingly, very much; excessive, great; ˚सुदुःसहः R.3.37; ˚रां कान्तिमापत्स्यते Me.15 will attain great splendour. -3 Above, higher in rank (acc.); तस्माद्वा एते देवा ˚रामिवान्यान् देवान् Ken.4.2.
atideśaḥ अतिदेशः 1 Transfer, making over, assigning. -2 (Gram.) Extended application, application by analogy, transference of one attribute to another, attraction of one case or rule to another; अतिदेशो नाम इतरधर्मस्य इतरस्मिनू प्रयोगाय आदेशः (मीमांसा); or अन्यत्रैव प्रणीतायाः कृत्स्नाया धर्मसंहतेः । अन्यत्र कार्यतः प्राप्तिरतिदेशः स उच्यते ॥ प्राकृतात् कर्माणो यस्मात्तत्समानेषु कर्मसु । धर्मप्रवेशो येन स्यादतिदेशः स उच्यते ॥ This अतिदेश is of 5 kinds : शास्त्र˚, कार्य˚, निमित्त˚, व्यपदेश˚ & रूप˚. Thus in Grammar प्रकृति- वतू विकृतिः, कर्मणा कर्मवत्तुल्यक्रियः or पुंवत्, णिद्वत्, व्यपदेशिवद्भावः & इण्वदिकः are instances. गोसदृशो गवयः is an instance of रूपातिदेश or analogy; वाक्यार्थस्यातिदेशस्य स्मृतिर्व्यापार उच्यते Bhāṣā. P.8. अतिदेश is generally expressed by words showing likeness or resemblance, such as इव, वत्, सदृश &c. cf. also अतिदेशो नाम ये परत्र विहिता धर्मास्त- मतीत्यांन्यत्र तेषां देशः । ŚB. on MS.7.1.12. अतिदेश forms the subject matter _x001F_2of the 7th and the 8th अध्यायs of जैमिनि's मीमांसासूत्र. For its various divisions and subdivisions read : स च नाम्ना वचनेन वा । तत्र नाम त्रिविधमातिदेशिकं कर्मनाम, संस्कारनाम, यौगिकमिति । वचनं पुनर्द्विविधं प्रत्यक्षश्रुतमानु- मानिकं च । (ŚB. ibid.).
atipravṛddha अतिप्रवृद्ध a. 1 Overbearing क्षत्रस्यातिप्रवृद्धस्य Ms.6. 32. -2 Grown very much.
atimātra अतिमात्र a. [अतिक्रान्तो मात्राम्, अतिशयिता मात्रा प्रमाणं यस्य वा] Exceeding the proper measure, inordinate, excessive; ˚भास्वरत्वम् M.1.13; (in comp.) very much, beyond measure; ˚सुदुःसहानि Ś.4.3. quite insupportable; ˚लोहिततलौ 1.29; मुनिव्रतैस्त्वामतिमात्रकर्शिता Ku.5.48. -त्रम्, -मात्रशः ind. Beyond measure, inordinately, excessively.
atirakta अतिरक्त a. Very red or very much attached. -क्ता N. of one of the 7 tongues of Agni.
atirūpa अतिरूप a. 1 Formless, such as wind. -2 Very beautiful. -पम् Great beauty; as ˚वती कन्या. -पः [अतिक्रान्तो रूपम्] the Supreme Being.
ativāhanam अतिवाहनम् 1 Passing, spending. -2 Excessive toiling or enduring, bearing too much load; too heavy burden; H.3. -3 Despatching, sending away, ridding oneself of; कथमस्य˚ न भविष्यति Pt.5. how shall I rid myself of him?
ativṛddha अतिवृद्ध a. Very old; very much grown. -द्धः N. of a Mantra in Tantras; चतुःशतं समारभ्य यावद्वर्णसहस्रकम् । अतिवृद्धः स मन्त्रस्तु सर्वशास्त्रेषु वर्जितः ॥ -द्धा A very old cow (unable to chew grass &c.).
ativyāptiḥ अतिव्याप्तिः f. 1 An unwarrantable stretch of a rule or principle. -2 Including what is not intended to be included in a proposition; (in Nyāya) including or covering too much, unwarranted extension of a definition to things not intended to be defined by it, so that it includes such things as ought not to fall under it; one of the three faults to which a definition is open; अलक्ष्ये लक्षणगमनम् अतिव्याप्तिः; यथा मनुष्यो ब्राह्मणः इति लक्षणस्य शूद्रे$तिव्याप्तिः, तस्यापि मनुष्यत्वात्.
atiśva अतिश्व a. 1 Surpassing in strength a dog (such as a boar &c.). -2 Worse than a dog. -श्वा Service; cf. सेवां लाघवकारिणीं कृतधियः स्थाने श्ववृत्तिं विदुः Mu.3.14 -श्वः N. of a tribe.
atīva अतीव [अति-इव] ind. 1 Exceedingly, excessively, very, very much, quite, too; ˚पीडित, ˚हृष्ट &c. -2 Surpassing, superior to (acc.); अतीवान्यान् भविष्यावः Mb.
atyanta अत्यन्त a. [अतिक्रान्तः अन्तं सीमां नाशम्] 1 Excessive, much, very great or strong; ˚वैरम् great enmity; ˚मैत्री; ˚हिमोत्किरानिलाः Ku.5.26. -2 Complete, perfect, absolute; ˚अभावः absolute non-existence; See below. -3 Endless, perpetual, permanent, everlasting, uninterrupted, unbroken; किं वा तवात्यन्तवियोग- मोघे हतजीविते R.14.65; भवत्यजरमत्यन्तम् Pt.1.151; यो बन्धनवधक्लेशान् प्राणिनां न चिकीर्षति । स सर्वस्य हितप्रेप्सुः सुखम- त्यन्तमश्नुते ॥ Ms.5.46; Bg.6.28; कस्यात्यन्तं सुखमुपनतम् Me.111. नायमत्यन्तसंवासो लभ्यते येन केनचित् H.4.73. -तम् ind. 1 Exceedingly, excessively, very much, to the highest degree; स्थायीभवति चात्यन्तं रङ्गः शुक्लपटे यथा Pt.1.33; स्तनंधयो$त्यन्तशिशुः स्तनादिव Mu.4.14. very young. -2 For ever, to the end (of life), through life; अत्यन्तमात्मसटृशेक्षणवल्लभाभिराहो निवत्स्यति Ś1.26 For all time, in perpetuity; सा चात्यन्तमदर्शनं नयनयोर्याता V.4.9; oft. in comp.; ˚गता See below; प्रियमत्यन्त- विलुप्तदर्शनम् Ku.4.2. For ever lost to view; R.14.3; -3 Absolutely, perfectly, completely. -Comp. -अपह्नवः A flat, categorical or total denial; a denial nipping the accusation in the bud (P. वार्त्तिक III.2.115.). -अभावः absolute or complete nonexistence, absolute non-entity, a thing which does not exist at any one of the three periods of time, or does not exist for all time; त्रैकालिकसंसर्गावच्छिन्नप्रतियोगिकः (This is considered to be नित्य or eternal and different from the other kinds of अभाव). -ग a. going or walking too much or too fast. -गत a. gone or departed forever, gone never to return; कथमत्यन्तगता न मां दहेः R.8.56.2. always applicable, perfectly intimate or pertinent. -गति f. 1 sense of 'completely'; अनत्यन्तगतौ क्तात् P.V. 4.4. completion, accomplishment. -गामिन् a. 1 going or walking very much, going too fast or quickly. -2 excessive, much. -निवृत्तिः f. complete disappearance, absolute cessation. -वासिन् m. [वस्-णिनि] one who constantly stays with his preceptor, as a student. -सहचरित a. going together invariably (P. वार्त्तिक VIII.1. 15.) -संयोगः 1 close proximity, uninterrupted continuity; कालाध्वनोरत्यन्तसंयोगे P.II.1.29. -2 Inseparable co-existence. -संपर्कः excessive sexual intercourse. -सुकुमार a. very tender. (-रः) a kind of grain.
atyantika अत्यन्तिक a. [अत्यन्तं गच्छति; अत्यन्त-ठन्] 1 Going too much or too fast. -2 Very near. -3 Not near, distant. -कम् [अतिशयितम् अन्तिकं नैकठ्यम्] 1 Close proximity, immediate neighbourhood or being in close proximity. -2 [अतिक्रान्तम् अन्तिकम्.] Great distance.
atyantīna अत्यन्तीन a. [अत्यन्तं गामी अत्यन्तीनः, भृशं गन्ता; अत्यन्त-ख P.V.2.11.] 1 Going or walking too much, going too fast (अत्यन्तगमनशील); लक्ष्मीं परम्परीणां त्वमत्यन्तीनत्वमुन्नय Bk. -2 the state of lasting for a long time. पानशौण्डः श्रियं नेता नात्यन्तीनत्वमुन्मनाः Bk.5.1.
atyartha अत्यर्थ a. [अतिक्रान्तः अर्थम् अनुरूपस्वरूपम्] Beyond the proper worth or measure, excessive, very great, intense, exorbitant; ˚तापात् M.2.12. -र्थम् adv. Very much, exceedingly, excessively; अत्यर्थं परदास्यमेत्य निपुणं नीतौ मनो दीयते Mu.2.5; प्रियो हि ज्ञानिनोत्यर्थमहं स च मम प्रियः Bg.7.17; oft. in comp.; ˚वेदनः A type of the elephant having extreme sensibility; प्राजनाङ्कुशदण्डेभ्यो दूरादुद्विजते हि यः । स्पृष्टो वा व्यथते$त्यर्थं स गजो$त्यर्थवेदनः ॥ Mātaṅga L.8.19. ˚संपीडितः Ś.7.11. excessively pinched; ˚क्रुद्ध, ˚तृषित &c.
atha अथ (Ved. अथा) ind. [अर्थ्-ड, पृषोद˚ रलोपः Tv.] A particle used at the beginning (of works) mostly as a sign of auspiciousness, and translated by 'here', 'now' (begins) (मङ्गल, आरम्भ, अधिकार) (Properly speaking 'auspiciousness' or मङ्गल is not the sense of अथ, but the very utterance or hearing of the word is considered to be indicative of auspiciousness, as the word is supposed to have emanated from the throat of Brahmā ओंकारश्चाथशब्दश्च द्वावेतौ ब्रह्मणः पुरा । कण्ठं भित्त्वा विनिर्यातौ तेन माङ्गलिकावुभौ ॥ and therefore we find in Śāṅkara Bhāṣya अर्थान्तरप्रयुक्तः अथशब्दः श्रुत्या मङ्गलमारचयति); अथ निर्वचनम्; अथ योगानुशासनम्; अथेदं प्रारभ्यते द्वितीयं तन्त्रम् Pt.2. (usually followed by इति at the end, इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः here ends &c.). -2 Then, afterwards (आनन्तर्य) अथ प्रजानामधिपः प्रभाते R.2.1; often as a correlative of यदि or चेत्; न चेन्मुनिकुमारो$यं अथ को$स्य व्यपदेशः Ś.7; मुहूर्तादुपरि उपाध्याय- श्चेदागच्छेत् अथ त्वं छन्दो$धीष्व P.III.3.9. Sk. -3 If, supposing, now if, in case, but if (पक्षान्तर); अथ कौतुक- मावेदयामि K.144, अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः पतिकुले तव दास्यमपि क्षमम् ॥ Ś.5.27; अथ मरणमवश्यमेव जन्तोः किमिति मुधा मलिनं यशः कुरुध्वे Ve.3.6. अथ गृह्णाति Ś.7; Ku.5.45; Mu.3.25; Ki.1.44; अथ चास्तमिता त्वमात्मना R.8.51 while, but, on the other hand; oft followed by ततः or तथापि, Bg.2.26;12.9,11; अथ चेत् but if Bg.2. 33;18.58. -4 And, so also, likewise (समुच्चय); गणितमथ कलां वैशिकीम् Mk.1. मातृष्वसा मातुलानि श्वश्रूरथ पितृष्वसा । संपूज्या गुरुपत्नीवत् समास्ता गुरुभार्यया ॥ Ms.2.1.31; भीमो$थार्जुनः G.M. -5 Used in asking or introducing questions (प्रश्न) oft. with the interrogative word itself; अथ सा तत्रभवती किमाख्यम्य राजर्षेः पत्नी Ś.7; अर्थवान् खलु मे राजशब्दः । अथ भगवाँल्लोकानुग्रहाय कुशली काश्यपः Ś.5; अथ शक्नोषि भोक्तुम् G. M.; अथात्रभवति कथमित्थंभूता M.5; अथ केन प्रयुक्तो$यं पापं चरति पूरुषः । Bg.3.36; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; अथ माडव्यं प्रति किमेवं प्रयुक्तम् Ś.6 (अथ may in these two sentences mean 'but'). -6 Totality, entirety (कार्त्स्न्य); अथ धर्मं व्याख्यास्यामः G. M. we shall explain the whole धर्म (धर्म in all its details.) Śi;7.75. -7 Doubt, uncertainty (संशय, विकल्प); शब्दो नित्यो $थानित्यः G. M. The senses of अथ usually given by lexicographers are :-अथो$थ स्यातां समुच्चये । मङ्गले संशयारम्भा- धिकारानन्तरेषु च । अन्वादेशे प्रतिज्ञायां प्रश्नसाकल्ययोरपि ॥ Some of these senses are indentical with those in (1), while some are not in general use. -Comp. -अतः -अनन्तरम् now, therefore; अथा$तो धर्मजिज्ञासा Ms.1.1.1. -अपि moreover, and again &c. (= अथ in most cases); ˚च likewise, also. -किम् what else, yes, exactly so, quite so, certainly; सर्वथा अप्सरःसंभवैषा । अथ किम् Ś.1; अपि वृषलमनुरक्ताः प्रकृतयः अथ किम् Mu.1. -किमु how much more, so much more. -तु but, on the contrary. अथ तु वेत्सि शुचि व्रतमात्मनः । Ś.5.27. -वा 1 or (used like the English disjunctive conjunction 'or' and occupying the same place); व्यवहारं परिज्ञाय वध्यः पूज्यो$थवा भवेत् H.1.55; समस्तैरथवा पृथक् Ms.7.198; अथवा-अथवा either-or; वाथ is often used in the same sense with वा; कार्तिके वाथ चैत्रे वा Pt.3.38; साम्ना दानेन भेदेन समस्तैरथवा पृथक् । विजेतुं प्रयतेतारीन्न युद्धेन कदाचन ॥ Ms.7.182; अथापि वा also used in the same sense; एतदेव व्रतं कुर्यु- श्चान्द्रायणमथापि वा 11.117;8.287. -2 or rather, or why, or perhaps, is it not so (correcting or modifying a previous statement); why should there be any thought or hesitation about it, or it is no wonder; अपि नाम कुलपतेरियमसवर्णक्षेत्रसंभवा स्यात् । अथवा कृतं सन्देहेन Ś.1.,1.16; गमिष्याम्युपहास्यताम्...अथवा कृतवाग्द्वारे वंशे$स्मिन् R.1.3-4; अथवा मृदु वस्तु हिंसितुम् R.8.45.; दीर्ये किं न सहस्रधाहमथवा रामेण किं दुष्करम् U.6.4; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा । विवेकभ्रष्टानां भवति विनिपातः शतमुखः Bh.2.1.
adatta अदत्त a. 1 Not given. अदत्तान्युपभुञ्जानः Ms.4.22. -2 Unjustly or improperly given. -3 Not given in marriage. -4 Not having given anything. -त्ता An unmarried girl. -त्तम् A gift which is null and void (having been given under particular circumstances which make it revocable). -Comp. -आदायिन् a. the receiver of such a gift; one who takes what has not been given away, such as a thief; अदत्तादायिनो हस्ताल्लि- प्सेत ब्राह्मणो धनं । याजनाध्यापनेनापि यथा स्तेनस्तथैव सः ॥ -पूर्वा not affianced or betrothed before; अदत्तपूर्वेत्याशङ्क्यते Māl.4.
adṛṣṭa अदृष्ट a. 1 Invisible, not seen; ˚पूर्व not seen before. -2 Not known or experienced, not felt; ˚विरहव्यथम् H.1.125. -3 Unforeseen, not observed or thought of; unknown, unobserved. तस्माददृष्टं त्वां भयमागमिष्यति Mb. 1.3.9. -4 Not-permitted or sanctioned, illegal; न चादृष्टां (वृद्धिं) पुनर्हरेत् Ms.8.153. -ष्टः N. of some venomous substance or vermin. -ष्टम् 1 The invisible one. -2 Destiny, fate, luck (good or bad); दैवमिति यदपि कथयसि पुरुषगुणः सो$यदृष्टाख्यः Pt.5.3. -3 Virtue or vice as the eventual cause of pleasure or pain. (Fate is supposed to be the result of good or bad actions done in one state of existence and experienced in another, the performance of good deeds being rewarded with residence in Heaven, and of bad deeds, visited with condemnation to Hell; धर्माधर्मावदृष्टं स्यात् धर्मः स्वर्गादि- साधन...अधर्मो नरकादीनां हेतुर्निन्दितकर्मजः Bhāṣā P.161-2. The Vedāntins do not recognize अदृष्ट or luck; तैर्हि कर्मणः सूक्ष्मावस्थापन्नसंस्कारविशेष एव अदृष्टस्थानीयत्वेनाङ्गीक्रियते; अदृष्टम् आत्मदर्म इति नैयायिका वैशेषिकादयश्च, सांख्यपातञ्जलास्तु बुद्धिधर्म इत्यम्युपगच्छन्ति Tv.) -4 An unforeseen calamity or danger (such as from fire, water &c.) -Comp. -अर्थ a. [ब.] having a metaphysical or occult meaning, metaphysical; having an object not evident to the senses. -कर्मन् a. one who has had no practice or practical experience, not practical, inexperienced; कर्म- स्वदृष्टकर्मा यः शास्त्रज्ञो$पि विमुह्यति H.3.54. -कल्पना Supposition of an invisible object or idea. दृष्टे सत्यदृष्टकल्पना$- न्याय्या -नरः, -पुरुषः one of the 2 ways of peace-making, in which no third person is seen, said of a treaty concluded by the parties themselves without a mediator यत्र शत्रुः पणं कुर्यात्सो$दृष्टपुरुषः स्मृतः H.4.119. -फल a. [ब.] that of which the consequences are not yet visible. (लम्) the (future) result of good or bad actions; the result or consequence hidden in the future. -हन् a. destroying poisonous vermin (?).
adeva अदेव a. [न. ब.] 1 Not god-like or divine, not pertaining to a deity. -2 Godless, impious, irreligious. -वः [न. त.] One who is not a god. -Comp. -त्र a. [न देवाः त्रायन्ते प्रीयन्ते अनेन, त्रै -करणे क] not gratifying the gods, such a food. -मातृक a. [न देवो मेघो माता वृष्टिकारकः यस्य] not rained upon; (lit.) not having the god of rain as mother to suckle or water; hence (artificially) supplied with the water of rivers, canals &c., irrigated; वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाश्चिराय तस्मिन्कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1.17.
adoṣa अदोष a. [न. ब.] 1 Free from faults, demerits &c.; innocent; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34. -2 Free from the faults of composition, such as अश्लीलता, ग्राभ्यता &c., See दोष; अदोषौ शब्दार्थौ K.P.1; अदोषं गुणवत् काव्यम् Sar. K.1. -षः Not a fault; किमित्यदोषेण तिरस्कृता वयम् Ki.14.11. though not at fault.
adha अध अधा ind. Ved. Used like अथ as an inceptive particle in the sense of 'now', 'then', 'afterwards', 'moreover', 'and', 'partly', 'so much the more' &c.
adhika अधिक a. [abbreviation of अध्यारूढ; अध्यारूढशब्दात् कन् उत्तरपदलोपश्च P.V.2.73]. 1 More, additional, greater (opp. ऊन or सम); तदस्मिन्नधिकम् P.V.2.45. (In comp. with numerals) plus, greater by; अष्टाधिकं शतम् 1 plus 8 = 18; चत्वारिंशतो$धिकाः = ˚चत्वारिंशाः more than 4; नवाधिकां नवतिम् R.3.69; एकाधिकं हरेज्जयेष्टः Ms.9.117. -2 (a) Surpassing in quantity, more numerous, copious, excessive, abundant; in comp. or with instr.; श्वासः प्रमाणाधिकः Ś.1.29. more than the usual measure. (b) Inordinate, grown, increased, become greater; abounding in, full of; strong in; ˚क्रोध R.12.9; वयो$धिकः Ms.4.141 senior in years; शिशुरधिकवयाः Ve.3.32. old, advanced in years; भवनेषु रसाधिकेषु v. l. (सुधारितेषु) पूर्वं Ś.7.2; करोति रागं हृदि कौतुकाधिकं K.2.; रसाधिके मनसि Śi.17.48 abounding in. -3 (a) More, greater, stronger, mightier, more violent or intense; अधिकां कुरु देवि गुरुभक्तिम् K.62; ऊनं न सत्त्वेष्वधिको बबाधे R.2.14 the stronger animal did not prey on the weaker; पुमान्पुंसो$धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः Ms.3.49; अधिकं मेनिरे विष्णुम् Rām.; अधिकं मित्रम् Pt.2; यवीयान्गुणतो$धिकः Ms.11.185;9.154. (b) Superior to, better than; higher than [with abl. or in comp.); प्रमाणादधिकस्यापि मत्तदन्तिनः Pt.1.327; सेनाशते- भ्यो$धिका बुद्धिः Mu.1.27 surpassing, more than a match for &c.; विधेरधिकसंभारः R.15.62 more than what was sanctioned by rules; तपस्विभ्यो$धिको योगी Bg.6.46; ब्रह्म प्रदानेभ्यो$धिकम् Y.1.212; अश्वाधिको राजा H.3.77 strong in cavalry; धनधान्याधिको वैश्यः H.4.21 excels in, is superior by reason of; लोकाधिकं तेजः Mu.4.1 superior to; sometimes with gen.; पञ्चदशानां भ्रातणामधिको गुणैः K.136. -4 Later, subsequent, further than (of time); राजन्य- बन्धोर्द्वाविंशे (केशान्तो विधीयते) वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः Ms.2.65.2 years later i. e. in the 24th year; sometimes with gen.; ममाधिका वा तुल्या वा Rām. -5 Eminent, uncommon, special, peculiar (असाधारण); विद्या नाम नरस्य रूपमधिकम् Bh.2.2 superior or uncommon form or beauty; धर्मो हि तेषामधिको विशेषः H. Pr.25; इज्याध्ययनदानानि वैश्यस्य क्षत्रियस्य च । प्रतिग्रहो$धिको विप्रे याजनाध्यनापने तथा ॥ Y.1.118; sometimes used in the comparative in the above senses; क्लेशो$धिकतरस्तेषाम् Bg.12.5; ˚तरमिदानीं राजते राजलक्ष्मीः V. 5.22; स्वर्गादधिकतरं निर्वृत्तिस्थानम् Ś.7. -6 Redundant, superfluous; ˚अङ्ग having a redundant limb; नोद्वहेत्कपिलां कन्यां नाधिकाङ्गीं न रोगिणीम् Ms.3.8. -7 Intercalated, intercalary (as a month &c.) -8 Inferior, secondary. -कम् 1 Surplus, excess, more; लाभो$धिकं फलम् Ak. -2 Abundance, redundancy, superfluity. -3 A figure of speech equivalent to hyperbole; आश्रयाश्रयिणोरेकस्याधिक्ये$धिक- मुच्यते । किमधिकमस्य ब्रूमो महिमानं वारिधेईरिर्यत्र । अज्ञात एव शेते कुक्षौ निक्षिप्य भुवनानि ॥ अत्र आश्रयस्याधिक्यम् । युगान्तकालप्रतिसंहृता- त्मनो जगन्ति यस्यां सविकाशमासत । तनौ ममुस्तत्र न कैटभद्विपस्तपो- धनाभ्यागमसंभृता मुदः ॥ S. D; महतोर्यन्महीयांसावाश्रिताश्रययोः क्रमात् । आश्रयाश्रयिणौ स्यातां तनुत्वे$यधिकं तु तत् ॥ K. P.1. -adv. 1 More, in a greater degree; स राज्यं गुरुणा दत्तं प्रतिपद्याधिकं बभौ R.4.1; shone the more; 3.18; यस्मिन्नैवा- धिकं चक्षुरारोपयति पार्थिवः Pt.1.243; oft. in comp.; इयम- धिकमनोज्ञा Ś.1.2; ˚सुरभि Me.21. -2 Exceedingly, too much. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. (-ङ्गी f.) having a redundant limb. Ms.3.8. (see above -6) (-ङ्गम्) [अधिको$ङ्गात्] a sash, girdle or belt worn over the mail coat. -अधिक a. more and more, out-doing one another. -अर्थ a. exaggerated; ˚वचनम् exaggeration, an exaggerated statement or assertion (whether of praise or of censure); कृत्यैरधिकार्थवचने P.II,1.33; (˚नम् = स्तुति- निन्दाफलकमर्थवादवचनम्; e. g. वातच्छेद्यं तृणम् i. e. so light and weak; काकपेया नदी so deep and full). -ऋद्धि a. abundant, prosperous; ऋद्धिमन्तमधिकर्द्धिरुत्तरः पूर्वमुत्सवमपोहदुत्सवः R.19.5. -तिथिः, f. -दिनं, -दिवसः an intercalated day. -दन्तः = अधिदन्तः -मांसार्मन् = अधिमांस q. v. -वाक्योक्तिः f. exaggeration, hyperbole. -षाष्टिक- साप्ततिक a. containing or costing more than 6 or 7.
adhimanthanam अधिमन्थनम् [मन्थ्-भावे करणे वा ल्युट्] Rubbing together for producing fire; suitable for such friction (as wood). अस्तीदमधिमन्थनम् Rv.3.29.1.
adhiyajña अधियज्ञ a. Pertaining to sacrifice; ˚ज्ञं ब्रह्म जपेत् Ms. 6.83. -ज्ञः Principal sacrifice; the agency effecting or causing such sacrifice; ˚ज्ञोहमेवात्र देहे देहभृतां वर Bg.8.4. the अधियज्ञ is I myself in this body (i. e. Kṛiṣṇa); अत्रास्मिन्देहे अन्तर्यामित्वेन स्थितो$हमधियज्ञः यज्ञादिकर्मप्रवर्तकस्तत्फल- दाता चेति श्रीधरः. -ज्ञम् adv. on the subject of sacrifices, so अधियाग.
adhiṣṭhānam अधिष्ठानम् [अधि-स्था-ल्युट्] 1 Standing or being near, being at hand, approach (सन्निधि); अत्राधिष्ठानं कुरु take a seat here. -2 Resting upon, occupying, inhabiting, dwelling in, locating oneself in; प्राणाधिष्ठानं देहस्य &c. -3 A position, site, basis, seat; त्र्यधिष्ठानस्य देहिनः Ms.12.4; इन्द्रियाणि मनो बुद्धिरस्याधिष्ठानमुच्यते Bg.3.4, 18.14 the seat (of that desire.) -4 Residence, abode; नगरं राजाधिष्ठानम् Pt.1.; so धर्म˚; a place, locality, town; सर्वाविनयाधिष्ठानतां गच्छन्ति K.16; कस्मिंश्चिदधिष्ठाने in a certain place. -5 Authority, power, power of control, presiding over; अनधिष्ठानम् H.3.83. lose of position, dimissal from a post (of authority); समर्थस्त्वमिमं जेतुमधिष्ठानपराक्रमैः Rām.; ययेह अश्वैर्युक्तो रथः सार- थिना$धिष्ठितः प्रवर्तते तथा आत्माधिष्ठानाच्छरीरम् Gaudapāda; महाश्वेताकृताच्च सत्याधिष्ठानात् K.346 appeal or reference to truth. -6 Government, dominion. -7 A wheel (of a car &c.) अधिष्ठानं मनश्चासीत्परिरथ्या सरस्वती Mb.8.34.34; 5.178.74. -8 A precedent, prescribed rule. -9 A benediction. cf. अधिष्ठानं चक्रपुरप्रभावाध्यासनेष्वपि । Nm. -1 Destruction (?); अमित्राणामधिष्ठानाद्वधाद् दुर्योधनस्य च । भीम दिष्ट्या पृथिव्यां ते प्रथितं सुमहद्यशः ॥ Mb.9.61.14. -11 Couch, seat, bed; साधिष्ठानानि सर्वशः Rām.6.75.19. -12 A butt (for an allurement.) तस्माद् ब्राह्ममधिष्ठानं कृत्वा कार्ये चतुर्विधे । Kau. A.1.1. -Comp. -अधिकरणम् Municipal Board. (अधिष्ठान = city; अधिकरण = court and office of administration) EI,XV, p.143; XVII. p. 193 f; XX, pp.61 ff. -शरीरम् A body which forms the medium between the subtle and the gross body.
adhyāya अध्याय a. [इ-घञ् P.III.3.21] (At the end of comp.) A reader, student, one who studies; वेदाध्यायः a student of the Vedas; so मन्त्र˚ -यः 1 Reading, learning, study, especially of the Vedas; प्रशान्ताध्यायसत्कथा (नगरी) Rām. -2 Proper time for reading or for a lesson; ˚ज्ञाः प्रचक्षते Ms.4.12, see अनध्याय also. -3 A lesson, lecture; अधीयते$स्मिन् अध्यायः P.III.3.122; so स्वाध्यायो$ध्येतव्यः. -4 A chapter, a large division of a work, such as of the Rāmāyaṇa, Mahābhārata, Manu-smṛiti, Pāṇini's Sūtras &c. The following are some of the names used by Sanskrit writers to denote chapters or divisions of works :--सर्गो वर्गः परिच्छेदोद्घाताध्यायाङ्क- संग्रहाः । उच्छ्वासः परिवर्तश्च पटलः काण्डमाननम् । स्थानं प्रकरणं चैव पर्वोल्लासाह्निकानि च । स्कन्धांशौ तु पुराणादौ प्रायशः परिकीर्तितौ ॥
adhyavasānam अध्यवसानम् [भावे-ल्युट्] 1 Effort, determination &c. See अध्यवसाय -2 (In Rhet.) Identification of two things (प्रकृत and अप्रकृत) in such a manner that the one is completely absorbed into the other; निगीर्याध्यवसानं तु प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; on such identification is founded the figure called अतिशयोक्ति, and the लक्षणा called साध्यवसाना. See K. P.2.
anati अनति ind. Not very much; compounds beginning with अनति may be analysed by referring to अति; e. g. अनतिक्रमः moderation; अनतिक्रमणीय not to be transgressed, inviolable, अनतिदृश्य opaque; अनातेद्भुत unsurpassed, real, true, proper, ब्रह्मा त इन्द्र गिर्वणः क्रियन्ते अनतिद्भुता Rv.8.9.3. अनतिव्याध्य invulnerable; अनत्यन्तगति P.V. 4.4 sense of diminutive words; अनत्यय imperishable, undecaying &c.; अनतिप्रश्न not to be asked to excess; अनतिविलम्बिता absence of delay; fluency as a speaker's qualification, one of the 35 Vāgguṇas, q. v.
anadhyāyaḥ अनध्यायः अनध्ययनम् [न. त.] Not studying, intermission of study; the time when there is or ought to be such intermission, a holiday (˚दिवसः); अद्य शिष्टानध्यायः U.4 a holiday (given) in honour of distinguished guests. See Ms.2.15-6;4.13-4;15-8;117-8, 126 &c.
ananta अनन्त a. [नास्ति अन्तो यस्य] Endless, infinite, eternal, boundless, inexhaustible; ˚रत्नप्रभवस्य यस्य Ku.1.3. -न्तः 1 N. of Viṣṇu; गन्धर्वाप्सरसः सिद्धाः किन्नरोरगचारणाः । नान्तं गुणानां जानन्ति (नास्यान्तमधिगच्छन्ति) तेनानन्तो$यमुच्यते ॥; also of Viṣṇu's couch, the serpent _x001F_-Śeṣa; of Kṛiṣṇa and his brother; of Siva, the 14th Arhat; Vāsuki, the lord of serpents अनन्तश्चास्मि नागानाम् Bg.1.29. -2 A cloud. -3 Talc. -4 N. of a plant (सिन्दु- वार) Vitex Trifolia (Mar. निरगुडी). -5 The asterism श्रवण. -6 A silken cord with 14 knots tied round the right arm on the अनन्तचतुर्दशी day. -7 The letter आ. -न्ता 1 The earth (the endless). -2 The number one. -3 Names of various females; N. of Pārvatī. -4 Names of various plants; शारिवा, अनन्तमूल (a very medicinal plant) दूर्वा, आमलकी, गुडूची, अग्निमन्थ, कणा, लाङ्गली, दुरालाभा, हरीतकी, अग्निशिखा, श्यामलता, पिप्पली. -न्ती A small silken cord tied round the left arm of a woman. -न्तम् 1 The sky, atmosphere. -2 Infinity, eternity. -3 Absolution, final beatitude; तदनन्ताय कल्पते Pt.2.72. -4 The Supreme Spirit, Brahman (परब्रह्म,); सत्यं ज्ञानमनन्तं ब्रह्मेति श्रुतिः । न व्यापित्वाद्देशतो$न्तो नित्यत्वान्नापि कालतः । न वस्तुतो$पि सर्वात्म्यादानन्त्यं ब्रह्मणि त्रिधा ॥ -5 A sloping and a projecting member of the entablature representing a continued pent-roof; अनन्तं चान्तरिक्षं च प्रस्तरं चाष्टधा लुपाः । Māna.18.174-175. cf. अनन्तः शेषविष्ण्वोश्चानवधौ क्लीबमम्बरे । स्त्रियां स्याच्छारिपादूर्वाविशल्याला- ङ्गलीषु च । हैमवत्यां गळूच्यां च...। Nm. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit; -कर a. magnifying to any extent; P.III.2.21. -ग a. moving forever. -गुण a. possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite possessed of endless merits; of countless or infinite number; प्लवङ्गानामनन्तगुणतैधते Mv.6.55. -चतुर्दशी, -˚व्रतम् [अनन्तस्य आराधनं यस्यां सा चतुर्दशी] the 14th day of the bright half of Bhādrapada when Ananta is worshipped -चरित्रः N. of a Bodhisattva. -जित् (अनन्तानि भूतानि जितवान्) 1 N. of Vāsudeva, the conqueror of all. -2 N. of an Arhat deity. -तान a. of endless width, extensive. -तीर्थकृत् m. 1 one who visits many places of polgimage. -2 a Jaina deity. -तृतीया the third day of the bright half of भाद्रपद, मार्गशीर्ष or वैशाख; नभस्ये वाथ वैशाखे मार्गशीर्षे$थवा पुनः । शुक्ल- पक्षतृतीयायां... उक्तानन्ततृतीयैषा सुतानन्दफलप्रदा. -दृष्टिः [अनन्ता दृष्टयो नेत्राणि यस्य] N. of Śiva, or of Indra. -देवः [अनन्तो देव इव] 1 the serpent Seṣa. -2 [अनन्ते दीव्यति; दिव्-अच्] N. of Nārayaṇa who sleeps on Seṣa. -3 N. of the king of Kashmir. -नेमिः N. of the king of Mālava, a contemporary of शाक्यमुनि -पार a. of endless width, boundless; ˚रं किल शब्दशास्त्रम् Pt.1. -पालः N. of a warriorchief in Kashmir. -मतिः N. of a Bodhisattva. -मायिन् a. of endless tricks, endlessly deceitful. -मूलः a medicinal plant (शारिवा). -राशिः an infinite quantity. -रूप a. of innumerable forms or shapes; epithet of Visnu. -वातः a disease of the head, resembling tetanus. -विक्रमिन् N. of a Bodhisattva. -विजयः [अनन्तान् विजयते ध्वनिद्वारा अनेन] N. of Yudhiṣṭhira's conchshell. अनन्तविजयं राजा कुन्तीपुत्रो युधिष्ठिरः Bg.1.16. -वीर्यः N. of the 23rd Jaina Arhat of a future age. -व्रतम् 1 See अनन्तचतुर्दशी above. -2 N. of the 12nd Adhyaya of the Bhaviṣyottara-Purāṇa. -शक्ति a. of boundless power, omnipotent, epithet of the Supreme Being. -शयनम् Travancore; Sriraṅgapaṭṭaṇa (because there are temples of Viṣṇu reclining on अनन्त Serpent). -शीर्ष N. of Visnu or the Supreme Being. (-र्षा) N. of the wife of Vāsuki. -शुष्म a. Ved. possessing endless strength; endlessly blowing. -श्री a. of boundless magnificence, an epithet of the Supreme Being.
anapa अनप a. [न सन्ति आधिक्येन आपो यत्र] Destitute of much water (as a puddle) अनपकरणम् anapakaraṇam कर्मन् karman क्रिया kriyā अनपकरणम् कर्मन् क्रिया 1 Not injuring. -2 Nondelivery. -3 (In law) Non-payment; दत्तस्यानपकर्म च Ms.8.4; दत्तस्य or वेतनस्य ˚क्रिया 214.
analpa अनल्प a. 1 Numerous. -2 Not a little; not small, liberal, noble (as mind &c.); इति क्षमं नैतदनल्पचेतसाम् Ki.14.18; much; जल्पन्त्यनल्पाक्षरम् Pt.1.136 profusely, in many words; विकसितवदनामनल्पजल्पे$पि Bv.1.1;2. 138. -Comp. -घोष a. very clamorous or noisy. -मन्यु a. greatly enraged.
anasūya अनसूय यक a. [न. ब.] Free from malice, not envious, not spiteful; श्रद्दधानो$नसूयश्च Ms.4.158; श्रद्धावाननसूयश्च शृणुयादपि यो नरः । Bg.18.71. -या [न. त.] 1 Absence of envy, charity of disposition, freedom from spite or illwill; न गुणान् गुणिनो हन्ति स्तौति चान्यगुणानपि । न हसेच्चान्यदो- षांश्च सानसूया प्रकीर्तिता. -2 N. of a friend of Śakuntalā. -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -4 N. of Atri's wife, the highest type of chastity and wifely devotion. [She was very pious and given to austere devotion by virtue of which she had obtained miraculous powers. Several stories are told o illustrate them. When the earth was devastated by a terrible drought which lasted for 1 years, Anasūyā created water, fruits, roots &c. by means of her ascetic powers and saved many lives. On one occasion when the sage Māṇḍavya was about to be impaled, the wife of a sage happened to touch the stake as she passed by, whereupon Māṇḍavya cursed her that she would become a widow at sunrise. She, however, prevented the sun from rising, and all actions of men being consequently stopped, the gods, sages &c. went to Anasūyā, her friend, who, by the force of her penance, made the sun rise without, at the same time, bringing widowhood on her friend. Another legend is also told in which Anasūyā changed Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa into infants, when, at the instigation of their wives, they attempted to test her chastity, but restored them to their former shapes at the importunities of their humbled consorts. She is also said to have caused the three-streamed Ganges to flow down on the earth near the hermitage of her husband for the ablutions of sages; see R.13.51. In the Rāmāyaṇa she is represented as having been very kind and attentive to Sītā whom she favoured with sound motherly advice on the virtues of chastity, and at the time of her departure gave her an unguent (See R.12.27,14.14) which was to keep her beautiful for ever and to guard her person from the attempts of rapacious beasts, demons &c. She was the mother of the irascible sage Durvāsas]. सा त्वेवमुक्ता वैदेही त्वनसूयानसूयया Rām.2.18.1.
anāgama अनागम a. 1 Not come, not present. -2[न. ब.] (In law) Without the title-deed or document of possession (such as purchase deed &c.), anything possessed from time immemorial and without any documentary proof; ˚उपभोगः enjoyment of property without such a deed. -मः 1 Non-arrival. -2 Non-attainment.
anāgandhita अनागन्धित a. Not smelt; (fig.) not touched or affected; सर्वदोषानागन्धितं प्रतिवचनमाह Śaṅkara.
anādhāra अनाधार a. Without support, an epithet applicable, according to the Naiyāyikas, to eternal objects only (such as sky), or to Brahman according to the Vedāntins.
anāptṛ अनाप्तृ a. Not getting &c.; अनाप्तुरेनसाम् Śi.16.38 not touched by sin.
anāyuṣya अनायुष्य a. [आयुषे न हितम् न. त.] Not giving long life, fatal to long life (such as excessive food, sexual union &c.); अनारोग्यमनायुष्यमस्वर्ग्यं चातिभोजनम् Ms.2.57 नहीदृश- मनायुष्यं लोके किञ्चन विद्यते । यादृशं पुरुषस्येह परदारोपसेवनम् ॥ 4.134.
anitya अनित्य a. 1 Not eternal or everlasting, transient, non-eternal, perishable (नश्वर) (opp. नित्य); गन्धवती पृथ्वी सा द्विविधा नित्या$नित्या च T. S.9 (अनित्या = कार्यरूपा); See नित्य; यदि नित्यमनित्येन निर्मलं मलवाहिना । यशः कायेन लभ्येत तन्न लब्धं भवेन्तु किम् ॥ H.1.45. रजस्वलमनित्यं च भूतावासमिमं त्यजेत् Ms.6.77; धर्मो$नित्यः सुखदुःखे$प्यनित्ये जीवो$नित्यो हेतुरस्या- प्यनित्यः Mb. -2 Occasional, temporary, casual; not peremptory or obligatory as a rule &c., special. -3 Unusual, extraordinary; वर्णे चानित्ये P.V.4.31 (लोहितकः कोपेन, अन्यथा तु श्वेतवर्ण इति भावः); आनाय्यो$नित्ये III.1.127 (स हि गार्हपत्यादानीयते$नित्यश्च सततमप्रज्वलनात् Sk.) See VI.1. 147. -4 Unsteady, fickle, not permanent; अनित्यं यौवनं रूपम् H.4.68; ˚हृदया हि ताः Rām. -5 Uncertain, doubtful; अनित्यो विजयो यस्माद् दृश्यते युध्यमानयोः Ms.7.199; विजयस्य ह्यनित्यत्वात् Pt.3.22. -6 (in grammar) A rule or operation which is not invariable or compulsory; optional. -त्यम् adv. Occasionally, not permanently, incidentally, casually; अनित्यं हि स्थितो यस्मात् Ms.3.12. -Comp. -कर्मन्, -क्रिया an occasional act, such as a sacrifice for a special purpose, a voluntary and occasional act. -दत्तः, -दत्तकः, -दत्रिमः a son given by his parents to another temporarily (for temporary or preliminary adoption). -प्रत्यवेक्षा (with Buddhists) the consciousness that everything is perishable and is passing away. -भावः transitoriness, transient state, limited nature or existence; so अनित्यतावम् frailty, instability. -समः a sophism or fallacious reasoning which generalizes what it is exceptional (as अनित्यत्वम्). -समासः a compound which it is not obligatory to form in every case (the sense of which may be equally expressed by resolving it into its constituent members.).
anira अनिर a. [न ईरयितुं शक्यते, ईर्-क पृ˚ ह्रस्वः] That cannot be propelled or driven along; अप त्या अस्थुरनिरा Rv. 8.48.11 (प्रेरयितुमशक्य). -रा 1 Want of food; utter destitution (अन्नरहितदारिद्र्यम्); युयुतमस्मदनिराममीवाम् Rv.7. 71.2. -2 [नास्ति इरा अन्नं यस्याः पं. ब.] A calamity such as अतिवृष्टि, अनावृष्टि (= ईति).
anukrama अनुक्रम a. [अनुगतः क्रमम्] In due order. -मः 1 Succession, order, sequence, arrangement, method, due order; प्रचक्रमे वक्तुमनुक्रमज्ञा R.6.7; श्वश्रूजनं सर्वमनुक्रमेण 14. 6; गृहीतानुक्रमाद्दाप्यो Y.2.41. -2 A table of contents, index, such as that of the Vedic Saṁhitās. -3 Routine order, daily practice; मानेन रक्ष्यते धान्यमश्वान् रक्षत्यनुक्रमः Mb.5.34.4. (अनुक्रमः व्यायामशिक्षादिः इति भाष्यकारः).
anugrah अनुग्रह् 9 P. (Ved. -गृभ्णाति). 1 To favour, oblige, treat with kindness; शिलातलैकदेशमनुगृह्णातु वयस्यः Ś.3 our friend will be so good as to, or kindly, take a seat on the stone; अयं विष्टरो$नुगृह्यताम् V.5 be pleased to sit down &c.; महेन्द्रेण पुनरनुगृहीता V.3 favoured (by modifying the curse); with instr. or abl. of that which is an obligation; अनुगृहीतो$हमनया मघवतः सम्भावनया S.6; कतर- त्कुलमनुगृहीतं भगवत्या जन्मना K.135, अनुगृहीतो$स्मि अहमुपदेशा- द्भवतः V.4. I am much obliged to you &c. (अनुगृहीत is oft. used by itself in the sense of 'much obliged', 'many thanks', 'I thank you', 'I esteem it as a favour'.) -2 To foster, cherish, protect, maintain (as fire); अग्निर्नित्यानुगृहीतः स्यात् Āśval. -2 To receive, welcome. -4 To hold up, support, uphold. त्रिभिस्तीक्ष्णैर्महावेगैर- न्वगृह्णाच्छिरः शरैः Mb.6.12.45. -5 To follow in robbing, seizing or depriving. -6 To keep to, conform or correspond to, follow, take after; आकृतिमनुगृह्णन्ति गुणाः Vb.2; क्षात्रधर्मश्चानुगृहीतो भवति U.5. -Caus. To cause to favour, or to favour; आर्यस्य दर्शनेनात्मानमनुग्राहयितुम् Mu.4. अनुग्रहः, -हणम् 1 A favour, kindness, obligation; showing favour, obliging, rewarding (opp. निग्रह); निग्रहानुग्रहकर्ता Pt.1; पादार्पणानुग्रहपूतपृष्ठम् R.2.35; अनुग्रह इवेयमभ्यर्थना Ś.1; अनुग्रहं संस्मरणप्रवृत्तम् Ku.3.3. -2 Assistance, help (shown to the poor in feeding them &c. दरिद्रादिपोषणम्). -3 Facilitating by spells. -4 Acceptance. -5 Rear-guard. -Comp. -कातर a. anxious to please or for favour. -सर्गः creation of feelings or mental conditions.
anunaya अनुनय a. [नी-अच्] Kind, conciliatory, pacifying (as words). तुल्यदुःखो$ब्रवीद्भ्राता लक्ष्मणो$नुनयं वचः Rām.4.27.33. -यः 1 Conciliation, propitiation, pacification (of anger), friendly persuasion; कथं नु शक्यो$नुनयो महर्षेर्विश्राणना- च्चान्यपयस्विनीनाम् R.2.54; कथं वा तेषामनुनयः कृतः H.4; प्रकृति- वक्रः स कस्यानुनयं प्रितगृह्णाति Ś.4. -2 Courtesy, civility, courteous or polite behaviour, modesty, modest or respectful deportment, conciliatory act (such as salutation); showing respect (to a guest, deity &c.); विविधैरनुतप्यन्ते दयितानुनयैर्मनस्विन्यः V.3.5; दयितजनः˚ 2. 22; वाक्यैः स्निग्धैरनुनयो भवेदर्थस्य साधनम् S. D.458. -3 An humble supplication or entreaty, a request in general; भद्र प्रियं नः कींतु त्वदभिप्रायापरिज्ञानान्तरितो$यमस्मदनुनयः Mu.2; R.6.2; निषेधवाक्यालङ्कारजिज्ञासानुनये खलु Ak; ˚आम- न्त्रणम् conciliatory address. -4 Discipline, training, regulation of conduct. -यम् adv. Fitly, suitably.
anunāyika अनुनायिक a. Conciliating; प्रियतमेषु बधूरनुनायिका Śi.6. 7. -का A female character, subordinate to the Nāyikā or leading character, such as a friend, nurse, maid-servant &c.; सखी प्रव्रजिता दासी प्रेष्या धात्रेयिका तथा । अन्याश्च शिल्पकारिण्यो विज्ञेया ह्यनुनायिकाः ॥ अनुनेय (-नीय) a. Favourable; अनुनेयानि जल्पन्तम् Mb.7.85.25 To be conciliated; Mk.
anupātakam अनुपातकम् [पातकं ब्रह्महत्यादि तत्सदृशम्] A heinous crime such as theft, murder, adultery &c. 35 such sins are enumerated in Viṣṇusmṛiti; Manu mentions 3 kinds; See 11.54-58.
anubhāvaḥ अनुभावः 1 Dignity, consequence or dignity of person, majestic lustre, splendour, might, power, authority. (परिमेयपुरःसरौ) अनुभावविशेषात्तु सेनापरिवृताविव R.1.37; संभावनीयानुभावा अस्याकृतिः Ś.7; अनुभावसौभाग्यमात्रपरिशेष- धूसरश्री U.1,3;6.2;41,4.22, K.18,24; V.1; तवानुभावो$यमवेदि यन्मया Ki.1.6; Dk.29,113; दिव्यौषध्या जयति महिमा को$प्यचिन्त्यानुभावः । Mv.6.53; अहो महानुभावः पार्थिवो दुष्यन्तः Ś.3 of great might or power; जाने वो रक्षसाक्रान्तावनुभावपराक्रमौ R.1.38,2.75 greatness (dignity) &c., valour; न निहन्ति धैर्यमनुभावगुणः Ki.6.28; महानुभावप्रकृतिः कापि तत एवागतवती Māl.1 very noble or dignified. -2 (In Rhet.) An external manifestation or indication of a feeling (भाव) by appropriate symptoms, such as by look, gesture &c., called by some ensuant (भावबोधक-न); भावं मनोगतं साक्षात् स्वगतं व्यञ्जयत्नि ये । ते$नुभावा इति ख्याताः; यथा भ्रूभङ्गः कोपस्य व्यञ्जकः; उद्बुद्धं कारणं स्वैः स्वैर्बहिर्भावं प्रकाशयन् । लोके यः कार्यरूपः सो$- नुभावः काव्यनाट्ययोः ॥ S. D.162,163. &c.; धिगेव रमणीयतां त्वदनुभावभावादृते Māl.9.35. -3 Firm opinion or resolution, determination, belief; अनुभावांश्च जानासि ब्राह्मणानां न संशयः Mb.3.24.8. अनुभाववता गुरुस्थिरत्वात् Ki.13.15. cf. अनुभावः प्रभावे च सतां च मतिनिश्चये Ak. also Nm.
anulepaḥ अनुलेपः लेपनम् 1 Unction, anointing, smearing. -2 Ointment, unguent such as sandal juice, oil &c.; any emollient or oily application; ˚आर्द्रमृदङ्गध्वनि K.28 rubbed with paste; सुरभिकुसुमधूपानुलेपनानि K.324.
anulomanam अनुलोमनम् 1 Regular gradation, sending or putting in the right direction. -2 (In medicine) Carrying off by the regular channels, such as purging; alleviation.
anuvādaḥ अनुवादः 1 Repetition (in general); गुण˚ K.26. -2 Repetition by way of explanation, illustration or corroboration; अनुवादे चरणानाम् P.II.4.3. (सिद्धस्योपन्यासे Sk.) -3 Explanatory repetition or reference to what is already mentioned, such as paraphrase or free translation; particularly, any portion of the Brāhmaṇas which comments on, illustrates, or explains a Vidhi or direction previously laid down and which does not itself lay down any directions; a supplementary repetition, opp. to विधि 'authoritative or direct injunction'; विधिविहितस्य अनुवचनमनुवादः । नानुवादपुनरुक्तयोः विशेषः शब्दाभ्या- सोपपत्तेः Nyāya sūtra; cf. also विध्यनुवादयोर्विधिर्ज्यायान्, अपू- र्वार्थप्रकल्पत्वादिति ŚB. on MS.1.6.3. It is of 3 kinds:- भूतार्थ˚ (सदेव सौम्येदमग्र आसीत्); स्तुत्यर्थ˚ (वायुर्वै क्षेपिष्ठा देवता) and गुण˚ (अग्निहोत्रं जुहोति इत्युक्ते दध्ना जुहोति इति गुणविधानात्); see अर्थवाद also. -4 Corroboration, confirmation. -5 Slander, abuse, reviling. -6 Advertisement, notice; report, rumour. -7 Commencement of speech (वाचारम्भणमात्रम्).
anuvās अनुवास् 1 P. 1 To scent, perfume. -2 To use the oily enema (see the next word); treat by using such enema; अवश्यं स्थापनीयाश्च नानुवास्याः कथञ्चन Suśr.
anuśastram अनुशस्त्रम् [अनुगतं शस्त्रं शस्त्रार्थे प्रयुक्तम्] Anything used (for the time being) instead of a regular instrument, such as a finger-nail; a secondary weapon or instrument.
anuṣṇa अनुष्ण a. 1 Not hot, cold, chilly; अनुष्णैरानन्दाश्रुबिन्दुभिः R.12.62. -2 Apathetic; lazy, sluggish (अलस). -ष्णः Cold touch or sensation. -ष्णा N. of a stream. -ष्णम् A water-lily, blue lotus (उत्पल). -Comp. -अशीत a. Neither hot nor cold. -गुः (-गो ray) having cold rays, the moon, also camphor. -वल्लिका N. of a plant नीलदूर्वा.
anusamayaḥ अनुसमयः 1 Regular or proper connection, as of words. -2 Doing several details with reference to several things or persons. This can be done in more ways than one and hence we have three varieties of अनुसमय (a) पदार्थानुसमय i. e. doing one thing with reference to all, then doing the second in the same way and so on. (b) काण्डानुसमय i. e. doing the whole mass of details with reference to one thing first, then doing the same with the second and so on. This is also known as एकजातीयानुसमय. (c) समुदायानुसमय i. e. doing a group of details forming a composite whole (समुदाय) with reference to one, then doing it with reference to the second and so on. It may be noted that when several details are to be performed with reference to one thing or person, the details are in close proximity with the प्रधान and hence the problem of अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति does not arise in such cases. But when several things are to be performed with respect to several things or persons, this अङ्गप्रधानप्रत्यासत्ति can be achieved by following the पदार्थानुसमय, which, therefore, is to be preferred to the other two words. (This is known as the पदार्थानुसमयन्याय.) But when पदार्थानुसमय is found not practicable, the second mode i. e. the काण़्डानुसमय or एकजातीयानुसमय should be adopted, provided that among the details to be performed, there are none which together form a composite whole. (This is known as काण्डानुसमयन्याय.) If, however, there are among the details to be performed some details which form one or more composite wholes, they should be performed together with the first thing or person, then with the second, and so on. Thus in such cases the समुदायानुसमय should be adopted. (This is known as समुदायानुसमयन्याय.)
anustaraṇam अनुस्तरणम् Strewing or spreading round. -णी [करणे ल्युट्] 1 A cover, (आच्छादनम् such as leather); अनुस्तरण्या वपामुत्खिद्य शिरोमुखं प्रच्छादयेत् Āśval. -2 A cow; (सेयं गौः स्तृतं दीक्षितमनुस्तृतत्वाद्धिंसितत्वाच्चानुस्तरणीत्युच्यते Sāy.); especially the cow sacrificed at the funeral ceremony, which enables the departed spirit to safely cross the river of Hell called वैतरिणी (अनुतीर्यते वैतरिणी नदी अनया तॄ-करणे ल्युट् पृषो-सुट् Tv.).
anuspṛś अनुस्पृश् To touch, xtend to; अनु स्पृश धृषता शोशुचानः Rv.4.4.2.
anṛkṣara अनृक्षर a. Ved. Thornless (as a path or couch). अनृक्षरा ऋजवः सन्तु पन्थाः Rv.1.85.23.
aneka अनेक a. 1 Not one; more than one, many; अनेक- पितृकाणां तु पितृतो भागकल्पना Y.2.12, अनेकराजन्यरथाश्वसंकुलम् Ki.1.16; several, various; तथात्मैको$प्यनेकश्च Y.3.144. -2 Separated; divided; oft. in comp.; ˚आकार having many shapes or forms; diverse, multiform; ˚कालम् -वारम् several times, many a time and oft.; ˚भार्य having more wives than one. -Comp. -अक्षर, -अच् a. having more than one vowel or syllable; polysyllabic. -अग्र a. 1 engaged in several pursuits. -2 not concentrated or fixed on one object. -3 Agitated. perplexed; स त्वनेकाग्रहृदयो द्वास्थं प्रत्यर्च्य तं जनम् Rām.2.41.34. -अन्त a. 1 [न. ब] not alone so as to exclude all others, uncertain, doubtful, variable; स्यादित्यव्ययमनेकान्तवाचकम् -2 = अनैकान्तिक q. v. (-न्तः) 1 unsettled condition, absence of permanence. -2 uncertainty, doubtfulness. -3 an unessential part, as the several anubandhas. ˚वादः scepticism. ˚वादिन् m. a sceptic, a Jaina or an Arhat of the Jainas. -अर्थ a. 1 having many (more than one) meanings, homonymous; as the words गो, अमृत, अक्ष &c.; ˚त्वम् Capacity to express more senses than one; अनेकार्थत्वमन्याय्यम् ŚB. on MS.7.3.55. अनेकार्थस्य शब्दस्य K.P.2. -2 having the sense of word अनेक. -3 having many objects or purposes. (-र्थः) multiplicity of objects, topics &c. -अल् a. having more than one अल् (letter) P.I.1.55. -आश्रय, -आश्रित a. (in Vais. Phil.) dwelling or abiding in more than one (such as संयोग, सामान्य); एते$नेकाश्रिता गुणाः Bhāsā. P.; dependence upon more than one. -कृत् m. 'doing much', N. of Śiva. -गुण a. of many kinds, manifold, diverse; विगणय्य कारणमनेकगुणम् Ki.6.37. -गुप्तः N. of a king; ˚अर्चितपादपङ्कजः K.3. -गोत्र a. belonging to two families (such as a boy when adopted) i. e. that of his own, and that of his adoptive father. -चर a. gregarious. -चित्त a. not of one mind, fickle-minded; कच्चिन्नानेकचित्तानां तेषां त्वं वशमागतः Rām. 6.24.26. ˚मन्त्रः not following the counsels of one; H.4.31. -ज a. born more than once. (-जः) a bird (गर्भाण्डाभ्यां जातत्वात्). -पः an elephant (so called because he drinks with his trunk and mouth); cf. द्विप; वन्येतरानेकपदर्शनेन R.5,47.; Śi.5.35,12.75. -2 -पद a. multi-numbered; having many component members (as in a Bahuvrīhi compound). e. g. बृहद् अस्य रथन्तरसाम इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. -भार्य a. Having more wives than one. -मुख a. (खी f.) a. 1 having many faces, many-faced. -2 scattered, dispersed, going in various directions, taking to various ways; (बलानि) जगाहिरे$नेकमुखानि मार्गान् Bk.2.54. -मूर्तिः 'having many forms', N. of Viṣṇu who assumed various forms to deliver the earth from calamities. -युद्धविजयिन्, -विजयिन् a. victorious in many battles; Pt.3.9,11. -रूप a. 1 of various forms, multiform. -2 of various kinds or sorts. -3 fickle, changeable, of a varying nature; वेश्याङ्गनेव नृपनीतिरनेकरूपा Pt.1.425. (-पः) epithet of the Supreme Being. -लोचनः N. of Śiva; also of Indra, and of the Supreme Being, he being said to be सहस्राक्षः सहस्रपात् &c. -वचनम् the plural number; dual also. -वर्ण a. involving more than one (unknown) quantity (the unknown quantities x. y. z. &c. being represented in Sanskrit by colours नील, काल &c.); ˚समीकरणम् simultaneous equation; ˚गुणनम्, ˚व्यवकलनम्, ˚हारः multiplication, subtraction or division of unknown quantities. -विध a. various, different. -शफ a. cloven-hoofed. -शब्द a. synonymous. -साधारण a. common to many, the common property of many persons Dk.83.
anaitihyam अनैतिह्यम् Absence of traditional sanction or authority, or that which is without such sanction; अनागतमनैतिह्यं कथं ब्रह्माधिगच्छति Mb.12.239.2.
anta अन्त a. [अम्-तन् Uṇ.3.86] 1 Near. -2 Last. -3 Handsome, lovely; Me.23; दन्तोज्ज्वलासु विमलोपलमे- खलान्ताः Śi.4.4, (where, however, the ordinary sense of 'border' or 'skirt' may do as well, though Malli. renders अन्त by रम्य, quoting the authority of शब्दार्णव - 'मृताववसिते रम्ये समाप्तावन्त इष्यते'). -4 Lowest, worst. -5 Youngest. -तः (n. in some senses) 1 (a) End, limit, boundary (in time or space); final limit, last or extreme point; स सागरान्तां पृथिवीं प्रशास्ति H.4.5 bounded by the ocean, as far as the sea; अपाङ्गौ नेत्रयो- रन्तौ Ak.; उद्युक्तो विद्यान्तमधिगच्छति H.3.114 goes to the end of, masters completely; श्रुतस्य यायादयमन्तमर्भकस्तथा परेषां युधि चेति पार्थिवः (where अन्त also means end or destruction); जीवलोकसुखानामन्तं ययौ K.59 enjoyed all worldly pleasures; आलोकितः खलु रमणीयानामन्तः K.124 end, furthest extremity; दिगन्ते श्रूयन्ते Bv.1.2. -2 Skirt, border, edge, precinct; a place or ground in general; यत्र रम्यो वनान्तः U.2.25 forest ground, skirts of the forest; ओदकान्तात् स्निग्धो जनो$नुगन्तव्यः Ś.4; उपवनान्तलताः R.9.35 as far as the borders or skirts; वृत्तः स नौ संगतयोर्वनान्ते R.2.58,2.19; Me.23. Upper part (शिरोभाग); महा- र्हमुक्तामणिभूषितान्तम् Rām.5.4.3. -3 End of a texture, edge, skirt, fringe or hem of a garment; वस्त्र˚; पवनप्रनर्तितान्तदेशे दुकूले K.9 (by itself in Veda). -4 Vicinity, proximity, neighbourhood, presence; नाधीयीत श्मशानान्ते ग्रामान्ते Ms. 4.116; Y.2.162; जलान्ते छन्दसां कुर्यादुत्सर्गं विधिवद् बहिः 1.143; गङ्गाप्रपातान्तविरूढशष्पम् (गह्वरम्) R.2.26; पुंसो यमान्तं व्रजतः P.2.115 going into the vicinity or presence of Yama; अन्योन्यामन्त्रणं यत्स्याज्जनान्ते तज्जनान्तिकम् S. D.; यां तु कुमारस्यान्ते वाचमभाषथास्तां मे ब्रूहि Śat. Br. (These four senses are allied). -5 End, conclusion, termination (opp. आरम्भ or आदि); सेकान्ते R.1.51; दिनान्ते निहितम् R.4.1; मासान्ते, पक्षान्ते, दशाहान्ते &c.; एकस्य दुःखस्य न यावदन्तं गच्छाम्यहं पारमिवार्णवस्य Pt.2.175; व्यसनानि दुरन्तानि Ms.7.45; दशान्तमुपेयिवान् R.12.1 going to the end of the period of life (end of the wick); व्यसनं वर्धयत्येव तस्यान्तं नाधिगच्छति Pt.2.18; oft. in comp. in this sense, and meaning 'ending in or with', 'ceasing to exist with', 'reaching to the end'; तदन्तं तस्य जीवितम् H.1.91 ends in it; कलहान्तानि हर्म्याणि कुवाक्यान्तं च सौहृदम् । कुराजान्तानि राष्ट्राणि कुकर्मान्तं यशो नृणाम् ॥ Pt.5.76; विशाखान्ता गता मेघा प्रसूत्यन्तं च यौवनम् । प्रणामान्तः सतां कोपो याचनान्तंहि गौरवम् ॥ Subhā. फलोदयान्ताय तपःसमाधये Ku.5.6 ending with (lasting till) the attainment of fruit; यौवनान्तं वयो यस्मिन् Ku.6.44; R.11.62,14.41; विपदन्ता ह्यविनीतसंपदः Ki.2.52; युगसहस्रान्तं ब्राह्मं पुण्यमहर्विदुः Ms.1.73 at the end of 1 Yugas; प्राणान्तं दण़्डम् Ms.8.359 capital punishment (such as would put an end to life). -6 Death, destruction; end or close of life; धरा गच्छत्यन्तं Bh.3.71 goes down to destruction; योगेनान्ते तनुत्यजाम् R.1.8; एका भवेत्स्वस्तिमती त्वदन्ते 2.48;12.75; ममाप्यन्ते Ś.6; अद्य कान्तः कृतान्तो वा दुःखस्यान्तं करिष्यति Udb.; औषध्यः फलपाकान्ताः Ms.1.46; अन्तं या To be destroyed, perish, be ruined. -7 (In gram.) A final syllable or letter of a word; अजन्त ending in a vowel; so हलन्त, सुबन्त, तिडन्त &c. -8 The last word in a compound. -9 Ascertainment, or settlement (of a question); definite or final settlement; pause, final determination, as in सिद्धान्त; न चैव रावणस्यान्तो दृश्यते जीवितक्षये Rām.6.17.58 उभयोरपि दृष्टोन्तस्त्वनयोस्तत्त्वदर्शिभिः Bg.2.16 (सदसतोः इत्यर्थः). -1 The last portion or the remainder (n. also); निशान्तः; वेदान्तः &c. वेदांश्चैव तु वेदाङ्गान् वेदान्तानि तथा स्मृतीः । अधीत्य ब्राह्मणः पूर्वं शक्तितो$न्यांश्च संपठेत् ॥ Bṛihadyogi- yājñavalkya Smṛiti 12.34. -11 Underneath, inside, inner part; युष्मदीयं च जलान्ते गृहम् Pt.4 in water, underneath water; सुप्रयुक्तस्य दम्भस्य ब्रह्माप्यन्तं न गच्छति Pt.1.22 does not penetrate or dive into, sound, fathom; आशङ्कितस्यान्तं गच्छामि M.3 shall dive deep into, fully satisfy, my doubts. -12 Total amount, whole number or quantity. -13 A large number. -14 Nature, condition; sort, species; मम मोक्षस्य को$न्तो वै ब्रह्मन्ध्यायस्व वै प्रभो Mb.12.282.32. एतदन्तास्तु गतयो ब्रह्माद्याः समुदाहृताः Ms.1.5. -15 Disposition; essence; शुद्धान्तः -16 Division (विभाग); ते$नया कात्यायन्या$न्तं करवाणीति Bri. Up.2.4.1. [cf. Goth. andeis, and; Germ. ende and ent; also Gr. anti; L. ante]. cf. अन्तस्तु भागे$- वसिते रचनायां च तत्परे । मृतौ निषेवणे रम्ये समाप्तावग्रमध्ययोः ॥ स्वरूपे च समीपे च पुंलिङ्गे$पि प्रकीर्तितः । Nm. -Comp. -अवशा- यिन् m. [अन्ते पर्यन्तदेशे अवशेते] a chāṇḍāla. -अवसायिन् [नखकेशानामन्तं अवसातुं छेत्तुं शीलमस्य, सो-णिनि] 1 a barber. -2 a chāṇḍāla, low caste. -3 N. of a sage, see अन्त्याव- सायिन् (अन्ते पश्चिमे वयसि अवस्यति तत्त्वं निश्चिनोति). -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the last syllable. (-त्तः) the acute accent on the last syllable; P.VI,1.199. -ओष्ठः The lower lip (अधरोष्ठ); रुधिरं न व्यतिक्रामदन्तोष्ठादम्ब मा शुचः Mb.11.15.16. -कर, -करण,-कारिन् a. causing death or destruction, fatal, mortal, destructive; क्षत्रिया- न्तकरणो$पि विक्रमः R.11.75 causing the destruction of; राज्यान्तकरणावेतौ द्वौ दोषौ पृथिवीक्षिताम् Ms.9.221; अहमन्तकरो नूनं ध्वान्तस्येव दिवाकरः Bk. -कर्मन् n. death, destruction; षो अन्तकर्मणि Dhātupāṭha. -कालः, -वेला time or hour of death; स्थित्वा स्यामन्तकाले$पि ब्रह्मनिर्वाणमृच्छति Bg.2.72. -कृत् m. death; वर्जयेदन्तकृन्मर्त्यं वर्जयेदनिलो$नलम् Rām. -कृद्दशाः N. of the eighth of the twelve sacred Aṅga texts of the Jainas (containing ten chapters). -ग a. having gone to the end of, thoroughly conversant or familiar with, (in comp.); शाखान्तगमथाध्वर्युम् Ms.3.145. -गति, -गामिन् a. perishing. प्राप्तो$न्तगामी विपरीतबुद्धिः Rām.6.59.94. -गमनम् 1 going to the end, finishing, completing; प्रारब्धस्य ˚नं द्वितीयं बुद्धिलक्षणम् -2 death, perishing, dying. -चक्रम् Reading of omens and augury; Kau. A. -चर a. 1 walking about, going to the borders or frontiers. -2 completing or finishing (as a business &c.). -ज a. last born. -दीपकम् a figure of speech (in Rhetoric). -परिच्छदः a. cover, covering utensil. राजतान्तपरिच्छदां दिव्यपायससंपूर्णां पात्रीम् Rām.1.16.14. -पालः 1 a frontier-guard, guarding the frontiers; विनीतैरन्तपालैश्च रक्षोभिश्च सुरक्षितम् Rām.5.6.9. ˚दुर्गे M.1; त्वदीयेनान्तपाले- नावस्कन्द्य गृहीतः ibid. -2 a door-keeper (rare). सुद्युम्न- स्त्वन्तपालेभ्यः श्रुत्वा लिखितमागतम् Mb.12.23.29. -भव, -भाज् a. being at the end, last. -लीन a. hidden, con- cealed. -लोपः dropping of the final of a word. (न्ते˚) -वासिन् a. dwelling near the frontiers, dwelling close by. -m. [अन्ते गुरुसमीपे वस्तुं शीलं यस्य] 1 a pupil (who always dwells near his master to receive instruction); P.IV.3.14;VI.2.36.; Ms.4.33. -2 a chāṇḍāla (who dwells at the extremity of a village). -वेला = ˚कालः q. v. -व्यापत्तिः f. change of the final syllable, as in मेघ from मिह् Nir. -शय्या 1 a bed on the ground. -2 the last bed, death-bed; hence death itself. -3 a place for burial or burning. -4 a bier or funeral pile. -संश्लेषः union (सन्धि), joint; सुखदुःखान्तसंश्लेषम् (काल- चक्रम्) Mb.14.45.3. -सत्क्रिया last rites, funeral ceremonies, obsequies. -सढ् m. pupil; तमुपासते गुरुमिवा- न्तसदः Ki.6.34. -स्वरितः the svarita accent on the last syllable of a word.
antar अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च] 1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under. -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, betwixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य). -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11. -4 It is frequently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the interior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c. -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;]. -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.). -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr. -अंङ्ग a. 1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra. -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk. -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l. (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior. -2 an intimate friend, near or confidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159. -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman. -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29. -अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62. -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads). -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention. -आगमः an additional augment between two letters, -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31. -आत्मन् m. (त्मा) 1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं ...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95. -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the interior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21. -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town. -आय, -आल; See s. v. -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24. -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense. -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode. -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds : मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता. -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists). -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (-लः) a conch-shell. -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body. -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी. -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3. -2 inward wrath, secret anger. -कोशम् the interior of a storeroom. -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore). -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्). -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्. -गर्भ a. 1 bearing young, pregnant. -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्. -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87. -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle. -गूढ a. concealed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart. -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.] 1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house. -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति. -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (-नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.). -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78. -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7. -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.). -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach. -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्). -जात a. inborn, innate. -जानु ind. between the knees. -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75. -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge. -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (-स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman. -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (-नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety. -ताप a. burning inwardly (-पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13. -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation. -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः). -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79. -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām. -2 inflammation. -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart; -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart. -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself. -देशः an intermediate region of the compass. -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्). -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v. -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām. -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6. -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8. -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation. -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives. -पथ a. Ved. being on the way. -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word. -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः -पिरधानम् the innermost garment. -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh). -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel. -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.). -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.). -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty. -पातित, -पातिन् a. 1 inserted. -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2. -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel. -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace. -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्] 1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1. -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर, -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamberlain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned :- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem. -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (-कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K. -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it regularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period. -पूय a. ulcerous. -पेयम् Ved. drinking up. -प्रकृतिः f. 1 the internal nature or constitution of man. -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king. -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51. -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93. -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul. -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior. -बाष्प a. 1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3. -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (-ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5. -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately. -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions). -भूमिः f. interior of the earth. -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.' -भौम a. subterranean, underground. -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7. -मनस् a. 1 sad, disconsolate, dejected, distracted. -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation. -मुख a. (-खी f.) 1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26. -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि). -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः). -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (-खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna. -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the several letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body. -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion. -मृत a. still-born. -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras. -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice. -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br. -यामिन् m. 1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c. -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up. -योगः deep meditation, abstraction -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (-बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle). -लीन a. 1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1. -2 inherent. -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (-मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered. -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v. -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8. -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (-णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5. -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior. -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13. -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम). -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an undergarment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52. -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly. -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्). -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration. -विद्वस् a. Ved. (विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7. -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever. -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (-दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land. -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house. -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain. -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21. -शरः internal arrow or disease. -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body. -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside. -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain. -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br. -संज्ञ a. inwardly conscious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49. -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚त्त्वा) 1 a pregnant woman. -2 the marking nut. -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret. -सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51. -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9. -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (-रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus). -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24 -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies. -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (-स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called because they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह). -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs. -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear. -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut). -हणनम् striking in the middle. -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk. -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand. -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand. -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile. -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.
antareṇa अन्तरेण ind. 1 (Used as a preposition with acc. P. II.3.4 अन्तरान्तरेण युक्ते) (a) Except, without, leaving; हरिमन्तरेण न सुखम् Sk.; क इदानीं सहकारमन्तरेण पल्लवितामतिमुक्त- लतां सहते Ś.3; क्रियान्तरान्तरायमन्तरेण आर्यं द्रष्टुमिच्छमि Mu.3 without interfering with any other duty; न राजापराधम- न्तरेण प्रजास्वकालमृत्युश्चरति U.2; मार्मिकः को मरन्दानामन्तरेण मधुव्रतम् Bv.1.117. (b) With regard or reference to, with respect to, about, towards, on account of; अथ भवन्तमन्तरेण कीदृशो$स्या दृष्टिरागः Ś.2; तदस्या देवीं वसुमतीमन्तरेण महदुपालम्भनं गतो$स्मि Ś.5; किं नु खलु मामन्तरेण चिन्तयति वैशंपायनः K.178; छलितं नाम नाट्यमन्तरेण कीदृशी मालविका M.2 how M. is faring or progressing in the dance &c.; ततस्तया भवतो$विनयमन्तरेण परिगृहीतार्था कृता देवी M.4. (c) Within, inside, into (मध्ये). (d) Between, (उभयोर्मध्ये); त्वां मां चान्तरेणकमण्डलुः Mbh.; अन्तरेण हवनीयं गार्हपत्यं च Śat. Br.; अन्तरेण स्तनौ वा भ्रुवौ वा विमृज्यात् ibid.; Śi.3.3. (e) During, amidst. -2 (Used as an adverb) (a) between, amidst; यावद्वा मक्षिकायाः पत्त्रं तावानन्तरेणावकाशः Śat. Br. (b) At heart, अन्तरेण सुस्निग्धा एषा Mk.1. अन्तरालम् antarālam अन्तरालकम् antarālakam अन्तरालम् अन्तरालकम् [अन्तरं व्यवधानसीमां आराति गृह्णाति, आरा-क, रस्य लत्वम्] 1 Intermediate space or region or time, interval; दंष्ट्रान्तराललग्न K.3; आस्यान्तरालनिःसृतेन Dk.143; दिड्नामान्यन्तराले P.II.2.26; दक्षिणस्याः पूर्वस्याश्च दिशोरन्तरालं दक्षिणपूर्वा Sk.; Śi.9.2; पयोधरान्तरालम् K.83; रागलज्जान्तरालवर्तिभिरीक्षणविशेषैः Dk.17,143 half way betwixt love and bashfulness; प्रतिमानं प्रतिच्छाया गजदन्तान्तरालयोः Trik.; oft. used for 'room' or 'space' in general; त्रस्तजनदत्तान्तरालया राजवीथ्या Dk.15; भुवनान्तरालविप्रकीर्णेन शाखासञ्चयेन K.2,162; अन्तराले in midway; in the midle; or middst; in the interval; बाष्पाम्भः- परिपतनोद्गमान्तराले in the interval between the dropping down and starting up of tears; U.1.31; Māl.9.14; अहमागच्छन्नन्तराले महता सिंहेन अभिहितः Pt.1; कंचित्पुरुषमन्तराल एवावलम्ब्य Dk.15; न मयान्येन वान्तराले दृष्टा Dk.123. -2 Interior, inside, inner or middle part; छिद्रीकृतान्तरालम् Dk.148; विषमीकृतान्तरालया K.223. -3 Mixed tribe or caste (संकीर्णवर्ण); वर्णानां सान्तरालानां स सदाचार इष्यते. -Comp. -दिश् f. the intermediate point of the compass, such as, north-east &c.
anvantaḥ अन्वन्तः A raised platform or a couch; Māna.16.43.
anvaṣṭakyam अन्वष्टक्यम् A Śrāddha or any such ceremony performed on the अन्वष्टका days.
anvācayaḥ अन्वाचयः [प्रधानस्य पश्चादन्यः आचीयते बोध्यते यत्र, चि- अच्] 1 Statement of a secondary (गौण) rite or action after the mention of a primary (प्रधान) one; adding an object of secondary importance to the main object, one of the senses of the particle च; चान्वाचये समाहारे Ak.; अन्यतरस्यानुषङ्गिकत्वे$न्वाचयः; as भो भिक्षामट गां चानय where going out to beg is enjoined to the beggar as his principal object, and the bringing of a cow (if he can see any) is tacked on to it as a secondary object. -2 Such an object itself. -Comp. -शिष्ट a. propounded as a rule or matter of secondary importance.
anvārabh अन्वारभ् 1 A. 1 To begin, commence. -2 To touch; अंसे$ध्वर्युमन्वारभते Āśval. यदि मां संस्पृशेद्रामः सकृदन्वारभेत वा । धनं वा यौवराज्यं वा जीवेयमिति मे मतिः ॥ Rām.
anvārabdha अन्वारब्ध p. p. 1 Touched on the back or on any part of the body; विष्णोः कर्माणीति वाचयति रूपमन्वारब्धमिति Kāty. -2 That which has touched or has been placed on the body (as the hand). -3 Followed.
anvārabhya अन्वारभ्य pot. p. To be touched along with. अन्वारम्भः anvārambhḥ म्भणम् mbhaṇam अन्वारम्भः म्भणम् Touching, contact, especially touching the यजमान (the performer of a sacrifice) to make him entitled to the fruits and merits of the holy rite.
anvayaḥ अन्वयः [इ कर्तरि भावे वा अच्] 1 Going after, following; follower, retinue, attendants; का त्वमेकाकिनी भीरु निरन्वयजने वने Bk.5.66. -2 Association, connection, relation; गन्धः कटुकान्वयः = कटुकान्वितः. -3 The natural order or connection of words in a sentence, construing grammatical order or relation; पदानां परस्पराकाङ्क्षा योग्यता च, or शब्दानां परस्परमर्थानुगमनम्; तात्पर्याख्यां वृत्तिमाहुः पदार्थान्वय- बोधने S. D.; logical connection of words, अत्र (in the ex. तिष्ठतु सर्पिः) सर्पिःशब्दस्य स्थितिक्रियायामन्वयः P. VIII.3.44 Sk; परस्परनिरपेक्षस्यानेकस्य एकस्मिन्नन्वयः समुच्चयः P.II.2.29 Sk. -4 Drift, tenor, purport. -5 Race, family, lineage; रघूणामन्वयं वक्ष्ये R.1.9,12;3.27;12. 33; अन्वयगुणः Mv.4.22 virtue of my race. -6 Descendants, posterity; ताभ्य ऋते अन्वयः Y.2.117; स˚ along with the family or descendants; Ms.2.168; जातस्तु गण्यते सो$त्र यः स्फुरत्यन्वयाधिकम् Pt.1.27. -7 Logical connection of cause and effect, logical continuance; जन्माद्यस्य यतो$न्वयादितरतः Bhāg.1.1.1. -8 Being seen (प्रत्यक्ष); स्यात्साहसं त्वन्वयवत् प्रसभं कर्म यत्कृतम् । निरन्वयं भवेत्स्तेयम्... Ms.8.332. -9 (In Nyāya) Statement of the constant and invariable concomitance of the हेतु (middle term) and the साध्य (major term) of an Indian syllogism (हेतुसाध्ययोर्व्याप्तिरन्वयः). In the familiar instance पर्वतो वह्निमान् धूमवत्त्वात् the relation यत्र यत्र धूमस्तत्र तत्र वह्निः (wherever there is smoke there is fire) is called अन्वय or अन्वयव्याप्ति. अन्वय, in fact, corresponds to the universal A proposition of European logic 'All A is B.' The 'व्यतिरेकव्याप्ति' means an assertion of the concomitance of the absence of साध्य and the absence of हेतु (तदभावयोः हेत्वभावसाध्याभावयोः व्याप्तिः) and corresponds to the converted A proposition 'All not-B is not-A'; or in Sanskrit यत्र यत्र वह्निर्नास्ति तत्र तत्र धूमो$पि नास्ति; and a cause or हेतु is said to be connected with its effect by अन्वयव्यतिरेकव्याप्ति when both the affirmative and negative relations between the thing to be proved and the cause that proves can be equally asserted; such a Hetu alone makes the argument perfectly sound and incapable of refutation. This process of arriving at the Vyāpti or universal proposition corresponds to the methods of Agreement and Difference in Mill's Logic; साध्ये निश्चितमन्वयेन घटितम् Mu.5.1. -Com. -आगत a. hereditary; Pt.1,3; ˚तं वैरम् Pt.3. -ज्ञः a genealogist; अथ स्तुते बन्दिभिरन्वयज्ञैः R.6.8. -व्यतिरेक (˚कौ or ˚कम्) 1 positive and negative assertion; agreement and contrariety or difference; see above. -2 rule and exception. -व्याप्तिः f. affirmative assertion or agreement, affirmative universal.
apamarśaḥ अपमर्शः Touching, grazing.
apara अपर a. (treated as a pronoun in some senses) 1 Having nothing higher or superior, unrivalled. matchless; without rival or second (नास्ति परो यस्मात्); स्त्रीरत्नसृष्टिर- परा प्रतिभाति सा मे Ś.2.1; cf. अनुत्तम, अनुत्तर. -2 [न पृणाति संतोषयति पृ अच्] (a) Another, other (used as adj. or subst.). वासांसि जीर्णानि यथा विहाय नवानि गृह्णाति नरो$पराणि Bg.2.22. (b) More, additional; कृतदारो$परान् दारान् Ms.11.5. (c) Second, another Pt.4.37; स्वं केशवो$पर इवाक्रमितुं प्रवृत्तः Mk.5.2 like another (rival) Keśava. (d) Different; other; अन्ये कृतयुगे धर्मास्त्रेतायां द्वापरे$परे Ms. 1.85; Ks.26.235; Pt.4.6 (with gen.). (e) Ordinary, of the middle sort (मध्यम); परितप्तो$प्यपरः सुसंवृतिः Śi. 16.23. -3 Belonging to another, not one's own (opp. स्व); यदि स्वाश्चापराश्चैव विन्देरन् योषितो द्विजाः Ms.9.85 of another caste. -4 Hinder, posterior, latter, later, (in time space) (opp. पूर्व); the last; पूर्वां सन्ध्यां जपंस्तिष्ठेत्स्वकाले चापरां चिरम् Ms.4.93; रात्रेरपरः कालः Nir.; oft. used as first member of a genitive Tatpuruṣa comp. meaning 'the hind part,' 'latter part or half'; ˚पक्षः the latter half of a month; ˚हेमन्तः latter half of a winter; ˚कायः hind part of the body &c.; ˚वर्षा, ˚शरद् latter part of the rains, autumn &c. -5 Following, the next. -6 Western; पयसि प्रतित्सुरपराम्बुनिधेः Śi.9.1. पूर्वापरौ तोयनिधी वगाह्य Ku. 1.1; Mu.4.21 -7 Inferior, lower (निकृष्टः); अपरेयमि- तस्त्वन्यां प्रकृतिं विद्धि मे पराम् Bg.7.5. -8 (In Nyāya) Non-extensive, not covering too much, one of the two kinds of सामान्य, see Bhāṣā P.8. (परं = अधिकवृत्ति higher अपरम् = न्यूनवृत्ति lower or अधिकदेशवृत्तित्वं परं, अल्पदेशवृत्तित्वं अपरम् Muktā.) -9 Distant; opposite. When अपर is used in the singular as a correlative to एक the one, former, it means the other, the latter; एको ययौ चैत्ररथप्रदेशान् सौराज्य- रम्यानपरो विदर्भान् R.5.6; when used in pl. it means 'others', 'and others', and the words generally used as its correlatives are एके, केचित्-काश्चित् &c., अपरे, अन्ये; केचिद् रक्तपटीकृताश्च जटिलाः कापालिकाश्चापरे Pt.4.34; एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः Śi.12.45 some-others; शाखिनः केचिदध्यष्ठुर्न्यमाङ्क्षुरपरे$म्बुधौ । अन्ये त्वलङ्घिषुः शैलान् गुहास्त्वन्ये न्यलेषत ॥ केचिदासिषत स्तब्धा भयात्केचिदघूर्णिषुः । उदतारिषुरम्भोधिं वानराः सेतुनापरे Bk. 15.31.33. -रः 1 the hind foot of an elephant; बद्धापराणि परितो निगडान्यलावीत् Śi.5.48 (Malli. चरमपादाग्राणि). -2 An enemy (न पृणाति सन्तोषयति). -रा 1 Western direction, the west अपरां च दिशं प्राप्तो वालिना समभिद्रुतः Rām.4.46.18. -2 The hind part of an elephant. -3 Sacred learning, learning the four Vedas with the 6 Aṅgas. -4 The womb; the outer skin of the embryo. -5 Suppressed menstruation in pregnancy. -री Ved. The future, future times; उतापरीभ्यो मघवा विजिग्ये Rv.1.32.13. -रम् 1 The future, any thing to be done in future (कार्य); तदेतद्ब्रह्मापूर्वमपरमनन्तम् Bṛi. Ār. Up. (नास्ति अपरं कार्यं यस्य). -2 The hind quarter of an elephant. -रम् adv. Again, moreover, in future, for the future; अपरं च moreover; अपरेण behind, west of, to the west of (with gen. or acc.). [cf. Goth. afar; Germ. aber, as in aberglauben]. -Comp. -अग्नि (अग्नी dual) 1 the southern and western fires (दक्षिण and गार्हपत्य). -2 the last fire i. e. used at the funeral ceremony (˚ग्निः). -अङ्गम् one of the 8 divisions of गुणीभूतव्यङ्ग्य (the second kind of काव्य) mentioned in K. P.5. In this the व्यङ्ग्य or suggested sense is subordinate to something else; अगूढमपरस्याङ्गम्; अपरस्य रसादेर्वाच्यस्य वा (वाक्यार्थीभूतस्य) अङ्गं रसादि अनुरणनरूपं वा; e. g. अयं स रसनोत्कर्षी पीनस्तनविमर्दनः । नाभ्यूरुजघनस्पर्शी नीवीविस्रंसनः करः ॥ where शृङ्गार is subordinate to करुण. -अन्त a. living at the western borders. (-न्तः) 1 the western border or extremity, the extreme end or term. the western shore. -2 (pl.) the country or inhabitants of the western borders near the Sahya mountain; अपरान्तजयोद्यतैः (अनीकैः) R.4.53 Western people. दशार्णाश्चापरान्ताश्च द्विपानां मध्यमा मताः Kau.A.1.2. -3 the kings of this country. -4 death, Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. ˚ज्ञानम् anticipation of one's end. -5 the hind foot of an elephant; मृदुचलदपरान्तोदीरितान्दूनिनादम् Śi.11.7;18.32. -6 Islander, inhabitant of an island (द्वीपवासिन्) कोट्यापरान्ताः सामुद्रा रत्नान्युपहरन्तु ते Rām.2.82.8. -अन्तकः 1. = ˚अन्तः pl. -2 N. of a song; अपरान्तकमुल्लोप्यं मद्रकं प्रकरीं तथा । औवेणकं सरोबिन्दुमुत्तरं गीतकानि च ॥ Y3.113; ˚अन्तिका N. of a metre consisting of 64 mātrās. -अपराः, -रे, -राणि another and another, several, various. -अपरम् ind. Further and further (उत्तरोत्तरम्); अहं हि वचनं त्वत्तः शुश्रूषुरपरापरम् Mb.5.136.14. -अर्धम् the latter or second half. -अह्न [fr.अहन् changed to अह्न P.II. 4.29, V.4.88.] the latter part of the day, the afternoon, closing or last watch of the day; Ms.3.278; अपराह्णशीतलतरेण शनैरनिलेन Śi.9.4; ˚तन, ˚ह्णेतन belonging to this time; ˚कृतं P.II.1.45. -इतरा the east. -कान्य- कुब्ज a. situated in or belonging to the western part of Kānyakubja. -कालः later period. -गात्रम् a minor limb (hand, foot etc.); कोपप्रसादापरगात्रहस्तः (सुप्तः क्षितौ) रावणगन्धहस्ती) Rām.6.19.1. -गोदानम् (also गोडनि or गोडानि) N. of a country to the west of Mahāmeru (according to Buddhistic ideas). -ज a. born later or at the end of the world. (-जः) the destroying fire. -जनः an inhaditant of the west, the western people. -दक्षिणम् ind. in the south-west (belonging to the तिष्ठद्गु class). -पक्षः 1 the second or dark half of the month. -2 the other or opposite side; a defendant (in law). -पञ्चालाः the western Pañchālas. -पर a. one and the other, several, various; अपरपराः सार्थाः गच्छन्ति P.VI.1.144. Sk. several caravans go; (अपरे च परे च सकृदेव गच्छन्ति). -पाणिनीयाः the pupils of Pāṇini living in the west. -प्रणेय a. easily led or influenced by others, docile, tractable. -भावः 1 being another or different, difference. -2 succession, continuation. -रात्रः [अपरं रात्रेः] the latter or closing part of night, the last watch of night (P.V.4.87); उत्थायापररात्रान्ते प्रयताः सुसमाहिताः Bhāg.8.4.24. ˚कृतम् P.II.1.45. -लोकः the other world, the next world. Paradise. -वक्त्रा, -क्त्रम् N. of a metre. -वैराग्यम् a kind of Vairāgya mentioned by Patañjali (दुष्टानुश्राविकविषयवितृष्णस्य वशीकारसंज्ञं वैराग्यम्). -सक्थम् the hind thigh. -स्वस्तिकम् the western point in the horizon. -हैमन a. belonging to the latter helf of winter (P.VII.3.11).
apavatsay अपवत्सय् (Denominative from अपवत्स) "To behave as towards a weaned calf" with cautious watchfulness; neither too much love, nor too much apathy. ये सपत्नाः सपत्नानां सर्वांस्तानपवत्सयेत् v. l. सर्वांस्तानुपसेवयेत् Mb.12.139.14.
apavārita अपवारित p. p. Covered, concealed; ˚तं प्रवहणं तिष्ठति Mk.6 covered; vanished, disappeared; -तम्, -अपवारित- कम् Concealed or secret manner. -तम्, अपवारितकेन, अपवार्य ind. Frequently occurring in dramas in the sense of 'apart', 'aside to another' (opp. प्रकाशम्); it is speaking in such a way that only the person addressed may hear it; तद्भवेदपवारितम् । रहस्यं तु यदन्यस्य परावृत्त्य प्रकाश्यते । त्रिपताककरेणान्यमपवार्यान्तरा कथाम् S. D.6.
apaścima अपश्चिम a. 1 What is not followed by any other, having no other in the rear, last (used much in the same sense as पश्चिम; cf. उत्तम and अनुत्तम, उत्तर and अनुत्तर); अयमत्र ते जन्मन्यपश्चिमः पश्चिमावस्थाप्रार्थितो मकरन्द- बाहुपरिष्वङ्गः Māl.9; अयमपश्चिमस्ते रामस्य शिरसि पादपङ्कजस्पर्शः U.1. (v.1. for पश्चिम); प्रसीदतु महाराजो ममानेनापश्चिमेन प्रणयेन Ve.6; प्रणमापश्चिमस्य पितुः पादयोः Mu.7; तात अम्ब मे$पश्चिमः प्रणामः Nāg.5; हा कथमपश्चिममस्य वचनम् । Nāg.4; अपश्चिमं कुरु वचनम् Ve.141. -2 Not last, first, foremost; श्रुतवतामपश्चिमः R.19.1. cf. also विपश्चितामपश्चिमः । -3 Extreme; अपश्चिमामिमां कष्टामापदं प्राप्तवत्यहम् Rām.
apasaraḥ अपसरः 1 Departure, retreat. -2 A proper excuse or apology, valid reason (for possession of a thing, such as buying &c.) Ms.8.198.
apaspṛś अपस्पृश् a. Ved. Not letting oneself be touched.
apuṃsa अपुंस m. (˚पुमान्) Not a man, a eunuch; पुमान्पुंसो$- धिके शुक्रे स्त्री भवत्यधिके स्त्रियाः । समे$पुमान्पुंस्त्रियौ वा क्षीणे$ल्पे च विपर्ययः ॥ Ms.3.49.
apuṃstvam अपुंस्त्वम् The state of a eunuch, impotent state.
aputrikā अपुत्रिका The daughter of a sonless father, who herself has no male child; one who is not appointed by her father to beget male issue for him on failure of a son; cf. अकृता. -कः The father of such a daughter.
apuṣkala अपुष्कल a. 1 Not much. -2 Mean, low, base. Ve.4; Hch.
aprakāśya अप्रकाश्य a. Not to be disclosed, to be kept secret (one of 9 such things); जन्मर्क्षं मैथुनं मन्त्रो गृहच्छिद्रं च वञ्चनम् । आयुर्धनापमानं स्त्री न प्रकाश्यानि सर्वथा ॥
aprakṛtiḥ अप्रकृतिः f. 1 Not the inherent or natural property, accidental property or nature; an accident (विकृति). -2 Spiritual being; the Puruṣa of the Sāṅkhyas. -3 Not the original word; such as a termination.
aprāpta अप्राप्त a. 1 Not obtained or got; अप्राप्तयोस्तु या प्राप्तिः सैव संयोग ईरितः । Bhāshā P. -2 Not arrived or come, unaccomplished; अप्राप्तव्यवहारम् Y.2.243. -3 Not authorised or following, as a rule. -4 Not come to or reached; राघवो रथमप्राप्तां तामाशां च सुरद्विषाम् (चिच्छेद) R.12.96. -5 Not of a marriageable age; Ms.9.88. -Comp. -काल 1 inopportune, ill-timed, unseasonable; ˚लं वचनं बृहस्पतिरपि व्रुवन् । लभते बुद्धयवज्ञानमपमानं च पुष्कलम् Pt.1.63. -2 under age. (-लम्) an irregular discussion (of any subject). -प्रापक a. 1 conveying (the sense of) what is not otherwise specified, such as the use of the Potential mood in स्वर्गकामो यजेत. -2 not yet tamed (as a young calf) -यौवन a. not arrived at puberty or who has not reached his youth; शिशुम- प्राप्तयौवनम् R.15.42. -ब्यवहार, -वयस् a. (in law) under age, not old enough to engage in public business on his own responsibility, a minor (a boy before he reaches his 16th year); अप्राप्तव्यवहारो$सौ यावत् षोडशवार्षिकः Dakṣa.
abhighrāṇam अभिघ्राणम् Smelling at or touching the forehead with the nose.
abhicaraṇam अभिचरणम् Enchanting, exorcising, employment of spells for malevolent purposes (such as श्येनयाग); कौटिल्यः कोपनो$पि स्वयमभिचरणे ज्ञातदुःखः प्रतिज्ञाम् Mu.4.12.
abhinayaḥ अभिनयः 1 Acting, gesticulation, any theatrical action (expressive of some sentiment, passion &c.); नृत्याभिनयक्रियाच्युतम् Ku.5.79; अभिनयान् परिचेतुमिवोद्यता R.9.33; नर्तकीरभिनयातिलङ्घिनीः 19.14; Ki.1.42. -2 Dramatic representation, exhibition on the stage; ललिताभिनयं तमद्य भर्ता मरुतां द्रष्टुमनाः सलोकपालः V.2.18. S.D. thus defines and classifies अभिनय :- भवेदभिनयो$वस्थानुकारः स चतुर्विधः । आङ्गिको वाचिकश्चैवमाहार्यः सात्त्विकस्तथा ॥ 274, 'acting is the imitation of condition', it is of four kinds:- (1) gestural, conveyed by bodily actions; (2) vocal, conveyed by words; (3) extraneous, conveyed by dress, ornaments, decoration &c.; (4) internal, conveyed by the manifestation of internal feeling such as perspiration, thrilling &c. -Comp. -आचार्यः a dancing preceptor; उभावभिनयाचार्यो त्वां द्रुष्टमिच्छतः M.1.1 -विद्या science of acting or dramatic representation; art of dancing; मया तीर्थादभिनयविद्या शिक्षिता M.1.
abhiprāya अभिप्राय a. [इ-अच्] Going near, approaching; aiming at, intending, meaning, accruing to; स्वरितञितः कर्त्रभिप्राये क्रियाफले P.I.3.72. -यः 1 Aim, purpose, object, intention, wish, desire; अभिप्राया न सिद्धयन्ति तेनेदं वर्तते जगत् Pt.1.158; साभिप्रायाणि वचांसि Pt.2 earnest words; भावः कवेरभिप्रायः. -2 Meaning, sense, import, implied sense of a word, passage &c.; तेषामयमभिप्रायः such is the meaning intended, import (of the passage &c.). -3 Opinion, belief. तेषां स्वं स्वमभिप्रायमुपलभ्य पृथक् पृथक् Ms.7.57. -4 Relation, reference. -5 N. of Viṣṇu.
abhimanyuḥ अभिमन्युः 1 N. of a son of Arjuna by his wife Subhadrā, sister of Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma; also known by the metronymic Saubhadra. [He was called Abhimanyu because at his very birth he appeared to be heroic, long-armed and very fiery (अभिवृद्धः मन्युर्यस्य). When the Kauravas at the advice of Droṇa formed the peculiar battle-array called 'Chakravyuha' hoping that, as Arjuna was away, none of the Paṇḍavas would be able to break through it, Abhimanyu assured his uncles that he was ready to try, if they only assisted him. He accordingly entered the Vyūha, killed many warriors on the Kaurava side, and was for a time more than a match even for such veteran and elderly heroes as Droṇa, Karṇa, Duryodhana &c. He could not, however, hold out long against fearful odds, and was at last overpowered and slain. He was very handsome. He had two wives, Vatsalā daughter of Balarāma and Uttarā daughter of the king of Virāṭa. Uttarā was pregnant when he was slain and gave birth to a son named Parīkṣita who succeeded to the throne of Hastināpura.] -2 Name of a son of Manu Chākṣuṣa. -3 Name of two kings of Kāshmir; Rāj. T. -पुरम् - Name of a town. Raj. T.
abhimṛś अभिमृश् 6 P. To touch (in all senses); come in contact with; strike or rub gently; अभि प्रियाणि मर्मृशत् पराणि Rv.3.38.1; पदाभिमृष्ट, वचसा˚, पादतल˚, गदा˚. अभिमर्शः abhimarśḥ र्शनम् rśanam मर्षः marṣḥ षर्णम् ṣarṇam अभिमर्शः र्शनम् मर्षः षर्णम् 1 Touch, contact; उष्णांशुकराभिमर्षात् Śi.4.16. -2 Assault; violence, attack; सर्वतः समुपेतस्य तव तेनाभिमर्षणम् Rām.6.111.8. -3 Outraging, touching carnally, sexual intercourse; कृताभि- मर्षामनुमन्यमानः Ś.5.2 carnally touched or embraced, seduced, outraged; पराभिमर्शो न तवास्ति Ku.5.43 (Malli = परधर्षणम्); परदाराभिमर्शेषु प्रवृत्तान् Ms.8.352, Y.2.284. (v. l. अवमर्शनम्). cf. also आत्मानं मृगमुद्दिश्य भ्रातृदाराभिमर्शनम् । Abhiṣeka.1.2. तस्य दाराभिमर्शेन कथं दण्ड्यो$स्मि राघव । Abhiṣeka 1.21. अभिमर्शक abhimarśaka र्षक rṣaka मर्शिन् marśin र्षिन् rṣin अभिमर्शक र्षक मर्शिन् र्षिन् a. 1 Touching, coming in contact with. -2 Outraging; assaulting, परस्वहरणे युक्तं परदाराभिमर्शकं त्याज्यमाहुः Rām.6.87.22. त्वत्कलत्राभिमर्षी वैरास्पदं धनमित्रः Dk.63.
abhimṛṣṭa अभिमृष्ट p. p. 1 Touched, rubbed or stroked gently; -2 Brought close to, grazing.
abhivyādhin अभिव्याधिन् a. Striking, injuring greatly, hurting much; Av.1.91.1.
abhiṣañj अभिषञ्ज् 1 P. [˚सञ्ज्, स् being changed to ष् by P. VIII.3.65] To be in contact with, touch; attach oneself to.
abhisaṃbādha अभिसंबाध a. Very much contracted or confined.
abhighātaḥ अभिघातः 1 Striking, (fig. also); beating, smiting, attack, injury, hurt; तटाभिघातादिव लग्नपङ्के Ku.7.49; शीतातपाभिघातान् Ms.12.77 attacks of heat and cold; so दुःख˚, शोक˚ &c. -2 (In Vaiśeṣika Phil.) Striking against (such as gives rise to sounds &c.), regarded as a kind of संयोग. -3 Striking back, driving or warding off. -4 Extirpation, complete destruction or removal; दुःखत्रयाभिघाताज्विज्ञासा तदभिघातके हेतौ Sāṅ. K.1. -5 Abrupt or vehement articulation of words (as of Vedic texts); sudden shock. -तम् 1 The combination of the 4th letter of any class with the first or third letter of that class; of the second with the first; and of the third with the second letter of any class; अभिघातं स्यात्पूर्वं वैदद्वित्र्यादिवर्णाश्चेत् । नववर्गाणां नवतो धरणीचन्द्रद्विरामाद्याः Śabdak. -2 A harsh pronunciation caused by the neglect of Sandhi rules.
abhīkṣṇa अभीक्ष्ण a. [अभिगतः क्षणं पृषो˚; अभीक्ष्णं अभिक्षणं भवति तद्धि क्षणमाभिमुख्येन स्थितं भवति Nir.] Repeated, frequent. -2 Constant, perpetual. -3 Excessive. -क्ष्णम् ind. 1 Frequently, repeatedly; क्षते प्रहारा निपतन्त्यभीक्ष्णम् Pt.2. 186. -2 Constantly, -3 Very much, exceedingly. -4 Quickly.
abhṛśa अभृश a. Not much, little, few.
abhyadhika अभ्यधिक a. 1 More than, exceeding, beyond; सद्यः- प्रसूताप्रियापीतादभ्यधिकम् U.4.1 remaining after &c. Pt. -2 Surpassing, more than in quality or quantity, higher, greater; एष चाभ्यधिको$स्माकं गुणः Rām.; न त्वत्सगो$स्त्यभ्यधिकः कुतो$न्यः Bg.11.43; M.3.3. Ms.7. 177; Y.2.295; sometimes with abl. or instr.; धान्यं दशभ्यः कुम्भेभ्यो हरतो$भ्यधिकं वधः Ms.8.32,322; Y.2. 27. प्रभुः क्षमावान् वीरश्च दाता चाभ्यधिको नृपैः Nala.21.13. -3 More than ordinary, extraordinary, pre-eminent; कृष्णाङ्घ्रिरेण्वभ्यधिकाभ्यनेत्री Bhāg 1.19.6. पञ्चाभ्यधिकः शरोभव Ś.6.3. -कम् adv. Very much, exceedingly.
abhraṃliha अभ्रंलिह a. [अभ्रं लेढि स्पृशति; खश् मुमागमश्च वहाभ्रेलिहः P.III.2.32] 'Cloud-licking', touching or scraping the clouds (very high); अभ्रंलिहाग्राः प्रासादाः Me.66; प्रासाद- मभ्रंलिहमारुरोह R.14.29.; K.27; Śi.5.65. -हः Wind.
abhraṃkaṣa अभ्रंकष a. [अभ्रं कषति पीडयति तुङ्गत्वात्; खच् मुमागमश्च सर्वकूलाभ्रकरीषेषु लिहः P.III.2.42] Touching or scraping the clouds, very high; आदायाभ्रंकषं प्रायान्मलयं फलशालिनम् Bk.; K.33; Dk.11; Mv.6.7. (v. l.) -षः 1 Wind, air; अभ्रंकषो वायुः Sk. -2 A mountain.
amanāk अमनाक् ind. Not a little, greatly, very much.
amantra अमन्त्र न्त्रक a. 1 Not accompanied by Vedic verses, not requiring the repetition of Vedic texts, as a ceremony &c.; सायं त्वन्नस्य सिद्धस्य पत्न्यमन्त्रं बलिं हरेत् Ms.3. 121,2.66. -2 Not entitled to Vedic verses, such as a Śūdra, a female &c.; निरिन्द्रिया ह्यमन्त्राश्च स्त्रियो$नृतमिति स्थितिः Ms.9.18. -3 Not knowing Vedic texts; अव्रतानाममन्त्राणाम् Ms.12.114. -4 Not accompanied by the use of spells or incantations, as a cure &c.; अनया कथमन्यथावलीढा न हि जीवन्ति जना मनागमन्त्राः Bv.1.111. -Comp. -ज्ञ a. Not knowing Vedic texts or hymns; Ms.3.129. -तन्त्र a. Without the use of spells or the magical feats attendant on them, without the use of magical arts; अमन्त्रतन्त्रं वशी- करणम् Pt.1.7. -विद् a. Not knowing Vedic hymns.
amanda अमन्द a. Not slow or dull, active, intelligent; मन्दो$- प्यमन्दतामेति संसर्गेण विपश्चितः M.2.8. -2 Sharp, strong, violent (wind &c.). -3 Not little, much, excessive, great, violent; अमन्दमददुर्दिन U.5.5; अमन्दमिलदिन्दिरे निखिल- माधुरी मन्दिरे Bv.4.1; ˚दष्टौष्ठकरावधूननम् Ki.8.6 violently bit. -न्दः N. of a tree.
amuṣya अमुष्य (gen. of अदस्) Of such a one (in comp. only). -Comp. -कुल a. [अलुक् स.] belonging to the family of such a one. (-लम्) a well-known family. -पुत्रः, -त्री the son or daughter of such a one or of a good or well-known family or origin; see आमुष्यायण.
amūdṛś अमूदृश् श क्ष a. (-शी, -क्षी f. cf. अन्यादृश) Such-like, such a one, of such a form or kind.
amūrta अमूर्त a. Formless, shapeless, incorporeal, unembodied (opp. मूर्त where Muktā. says मूर्तत्वम् = अवच्छिन्नपरिमाण- वत्त्वम्) द्वै वाव ब्रह्मणो रूपे मूर्त चामूर्त च Bṛi. Up.2.3.1. -र्तः N. of Śiva. -Comp. -गुणः (in Vaiś. Phil.) a quality considered to be अमूर्त or incorporeal such as धर्म, अधर्म &c.; धर्माधर्मौ भावना च शब्दो बुद्धपादयो$पि च । एते मूर्तगुणाः सर्वे Bhāṣa P. -रजस् A son of Kuśa (by Vaidarbhī); Mb.
ambaram अम्बरम् [अम्बः शब्दः तं राति धत्ते, रा-क] 1 Sky, atmosphere, ether; कैलासनिलयप्रख्यमालिखन्तमिवाम्बरम् Rām. 5.2.23. तावतर्जयदम्बरे R.12.41. -2 Cloth, garment, clothing, apparel, dress; दिव्यमाल्याम्बरधरम् Bg.11.11; R.3.9. दिगम्बर; सागराम्बरा मही the sea, girt, earth. -3 Saffron. -4 Talc. -5 A kind of perfume (Ambergris). -6 Cotton. cf. अंबरं व्योम्नि वाससि । सुगन्धिनि च कार्पासे... । Rāghava's Nānārtha. -7 N. of a people. -8 Circumference, compass. -9 Neighbourhood, surrounding country (Nir.) यद् वा स्थो अध्यम्बरे Rv.8.8.14 -1 Lip. -11 Evil, sin. -12 Destroyer of elephants (नागभिद् Trik.) -Comp. -अधिकारिन् Superintendent over the robes (an officer at court). Rāj. T. -अन्तः 1 the end of a garment. -2 the horizon. -ओकस् m. dwelling in heaven, a god; (भस्मरजः) विलिप्यते मौलिभि- रम्बरौकसाम् Ku.5.79 -ग a. sky-going. -दम् cotton. -मणिः the sun. -युगम् two principal garments used by men; upper and lower. -लेखिन् a. sky-touching; एतद्गिरेर्माल्यवतः पुरस्तादाविर्भवत्यम्बरलेखि शृङ्गम् R.13.26. -शैलः a high mountain touching the sky. -स्थली the earth.
ambu अम्बु n. [अम्ब्-शब्दे उण्] 1 Water; गाङ्गमम्बु सितमम्बु यामुनम् K. P.1. -2 The watery element of the blood (cf. imber). -3 N. of a metre. -4 A term in astrology (लग्नावधिकं चतुर्थस्थानम्). -Comp. -कणः a drop of water. -कण्टकः (short-nosed), alligator. -कन्दः An acquatic plant Trapa bispinosa (Mar. शिंगाडा). -किरातः alligator. -कीशः, कूर्मः a tortoise (शिशुमार); particularly Gangetic. -केशरः lemon-tree (छालङ्गवृक्ष). -क्रिया libation of water; Bk.; presentation of water to the Manes of the deceased. -कुक्कुटी An acquatic hen. -ग, -चर, -चारिन् a. moving or living in water, aquatic (as fish &c.); अद्रिं दधाराम्बुचरात्मना Bhāg.8.5. 11; Ms.12.57. -घनः hail. -चत्वरम् a lake. -चामरम् an aquatic plant (शैवाल). -ज a. produced in water, aquatic (opp. स्थलज); सुगन्धीनि च माल्यानि स्थलजान्यम्बु- जानि च Rām. (-जः) 1 the moon. -2 camphor. -3 the Sārasa bird. -4 the conch; दध्मौ तारेण चाम्बुजम् Mb.7.173.9. -5 N. of a tree (हिज्जल). (-जम्) 1 a lotus; इन्दीवरेण नयनं मुखमम्बुजेन Ś. Til.3; A. Rām. 4.1.2. -2 the thunderbolt of Indra. ˚भूः, ˚आसनः 'the lotus-born god' Brahmā; A. Rām. ˚आसना the goddess Lakṣmī. -जन्मन् n. a lotus; -m. 1 the moon. -2 the conch. -3 Sārasa. -तस्करः 'waterthief', the sun (whose heat drinks up water). -तालः = ˚चामर. -द a. giving or yielding water. (-दः) 1 a cloud; नवाम्बुदानीकमुहूर्तलाञ्छने R.3.53; -देवम्, -दैवम् The astronomical mansion पूर्वाषाढा. -धर [धरतीति धरः, अम्बूनां धरः; धृ-अच्] 1 a cloud; वशिनश्चाम्बुधराश्च योनयः Ku.4.43; शरत्प्रमृष्टाम्बुधरोपरोधः R.6.44. -2 the plant मुस्तक. -3 talc. -धिः [अम्बूनि धीयन्ते अत्र; धा-कि] 1 any receptacle of waters; such as a jar; अम्बुधिर्घटः Sk. ˚-स्रवा Aloe perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -2 the ocean; क्षार˚ Bh.2.6. -3 the number four (in Math.). ˚प्रसवा N. of a plant (घृतकुमारी). -नाथः The ocean. -नामन् Andropogon muricatum (Mar. वाळा). -निधिः 'treasure of waters', the ocean; देवासुरैरमृतम्बुनिधिर्ममन्थे Ki.5.3. -प a. drinking water. (-पः) 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa, the regent of waters; रक्षो$म्बुपानिलशशीशपुराणि चाष्टौ Śid. Śir; शक्राम्बुपयमानां च चतुर्थस्त्वं भविष्यसि Rām.7.4.17. -3 N. of a plant (चक्रमर्दक; Mar.टाकळा). -पतिः Varuṇa; यथाम्बुपतिमित्रौ हि तारकं दैत्यसत्तमम् (अधावताम्) Mb.7.155.36. -पत्रा N. of a plant (उच्चटावृक्ष; Mar. फुरडी). -पद्धतिः f. -पातः current, flow or stream of water, cascade; गङ्गाम्बुपातप्रतिमा गृहेभ्यः Bk.1.8. -प्रसादः -प्रसादनम् [अम्बूनि प्रसादयति] the clearing nut tree (कतक Mar. निवळी). Strychnos Potatorum (the nuts of this tree are used for purifying water; when rubbed on the inner surface of the vessel, they precipitate the impurities which the water contains; (फलं कतकवृक्षस्य यद्यप्यम्बुप्रसादकम् । न नामग्रहणादेव तस्य वारि प्रसीदति) Ms.6.67. -भवम् a lotus. -भृत् m. 1 water-bearer, a cloud. -2 the ocean. -3 = ˚पत्रा q. v. -4 N. of a plant मुस्तक. -5 talc. -मात्रज a. produced only in water. (-जः) a conchshell. -मुच् m. a cloud; ध्वनितसूचितमम्बुमुचां चयम् Ki.5.12. -राजः 1 the ocean. -2 Varuṇa. -राशिः receptacle or store of water, the ocean; त्वयि ज्वलत्यौर्वं इवाम्बुराशौ Ś.3.3; चन्द्रोदयारम्भ इवाम्बुराशिः Ku.3.67, R.6.57;9.82. -रुह् n. 1 a lotus. -2 Sārasa. -रुहः, हम्, a lotus; विपुलिनाम्बुरुहा न सरिद्वधूः Ki.5.1. (-हा) N. of the land-lotus plant (स्थलपद्मिनी). -रोहिणी a lotus. -वाची [अम्बु तद्वर्षणं वाचयति सूचयति] an epithet applied to the earth during four days from the 1th to the 13th in the dark half of the month of Āṣāḍha when it is supposed to be unclean (रजस्वला इव) and agriculture is prohibited; Brav. P.2.77. ˚प्रदः the 1th day; ˚त्यागः 13th day. -वासिनी, -वासी N. of a plant (पाटला), the trumpet flower. -वाहः [अम्बु वहतीति] 1 a cloud; तडित्वन्त- मिवाम्बुवाहम् Ki.3.1; भर्तुर्मित्रं प्रियमविधवे विद्धि मामम्बुवाहम् Me. 11. -2 a lake. -3 water-bearer. -4 the number 17. -5 a sort of grass. -वाहिन् a. carrying or conveying water. -m. 1 a cloud. -2 = मुस्तक. (-नी) 1 a wooden vessel, a sort of bucket. -2 a woman fetching water. -3 N. of a stream. -विहारः sporting in water. -विस्रवा = घृतकुमारी. -वेग a. flowing quickly; यथानदीनां बहवो$म्बुवेगाः Bg.11.28. -वेतसः a kind of cane or reed growing in water. (Mar. लव्हाळा). -शिरीषिका N. of plant. -सरणम् flow or current of water. -सर्पिणी a leech (अम्बुनि सर्पति). -सेचनी a wooden baling vessel.
ayava अयव a. 1 Deficient. -2 Having worthless or no barley, such as a religious ceremony (also अयवक in this sense). -वः 1 Name of a worm bred in excrement -2 (अयवन् m., अयवस् n. also). The dark half of the month; पूर्वपक्षा वै यवा अपरपक्षा वा अयवास्ते हीदं सर्वं युवते चायुवते च Śat. Br. -3 An incongruous enemy.
ariṣṭa अरिष्ट a. 1 Unhurt; perfect, complete; imperishable, undecaying, secure, safe; अरिष्टं गज्छ पन्थानम् Rām.1.24. 3; अरिष्टं मार्गमातिष्ठत् पुण्यं वा तु निषेवितम् Rām. -2 Auspicious, अक्षताभ्यामरिष्टाभ्यां हतः कर्णो महारथः Mb.8.66.2. -3 unauspicious; अरिष्टमैन्द्रं निशितम् Rām.6.67.164. -ष्टः 1 A heron (कङ्क). -2 A raven, crow. -3 An enemy; अरिष्टस्त्वाष्ट्रस्य Mv.4.18. -4 N. of various plants :-- (a) the soap-berry tree (Mar. रिठा); कुतपानामरिष्टकैः (शुद्धिः) Ms. 5.12. (b) another plant (Mar. निंब) Rām.2.94.9. Bhāg.8.2.12. -5 Garlic. -6 A distilled mixture. -7 N. of a demon killed by Kṛiṣṇa; a son of Bali. -ष्टा 1 A bandage. -2 N. of a medical plant (कटुका). -3 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa and one of the wives of Kaśyapa, and mother of महाश्वेता. -ष्टम् 1 Bad or ill luck, evil, misfortune, calamity. -2 A portentous phenomenon foreboding misfortune, unlucky omen (such as earth-quake). -3 Unfavourable symptom, especially of approaching death; रोगिणो मरणं यस्मादवश्यं भावि लभ्यते । तल्लक्षणमरिष्टं स्याद्रिष्टमप्यमिधीयते ॥ cf. also Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.22. -4 Good fortune or luck, happiness. -5 The lying-in-chamber, delivery-room, women's apartments; कर्मारारिष्टशालासु ज्वलेदग्निः सुरक्षितः Mb.12.69.49; (अन्तःपुरम्); अपस्नात इवारिष्ठं प्रविवेश गृहोत्तमम् Rām. -6 Butter-milk. -7 Spirituous liquor; ग्लानिच्छेदी क्षुत्प्रबोधाय पीत्वा रक्तारिष्टम् Śi. 18.77. cf.... अरिष्टं सूतिकागृहे । अशुभे निम्बवृक्षे च शुभे तक्राङ्कयोः पुमान् । काके च फेनिले नीचे व्यसने$नर्थलम्बयोः । भग्यहीने... Nm. -Comp. -असु a. Ved. having one's life unhurt. अरिष्टासु सचेवहि बृहते वाजसातये Av.14.2.72. -गातु a. Ved. dwelling securely चा$रिष्टगातुः स होता सहोभरिः Rv.5.44.3. -गृहम the lying-in-chamber. -ग्राम a. Ved. of undivided group, having a complete troop; अरिष्टग्रामाः सुमतिं पिपर्तन Rv.1.166.6. -ताति a. Ved. making fortune or happy, auspicious. (-तिः f.) safeness, security, succession of good fortune, continuous happiness (अरिष्टं करोतीति ˚तातिः; अरिष्टस्य भावो वा शिवशमरिष्टस्य करे P.IV.4.143-4 Sk.); तदत्रभवता निष्पन्नाशिषां काममरिष्टतातिमाशास्महे Mv. 1. -दुष्टधी a. apprehensive of death, alarmed at the approach of death. -नेमिः N. of the 22nd तीर्थंकर of the Jainas; N. of the brother of Garuḍa. -पुरम् N. of a place; cf. अरिष्टाश्रितपुरम् P. VI.2.1. -भर्मन् a. granting security; देवेभिर्देव्यदिते$- रिष्टभर्मन्ना गहि Rv.8.18.4. -मथनः N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. -शय्या a lying in couch; अरिष्टशय्यां परितो विसारिणा R. 3.15. -सूदनः, -हन् m. killer of Ariṣṭa, epithet of Viṣṇu.
areṇu अरेणु a. 1 Not dusty; not soiled with dust, not touching the dust (of the earth). -2 Not earthly, celestial; स तुर्वर्णिर्महाँ अरेणु पास्ये Rv.1.56.3. n. (णु) What is not dust, the ether. -णुः (pl.) The gods; त्यं चिदश्वं न वाजिनमरेणवो यमत्नत Rv.1.143.2.
arjuna अर्जुन a. [अर्ज्-उनन् णिलुक् च Uṇ.3.58] (-ना, -नी f.). 1 White, clear, bright, of the colour of day; अहश्च कृष्णमहरर्जुनं च Rv.6.9.1; पिशङ्गमौञ्जीयुजमर्जुनच्छविम् Śi.1.6. -2 Silvery; यत्र वः प्रेङ्खा हरिता अर्जुना Av.4.37.5. -नः 1 The white colour. -2 A peacock. -3 A sort of cutaneous disease. -4 A tree (Mar. अर्जुनसादडा), with useful rind; Mb.3.64.3. -5 N. of the third Pāṇḍava who was a son of Kuntī by Indra and hence called ऐन्द्रि also. [Arjuna was so called because he was 'white' or 'pure in actions' (पृथिव्यां चतुरन्तायां वर्णो मे दुर्लभः समः । करोमि कर्म शुद्धं च तेन मामर्जनं विदुः). He was taught the use of arms by Droṇa and was his favourite pupil. By his skill in arms he won Draupadī at her Svayaṁvara (see Draupadī). For an involuntary transgression he went into temporary exile and during that time he learnt the science of arms from Paraśurāma. He married Ulūpī, a Nāga Princess, by whom he had a son named Irāvat, and also Chitrāṅgadā, daughter of the king of Maṇipura, who bore him a son named Babhruvāhana. During this exile he visited Dvārakā, and with the help and advice of Kṛiṣṇa succeeded in marrying Subhadrā. By her he had a son named Abhimanyu. Afterwards he obtained the bow (Gāṇḍiva from the god Agni whom he assisted in burning the Khāṇḍva forest. When Dharma, his eldest brother, lost the kingdom by gambling, and the five brothers went into exile, he went to the Himālayas to propitiate the gods and to obtain from them celestial weapons for use in the contemplated war against Kauravas. There he fought with Śiva who appeared in the disguise of a Kirāta; but when he discovered the true character of his adversary he worshipped him and Śiva gave him the Pāśupatāstra. Indra, Varuṇa, Yama and Kubera also presented him with their own weapons. In the 13th year of their exile, the Pāṇḍavas entered the service of the King of Virāṭa and he had to act the part of a eunuch, and music and dancing master. In the great war with the Kauravas Arjuna took a very distinguished part. He secured the assistance of Kṛiṣṇa who acted as his charioteer and related to him the Bhagavadgītā when on the first day of the battle he hesitated to bend his bow against his own kinsmen. In the course of the great struggle he slew or vanquished several redoubtable warriors on the side of the Kauravas, such as Jayadratha, Bhīṣma, Karṇa &c. After Yudhiṣṭhira had been installed sovereign of Hastināpura, he resolved to perform the Aśvamedha sacrifice, and a horse was let loose with Arjuna as its guardian. Arjuna followed it through many cities and Countries and fought with many kings. At the city of Maṇipura he had to fight with his own son Babhruvāhana and was killed; but he was restored to life by a charm supplied by his wife Ulūpī. He traversed the whole of Bharata-khaṇda and returned to Hastināpura, loaded with spoils and tributes, and the great horse-sacrifice was then duly performed. He was afterwards called by Kṛiṣna to Dvārakā amid the internecine struggles of the Yādavas and there he performed the funeral ceremonies of Vasudeva and Kṛiṣṇa. Soon after this the five Pāṅdavas repaired to heaven having installed Parīkṣit -the only surviving son of Abhimanyu- on the throne of Hastināpura. Arjuna was the bravest of the Pāṇdavas, high-minded, generous, upright, handsome and the most prominent figure of all his brothers. He has several appellations, such a Pārtha, Gudākeśa, Savyasāchī, Dhanañjaya, Phālguna, Kirītin, Jīṣṇu, Śvetavāhana, Gāṇḍivin &c.] cf. अर्जनः फाल्गुनो जिष्णुः किरीटी श्वेतवाहनः । बीभत्सुर्विजयः कृष्णः सव्यसाची धनञ्जयः ॥ -6 N. of Kārtavīrya, slain by Parasurāma See कार्तवीर्य. -7 N. of a country Bṛi. S.14. 25. -8 The only son of his mother. -9 N. of Indra. -1 N. of a tree, Jerminalia Arjuna (Mar. अईन). The tree is rarer in south India. The colour of its bark is white. It is a forest-tree bearing fragrant flowers appearing in panicles like those of the Mango-tree. -नी 1 A procuress, bawd. -2 A cow. तथार्जुनीनां कपिला वरिष्ठा Mb.13.73.42. -3 A kind of serpent; अर्जुनि पुनर्वोयन्तु˚ Av.2.24.7. -4 N. of Uṣhā, wife of Aniruddha. -5 N. of a river commonly called करतोया. -6 (न्यौ, -न्यः dual and pl.) N. of the constellation Phalgunī. अघासु हन्यन्ते गावो$र्जुन्योः पर्युह्यते Rv.1.85.13. -नम् 1 Silver. वीरुद्भिष्टे अर्जुनं संविदानम् Av.5.28.5. -2 Gold. -3 Slight inflammation of the white of the eye. -4 Grass. -न (Pl.) The descendants of Arjuna; cf. अर्जुनः ककुभे पार्थे कार्तवीर्यमयूरयोः । मातुरेकसुते वृक्षे धवले नयनामये । तृणभेदे गवि स्त्री स्यात् ...Nm. -Comp. -अभ्रम N. of a medicament. -ईश्वरतीर्थम् N. of a holy place. Siva P. -उपमः the teak tree; also शाकद्रुम and महापत्राख्यवृक्ष. -काण्ड a. having a white stem or appendage. बभ्रोरर्जनकाण्डस्य यवस्य ते Av.2.8.3. -च्छवि a. white, of a white colour. -ध्वजः 'white-bannered', N. of Hanūmat. -पाकी N. of a plant and its fruits. -बदरः The fibre of the Arjuna plant; अर्जुन- बदरा मेखलाः क्रियन्ताभू । ŚB. on MS.9.4.25 -मिश्रः Name of a commentator on the Mb. -सखिः (L.) Kriṣṇa. -सिंहः N. of a prince (Inscriptions).
arṇasvat अर्णस्वत् a. Having much water. m. The ocean.
arthikaḥ अर्थिकः [अर्थयते इत्यर्थी कन्] 1 A crier, watchman. -2 Especially, a minstrel whose duty it is to announce (by song &c.) the different fixed periods of the day, such as the hours of rising, sleeping, eating &c.
ardha अर्ध (Written also as अर्द्ध) a. [ऋध्-णिच्-अच्; according to Nir. from धृ, or ऋध्] Half, forming a half (divided into 2 parts); अर्ध-अर्ध the one half-the other half. -र्धः [ऋध्-घञ्] 1 A place, region, country; house, habitation (Ved.). -2 Increase (वृद्धि). -3 Wind. -4 A part, portion, side. -र्धम्, -र्धः 1 A half, half portion; पचाति नेमो न हि पक्षदर्धः Rv.1.27.18. सर्वनाशे समुत्पन्ने अर्धं त्यजति पण्डितः, गतमर्धं दिवसस्य V.2; पूर्वार्धः first half; so उत्तर˚ latter half; दक्षिण˚ southern half (half on the right side); so अवर˚, जघन˚, पर˚, ग्राम˚ &c.; यदर्धे विच्छिन्नम् Ś.1.9 divided in half; ऋज्वायतार्धम् M.27; R.3.59; 12.99; रात्रौ तदर्धं गतम् Bh.3.17; one part of two, apart, partly (Ved.); -2 Nearness, proximity; see अर्धदेव. (अर्ध may be compounded with almost every noun and adjective; as first member of compound with nouns it means 'a half of' and forms an एकदेशिसमास or तत्पुरुष; ˚कायः = अर्धं कायस्य; ˚पिप्पली, ˚मार्गः; ˚पुरुषः &c.; with adjectives, it has an adverbial force; ˚श्याम half dark; ˚भुक्त half eaten; so ˚पिष्ट, ˚पूर्ण &c.; with numeral adjectives it may mean either 'a half of' or 'with an additional half'; ˚शतम् half of 1 i. e. 5; or अर्धेन सहितं शतम् i. e. 15; with ordinal numerals 'with a half or that number'; ˚तृतीयम् containing two and the third only half; i. e. two and a half; so ˚चतुर्थ three and a half. cf. अर्धं खण्डे समांशके Nm. -Comp. -अक्षि n. side-look, wink. नगरस्त्रीशङ्कितार्धाक्षिदृष्टम् Mk.8.42. -अङ्गम् half the body. -अन्तरम् half the distance; ˚एकपदता a fault in composition; see S. D. 575. -अंशः a half, the half. -अंशिन् a. sharing a half. -अर्धः, -र्धम् 1 half of a half, quarter; चरर्धार्धभागाभ्यां तामयोजयतामुभे R.1.56. -3 half and half. -अवभेदकः 1 pain in half the head, hemicrania (Mar. अर्धशिशी). (-कम्) dividing in equal parts. -अवशेष a. having only a half left. -अकारः 1 half the letter अ. -2 N. of अवग्रह q. v. -असिः A sword with one edge, a small sword; अर्धासिभिस्तथा खङ्गैः Mb.7.137.15. -आसनम् 1 half a seat; अर्धासनं गोत्रभिदो$धितष्ठौ R.6.73; मम हि दिवौकसां समक्षमर्धासनोपवेशितस्य Ś.7 (it being considered a mark of a very great respect to make room for a guest &c. on the same seat with oneself). -2 greeting kindly or with great respect. -3 exemption from censure. -इन्दुः 1 the half or crescent moon. -2 semicircular impresion of a finger-nail, crescent-shaped nail-print; कुचयोर्नखाङ्कैरर्धेन्दुलीलैः N.6.25. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head (= अर्धचन्द्र below.); ˚मौलि N. of Śiva तत्र व्यक्तं दृषदि चरणन्यासमर्धेन्दुमौलेः Me.57. -इन्द्र a. that of which a half belongs to Indra. -उक्त a. half said or uttered; रामभद्र इति अर्धोक्ते महाराज U.1. -उक्तिः f. a broken speech; an interrupted speech. -उदकम् water reaching half the body. -उदयः 1 the rising of the half moon. -2 partial rise. -3 a kind of parvan; ˚आसनम् a sort of posture in meditatiou. -उदित a. 1 half risen. -2 half uttered. -ऊरुक a. [अर्धमूरोः अर्धोरु तत्र काशते] reaching to the middle of the thighs. (-कम्) 1 a short petti-coat (Mar. परकर); see चण्डातक. -2 mantle, veil. -कर्णः Radius, half the diameter. -कृत a. half done, incomplete. -केतुः N. of Rudra. -कोशः a moiety of one's treasure. -कौडविक a. measuring half a kuḍava. -खारम्, -री a kind of measure, half a Khāri; P.V.4.11. -गङ्गा N. of the river Kāverī; (स्नानादौ गङ्गास्नानार्धफलदायिनी); so ˚जाह्नवी -गर्भ a. Ved. 1 in the middle of the womb; सप्तार्धगर्भा भुवनस्य रेतो Rv. 1.164.36. -2 N. of the rays of the Sun. -गुच्छः a necklace of 24 strings. -गुञ्जा half a gunja. -गोलः a hemisphere. -चक्रवर्तिन्, -चक्रिन् m. N. of the nine black Vasudevas and the nine enemies of Viṣṇu. -चन्द्र a. crescent-shaped. (-न्द्रः) 1 the half moon, crescent moon; सार्धचन्द्रं बिभर्ति यः Ku.6.75. -2 the semicircular marks on a peacock's tail. -3 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; अर्धचन्द्रमुखैर्बाणैश्चिच्छेद कदलीसुखम् R.12.96. cf. अर्धचन्द्रस्तदाकारे बाणे बर्हे शिखण्डिनः Nm. -4 crescent-shaped nail-print. -5 the hand bent into a semicircle, as for the purpose of seizing or clutching anything; ˚न्द्र दा to seize by the neck and turn out; दीयतामेतस्यार्धचन्द्रः Pt.1. (-द्रा) N. of a plant (कर्णस्फोट). -चन्द्राकार, -चन्द्राकृति a. half-moonshaped. -चन्द्रकम् A semi-circular pearl. Kau. (-रः, -ति f.) meniscus. -चन्द्रिका N. of a climbing plant. (Mar. तिळवण). -चित्र a. Half-transparent; A kind of marble; अर्धाङ्गदृश्यमानं च तदर्धचित्रमिति स्मृतम् Māna.51.1. -चोलकः a short bodice. -जरतीयन्यायः a kind of न्याय, न चेदानीमर्धजरतीयं लभ्यं वृद्धिर्मे भविष्यति स्वरो नेति MBh.4.1. 78. See under न्याय. -जीविका, -ज्या The sine of an arc. -तनुः f. half the body. -तिक्तः N. of a plant (नेपालनिम्ब Mar. चिराईत). -तूरः a kind of musical instrument. -दिनम्, दिवसः 1 half a day, mid-day. -2 a day of 12 hours. -देवः 1 demi-god. इन्द्रं न वृत्रतुरमर्धदेवम् Rv. 4.42.8-9. -2 Ved. being near the gods; (देवानां समीपे बर्तमानः Sāy.). -द्रौणिक a. measuring a half droṇa. -धारः a knife or lancet with a single edge (one of the 2 surgical instruments mentioned by Suśruta). -नाराचः a crescent-shaped iron-pointed arrow; नाराचानर्धनाराचाञ्शस्त्राणि विविधानि च Mbh.2.51.35; गृध- लक्षवेधी अर्धनाराचः V.5. -नारायणः a form of Viṣṇu. -नारीशः, -नारीश्वरः, -नारी, -नटेश्वरः a form of Śiva, (half male and half female) cf.... पतिरपि जगता- मर्धनारीश्वरो$भूत् Sūkti.5.99. -नावम् half a boat. -निशा midnight. -पञ्चम a. Four and half; युक्तश्छन्दांस्य- धीयीत मासान्विप्रो$र्धपञ्चमान् Ms.4.95. -पञ्चशत् f. twenty five Ms.8.268. -पणः a measure containing half paṇa Ms.8.44. -पथम् half way. (-पथे) midway भृतिमर्ध- पथे सर्वान्प्रदाप्य Y.2.198. -पादः half a pāda or foot; अर्धपादं किष्कुविष्कम्भमुद्धृत्य Dk.19. -पादा The plant भूम्यामलकी (Mar. भूईआवळी). -पादिक a. having half a foot; सद्यः कार्यो$र्धपादिकः Ms.8.325. -पाञ्चालिक a. born or produced in the ardhapanchāla. -पारावतः a kind of pigeon (अर्धेनाङ्गेन पारावत इव). The francolin partridge. -पुलायितः a half gallop, canter; चित्रं चकार पदमर्धपुलायितेन Śi.5.1. -प्रहर half a watch, one hour and a half. -प्राणम् A kind of joinery resembling the shape of a bisected heart; मूलाग्रे कीलकं युक्तमर्धप्राणमिति स्मृतम् । Māna.17.99. -भागः a half, half a share or part; तदर्धभागेन लभस्व काङ्क्षितम् Ku.5.5; R.7.45. -भागिक a. sharing a half; मृते पितरि कुर्युस्तं भ्रातरस्त्वर्धभागिकम्म् Y.2.134. -भाज् a. sharing entitled to a half; अर्धभाग्रक्षणाद्राजा Ms.8.39. -2 a companion, sharer; देवानामर्धभागासि Av.6.86.3. -भास्करः mid-day. -भेदः Hemiplegia (अर्धाङ्गवायुः); Suś. -भोटिका a kind of cake. -भ्रमः -मकः a kind of artificial composition; for instances see Ki.15.27; Śi.19.72. The Sar. K. describes it as a figure of speech thus :-- आहुरर्धभ्रमं नाम श्लोकार्धभ्रमणं यदि. -मागधी N. of a dialect in which many of Jaina Canonical books are written. It is so named perhaps because many of the characteristics of Māgadhi are found in it. -माणवकः, -माणवः a necklace of 12 strings (माणवक consisting of 24.) -मात्रा 1 half a (short) syllable. अर्धमात्रालाघवेन पुत्रोत्सवं मन्यन्ते वैयाकरणाः Pari Sik. -2 a term for a consonant (व्यञ्जनं चार्धमात्रकम्). -मार्गे ind. mid-way; बन्दीकृता विबुधशत्रुभिरर्धमार्गे V.1.3. -मासः half a month, a fortnight. -मासतम = ˚मासिक see P.V.2.57. -मासिक a. 1 happening every fortnight. -2 lasting for a fortnight; ये$र्धमासाश्च च मासाश्च Mahānārā. 25. Y.2.177. -मुष्टिः f. a half-clenched hand. -यामः half a watch. -रथः [अर्धः असंपूर्णः रथः रथी] a warrior who fights on a car with another (who is not so skilled as a रथी); रणे रणे$भिमानी च विमुखश्चापि दृश्यते । घृणी कर्णः प्रमादी च तेन मे$र्धरथो मतः Mb. -रात्रः [अर्ध रात्रेः] 1 midnight; अथार्धरात्रे स्तिमितप्रदीपे R.16.4; स्थिते$र्धरात्रे Dk.19. -2 a night containing half a whole day of 24 hours. -रात्रार्धदिवसः equinox. -लभ्मीहरिः Hari having a form half like Lakṣmī. -विसर्गः, -विसर्ज- नीयः the Visarga sound before क्, ख्, प्, and फ्, so called because its sign () is the half of a Visarga (). -वीक्षणम् a side-look, glance, leer. -वृद्ध a. middle-aged. -वृद्धिः The half of the interest or rent; Ms.8.15. -वैनाशिकः N. of the followers of Kaṇāda (arguing half perishableness). -वैशसम् half or incomplete murder; विधिना कृतमर्धवैशसं ननु मां कामवधे विमुञ्चता Ku.4.31. -व्यासः the radius of a circle. -शतम् 1 fifty. -2 One hundred and fifty; Ms.8.267. -शनम् [अर्धमशनस्य शकन्ध्वा˚] half a meal. -शफरः a kind of fish. -शब्द a. having a low voice. -शेष a. having only a half left. -श्याम a. half clouded. -श्लोकः half a śloka or verse. -सम a. equal to a half. (-मम्) N. of a class of metres in which the 1st and 3rd and 2nd and 4th lines have the same syllables and Gaṇas; such as पुष्पिताग्रा. -सस्य a. half the crops, half grown. -सहः An owl. -सीरिन् m. 1 a cultivator, ploughman who takes half the crop for his labour; शूद्रेषु दासगोपालकुलमित्रार्धसीरिणः Y.1.166. -2 = अर्धिक q. v. -हर, -हारिन् a. occupying the half (of the body); Ku.1.5; एको रागिषु राजते प्रियतमादेहार्ध- हारी हरः Bh.3.121. -हारः a necklace of 64 strings. A half chain, a kind of ornament; नक्षत्रमालामपि चार्धहारं सुवर्णसूत्रं परितः स्तनाभ्याम् Māna.5.297-98. cf. also Kau. A.2.11. -ह्रस्वः half a (short) syllable.
ātatāyin आततायिन् a. or s. [आततेन विस्तीर्णेन शस्त्रादिना अयितुं शीलमस्य Tv.] 1 'One whose bow is stretched to take another's life', endeavouring to kill some one; a desperado; गुरुं वा बालवृद्धौ वा ब्राह्मणं वा बहुश्रुतम् । आततायिन- मायान्तं हन्यादेवाविचारयन् ॥ Ms.8.35-51; Mb.3.36.1, Bg.1.36. -2 Anyone who commits a heinous crime; such as a thief, ravisher, murderer, incendiary, a felon &c.; अग्निदो गरदश्चैव शस्त्रोन्मत्तो धनापहः । क्षेत्रदारहरश्चै- तान् षड् विद्यादाततायिनः ॥ Śukra. ˚-ता -त्वम् murdering, stealing, destroying &c.
ādi आदि a. 1 First, primary, primitive; निदानं त्वादिकारणम् Ak. -2 Chief, first, principal, pre-eminent; oft. at the end of comp. in this sense; see below. -3 First in time existing before. -दीः 1 Beginning, commencement (opp. अन्त); अप एव ससर्जादौ तासु बीजमवासृजत् Ms.1.8; Bg.3.41; अनादि &c.; जगदादिरनादिस्त्वम् Ku.2.9; oft. at the end of comp. and translated by 'beginning with', 'et cætera', 'and others', 'and so on' (of the same nature or kind), 'such like'; इन्द्रादयो देवाः the gods Indra and others (इन्द्रः आदिर्येषां ते); एवमादि this and the like; भ्वादयो धातवः भू and others, or words beginning with भू, are called roots; oft. used by Pāṇini to denote classes or groups of grammatical words; अदादि, दिवादि, स्वादि &c. -2 First part of portion. -3 A firstling, first-fruits. -4 Prime cause. -5 Nearness. -6 One of the seven parts of Sāma; अथ सप्तविधस्य वाचि सप्तविधं सामोपासीत यत्किंच वाचो हुमिति स हिंकारो यत्प्रेति स प्रस्तावो यदेति स आदिः Ch. Up.2.8.1. -Comp. -अन्त a. 1 having beginning and end. -2 first and last. (-तम्) beginning and end. -˚यमकम् N. of a figure in poetry. cf. Bk.1.21. ˚वत् having beginning and end, finite. ˚अन्तर्वर्तिन् a. having a beginning, end and middle; being all-in-all. -उदात्त a. having the acute accent on the first syllable. -उपान्तम् ind. from first to last. -करः, -कर्तृ, -कृत् m. the creator, an epithet of Brahmā or Viṣnu; गरीयसे ब्रह्मणो$प्यादिकर्त्रे Bg.11.37; विशेषणे द्वे य इहादिकर्तुर्वदेदधीती स हि कैयटीयः Śab. Kau. -कर्मन् n. the beginning of an action. -कविः 'the first poet', an epithet of Brahmā and of Vālmīki; the former is so called because he first produced and promulgated the Vedas; (तेने ब्रह्म हृदा य आदिकवये मुह्यन्ति यत्सूरयः Bhāg.1.1.1.) and the latter, because he was the first to show to others 'the path of poets'; when he beheld one of a pair of Krauñcha birds being killed by a fowler, he cursed the wretch, and his grief unconsciously took the form of a verse (श्लोकत्वमापद्यत यस्य शोकः); he was subsequently told by Brahmā to compose the life of Rāma, and he thus gave to the world the first poem in Sanskrit, the Rāmāyaṇa; cf. U.2. Viṣkambhaka. -काण्डम् the first book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कारणम् the first or primary cause (of the universe), which, according to the Vedāntins, is Brahman; while, according to the Naiyāyikas and particalarly the Vaiśeṣikas, atoms are the first or material cause of the universe, and not God. -2 analysis. -3 algebra. -काव्यम् the first poem; i. e. the Rāmāyaṇa; see आदिकवि. -केशवः N. of Viṣṇu. -जिनः N. of Ṛiṣabha, the first तीर्थंकर. -तालः a sort of musical time or ताल; एक एव लघुर्यत्र आदितालः स कथ्यते. -दीपकम् N. of a figure in rhetoric (the verb standing at the beginning of the sentence). cf. Bk.1.23. -देवः 1 the first or Supreme God; पुरुषं शाश्वतं दिव्यं आदिदेव- मजं विभुम् Bg.1.12,11.38. -2 Nārāyaṇa or Viṣṇu. -3 Śiva. -4 Brahmā; Mb.12.188.2. -5 the sun. -दैत्यः an epithet of Hiraṇyakaśipu. -नाथः N. of Ādibuddha. -पर्वन् n. 'the first section or chapter', N. of the first book of the Mahābhārata. -पुराणम् the first Purāṇa, N. of the Brahma-Purāṇa. N. of a Jaina religious book. -पु (पू) रुषः 1 the first or primeval being, the lord of the creation. -2 Viṣṇu, Kṛiṣṇa, or Nārāyaṇa; ते च प्रापुरुदन्वन्तं बुबुधे चादिपूरुषः R.1.6; तमर्घ्यमर्घ्यादिकयादिपूरुषः Śi.1.14. -बलम् generative power; first vigour. -बुद्ध a. perceived in the beginning. (-द्धः) the primitive Buddha. -भव, -भूत a. produced at first. (-वः, -तः) 1 'the first-born', primeval being, an epithet of Brahmā; इत्युक्त्वादिभवो देवः Bhāg.7.3.22. -2 also N. of Viṣṇu; रसातलादादि. भवेन पुंसा R.13.8. -3 an elder brother. (-तम्) minute five elements (पञ्चमहाभूतानि); नष्टे लोके द्विपरार्धावसाने महा- भूतेष्वादिभूतं गतेषु Bhāg.1.3.25. -मूलम् first foundation, primeval cause. -योगाचार्यः 'the first teacher of devotion', an epithet of Śiva. -रसः the first of he 8 Rasas, i. e. शृङ्गार or love. -राजः the first king पृथु; an epithet of Manu. -रूपम् Symptom (of disease). -वंशः primeval race, primitive family. -वराहः 'the first boar', an epithet of Visṇu, alluding to his third or boar-incarnation. -विद्वस् m. the first learned man; कपिल. -विपुला f. N. of an Āryā metre. -वृक्षः N. of a plant (Mar. आपटा). -शक्तिः f. 1 the power of माया or illusion. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -शरीरम् 1. the primitive body. -2 ignorance. -3 the subtle body. -सर्गः the first creation.
ānūpa आनूप a. (-पी f.) [अनूपदेशे भवः अण्] 1 Watery, marshy, wet. -2 Produced in a marshy place. -पः Any animal frequenting marshy or watery places (as a buffalo); ˚मांसम् the flesh of such animals.
āmuṣyāyaṇa आमुष्यायण a. or -णः (-णी f.) [अमुष्य ख्यातस्यापत्यं नडा˚ फक् अलुक्] Well-born, a son or descendant of such a one; i. e. of an illustrious person or family; आमुष्या- यणो वै त्वमसि Śat. Br.; तदामुष्यायणस्य तत्रभवतः सुगृहीतनाम्नो भट्टगोपालस्य पौत्रः Māl.1; Mv.1.
āmṛś आमृश् 6 P. 1 to touch; handle (roughly), lay hands upon; नवातपामृष्टसरोजचारुभिः Ki.4.14; (ताम्) मुहुरामृशन्भृगधरो$ग्रकरैः Śi.9.34; शरासनज्यां मुहुराममर्श Ku.3.64; K.163; Dk.71; Ś.7.2. -2 (a) To seize upon, eat, eat up; R.5.9. (b) To attack, assail; आमृष्टं नः परैः पदम् Ku.2.31. -3 To rub, injure.
āmarśaḥ आमर्शः र्शनम् 1 Touching, close contact. -2 Rubbing, wiping. -3 Counsel, advice. -4 Disposition of the mind (मनोवृत्ति); विद्वान्स्वप्न इवामर्शसाक्षिणं विररामह Bhāg.4.28.4.
āmṛṣṭa आमृष्ट p. p. 1 Touched, attacked, seized &c. -2 Sweetened, made delicious; तैरामृष्टशुचो लोकाः Bhāg. 1.4.16; Pt.4. -3 Rubbed, struck against; Ś7.2. -4 Wiped, rubbed.
ārya आर्य a. [ऋ-ण्यत्] 1 Āryan, an inhabitant of आर्यावर्त, N. of the race migrated into India in Vedic times. -2 Worthy of an Ārya. -3 Worthy, venerable, respectable, honourable, noble, high; यदार्यमस्यामभिलाषि मे मनः Ś.1.22; R.2.33; so आर्यवेषः respectable dress; oft. used in theatrical language as an honorific adjective and a respectful mode of address; आर्यचाणक्यः, आर्या अरुन्धती &c.; आर्य revered or honoured Sir; आर्ये revered or honoured lady. The following rules are laid down for the use of आर्य in addressing persons:-(1) वाच्यौ नटीसूत्रधारावार्यनाम्ना परस्परम् । (2) वयस्येत्युत्तमैर्वाच्यो मध्यैरार्येति चाग्रजः । (3) (वक्तव्यो) अमात्य आर्येति चेतरैः । (4) स्वेच्छया नामभिर्विप्रैर्विप्र आर्येति चेतरैः । S. D.431. -4 Noble, fine, excellent. -र्यः 1 N. of the Hindu and Iranian people, as distinguished from अनार्य, दस्यु and दास; विजानीह्यार्यान्ये च दस्यवः Rv.1.51.8. -2 A man who is faithful to the religion and laws of his country; कर्तव्यमाचरन् कार्यमकर्तव्यमनाचरन् । तिष्ठति प्रकृताचारे स वा आर्य इति स्मृतः ॥ -3 N. of the first three castes (as opp. to शूद्र). -4 respectable or honourable man, esteemed person; वृत्तेन हि भवत्यार्यो न धनेन न विद्यया Mb.; परमार्यः परमां कृपां बभार Bu. Ch.5.6. -5 A man of noble birth. -6 A man of noble character. -7 A master, owner. -8 A preceptor; वैमानि- कार्यसमभूमा Viś. Guṇā.124; Mu.3.33. -9 A friend. -1 A Vaiśya. -11 A father-in-law (as in आर्यपुत्र). -12 A Buddha. -13 (With the Buddhists) A man who has thought on the four chief principles of Buddhism and lives according to them. -14 A son of Manu Sāvarṇa. -र्या 1 N. of Pārvatī. -2 A mother-in-law. -3 A respectable woman; यत्रार्या रुदती भीता पाण़्डवानिदमब्रवीत् Mb.3.12.87. -4 N. of a metre; राजानमुद्दिश्य आर्यामिमां पपाठ K. ˚गीतिः f. A variety of the Āry&amacr metre, see Appendix. -5That which comes from truth; आराद् याता तत्त्वेभ्य इति आर्या. -र्यम् 1 Virtue, sacredness; नहि दुष्टा- त्मनामार्यमावसत्यालये चिरम् Rām.3.5.12. -2 Discrimination (विवेक); कोपमार्येण यो हन्ति स वीरः पुरुषोत्तमः Rām.4.31.6. -Comp. -अष्टशतम् title of a work of Ārya Bhaṭṭa consisting of eight hundred verses. -आगमः The approaching an Ārya woman sexually; अन्त्यस्यार्यागमे वधः Y.2.294. -आवर्तः [आर्यां आवर्तन्ते अत्र] 'abode of the noble or excellent (Āryas)'; particularly N. of the tract extending from the eastern to the western ocean, and bounded on the north and south by the Himālaya and Vindhya respectively; cf. Ms..2.22; आ समुद्रात्तु वै पूर्वादा समुद्राच्च पश्चिमात् । तयोरेवान्तरं गिर्योः (हिमवद्विन्ध्ययोः) आर्यावर्तं विदुर्बुधाः ॥; also 1.34. -गृह्य a. [आर्यस्य गृह्यः पक्षः] 1 to be respected by the noble. -2 a friend of the noble, readily accessible to honourable men; तमार्यगृह्यं निगृहीतधेनुः R.2.33. -3 respectable, right, decorous. -जुष्ट a. liked by or agreeable to noble ones. -देशः a country inhabited by the Āryas. -पुत्रः 1 son of an honourable man. -2 the son of a spiritual preceptor. -3 honorific designation of the son of the elder brother; of a husband by his wife; or of a prince by his general &c. -4 the son of the father-in-law, i. e. a husband (occurring in every drama; mostly in the vocative case in the last two senses). -प्राय a. 1 inhabited by the Āryas. -2 a bounding with respectable people; Ms.7.69. -बलः N. of a Bodhisattva. -भट्टः N. of a renowned astronomer, the inventor of Algebra among the Hindus; he flourished before the 5th century of the Christian era. Hence his work is called आर्यभटीय. -भावः honourable character or behaviour. -मतिः One having a noble intellect; संक्षिप्तमार्यमतिना Sāṅ. K.71. -मार्गः the path or course of the respectable, a respectable way. -मिश्र a. respectable, worthy, distinguished. (-श्रः) a gentleman, a man of consequence; (pl.) 1 worthy or respectable men, an assembly of honourable men; आर्य- मिश्रान् विज्ञापयामि V.1. -2 your reverence or honour (a respectful address); नन्वार्यमिश्रैः प्रथममेव आज्ञप्तम् Ś.1; आर्य- मिश्राः प्रमाणम् M.1. -युवन् m. an Āryan youth. -रूप a. having only the form of an Āryan, a hypocrite, impostor; आर्यरूपमिवानार्यं कर्मभिः स्वैर्विभावयेत् Ms.1.57. -लिङ्गिन् m. an impostor; Ms.9.26. -वाक् a. speaking the Aryan language; म्लेच्छवाचश्चार्यवाचः सर्वे ते दस्यवः स्मृताः Ms.1.45. -वृत्त a. virtuous, good, pious; Ms.9. 253; R.14.55. (-त्तम्) the conduct of an Āryan or nobleman; Ms.4.175. -वेश a. well-clothed, having a respectable dress, fine. -व्रत a. observing the laws and ordinances of the Āryans or noblemen. (-तम्) the duty of an Aryan. -शील a. Having an honest character. -श्वेतः a noble or honourable man. -संघः the whole body of the Āryans, especially Buddhists; it is also the name of a renowned philosopher (founder of the school of Yogāchāras). -सत्यम् a noble or sublime truth; (there are four such truths forming the chief principles of Buddhism. In Pāli they are called चत्तारि अरियसच्चानि. They are, (1) life is suffering, (2) Desire of life is the cause of suffering, (3) Extinction of that desire is the cessation of suffering, (4) The eightfold path leads to that extinction). -सिद्धान्तः N. of a work of आर्यभट्ट. -स्त्री An Āryan woman, or a woman of the first three castes. -हलम् ind. forcibly. -हृद्य a. liked by the noble.
ālabh आलभ् 1 Ā. 1 To touch; गामालभ्यार्कमीक्ष्य वा Ms.5 7,4.117; Bk.14.91; सत्येनायुधमालभे; सत्येन (सत्यं) आत्मान- मालभे Mb. -2 To get, attain to; अतितरां कान्तिमालप्स्यते ते (वपुः) Me.15 v. l.; Kām.9.63. -3 To kill, immolate (as a victim in sacrifices); प्रातर्वै पशूनालभन्ते Śat. Br.; गर्दभं पशुमालभ्य Y.3.28. -4 To take hold of, seize, grasp, handle. -5 To gain or win over. -Caus. 1 To touch. -2 To commence.
ālabdha आलब्ध p. p. 1 Touched; united or in contact with. -2 Killed. -3 Gained, Conciliated; एवं सामभिरालब्धः श्वफल्कतनयो मणिम् Bhāg.1.57.4.
ālabdhiḥ आलब्धिः f. 1 Touching. -2 Killing; immolation.
ālabhanam आलभनम् 1 Taking hold of, seizing. -2 Touching. -3 Killing. आलभ्य ālabhya आल āla (लम् lam) भनीय bhanīya आलभ्य आल (लम्) भनीय pot. p. To be killed or sacrificed; to be touched or rubbed.
ālambhaḥ आलम्भः म्भनम् [आ-लभ् घञ् ल्युट् मुम्] 1 Taking hold of, seizing, touching; स्त्र्यालोकालम्भविगमः Y.3.157; Ms.2.179. -2 Tearing off, uprooting (of plants); Ms.11.144. -3 Killing (especially an animal at a sacrifice); अश्वालम्भं गवालम्भम् Ādipurāṇa; आलम्भयज्ञाः क्षत्राश्च हविर्यज्ञा विशः स्मृताः । परिचारयज्ञाः शूद्रास्तु तपोयज्ञा द्विजातयः ॥ Mb.12.232.31.
ālambhin आलम्भिन् a. Touching, seizing.
ālikh आलिख् 6 P. 1 To write, delineate, draw lines; मनो निष्ठाशून्यं भ्रमति च किमप्यालिखति च Māl.1.31; Mk.2. -2 To paint, draw in a picture; आलिखित इव सर्वतो रङ्गः Ś.1; V.2; त्वामालिख्य प्रणयकुपिताम् Me.17; R.19.19; M.2.2. -3 To portray, write, sketch. -4 To scratch, scrape, touch; as in विन्ध्यमालिखन्तमिवाम्बरम्.
ālokaḥ आलोकः कनम् 1 Seeing, beholding. -2 Sight, aspect. appearance; यदालोके सूक्ष्मम् Ś.1.9; Ku.7.22,46; व्रजति हि सफलत्वं वल्लभालोकनेन Śi. सुख˚ V.4.24; Ś1.32; R.1.84; Me.3,39. -3 Range of sight; आलोके ते निपतति पुरा सा बलिव्याकुला वा Me.87; R.7.5; Ku.2.45. -4 Light, lustre, splendour; आलोकमार्गं सहसा व्रजन्त्या R.7.6 airhole, or window; निरालोकं लोकम् Māl.5.3;9.37;1. 4,11; Ve.2; K.16,29,348,68,98. -5 Panegyric, praise, complimentary language; especially, a word of praise uttered by a bard (such as जय, आलोकय); ययावुदीरितालोकः R.17.27;2.9; K.14. -6 Section, chapter. -7 Mild light (सात्त्विकः प्रकाशः) cf. Pātañjala Yogadarśana 3.25. -8 A trace of sight; आलोकमपि रामस्य न पश्यन्ति स्म दुःखिताः Rām.2.47.2. -9 A lamp, light; आलोकदानं नामैतत्कीदृशं भरतर्षभ Mb.13.98.1.
āśliṣṭa आश्लिष्ट p. p. 1 Embraced, clasped; used actively also; P.III.4.72. आश्लिष्टो लक्ष्मीम् Sk. -2 Connected, interwoven, blended; परस्पराश्लिष्टशाखैः पादपैः Mb. -3 Joined to, touching, in contact with; अवनितलाश्लिष्टललाटरेखया K.67; अङ्गद ˚भुज R.6.53; Śi.3.72; मेघमाश्लिष्टसानुम् Me.2. -4 Joining what adheres or attaches to. -5 Invested; spread. -6 Deduced, concluded.
āsanam आसनम् [आस्-ल्युट्] 1 Sitting down. -2 A seat, place, stool; Bg.11.42; स वासवेनासनसन्निकृष्टम् Ku.3.2; आसनं मुच् to leave one's seat, rise; R.3.11. -3 A particular posture or mode of sitting; cf. पद्म˚, वीर˚, भद्र˚, वज्र˚ &c. cf. अनायासेन येन स्यादजस्रं ब्रह्मचिन्तनम् । आसनं तद् विजानीयाद् योगिनां सुखदायकम् ॥ -4 Sitting down or halting, stopping, encamping. -5 Abiding, dwelling; Ms.2.246; 6.59. -6 Any peculiar mode of sexual enjoyment (84 such āsanas are usually mentioned). -7 Maintaining a post against an enemy (opp. यानम्), one of the six modes of foreign policy; which are :-- संधिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.; प्रतिबद्धशक्त्योः कालप्रतीक्षया तूष्णीमवस्थानमासनम्; परस्परस्य सामर्थ्यविघातादासनं स्मृतम् Agni P.; Ms.7.16,162,166; Y.1.347; Pt.3. -8 The front part of an elephant's body, withers. -9 Throwing (fr. अस् to throw). -1 N. of two trees (असन and जीवक). -11 Place where the elephant-rider sits, cf. मस्तकद्वितयं दन्तावासनं वंश एव च । षडेते प्रोन्नता यस्य स गजो राजवाहनः ॥ Mātanga L.2.1. -12 Neutrality (as of a nation); Kau. A.7.1. -13 A moving piece (draught) in the game of dice; प्राणग्लहो$यं समर इष्वक्षो वाहनासनः Bhāg.6.12.17. -ना A seat, stool, stay. -नी 1 Stay, abiding, sitting. -2 A small seat or stool. -3 A shop, stall. -Comp. -बन्धधीर a. resolute to sit down, firm in one's seat; निषेदुषीमासनबन्धधीरः R.2.6. -मचूडकम् Semen (मचूडकं विथावीति ख्यातम्); आसनमचूडकं शयनीय- प्रच्छदपटापवारितं भवति किं न वेति Māl.7. (v. l. आसनमयूरकम्).
āsandaḥ आसन्दः [आसीदत्यस्मिन् प्रलयकालेः निपातः] Viṣṇu or Vāsudeva. -न्दी [आसद्यते$स्याम्] 1 A small couch or oblong chair; an arm-chair; K.94; इयं वा आसन्दी अस्यां हीदं सर्वमासन्नम् Śat. Br. स आगच्छति विचक्षणामासन्दीम्; Kaus. Up.1-5. -2 A raised seat in a hall or assembly.
āsekyaḥ आसेक्यः A kind of eunuch or neuter man; पित्रोस्तु तुल्यवीर्यत्वादासेक्यः पुरुषो भवेत्.
āspṛśya आस्पृश्य ind. Having touched softly; Bhāg.
āhārya आहार्य pot. p. 1 To be taken or seized. अनीहया गताहार्यनिर्वर्तितनिजक्रियः Bhāg.1.86.14. -2 To be fetched or brought near. -3 To be extracted or removed. -4 To be pervaded (व्याप्य). -5 Artificial, adventitious, incidental, external, accessary; आहार्यशोभारहितैरमायैः Bk. 2.14; न रम्यमाहार्यमपेक्षते गुणम् Ki.4.23; निसर्गसुभगस्य किमा- हार्यकाडम्बरेण Malli. on Ku.7.2. -6 Purposed, intended (as for instance, the identification or आरोप of उपमान or उपमेय in रूपक of which the speaker is fully cognisant); अयं चन्द्रो मुखमित्यादौ चन्द्रभिन्ने मुखे चन्द्राभेदज्ञानं तच्चाहार्यमेव Tv. -7 Conveyed or effected by decoration or ornamentation, one of the 4 kinds of अभिनय q. v. -8 To be eaten. -9 To be worshipped (as Agni). -र्यः A kind of bandage (बन्ध). -र्यम् 1 Any disease to be treated by means of extracting. -2 Extraction. -3 A vessel. -4 The ornamentative part of the drama, such as dress, decoration &c. -शोभा Adventitious beauty (not natural).
āhnika आह्निक a. (-की f.) [अह्नि भवः, अह्ना निर्वृत्तः साध्यः ठञ्] 1 Daily, diurnal, performed every day or on a day; संग्रामाद्वयपयातव्यमेतत्कर्म ममाह्निकम् Mb.6.19.27. आह्निकः स्वाध्यायः daily course of study; ˚आचारः daily observances. -2 Employed or occurring every day (as a teacher, servant, or fever). -कम् 1 Any religious rite or duty which is to be performed every day at a fixed hour; अत्राह्निकं सुरश्रेष्ठो जपते Mb. -2 Anything to be performed daily, such as taking meals, bathing &c.; प्रभाते काल्यमुत्थाय कृत्वाह्निकमरिंदमः Rām.7.82.5. कृताह्निकः संवृत्तः V.4; समुद्रे कृताह्निकः Mv.5. -3 Daily food. -4 Daily work or occupation, what may be read on one day. -5 A division of a work (such as that of the Mahābhāṣya). -चन्द्रिका, -दीपिका, -प्रदीप, -मञ्जरी &c. N. of works.
itvara इत्वर a. (-री f.) [इ-क्वरप्] 1 Going; Rv.1.88.4. travelling, a traveller. -2 Cruel, harsh, Śiva. B.14. 16. -3 Low, vile. -4 Despised, contemned. -5 Poor. -रः A eunuch. -री 1 A disloyal or unchaste woman. -2 An abhisārikā q. v.
iti इति ind. 1 this particle is most generally used to report the very words spoken or supposed to be spoken by some one, as represented by quotation marks in English. The speech reported may be (1) a single word used merely to express what the form of the word is, when it is used as it is (शब्दस्वरूपद्योतक); कूजन्तं रामरामेति मधुरं मधुराक्षरम् Rāmarakṣā. अत एव गवित्याह Bhartṛi.; (2) or a substantive, which must be put in the nominative case when its meaning is to be indicated (प्रतिपदिकार्थद्योतक); चयस्त्विषामित्यवधारितं पुरा ... क्रमादमुं नारद इत्यबोधि सः Śi.1.3.; अवैमि चैनामनघेति R.14.4; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुः R.1.12; sometimes with acc. कैवर्तमिति यं प्राहुः Ms.1.34.; Bg.6.2; (3) or a whole sentence when इति is merely used at the end of that sentence; (वाक्यार्थद्योतक); ज्ञास्यसि कियद् भुजो मे रक्षति भौंर्वीकिणाङ्क इति Ś.1.13; तयोर्मुनिकुमारयोरन्यतरः कथयति अक्षमालामुपयचितुमागतो- स्मीति K.151. -2 Besides this general sense इति has the following senses:-(a) Cause, as expressed by 'because', 'since', 'on the ground that', in English; वैदेशिको$स्मीति पृच्छामि U.; पुराणमित्येव न साधु सर्वम् M.1.2, oft. with किम् q. v. (b) Purpose or motive, as expressed by 'that', 'in order that' शरीरस्य विनाशो मा भूदिति मयेदमु- त्क्षिप्य समानीतम् K.32; R.1.37. (c) Thus, to mark the conclusion (opp. अथ); इति प्रथमो$ङ्कः thus or here ends the first Act. (d) It is often used to include under one head a number of separate objects grouped together; पृथिव्यापस्तेजो वायुराकाशं कालो दिगात्मा मन इति द्रव्याणि T. S. (e) So, thus, in this manner; इत्युक्तवन्तं परिरभ्य दोर्भ्याम् Ki.11.8. (f) Of this nature or description; गौरश्वः पुरुषो हस्तीति जातिः. (g) As follows, to the following effect; रामाभिधानो हरिरित्युवाच R.13.1. (h) As for, in the capacity of, as regards, showing capacity or relation; पितेति स पूज्यः, अध्यापक इति निन्द्यः, शीघ्रमिति सुकरं, निभृतमिति चिन्तनीयं भवेत् Ś.3. (i) It is often used with the name of an author to form an Avyayibhāva comp. इतिपाणिनि thus according to Pāṇini. (j) Illustration (usually with आदि); इन्दुरिन्दुरिव श्रीमानित्यादौ तदनन्वयः Chandr.; गौः शुश्चलो डित्थ इत्यादौ K. P.2. (k) A quotation or an opinion accepted; इति पाणिनिः, इत्यापिशलिः, इत्यमरः, विश्वः &c. (l) It is often used by commentators after quoting a rule in the sense of 'according to such a rule'; शकि लिङ् च (P.III.3.172) इति शक्यार्थे लिङ् Malli. Other senses mentioned are:- (m) Manifestation. (n) Order. (o) Arrangement. (p) Identity. (q) Proximity. (r) Visibility. (s) Excess or superiority. (t) Requiring. (इति स्वरूपे सान्निध्ये विवक्षानियमे मते । हेतौ प्रकार- प्रत्यक्षप्रकाशेप्यवधारणे, एकमर्थे समाप्तौ च ॥ Hem.). -Comp. -अर्थः sum and substance, meaning in short (often) used by commentators). -अर्थम् ind. for this purpose, hence. -आदि a. having such a thing or things at the beginning, so forth, et cætera (&c.). इत्यादिप्रचुराः पुरातन- कथाः सर्वेभ्य एवं श्रुताः Udb. -उक्तम् information, report. -कथ a. 1 not fit to be believed, untrustworthy. -2 wicked, lost. (-था) a meaningless or nonsensical talk. -कर्तव्य, -करणीय, -कार्य, -कृत्य a. proper or necessary to be done according to certain rules. (-कर्तव्यम्, -णीयम्) duty, obligation; श्रूयतामितिकर्तव्यं सर्वानेव ब्रवीमि वः Rām.2.68.5. एवं सर्वं विधायेदमितिकर्तव्यमात्मनः Ms.7.14 2. संसिद्धावितिकरणीयसंनिबद्धैरालापैः Ki.7.17. ˚ता, -कार्यता, -कृत्यता any proper or necessary duty, obligation; स मुहूर्तमिव घ्यात्वा विनिश्चित्येतिकृत्यताम् Mb.3.36.4. इति- कर्तव्यतामूढः wholly at a loss what to do, embarrassed, perplexed. -पाणिनि ind. Thus according to Pāṇini's very words. -मात्र a. of such extent or quality. -वृत्तम् 1 occurrence, event. -2 a tale, story.
ititha इतिथ a. Ved. Such a one, such.
itihāsaḥ इतिहासः [fr. इति-ह-आस (3rd. pers. sing. Perf. of अस् to be); so it has been] (1 History (legendary or traditional); धर्मार्थकाममोक्षाणामुपदेशसमन्वितम् पूर्ववृत्तं कथा- युक्तमितिहासं प्रचक्षते; Mb. cf. also आर्यादिबहुव्याख्यानं देवर्षि- चरिताश्रयम् । इतिहासमिति प्रोक्तं भविष्याद्भुतधर्मयुक् ॥ -2 Heroic history (such as the Mahābhārata). -3 Historical evidence, tradition (which is recognized as a proof by the Paurāṇikas). -Comp. -निबन्धनम् legendary composition or narrative; Ś3. -पुराणम् history and legendary stories; इतिहासपुराणानि पञ्चमो वेद उच्यते । -वादः historical story, legend; Māl.3.3.
ittham इत्थम् ind. Thus, so, in this manner; इत्थं रतेः किमपि भूतमदृश्यरूपम् Ku.4.45; इत्थंगते under these circumstances, such being the case; इत्थंगते किमस्माभिः करणीयम् Ś.4; R.9.81. -Comp. -कारम् ind. in this manner. -भूत a. 1 so circumstanced, being in this state, being thus; ˚आख्याने P.I.4.9; Me.96; Ku.6.26; Ś.3.5; कथ- मित्थंभूता M.5, K.146. -2 true or faithful (as a story). -भावः being thus endowed, having these qualities. -विध a. 1 of such kind. -2 endowed with such qualities.
itthā इत्था ind. Ved. 1 In this manner, thus; क इत्थावेद यत्र सः Kaṭh.1.2.24. -2 A particle of affirmation used to lay stress on a following word, indeed. -3 Truly, really. ˚धी a. performing such or true works.
itvara इत्वर a. 1 A traveller, -2 A poor person. -3 A wicked and a debaucherous man.
idā इदा ind. Now, at this (present) moment; oft. with अहन्; इदाचिदह्नः; इदा ह्यः only yesterday. -Comp. -वत्सरः so इदुवत्सरः or इद्वत्सरः one of the five years in which gifts of clothes and food are said to be productive of great rewards. cf. Bhāg.5. -वत्सरीय or इद्वत्सरीय a. belonging to such year.
induḥ इन्दुः [उनत्ति क्लेदयति चन्द्रिकया भुवनं उन्द्-उ आदेरिच्च Uṇ.1.12] 1 The moon; दिलीप इति राजेन्दुरिन्दुः क्षीरनिधाविव R.1.12 (इन्दु is said to mean in the Veda a drop of Soma juice, a bright drop or spark; सुतास इन्दवः Rv.1.16.6). -2 The मृगशिरस् Nakṣatra. -3 (in Math.) The number 'one'. -4 Camphor. -5 The point on a die; तेभ्यो व इन्दवो हविषा विधेम Av.7.19.6. -6 Designation of the अनुस्वार. - (pl.) 1 The periodical changes of the moon. -2 The time of moon-light, night. -Comp. -कमलम् the white lotus. -कला 1 a digit of the moon. (These are 16, each of which is mythologically said to be devoured by 16 deities in succession). -2 N. of several plants; अमृता, गुडूची, सोम- लता. -कलिका 1 N. of a plant (केतकी). -2 a digit of the moon. -कान्तः the moon-stone. (-ता) 1 night. -2 N. of a plant (केतकी). -क्षयः 1 waning or disappearance of the moon. -2 the new moon day. Ms.3.122. -जः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. (-जा) N. of the river Revā or Narmadā. -जनकः 1 the ocean (the moon being produced amongst other jewels at the churning of the ocean) -2 the sage अत्रि. -दलः a digit, crescent. -पुष्पिका N. of a plant (कलिकारी or जांगली). -भम् 1 the sign called Cancer. -2 the Nakṣatra called मृगशिरस्. -भा a kind of water-lily. -भृत्, -शेखरः, -मौलिः 'the moon-crested god, epithets of Śiva. -मणिः 1 the moon-stone. -2 a pearl. -मुखी A lotus-creeper. -मण्डलम् the orb or disc of the moon. -रत्नम् a pearl. -ले (रे) खा 1 a digit of the moon. -2 N. of several plants, especially, plant Flacourtia Sapida. Its seed is much used by women as a detergent to their oiled hair (Mar. बांवच्या). -3 Ligusticum Ajwaen (Mar. ओंवा). see इन्दुकला. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, लौहम् silver. -वदना A moon-faced lady. N. of a metre; see Appendix. -वल्ली The Soma plant. -वारः a kind of yoga in Astrology. -वासरः Monday. -व्रतम् a religious observance depending on the age of the moon. It consists in diminishing the quantity of food by a certain portion daily, for a fortnight or a month; cf. चान्द्रायण. इन्दुव्रतसहस्रं तु यश्चरेत्कायशोधनम् Mb.13.26.39. -शफरिन् A tree, Bauhinia tomentosa (Mar. आपटा) -सुतः or -सूनुः N. of the planet Mercury.
indraḥ इन्द्रः [इन्द्-रन्; इन्दतीति इन्द्रः; इदि ऐश्वर्ये Malli.] 1 The lord of gods. -2 The god of rain, rain; cloud; इन्द्रो वरुणः सोमो रुद्रः । शं न इन्द्रो बृहस्पतिः Tait. Vp.1.1.1. Bṛi. Up.1.4.11. -3 A lord or ruler (as of men &c.). इन्द्रो- मायाभिः पुरुरूप ईयते Bṛi. Up.2.5.19. first or best (of any class of objects), always as the last member of comp.; नरेन्द्रः a lord of men i. e. a king; so मृगेन्द्रः a lion; गजेन्द्रः the lord or chief of elephants; so योगीन्द्रः, कपीन्द्रः. -4 A prince, king. -5 The pupil of the right eye. -6 N. of the plant कुटज. -7 Night. -8 One of the divisions of भारतवर्ष. -9 N. of the 26th Yoga. -1 The human or animal soul. -11 A vegetable poison. -12 The Yoga star in the 26th Nakṣatra. -13 Greatness. -14 The five objects of senses. -द्रा 1 The wife of Indra, Indrāṇī. -2 N. of a plant (मरुबक Mar. मरवा) [Indra, the god of the firmament, is the Jupiter Pluvius of the Indian Āryans. In the Vedas he is placed in the first rank among the gods; yet he is not regarded as an uncreated being, being distinctly spoken of in various passages of the Vedas as being born, and as having a father and a mother. He is sometimes represented as having been produced by the gods as a destroyer of enemies, as the son of Ekāṣṭakā, and in Rv.1.9.13 he is said to have sprung from the mouth of Puruṣa. He is of a ruddy or golden colour, and can assume any form at will. He rides in a bright golden chariot drawn by two tawny horses. His most famous weapon is the thunderbolt which he uses with deadly effect in his warfare with the demons of darkness, drought and inclement weather, variously called Ahi, Vṛitra, Śambar, Namuchi &c. He storms and breaks through their castles, and sends down fertilizing showers of rain to the great delight of his worshippers. He is thus the lord of the atmosphere, the dispenser of rain, and governor of the weather. He is represented as being assisted by the Maruts or storm-gods in his warfare. Besides the thunderbolt he uses arrows, a large hook, and a net. The Soma juice is his most favourite food, and under its exhilarating influence he performs great achievements (cf. Rv.1.119), and pleases his devout worshippers, who are said to invite the god to drink the juice. He is their friend and even their brother; a father, and the most fatherly of fathers; the helper of the poor, and the deliverer and comforter of his servants. He is a wall of defence; his friend is never slain or defeated. He richly rewards his adorers, particularly those who bring him libations of Soma, and he is supplicated for all sorts of temporal blessings as cows, horses, chariots, health, intelligence, prosperous days, long life, and victory in war. In the Vedas Indra's wife is Indrānī, who is invoked among the goddesses. Such is the Vedic conception of Indra. But in later mythology he falls in the second rank. He is said to be one of the sons of Kaśyapa and Dākṣāyaṇī or Aditi. He is inferior to the triad Brahmā, Viṣṇu and Maheśa (though in some places Viṣṇu is regarded as his younger brother, cf. R.14.59,15.4), but he is the chief of all the other gods, and is commonly styled Sureśa, Devendra &c. As in the Vedas so in later mythology, he is the regent of the atmosphere, and of the east quarter, and his world is called Svarga. He sends the lightning, uses the thunderbolt and sends down rain. He is frequently at war with Asuras, whom he constantly dreads, and by whom he is sometimes defeated. The Indra of mythology is famous for his incontinence and adultery, one prominent instance of which is his seduction of Ahalyā, the wife of Gautama (see Ahalyā), and for which he is often spoken of as Ahalyā-jāra. The curse of the sage impressed upon him a 1 marks resembling the female organ, and he was therefore called Sayoni; but these marks were afterwards changed into eyes, and he is hence called Netra-yoni and Sahasrākṣa. In the Rāmāyana Indra is represented as having been defeated and carried off to Laṅkā by Ravaṇa's son called Meghanāda, who for this exploit received the title of 'Indrajit'. It was only at the intercession of Brahmā and the gods that Indra was released, and this humiliation was regarded as a punishment for his seduction of Ahalyā. He is also represented as being in constant dread of sages practising potent penances, and as sending down nymphs to beguile their minds (see Apsaras). In the Purāṇas he is said to have destroyed the offspring of Diti in her womb, and to have cut off the wings of mountains when they grew troublesome. Other stories are also told in which Indra was once worsted by Raja, grandson of Purūravas, owing to the curse of Durvāsas, and other accounts show that he and Kṛiṣna were at war with each other for the Pārijāta tree which the latter wanted to remove from Svarga, and which he succeeded in doing in spite of Indra's resistance. His wife is Indrāṇī, the daughter of the demon Puloman, and his son is named Jayanta. He is also said to be father of Arjuna. His epithets are numerous; mostly descriptive of his achievements, e. g. वृत्रहन्, बलभिद्, पाकशासन, गोत्रभिद्, पुरंदर, शतक्रतु, जिष्णु, नमुचिसूदन &c. (see Ak.I.1.44.47). The Heaven of Indra is Svarga; its capital, Amarāvatī; his garden, Nandana; his elephant, Airāvata; his horse, Uchchaiśravas; his bow, the rain-bow, and his sword, Paranja.]. -Comp. -अग्निः the fire produced from the contact of clouds; ˚धूमः frost, snow; ˚देवता the 16th lunar mansion. -अनुजः, -अवरजः an epithet of Viṣṇu and of Nārāyaṇa (उपेन्द्र); तस्थौ भ्रातृसमीपस्थः शक्रस्येन्द्रानुजो यथा Rām.6.91.4. -अरिः an Asura or demon. -अवसानः a desert. -अशनः 1 hemp (dried and chewed). -2 the shrub which bears the seed used in jeweller's weight, (गुंजावृक्ष). -आयुधम् Indra's weapon, the rainbow; इन्द्रा- युधद्योतिततोरणाङ्कम् R.7.4,12.79; K.127. (-ध) 1 N. of the horse in Kādambarī (i. e. Kapiñjala changed into a horse). -2 a horse marked with black about the eyes. -3 a diamond. (-धा) a kind of leech. -आसनम् 1 the throne of Indra. -2 a throne in general. -3 a foot of five short syllables. -इज्यः N. of बृहस्पति the preceptor of gods. -ईश्वरः one of the forms of Śiva-liṅga. -उत्सवः a festival honouring Indra. -ऋषभ a. having Indra as a bull, or impregnated by Indra, an epithet of the earth. इन्द्रऋषभा द्रविणे नो दधातु Av.12.1.6. -कर्मन् m. an epithet of Viṣṇu (performing Indra's deeds). -कान्तः A class of the four-storeyed buildings. (Mānasāra 21.6-68). -कीलः 1 N. of the mountain मन्दर. -2 a rock. (-लम्) 1 the banner of Indra. -2 A pin, nail, bolt फालका भाजनोर्ध्वे तु तदूर्ध्वे चेन्द्रकीलकम् (Mānasāra 12.126). cf. also Kau. A.2.3. -कुञ्जरः Indra's elephant, Airāvata. -कूटः N. of a mountain -कृष्ट a. 'ploughed by Indra', growing exuberantly or in a wild state. (-ष्टः) a kind of corn produced by rain-water. -केतुः Indra's banner. -कोशः, -षः, -षकः, -ष्ठः 1 a couch, sofa, which is generally made up of covering pieces of perforated wooden planks; cf. अट्टालक- प्रतोलीमध्ये त्रिधानुष्काधिष्ठानं-इन्द्रकोशं कारयेत् Kau. A.2.3. -2 a platform. -3 a projection of the roof of a house. -4 A pin or bracket projecting from the wall (नागदन्त). A projection of the roof of a house forming a kind of balcony; Kau. A.24. -गिरिः the महेन्द्र mountain. -गुरुः, -आचार्यः the teacher of Indra; i. e. बृहस्पति. -गोपः, -गोपकः [इन्द्रो गोपो रक्षको$स्य, वर्षाभवत्वात्तस्य] a kind of insect of red or white colour; Śukra.4.157; K.1. -चन्दनम् the white sandal wood. -चापम्, -धनुस् n. 1 a rainbow; विद्युत्वन्तं ललितवनिताः सेन्द्रचापं सचित्राः Me.64; Śi.7.4. -2 the bow of Indra -चिर्भटा A mild variety of Colocynth. The leaf is tripartite, rough and wrinkled. (Mar. कंवडळ, applied often as इन्द्रावण in the sense of vile, malignant, dark and hateful.) -च्छदः A necklace of pearls having 18 strings. -च्छन्दस् n. [इन्द्र इव सहस्रनेत्रेण सहस्रगुच्छेन च्छाद्यते] a necklace consisting of 1 strings. -जः N. of Vālī. -जतु n. Bitumen (Mar. शिलाजित). -जननम् Indra's birth. -जननीय a. treating of Indra's birth (as a work). -जा a. Ved. born or arising from Indra. Av.4.3.7. -जालम् [इन्द्रस्य परमेश्वरस्य जालं मायेव] 1 the net of Indra. तेनाह- मिन्द्रजालेनामूंस्तमसाभि दधामि सर्वान् Av.8.8.8. -2 a weapon used by Arjuna; a stratagem or trick in war. -3 deception, cheating. -4 conjuring, jugglery, magical tricks; इन्द्रजालं च मायां वै कुहका वा$पि भीषणा Mb.5.16.55. स्वप्नेन्द्रजालसदृशः खलु जीवलोकः Śānti.2.2; K.15. -जालिक a. [इन्द्रजाल-ठन्] deceptive, unreal, delusive. (-कः) a juggler, conjurer. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Indra', N. of a son of Rāvaṇa who was killed by Lakṣmaṇa. [Indrajit is another name of Meghanāda a son of Rāvaṇa. When Rāvaṇa warred against Indra in his own heaven, his son Meghanāda was with him, and fought most valiantly. During the combat, Meghanāda, by virtue of the magical power of becoming invisible which he had obtained from Śiva, bound Indra, and bore him off in triumph to Laṅkā. Brahmā and the other gods hurried thither to obtain his release, and gave to Meghanāda the title of Indrajit, 'conqueror of Indra'; but the victor refused to release his prisoners unless he were promised immortality. Brahmā refused to grant this extravagant demand, but he strenuously persisted, and achieved his object. In the Rāmāyaṇa he is represented to have been decapitated by Lakṣmaṇa while he was engaged in a sacrifice]. ˚हन्तृ or विजयिन् m. N. of Lakṣmaṇa. -ज्येष्ठ a. Ved. led by Indra. -तापनः the thundering of clouds. -तूलम्, -तूलकम् a flock of cotton. -दमनः the son of Bāṇāsura. -दारुः the tree Pinus Devadāru. -द्युति Sandal -द्रुः, -द्रुमः 1 the plant Terminalia Arjuna (अर्जुन). -2 The plant कुटज. -द्वीपः, -पम् one of the 9 Dvīpas or Divisions of the continent (of India). -धनुः N. of Indra's bow, the rainbow; स एकव्रा- त्यो$भवत्स धनुरादत्त तदेवेन्द्रधनुः Av.15.1.6. -ध्वजः 1 a flag raised on the 12th day of the bright half of Bhādra. -2 Indra's weapon; विस्रस्ताकल्पकेशस्रगिन्द्रध्वज इवापतत् Bhāg.1.44.22. -नक्षत्रम् Indra's lunar mansion फल्गुनी. -नेत्रम् 1 the eye of Indra. -2 the number one thousand. -नीलः [इन्द्र इव नीलः श्यामः] a sapphire; परीक्षाप्रत्ययैर्यैश्च पद्मरागः परीक्ष्यते । त एव प्रत्यया दृष्टा इन्द्रनीलमणेरपि ॥ Garuḍa. P.; R.13.54;16.69; Me.48,79. -नीलकः an emerald. -पत्नी 1 Indra's wife, शची. -पर्णी, -पुष्पा N. of a medicinal plant (Mar. कळलावी). -पर्वतः 1 the महेन्द्र mountain. -2 a blue mountain. -पुत्रा N. of अदिति. -पुरोगम, -पुरःसर, -श्रेष्ठ a. led or preceded by Indra, having Indra at the head. -पुरोहितः N. of बृहस्पति. (-ता) the asterism Puṣya. -प्रमतिः N. of the pupil of Paila and the author of some ṛiks of the Rv. -प्रस्थम् N. of a city on the Yamunā, the residence of the Paṇḍavas (identified with the modern Delhi); इन्द्रप्रस्थगमस्तावत्कारि मा सन्तु चेदयः Śi.2.63. -प्रहरणम् Indra's weapon, the thunderbolt. -भगिनी N. of Pārvatī. -भेषजम् dried ginger. -मखः a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -महः 1 a festival in honour of Indra. -2 the rainy season; ˚कामुकः a dog. -मादन a. animating or delighting Indra; ये वायव इन्द्रमादनासः Rv.7.92.4. -मेदिन् a. Ved. whose friend or ally is Indra; इन्द्रमेदी सत्वनो नि ह्वयस्व Av.5.2-.8. -यज्ञः (See इन्द्रमह and इन्द्रमख) श्वो$स्माकं घोषस्योचित इन्द्रयज्ञो नामोत्सवः भविष्यति Bālacharita I. -यवः, -वम् seed of the Kutaja tree. -लुप्तः, -प्तम्, -लुप्तकम् 1 excessive baldness of the head. -2 loss of beard. -लोकः Indra's world, Svarga or Paradise. -लोकेशः 1 lord of Indra's world, i. e. Indra. -2 a guest (who, if hospitably received, confers paradise on his host). -वंशा, -वज्रा N. of two metres, see Appendix. -वल्लरी, -वल्ली N. of a plant (पारिजात) or of इन्द्रवारुणी. -वस्तिः [इन्द्रस्य आत्मनः वस्तिरिव] the calf (of the leg). -वाततम a. Ved. desired by Indra. अस्मे ऊतीरिन्द्रवाततमाः Rv.1.6.6. -वानकम् A variety of diamonds. Kau. A.2.11. -वायू (du.) Indra and Vāyu. इन्द्रवायू उभाविह सुहवेह हवामहे Av.3.2.6. -वारुणी, -वारुणिका Colocynth, a wild bitter gourd cucumis colocynthis. (Mar. मोठी कंवडळ) किमिन्द्रवारुणी राम सितया कटुकीयते Laghu Yoga-vāsiṣṭha-sāra X. सौवर्चलं हरिद्रा च पिप्पली चेन्द्रवारुणिः । मूत्र- कृच्छ्रे प्रशंसन्ति पिण्डो$यं वाजिनां हितः ॥ शालिहोत्र of भोज 33. -वाह् a. carrying Indra. -वृक्षः the Devadāru tree. -वृद्धा a kind of abscess. -वैडूर्यम् a kind of precious stone. -व्रतम् Indra's rule of conduct; one of the duties of a king (who is said to follow इन्द्रव्रत when he distributes benefits as Indra pours down rain); वार्षिकांश्चतुरो मासान् यथेन्द्रो$प्यभिवर्षति । तथाभिवर्षेत्स्वं राष्ट्रं कामैरिन्द्रव्रतं चरन् ॥ Ms.9.34. -शक्तिः f. Indrāṇī, the wife of Indra, or his energy personified. -शत्रुः 1 an enemy or destroyer of Indra (when the accent is on the last syllable), an epithet of प्रह्लाद; इन्द्रशत्रो विवर्धस्व मा चिरं जहि विद्विषम् Bhāg.6.9.12. बलिप्रदिष्टां श्रियमाददानं त्रैविक्रमं पादमिवेन्द्रशत्रुः R.7.35. -2 [इन्द्रः शत्रुः यस्य] one whose enemy is Indra, an epithet of वृत्र (when the accent is on the first syllable). (This refers to a legend in the Śat. Br., where it is said that Vṛitra's father intended his son to become the destroyer of Indra, and asked him to say इन्द्रशत्रुर्वधस्व &c. but who, through mistake, accented the word on the first syllable, and was killed by Indra; cf. Śik.52; मन्त्रो हीनः स्वरतो वर्णतो वा मिथ्याप्रयुक्तो न तमर्थमाह । स वाग्वज्रो यजमानं हिनस्ति यथेन्द्रशत्रुः स्वरतो$पराधात् ॥ -शलभः a kind of insect (इन्द्रगोप). -संजयम् N. of a sāman. Arṣeya Br. -संधा connection or alliance with Indra. तयाहमिन्द्रसंधया सर्वान् देवानिह हुव Av.11.1.9. -सारथिः 1 N. of Mātali. -2 an epithet of Vāyu, driving in the same carriage with Indra; Rv.4.46.2. -सावर्णिः N. of the fourteenth Manu. -सुतः, -सूनुः 1 N. of (a) Jayanta; (b) Arjuna; (c) Vāli, the king of monkeys. -2 N. of the अर्जुन tree. -सुरसः, -सुरा a shrub the leaves of which are used in discutient applications (निर्गुंडी). -सेनः N. of several men; of Bali; of a mountain; Bhāg.8.2.23. -सेना 1 Indra's missile or host. -2 Indra's army; Rv.1.12.2. -सेनानीः the leader of Indra's armies, epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्तुत् m. -स्तोमः 1 praise of Indra; N. of a particular hymn addressed to Indra in certain ceremonies. -2 a sacrifice in honour of Indra. -हवः invocation of Indra; भद्रान् कृण्वन्निन्द्रहवान्त्सखिभ्य Rv.9.96.1. -हस्तः a kind of medicament.
iyat इयत् a. 1 So much, so large, of this extent; इयत्तवायुः Dk.93; इयन्ति वर्षाणि तया सहोग्रम् R.13.67 so many years; द्वयं नीतिरितीयती Śi.2.3 this much; इयतो दिवसानुत्सव आसीत् U.1. इयदिति गुरुजनसविधे विधृतधनिष्ठापयोधरः पायात् Udb.
iyattā इयत्ता इयत्त्वम् 1 (a) So much, fixed measure or quantity; ईदृक्तया रूपमियत्तया वा R.13.5; न...यशः परिच्छे- त्तुमियत्तयालम् 6.77; K.129,182. (b) Limited number, limitation; न गुणानामियत्तया R.1.32. -2 Limit, standard.
irikā इरिका N. of a plant or tree. ˚वनम् a grove of such trees.
iva इव ind. 1 Like, as (showing उपमा or comparison); वागर्थाविव संपृक्तौ R.1.1; वैनतेय इव विनतानन्दनः K.5. -2 As if, as it were (denoting उत्प्रेक्षा); पश्यामीव पिनाकिनम् Ś.1.6. लिम्पतीव तमोङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34. -3 Little, somewhat, perhaps; कडार इवायम् G. M. -4 (Added to interrogative words), 'Possibly', 'I should like to know', 'indeed'; विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; क इव of what sort, what like; क इव कालः Māl.2; what a long time has elapsed. -5 इव is frequently used with adverbs, especially with such as involve restriction, by way of emphasis in the sense of even or just so, just, exactly, quite, indeed, very; मुहूर्तमिव but for a moment; किंचिदिव just a little bit; so ईषदिव, नाचिरादिव, &c.; (इव is considered by grammarians as forming compounds with the word after which it stands; इवेन समासो विभक्त्यलोपश्च Vārt. on P.II.4.71. Sk.). -Comp. -उपमा f. A simile in which इव is used. Bk.1.41 is given as an illustration of इवोपमा.
iha इह ind. [इदं-ह इशादेशः P.V.3.11 Sk.] 1 Here (referring to time, place or direction); in this place or case. नेहाभिक्रमनाशो$स्ति Bg.2.4. -2 In this world (opp. परत्र or अमुत्र); oft. with जगति; K.35. -3 In this case; in this book or system. -4 Now, at this time. [cf. Zend. idha]. -Comp. -अमुत्र ind. in this world and the next world, here and there; cf. इहामुत्रार्थभोगविरागः । शाङ्करभाष्य on ब्रह्मसूत्र 1.1.1. -आगत a. come here. -इह ind. here and there, now and then, repeatedly. ˚मातृ a. 1 whose mother is here and there, that is, everywhere; समानो वां जनिता भ्रातरा युवं यमाविहेहमातरा Rv.6.59.2. -2 of whose mothers one is here and one there. -कालः this life. -क्रतु, -चित्त a. whose intentions or thoughts are centred in this world or place, इहैवैधि धनसनिरिहचित्त इहक्रतुः Av.18.4.38. -भव or -तन a. belonging to this world. -लोकः this world or life; ˚के in this world; cf. श्रेयो भोक्तुंभैक्ष्यमपीह लोके Bg.2.5. -समये ind. here, now, at such a time as this. -स्थ a. standing here. -स्थान a. one whose residence is on the earth.
īdṛkṣa ईदृक्ष श a. (-क्षी-शी f.), also ईदृश् Such, of this kind, of this aspect, endowed with such qualities. -क् n. Such a condition; such occasion; लभन्ते युद्धमीदृशम् Bg.2.32;6.42;11.49.
īṣat ईषत् ind. [ईष्-अति] 1 Slightly, to some extent, a little; ईषत् चुम्बितानि Ś.1.4; ईषच्च कुरुते सेवाम् Pt.1.141. Easily done, with very little exertion; ईषत्कार्यमिदं कार्यं कृतमासीन्न संशयः Rām.5.55.1. -Comp. -उष्ण a. tepid, slightly warm. -ऊन a. not quite complete, a little less than; ईषदूनार्धे कल्पप्. -कर a. 1 doing little. -2 easy to be accomplished; Mv.4. (-रम्) very little. -कार्य a. very easy, connected with slight effort; ईषत्कार्यो वधस्तस्य Mb.5.74.26. -गुण a. of little merit. -जलम् shallow water, a little water. -दर्शनम् a glance, sight, view, glimpse. -दीर्घः An almond. -नाद a. slightly sounding (a term applied to unaspirated soft consonants). -निमय a. exchanged for a little. -पाण्डु a. a little white or pale, whitish. (-ण्डुः) a pale or light-brown colour. -पान a. that of which a little is drunk. ईषत्पानः सोमो भवता Sk. आनोयुच् P.III.3.128. (-नम्) a small draught. -पुरुषः a mean or contemptible person. -बीजा Quince-seed, Dyrus Cydonia (Mar. वेदाणा). -रक्त a. pale red. (-क्तः) 1 pale-red colour. -2 undistinguishable colour. -लभ, -प्रलम्भ a. to be got for little. -विवृत a. slightly open. -वीर्यः Almond tree. -श्वास a. slightly resounding. -स्पृष्ट a. slightly touched (applied to the semivowels) ईषत्स्पृष्टमन्तस्थानम् Sk. -हासः slight laughter, a smile.
ukhaḥ उखः A boiler, pot, vessel. चरुं पञ्चबिलमुखं धर्मो$भीन्धे Av.11.3.18. -खा 1 A boiling vessel, a boiler or cooking pot (such as a sauce-pan; Mar. शेगडी). अन्यो ह्याग्निरुखाप्यन्या नित्यमेवमवेहि भोः Mb.12.315.15. -2 A fireplace at a sacrifice. -3 A part of the body. -Comp. उखासंभरणम् N. of the sixth book of the Śatapaṭha Brāhmaṇa.
ugra उग्र a. [उच्-रन् गश्चान्तादेशः Uṇ.2.28] 1 Fierce, cruel, ferocious, savage (as a look &c.); ˚दर्शनः having a fierce or cruel look. -2 Formidable, terrific, frightful; सिंहनिपातमुग्रम् R.2.5; Bg.11.3; Ms.6.75,12.75; ˚दन्तः, ˚नासिकः &c. -3 Powerful, mighty, strong, violent, intense; उग्रातपां वेलाम् Ś.3 intensely hot. उग्रशोकाम् Me.115 v. l.; निखिलरसायनराजो गन्धेनोग्रेण लशुन इव Bv. Sharp, pungent, hot, -5 High, noble. यत्र भगवानास्ते वाल्मीकिसुग्रधीः Rām.7.49.1. -6 Angry, passionate, wrathful. -7 Ready to do any work, industrious. -ग्रः 1 N. of Śiva or Rudra; जघ्ने$द्भुतैणवपुषा$$श्रमतो$- पकृष्टो मारीचमाशु विशिखेन यथा कमुग्रः Bhāg.9.1.1. -2 N. of a mixed tribe, descendant of a Kṣatriya father and Śūdra mother (his business being to catch or kill animals dwelling in holes, such as snakes; cf. क्षत्रियाच्छूद्रकन्यायां क्रूराचारविहारवान् । क्षत्रशूद्र- वपुर्जन्तुरुग्रो नाम प्रजायते ॥ Ms.1.9,13,15.). -3 N. of a tree शोभाञ्जनवृक्ष (Mar. शेवगा). -4 A group of five asterisms; their names are :- पूर्वाफल्गुनी, पूर्वाषाढा, पूर्वाभाद्रपदा, मघा and भरणी. -5 N. of a country called Kerala (Modern Malabar). -6 The sentiment called रौद्र. -7 Wind. -8 A royal attendant (like उग्र tribe); उग्राः प्रत्येनसः सूतग्रामण्यः Bṛi. Up.4.3.37. -ग्रा 1 N. of different plants; वचा, यवानी, धन्याक. (Mar. वेखंड, ओवा, मेथी). -2 A cruel woman. -ग्री A kind of being belonging to the class of demons; य उग्रीणामुग्रबाहुर्ययुः Av.4.24.2. -ग्रम् 1 A certain deadly poison, the root of Aconitum Ferox (वत्सनाभविषम्; Mar. बचनाग). -2 Wrath, anger. -Comp. -ईशः the mighty or terrible lord, N. of Śiva. -कर्मन् n. fierce in action, cruel. -काण्डः a sort of gourd (कारवेल). -काली form of Durgā. -गन्ध a. strongsmelling. (-न्धः) 1 the Cahmpaka tree. -2 N. of other trees also; कटुफल, अर्जकवृक्ष. -3 garlic. (-न्धा) 1 Orris root. -2 a medicinal plant. -3 N. of various plants; यवानी, वचा, अजमोदा. (-न्धम्) Asafœtida. -गन्धिन् a. strong-smelling. -चयः a strong desire. -चारिणी, -चण्डा N. of Durgā. -जाति a. base-born. -तारा N. of a goddess. -तेजस् a. endowed with powerful or terrible energy. -दंष्ट्र a. having terrific teeth. -दण्ड a. ruling with a rod of iron, stern, cruel, relentless; Pt.3. -ण्डः Stern rule; तस्योग्रदण्डसंविग्नाः सर्वे लोकाः सपालकाः । अन्यत्रालब्धशरणाः शरणं ययुरच्युतम् ॥ Bhāg.7.4.21. -दर्शन, -रूप a. frightful in appearance, fierce-looking, grim, terrible. -दुहितृ f. the daughter of a powerful man. -धन्वन् a. having a powerful bow. (m.) N. of Śiva and Indra; पिङ्गस्तमुग्रधन्वा कृणोतु हृदयाविधम् Av.8.6.18. -नासिक a. large-nosed. -पीठम् A ground plan in which the whole area is divided into 36 equal parts (Mānasāra 7.7). -पुत्र a. born in a mighty family. (-त्रः) N. of Kārttikeya. -पूति a. horribly stinking; Māl.5.16. -रेतस् m. a form of Rudra. -वीर a. having powerful men. -वीर्यः Assafœtida (Mar. हिंग). -शासन a. strict in orders, severe in commands. -शेखरा 'crest of Śiva'. N. of the Ganges. -शोक a. sorely-grieving, deeply afflicted. -श्रवस् (see वृद्धश्रवस्) N. of the son of रोमहर्षण. उग्रश्रवाः पुरा सूतो रोमहर्षणसंभवः Bm.1.2. -श्रवणदर्शन a. terrible to hear and see. -सेनः 1 N. of a son of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. -2 N. of a king of Mathurā and father of Kaṁsa. He was deposed by his son; but Kṛiṣṇa after having slain Kaṁsa restored him to the throne. (-ना) N. of the wife of Akrūra; ˚जः N. of Kaṁsa, the uncle and enemy of Krisna.
uccaiḥ उच्चैः ind. [cf. Uṇ.5.12] 1 Aloft, high, on high, above, upwards (opp. नीचम्-चैः); पश्चादुच्चैर्भवति हरिणः Ś.4. v. l.; विपद्युच्चैः स्थेयम् Bh.2.28; उच्चैरुदात्तः P.I.2.29. -2 Loudly, with a loud noise; उच्चैर्विहस्य; R.2.12,51; Bg.1.12. -3 Powerfully, intensely, very much, greatly; विदधति भयमुच्चैर्वीक्ष्यमाणा वनान्ताः Ṛs.1.22; आश्लेष- मर्पय मदर्पितपूर्वमुच्चैः Amaru.133. -4 (Used as an adj. in comp. or by itself) (a) high, noble; जनो$यमुच्चैः पदलङ्- घनोत्सुकः Ku.5.64,6.75; ˚कुलं चात्मनः Ś4.17; किं पुन- र्यस्तथोच्चैः Me.17; Ratn.4.16. (b) distinguished, preeminent, famous; उच्चैरुच्चैःश्रवास्तेन Ku.2.47, M.5.17. -Comp. -कर a. making acutely accented. -घुष्टम् 1 clamour, great uproar. -2 loud proclamation. -घोष a. boisterous, crying, roaring; वयोधा उच्चैर्घोषाभ्येति या व्रतम् Av.9.1.8. (-षः) 1 loud noise. -2 a form of Rudra -द्विष् a. having strong or powerful enemies; निबोध यज्ञांशुभुजामिदानीमुच्चैर्द्विषामीप्सितमेतदेव Ku.3.14. -भुजतरु a. having trees like outstretched arms; Me.38. -वादः high praise; जामदग्न्यस्य दमन इति को$यमुच्चैर्वादः U.5. -शिरस् a. high-minded, one of high rank, magnanimous; क्षुद्रे$पि नूनं शरणं प्रपन्ने ममत्वमुच्चैःशिरसां सतीव Ku.1.12. -श्रवस्-स a. 1 long-eared. -2 deaf. (m.) 1 N. of the horse of Indra (said to be churned out of the ocean); उच्चैःश्रवसमश्वानाम् Bg.1.27; उच्चैरुच्चैःश्रवास्तेन् हयरत्नमहारि च Ku.2.47. -2 N. of a horse of the god sun. -स्वर a. high-sounding. (-रः) a loud sound or voice.
uccāraṇam उच्चारणम् 1 Pronunciation, utterance; वाचः Śik. 2; वेद˚. -2 Declaration, announcement, enunciation. -3 Lifting up; स्कन्धोच्चारणनम्यमानवदनप्रच्योतितोये घटे Pratima.1.5. -Comp. -अर्थ a. 1 useful for pronunciation. -2 necessary for pronunciation, such as a redundant letter only used to facilitate pronunciation. -ज्ञः a linguist. उच्चारणज्ञो$थ गिरा दधानम् Śi.4.18. -स्थानम् the part of the throat from which certain sounds (such as nasals, gutturals &c.) issue.
ucchvāsita उच्छ्वासित p. p. Breathless, out of breath. -2 Much, excessive. -3 Loosened, released. -4 Detached, separated, divided. -5 Consoled.
uḍumbaraḥ उडुम्बरः 1 N. of a tree; Ficus Glomearata (Mar. औदुम्बर). -2 The threshold of a house. उच्छ्रायात् पादविस्तीर्णा शाखा तद्वदुदुम्बरः Bṛi. S.53.26. -3 A eunuch. -4 A part of a sacrifice. -5 A kind of leprosy with copper spots (-रम् also). -6 A kind of worm said to be produced in the blood and to cause leprosy. -रम् 1 The fruit of the उदुम्बर tree. -2 Copper. -3 A Karṣa, a measure of two tolās. -Comp. -दला, -पर्णी the plant Croton Polyandra (दन्ती).
uta उत ind. 1 A particle expressing (a) doubt, uncertainty, guess (or); तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यादुत यथा मे मनसि वर्तते Ś.3; स्थाणुरयमुत पुरुषः G. M. वीरो रसः किमयमित्युत दर्प एषः Veeracharitam. (b) alternative; usually a correlative of किं (whether, or); किमिदं गुरुभिरुपदिष्टमुत धर्मशास्त्रेषु पठितमुत मोक्षप्राप्तियुक्तिरियम् K.155; किं येन सृजसि व्यक्तमुत येन बिभर्षि तत् Ku.6.23; the place of उत is also taken by आहो or आहोस्वित्; sometimes आहो, आहोस्वित् or स्वित् are joined to उत. (c) association, connection, (having a cumulative force, 'and', 'also'); उत बलवानुताबलः; (d) interrogation; उत दण्डः पतिष्यति; (e) deliberation; (f) intensity; (g) wishing (especially at the beginning of a sentence followed by a potential 'would that'); (h) sometimes used as an expletive; (i) oft. used for the sake of emphasis especially at the end of a line after इति or a verb; तदा विद्याद्विवृद्धं सत्त्वमित्युत Bg.14.11; धर्मे नष्टे कुलं कृत्स्नमधर्मो$भिभवत्युत 1.4. -2 With a preceding प्रति = on the contrary, on the other hand; but; सामवादाः सकोपस्य तस्य प्रत्युत दीपकाः Śi.2.55; न केवलं ध्रियते प्रत्युत पर्युपास्यमानस्तिष्ठति Nāg.5. -3 With a preceding किं = how much more or how much less; see किम्. उत, -उत Either-or; एकमेव वरं पुंसामुत राज्यमुताश्रमः G. M. उत वा or else, and; वा-उतवा, उताहोवा पि-वा either-or; -आहो, -आहोस्वित् Used for the sake of emphasis; उताहो हत- वीर्यास्ते बभूवुः पृथिवीक्षितः Rām.7.31.4. शालिहोत्रः किं नु स्याद् उताहोस्विद् राजा नलः.
utkaṭa उत्कट a. Large, spacious; ज्याजिह्वया वलयितोत्कटकोटि- दंष्ट्रम् U.4.29. -2 Powerful, mighty, extraordinary, fierce; अत्युत्कटे च रौद्रे च शत्रौ यस्य न हीयते Pt.1.13; Mv. 1.39,5.33. -3 Excessive, much; अत्युत्कटैः पापपुण्यैरिहैव फलमश्नुते H.1.85. -4 Prominently visible, conspicuous; ˚लाञ्छनस्य U.35. -5 Abounding in, richly endowed with; पादपान् कुसुमोत्कटान् Rām. -6 Drunk, mad, furious; मदोत्कटः. -7 Superior, high. -8 Proud, haughty. -9 Uneven. -1 Difficult. -टः 1 A fluid (ichor) dropping from the temples of an etephant in rut. -2 An elephant in rut. -3 The plant Saccharum Sara (इक्षुतृण). -4 Pride, intoxication. -टाः The plant Laurus Cassia (सैहीलता; Mar. उट्कटारी, सिंहपिंपळी). -टम् The fragrant bark of Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी). उत्कटिका utkaṭikā उत्कटुकासनम् utkaṭukāsanam उत्कटिका उत्कटुकासनम् Sitting on the hams, squatting, the manner of sitting of Yogis (the legs being outstretched and forming a right angle).
utkarṣa उत्कर्ष a. 1 Superior, eminent. -2 Much, abundant -3 Exaggerated, boastful. -4 Attractive. -र्षः 1 Pulling off or upwards, drawing or pulling up; चरणोत्कर्षै- र्दारयन्निव मेदिनीम् Rām.3.56.29. -2 Elevation, eminence, rise, prosperity; निनीषुः कुलमुत्कर्षम् Ms.4.244,9.24. -3 Increase, abundance, excess; पञ्चानामपि भूतानामुत्कर्षं पुपुषुर्गुणाः R.4.11. -4 Excellence, highest merit, glory; उत्कर्षः स च धन्विनां यदिषवः सिध्यन्ति लक्ष्ये चले Ś.2.5. -5 Selfconceit, boasting. -6 Joy, pleasure. -7 Postponement (of some detail or details at a विकृतियाग) i. e. performing them at a later stage; तदादि उत्कर्षे तदन्तमपकर्षे स्यात् ŚB. on MS.5.1.24. -Comp. -समः A kind of fallacy attributing similar qualities to two objects because they have one quality in common; e. g. affirming that a sound has a shape like a jar because both are perishable.
utkṛṣṭa उत्कृष्ट p. p. 1 Drawn up or out, raised, elevated; दस्यूत्कृष्टा जनपदाः Bhāg.12.3.32. -2 Extracted. -3 Excellent, eminent, superior, best, highest; Ms.5.163, 7.126,8.281; बल˚ Pt.3.36 superior in strength; so ज्ञान˚ गुण˚, &c. -4 Much, excessive, very great, increased; जिह्वालौल्य˚ Pt.1. -5 Tilled; ploughed. -6 Scratched; ऐरावतविषाणाग्रैरुत्कृष्टकिणवक्षसम् Rām.6.4.5. -7 Plucked, cut out,; उत्कृष्टपर्णकमला Rām.5.19.15 ('उत्कृष्टानि त्रुटितानि पर्णानि यस्याः सा' इति टीका). -8 Attracted; Mb.14.59.1. -Comp. -उपाधिता state of high illusion -भूमः a good soil. -वेदनम् marrying a man of a higher caste; वसनस्य दशा ग्राह्या शूद्रयोत्कृष्टवेदने Ms.3.44.
uttara उत्तर a. [उद्-तरप्] 1 Being or produced in the north, northern (declined like a pronoun). -2 Upper, higher P.I.1.34 (opp. अधर); उत्तरे-अधरे दन्ताः Śat. Br.; अवनतोत्तरकायम् R.9.6; P.II.2.1. -3 (a) Later-latter, following, subsequent (opp. पूर्व); पूर्वमेघः, उत्तरमेघः, ˚मीमांसा; उत्तरार्धः &c. ˚रामचरितम् later adventures of Rāma U.1.2; पूर्वः उत्तरः former-latter H.1.9; एतानि मान्यस्थानानि गरीयो यद्यदुत्तरम् Ms.2.136. (b) Future; concluding; ˚कालः subsequent time; ˚फलम्; ˚वचनम् a reply. -4 Left (opp. दक्षिण). -5 Superior, chief, excellent; dominant, power- ful. आनयेङ्गुदिपिण्याकं चीरमाहर चोत्तरम् Rām.2.13.2; वाद्यमानेषु तूर्येषु मल्लतारोत्तरेषु च Bhāg.1.42.36. -6 Exceeding, transgressing, beyond; तर्कोत्तराम् Mv.2.6. -7 More, more than (generally as the last member of a comp. with numerals); षडुत्तरा विंशतिः 26; अष्टोत्तरं शतं 18; दशनागबलाः केचित् केचिद्दशगुणोत्तराः Rām.5.43.22. -8 Accompanied or attended with, full of, consisting chiefly of, followed by (at the end of comp.); राज्ञां तु चरितार्थता दुःखोत्तरैव Ś.5; चषकोत्तरा R.7.49; अस्रोत्तर- मीक्षिताम् Ku.5.61; उत्सवोत्तरो मङ्गलविधिः Dk.39,166; K.311; H.1.15; प्रवाल ˚पुष्पशय्ये R.6.5 over spread with; धर्मोत्तरम् 13.7 rich in; 18.7; कम्प ˚ 13.28;17.12; 19.23. -9 To be crossed over. -रः 1 Future time, futurity. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 N. of Śiva. -रा 1 The north; अस्त्युत्तरस्यां दिशि देवतात्मा Ku.1.1. -2 A lunar mansion. -3 N. of the daughter of Virāṭa and wife of Abhimanyu. -4 N. of a plant (Mar. पिंपरी). -रम् 1 An answer, reply; प्रचक्रमे च प्रतिवक्तुमुत्तरम् R.3.47; उत्तरादुत्तरं वाक्यं वदतां संप्रजायते Pt.1.6; a reply is suggested to a reply वचस्तस्य सपदि क्रिया केवलमुत्तरम् Śi. -2 (In law) Defence, a rejoinder. -3 The last part or following member of a compound. -4 (In Mīm.) The fourth member of an अधिकरण q. v. the answer. -5 The upper surface or cover. -6 Conclusion. -7 Remainder, rest, what followed or took place next; शान्तमथवा किमिहोत्तरेण U.3.26. -8 Superiority, excellence. -9 Result, the chief or prevalent result or characteristic. -1 Excess, over and above; see above (उत्तर a. 8). -11 Remainder, difference (in arith.). -12 A rectangular moulding (Mānasāra 13.67.) -13 The next step, further action; उत्तरं चिन्तयामास वानरो मरुतात्मजः Rām.5.13.59. -14 A cover (आच्छादन); सूस्करं सोत्तरबन्धुरेषम् Mb.6.6.9. -रम् ind. 1 Above. -2 Afterwards, after; तत उत्तरम्, इत उत्तरम् &c. शापं तं ते$भिविज्ञाय कृतवन्तः किमुत्तरम् Mb.1.36.1. -Comp. -अगारम् An upper room, garet. -अधर a. higher and lower (fig. also). (-रौ du.) the upper and under lip, the two lips; पुनर्विवक्षुःस्फुरितोत्तराधरः Ku.5.83 (स्फुरण- भूयिष्ठो$धरो यस्य Malli.). -अधिकारः, -रिता, -त्वम् right to property, heirship, inheritance. -अधिकारिन् m. an heir or claimant (subsequent to the death of the original owner). -अपरा north-west. -अभिमुख a. Turned towards the north. -अयनम् (˚यणं. न being changed to ण) 1 the progress of the sun to the north (of the equator); अग्निर्ज्योतिरहः शुक्लः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् Bg.8.24. cf. भानोर्मकरसंक्रान्तेः षण्मासा उत्तरायणम् । कर्कादेस्तु तथैव स्यात् षण्मासा दक्षिणायनम् ॥ -2 the period or time of the summer solstice. -अरणिः, -णी f. the upper अरणि (which by cutting becomes the प्रमन्थ or churner); दारुपात्राणि सर्वाणि अरणिं चोत्तरारणिम् (दत्त्वा) Rām.6.111.116. -अर्थ a. for the sake of what follows. -अर्धम् 1 the upper part of the body. -2 the northern part. -3 the latter half (opp. पूर्वार्ध). -4 the further end. -अर्ध्य a. being on the northern side. -अहः the following day. -आभासः a false reply, an indirect, evasive, or prevaricating reply. ˚ता, -त्वम् the semblance of a reply without reality. -आशा the northern direction. ˚अधिपतिः, -पतिः the regent of the northern direction, an epithet of Kubera. -आषाढा 1 the 21st lunar mansion consisting of three stars. -2 N. of bread-fruit or Jak tree (Mar. फणस). -आसङ्गः 1 an upper garment; कृतोत्तरासङ्गम् K.43; Śi.2.19; Ku.5.16. -2 contact with the north. -इतर a. other than उत्तर i. e. southern. (-रा) the southern direction. -उत्तर a. [उत्तरस्मादुत्तरः] 1 more and more, higher and higher, further and further. -2 successive, ever increasing; ˚स्नेहेन दृष्टः Pt. 1; Y.2.136. (-रम्) 1 a reply to an answer, reply on reply; अलमुत्तरोत्तरेण Mu.3. -2 conversation, a rejoinder. -3 excess, exceeding quantity or degree. -4 succession, gradation, sequence. -5 descending. (-रम्) ind. higher and higher, in constant continuation, more and more. उत्तरोत्तरमुत्कर्षः K. P.1; उत्तरोत्तरं वर्धते H.1. -उत्तरिन् a. 1 ever-increasing. -2 one following the other. -ओष्ठः the upper lip (उत्तरो-रौ-ष्ठः). Vārt. on P.VI.1.94. ओत्वोष्ठयोस्समासे वा -काण्डम् the seventh book of the Rāmāyaṇa. -कायः the upper part of the body; तं वाहनादवनतोत्तरकायमीषत् R.9.6. -कालः 1 future time. -2 time calculated from one full moon to another. -कुरु (m. pl.) one of the nine divisions of the world, the country of the northern Kurus (said to be a country of eternal beatitude). -कोसलाः (m. pl.) the northern Kosalas; पितुरनन्तरमुत्तरकोसलान् R.9.1. -कोशला the city of Ayodhyā; यदुपतेः क्व गता मथुरा पुरी रघुपतेः क्व गतोत्तरकोशला ॥ Udb. -क्रिया funeral rites, obsequies. -खण्डम् the last section of book. -खण्डनम् refutation. -गीता N. of a section of the sixth book of the Mahābhārata. -ग्रन्थः supplement to a work. -च्छदः a bed-covering, covering (in general); शय्योत्तरच्छदविमर्द- कृशाङ्गरागम् R.5.65,17.21; नागचर्मोत्तरच्छदः Mb. -ज a. born subsequently or afterwards; चतुर्दश प्रथमजः पुनात्युत्तरजश्च षट् Y.1.59. -ज्या the versed sine of an arc (Wilson); the second half of the chord halved by the versed sine (B. and R.). -ज्योतिषाः (m. pl.) the northern Jyotiṣas. -ततिः f. Ectype (lit. subequent proceedings) उत्तरस्यां ततौ तत्प्रकृतित्वात् MS.1.4.25. शबर explains उत्तरस्यां ततौ as विकृतौ), -तन्त्रम् N. of a supplementary section in the medical work of Suśruta. -तापनीयम् N. of the second part of the नृसिंहतापनीयो- पनिषद्. -दायक a. replying, disobedient, pert, impertinent; दुष्टा भार्या शठं मित्रं भृत्याश्चोत्तरदायकाः H.2.11. -दिश् f. the north. ˚ईशः, -पालः 1 Kubera, the regent of the north. -2 the planet बुध. ˚बलिन् 1 the planet Venus. -2 the moon. -देशः the country towards the north. -धेय a. to be done subsequently. -नारायणः the second part of the नारायणसूक्त or पुरुषसूक्त (Rv.1.9.). -पक्षः 1 the northern wing or side. -2 the dark half of a lunar month. -3 the second part of an argument, i. e. a reply, the reason pro. (opp. पूर्वपक्ष); प्रापयन् पवनव्याधेर्गिरमुत्तरपक्षताम् Śi.2.15. -4 a demonstrated truth or conclusion. -5 the minor proposition in a syllogism. -6 (in Mīm.) the fifth member of an Adhikaraṇa, q. v. -पटः 1 an upper garment. -2 a bed-covering (उत्तरच्छदः). -पथः the northern way, way leading to the north; the northern country; P.V.1 77. उत्तरपथेनाहृतं च. -पथिक a. travelling in the northern country. -पदम् 1 the last member of a compound. -2 a word that can be compounded with another. -पदिक, -पदकीय a. relating to, studying, or knowing the last word or term. -पर्वतकम् A variety of hides. Kāu. A.2.11. -पश्चार्धः the northwestern half. -पश्चिम a. northwestern. (-मः) the north-western country. (-मा) [उत्तरस्याः पश्चिमायाश्च दिशोन्तरालम्] the north-west; आलोकयन्नुत्तरपश्चिमेन Mb.12.335.8. -पादः the second division of a legal plaint, that part which relates to the reply or defence; पूर्वपक्षः स्मृतः पादो द्वितीयश्चोत्तरः स्मृतः । क्रियापादस्तृतीयः स्याच्चतुर्थो निर्णयः स्मृतः ॥ -पुरस्तात् ind. north-eastward (with gen.). -पुराणम् N. of a Jaina work. -पुरुषः = उत्तमपुरुषः q. v. -पूर्व a. north-eastern. (-र्वा) the north-east. -प्रच्छदः a cover lid, quilt. -प्रत्युत्तरम् 1 a dispute, debate, a rejoinder, retort. -2 the pleadings in a law-suit. -फ (फा) ल्गुनी the twelfth lunar mansion consisting of two stars (having the figure of a bed). -भागः The second part. -भाद्रपद्, -दा 1 the 26 th lunar mansion consisting of two stars (figured by a couch). -2 N. of a plant (Mar. कडुनिंब). -मन्द्रा a loud but slow manner of singing. ˚मन्द्राद्या a. particular मूर्च्छना in music. -मात्रम् a mere reply. -मीमांसा the later Mīmāmsā, the Vedānta Philosophy, an inquiry into the nature of Brahman or Jñāna Kāṇḍa (distinguished from मीमांसा proper which is usually called पूर्वमीमांसा). -युगम् A particular measure (= 13 Aṅgulas). -रहित a. without a reply. -रामचरितम् -त्रम् N. of a celebrated drama by Bhavabhūti, which describes the later life of Rāma. -रूपम् The second of two combined vowels or consonants. -लक्षणम् the indication of an actual reply. -लोमन् a. having the hair turned upwards. -वयसम्, -स् n. old age, the declining period of life. -वरितः a kind of small syringe. -वल्ली f. N. of the second section of the काठकोपनिषद् when divided into two अध्यायs. -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an upper garment, mantle, cloak; जग्राह तामुत्तरवस्त्रदेशे Mb.3.268. 24. -वादिन् m. 1 a defendant, respondent; (Opp. पूर्ववादिन्.) साक्षिषूभयतः सत्मु साक्षिणः पूर्ववादिनः । पूर्वपक्षे$धरीभूते भवन्त्युत्तरवादिनः ॥ Y.2.17. -2 one whose claims are of later date than another's. -विद् -वेदन or वेदिन् An elephant sensitive to slight stimuli (Mātaṅga L.1.29; 9.39). -वीथिः f. The northern orbit; Bṛi. S. -वेदिः 1 the northern altar made for the sacred fire. -2 N. of a Tīrtha near the कुरुक्षेत्र. -सक्थम् the left thigh. -संझित a. denoted or named in reply (as a witness). (-तः) hearsay-witness. -साक्षिन् m. 1 a witness for the defence. -2 a witness deposing to facts from the reports of others. -साधक a. 1 finishing what remains or follows, assisting at a ceremony. -2 who or what proves a reply. (-कः) an assistant, helper -हनुः Ved. the upper jaw-bone.
utprekṣā उत्प्रेक्षा 1 Conjecture, guess. -2 Disregarding, carelessness, indifference. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech, 'Poetical fancy', which consists in supposing उपमेय and उपमान as similar to each other in some respects and in indicating, expressly or by implication, a probability of their identity based on such similarity; it is the imagining of one object under the character of another; संभावनमथोत्प्रेक्षा प्रकृतस्य परेण यत् K. P.1; e. g. लिम्पतीव तमो$ङ्गानि वर्षतीवाञ्जनं नभः Mk.1.34; स्थितः पृथिव्या इव मानदण्डः Ku.1.1. It is usually expressed by इव, or by words like मन्ये, शङ्के, ध्रुवम्, प्रायः, नूनम् &c. (see Kāv.2.234); cf. S. D.686-692 and R. G. under उत्प्रेक्षा also. -4 A parable. -5 An ironical comparison. -अवयवः A kind of simile -Comp. -वल्लभः N. of a poet.
udakam उदकम् [उन्द्-ण्वुल् नि ˚नलोपश्च Uṇ.2.39] Water; अनीत्वा पङ्कतां धूलिमुदकं नावतिष्ठते Śi.2.34. उदकं दा, -प्रदा or कृ To offer a libation of water to a dead person; इत्येवमुक्तो मारीचः कृत्वोदकमथात्मनः Mb.3.278.14. उदकं उपस्पृश् to touch certain parts of the body with water, bathe; [cf. Gr. hudor; L. unda 'a wave']. -Comp. -अञ्जलिः 1 A handful water. -2 See उदककर्मन्. -अन्तः margin of water, bank, shore; ओदकान्तात्स्निग्धो जनो$- नुगन्तव्य इति श्रूयते Ś.4. -अर्थिन् a. desirous of water, thirsty. -आत्मन् a. chiefly consisting of water; अव- कोल्बा उदकात्मान ओषधयः Av.8.7.9. -आधारः a reservoir, a cistern, well. -उदञ्जनः a water-jar. -उदरम् dropsy. -उदरिन् a. dropsical. -ओदनः rice boiled with water. -कर्मन्, -कार्यम्, -क्रिया, -दानम् presentation of (a libation of) water to dead ancestors or the manes; लुप्तपिण्डोदकक्रियाः Bg.1.42. वृकोदरस्योदकक्रियां कुरु Ve.6; Y.3.4. -कार्यम् Ablution of the body; Rām. -कुम्भः a water-jar. -कृच्छ्रः a kind of vow. -क्ष्वेडिका f. sprinkling water on each other, a kind of amorous play; Vātsyāyana. -गाहः entering water, bathing; P.VI.3.6. -गिरिः, -पर्वतः mountain abounding in streams of water. -ग्रहणम् drinking water; Pt.1. -चन्द्रः a kind of magic. -द, -दातृ, -दायिन्, -दानिक a. giver of water; (विशुध्यन्ति) त्र्यहादुदकदायिनः Ms.5.64. (-दः) 1 a giver of water to the manes. -2 an heir, near kinsman. -दानम् = ˚कर्मन् q. v. -धरः a cloud. -परीक्षा a kind of ordeal. -पूर्वकम् ind. preceded by the pouring of water, by pouring water on the hand as preparatory to or confirmatory of a gift or promise. -प्रतीकाश a. watery, like water. -प्रवेशः A water burial (जलसमाधि); Mb.3. -भारः, -वीवधः a. yoke for carrying water. -भूमः water or moist soil. -मञ्जरी N. of a work on medicine. ˚रसः A particular decoction used as a febrifuge. -मण्डलुः a water-pitcher (Ved.) -मन्थः a kind of peeled grain. -मेहः a sort of diabetes (passing watery urine). -मेहिन् a. suffering from this disease. -वज्रः 1 a thunder-shower. -2 thunderbolt in the form of shower; see उदवज्रः. -वाद्यम् 'water music' (performed by striking cups filled with water; cf. जलतरङ्ग), one of the 64 Kalās; Vātsyāyana. -शाकम् any aquatic herb. -शान्तिः f. sprinkling holy or consecrated water over a sick person to allay fever; cf. शान्त्युदकम्. -शील a. Practising the उदक ceremony; जपेदुदकशीलः स्यात् Mb.12.123.22. -शुद्ध a. bathed, purified by ablutions. -सक्तुः ground rice moistened with water. -स्पर्शः 1 touching different parts of the body with water. -2 touching water preparatory to or in confirmation of an oath, gift, or promise. -हारः a water-carrier.
udaram उदरम् [उद्-ऋ-अप्] 1 The belly; दुष्पूरोदरपूरणाय Bh. 2.119; cf. कृशोदरी, उदरभरणम्, उदरंभरि &c. -2 The interior or inside of anything, cavity; तडाग˚ Pt.2.15; R.5.7; U.2.16,4.29; त्वां कारयामि कमलोदरबन्धनस्थम् Ś.6.2; Śānti.1.5; Ś.1.19; Amaru.88; जलदोदरेभ्यः Mk.5; Rs.3.12; घनानां वारिगर्भोदराणाम् Ś.7.7. -3 Enlargement of the abdomen from dropsy or flatulence; तस्य होदरं जज्ञे Ait. Br. -4 Any morbid abdominal affection, such as liver, spleen &c. (said to be of 8 kinds वात˚, पित्त˚, कफ˚, त्रिलिङ्ग˚ or दूषी˚, प्लीहा˚, बद्धगुद˚, आगन्तुक˚ and जल˚). -5 Slaughter [cf. L. uterus; Zend. udara]. -6 Battle. -Comp. -अग्निः The digestive faculty. -आध्मानः flatulence of the belly. -आमयः disease of the belly, dysentery, diarrhœa. -आमयिन् a. suffering from dysentery. -आवर्तः the navel. -आवेष्टः the tape-worm. -ग्रन्थिः, -गुल्मः disease of the spleen. -त्राणम् 1 a cuirass, armour covering the front of the body. -2 a bellyband. -पिशाच a. [उदरे तत्पूर्तौ पिशाच इव] gluttonous, voracious (having a devilish appetite). (-चः) a glutton. -पूरम् ind. till the belly is full; P.III.4.31. उदरपूरं भुङ्क्ते Sk. eats his fill. -पोषणम्, -भरणम् feeding the belly, support of life (cf. उदरंभरि). -शय a. अधिकरणे शेतेः P.III.2.15; sleeping on the face or the belly. (-यः) fœtus. -सर्वस्वः a glutton, an epicure (one to whom the belly is all-in-all
udgāḍha उद्गाढ a. Deep, intense, violent, strong, excessive, much; उद्गाढरागोदयाः Māl.5.7.6.6. -ढम् Excess. -ind. Excessively, extremely.
uddhata उद्धत p. p. 1 Raised up, elevated, lifted up; लाङ्गूल- मुद्धतं धुन्वन् Bk.9.7; आत्मोद्धतैरपि रजोभिः Ś.1.8. raised; खुर˚ R.9.5; heaved; Ki.8.53. -2 Excessive, very much, exceeding. -3 Haughty, vain, puffed up; प्रहितो रावणेनैष सह वीरैर्मदोद्धतैः Rām.5.58.13. अक्षवधोद्धतः R.12.63. -4 Harsh; वचनै रसतां महीयसो न खलु व्येति गुरुत्वमुद्धतैः Śi.16.27. -5 Excited, inflamed, intensified; ˚मनोभवरागा Ki.9.68,69; मदोद्धताः प्रत्यनिलं विचेरुः Ku.3.31, -6 Majestic, stately; ill-mannered. -7 Abounding in, full; ततस्तु धारोद्धतमेघकल्पम् Rām.6.67.142. -8 Eager, ready; युद्धोद्धतकृतोत्साहः संग्रामं सम्प्रपद्यत Rām.5.48.16. -9 Shining, glittering; अन्योन्यं रजसा तेन कौशेयोद्धत- पाण्डुना Rām.6.55.19. -तः A king's wrestler. -Comp. -मनस्, -मनस्क a. high-minded, haughty, proud, ˚त्वम् Pride.
uddhavaḥ उद्धवः 1 A sacrificial fire. -2 A festival, holiday. -3 N. of a Yādava, uncle and friend of Kṛiṣṇa. [When Kṛiṣṇa was taken by Akrūra to Maṭhurā, Uddhava was implored by the citizens of Gokula to go and fetch him. He was very much attached to Kṛiṣṇa. On seeing the destruction of the Yādavas to be inevitable, he went to Kṛiṣṇa and asked him what to do; whereupon he was told to go to Badarikāśrama to practise penance and to secure heaven. He is the subject of two short poems, उद्धवदूत and उद्धवसंदेश.
uddhāraḥ उद्धारः 1 Drawing out, extraction. -2 Deliverance, redemption, saving, rescuing, extrication. -3 Raising, lifting up. -4 Deduction, a part to be set aside. -5 (In law) A part to be set aside from the paternal property for the benefit of the eldest son; the surplus allowed by law to the eldest beyond the shares of the younger brothers; ज्येष्ठस्य विंश उद्धारः सर्वद्रव्याच्च यद्वरम् Ms.9.112. -6 The sixth part of booty taken in war which belongs to the king; राज्ञश्च दद्युरुद्धारमित्येषा वैदिकी श्रुतिः Ms.7.97. -7 An obligation. -8 Debt, particularly such as bears no interest. -9 Recovering property. -1 Marching out. -11 Citing (a passage), quoting. -12 Final beatitude. -13 Prosperity, elevation. -14 Compilation. -15 Leavings of dishes. -रा The plant गुडूची. -रम् A fire-place. -Comp. -कोशः N. of a work. -विभागः Division of shares, partition.
udyata उद्यत p. p. 1 Raised, lifted up; महद्भयं वज्रमुद्यतम् Kaṭh.2.6.2; उद्यतेष्वपि शस्त्रेषु H.3.15; so ˚असिः, ˚पाणिः &c. -2 Persevering, diligent, active. -3 Bent, drawn (as a bow); न तेन सज्यं क्वचिदुद्यतं धनुः Ki.1.21. -4 Ready, prepared, on the point of, eager, bent or intent on, engaged in; with dat., loc., inf., or usually in comp.; अनर्थायोद्यता Rām.; उद्यतः स्वेषु कर्मसु R.17.61; हन्तुं स्वजनमुद्यताः Bg.1.45; पक्षच्छेदोद्यतं शक्रम् R.4.4; जय˚, वध˚ &c. -5 Trained, disciplined. -6 Commenced, begun; शक्या दैवगतिर्लोके निवर्तयितुमुद्यता Rām.6.11.25. -7 Harsh, severe, अभिपन्नमिदं लोके राज्ञामुद्यतदण्डनम् Mb.12.32.2. -तः 1 Time (in music). -2 A section, chapter, or any such division of a book. -Comp. -आयुध, -शस्त्र a. Having an uplifted weapon.
unmīlaḥ उन्मीलः लनम् 1 Opening (of the eyes), awaking; ज्ञानाञ्जनशलाकाभिर्नेत्रोन्मीलनकारकः Mb. -2 Unfolding, opening (in general); प्रियागुणसहस्राणामेकोन्मीलनपेशलः U.6.34. -3 Touching up, painting; आलेख्य˚ K.267. -4 Expanding, blowing. -5 Action, working; परं निर्वेदमागभ्य न हि नोन्मीलनं क्षमम् Rām.4.49.8.
unmīlita उन्मीलित p. p. 1 Opened; अज्ञानतिमिरान्धस्य ज्ञानाञ्जन- शलाकया । चक्षुरुन्मीलितं येन तस्मै पाणिनये नमः ॥ Śik.58; Ki. 16.12. -2 Blown, expanded; ते चोन्मीलितमालतीसुरभयः प्रौढाः कदम्बानिलाः; K. P.1; awakened; झटित्युन्मीलितप्रज्ञम् Mv.1.48; K.11. -3 Touched up, painted; उन्मीलितं तूलिकयेव चित्रम् Ku.1.32. -तम् (In Rhet.) An open reference (to anything).
upagranthaḥ उपग्रन्थः A subsidiary writing or a class of such writings.
upagrahaḥ उपग्रहः 1 Confinement, seizure. -2 Defeat, frustration; अपि च विहिते मत्कृत्यानां निकाममुपग्रहे Mu.4.2. -3 A prisoner. -4 Joining, addition. -5 (a) Favour, encouragement, assistance, conciliation; सोपग्रहम् K.156. परविषये कृत्याकृत्यपक्षोपग्रहः । Kau. A.1. अमित्रोपग्रहं चास्य ते कुर्युः क्षिप्रमापदि Mb.12.96.14. (b) Favourableness, kindness, complacence; सोपग्रहं K.264. -6 Use. -7 A kind of peace purchased by giving over every thing; cf. क्रियते प्राणरक्षार्थं सर्वदानादुपग्रहः H.4.121. -8 The voice or pada of a verb; सुप्तिङुपग्रहलिङ्गनराणां Mbh. III.1.85;1.4; and 2.127. -9 A pile or heap of kuśa grass. -1 The presiding spirit or cause which directs a planet's motion. -11 A minor planet राहु, केतु &c.), a secondary heavenly body, such as a comet, meteor.
upaghnā उपघ्ना P. To smell, to touch with the mouth; पर्यश्रुरस्वजत मूर्धनि चोपजघ्नौ R.13.7.
upajīvaka उपजीवक विन् a. 1 Living upon, subsisting by (instr. or in comp.); जातिमात्रोपजीविनाम् Ms.12.114, 8.2, नानापण्योपजीविनाम् 9.257; द्यूतोपजीव्यस्मि Mk.2. -2 Living under, depending upon, subject to, a dependant, servant (m.); भीमकान्तैर्नृपगुणैः स बभूवोपजीविनाम् R.1.16; अस्मद्˚ K.61. -कम् Means of subsistence, profession. उपजीवनम् upajīvanam जीविका jīvikā उपजीवनम् जीविका 1 Living. -2 Subsistence, livelihood; निन्दितार्थोपजीवनम् Y.3.236; क्षत्रियस्यैतदेवाहुर्धर्मं कृष्णो- पजीवनम् Mb. -3 A means of living, such as property; किंचिद्दत्त्वोपजीवनम् Ms.9.27.
upadānam उपदानम् नकम् 1 An oblation, a present (in general). -2 A gift made for procuring favour or protection, such as a bribe.
upadehaḥ उपदेहः 1 An ointment, liniment. -2 A cover. -3 A minor or secondary body (such as that which grows on diseased parts of the body).
upadiś उपदिश् f., उपदिशा An intermediate quarter, such as ऐशानी, आग्नेयी, नैर्ऋती and वायवी. चतस्रो दिशश्चतस्र उपदिशः Maitrī Up.6.2.
upadeśaḥ उपदेशः 1 Instruction, teaching, advice, prescription; एष आदेशः, एष उपदेशः Tait. Up.1.11.4. सुशिक्षितो$पि सर्व उपदेशेन निपुणो भवति M.1 (see the act inter alia); स्थिरोपदेशामुपदेशकाले प्रपेदिरे प्राक्तनजन्मविद्याः Ku.1.3; अचिरप्रवृत्तोपदेशं नाट्यम् M.1,2.1; Ś.2.3; Ms.8.272; Amaru.29; R.12.57; K.26; M.6; परोपदेशे पाण्डित्यम् H.1.99. -2 Pointing out or referring to; शब्दानामितरे- तरोपदेशः Nir. -3 Specification, mentioning, naming. -4 A plea, pretext. -5 Initiation, communication of an initiatory Mantra or formula; चन्द्रसूर्यग्रहे तीर्थे सिद्धक्षेत्रे शिवालये । मन्त्रमात्रप्रकथनमुपदेशः स उच्यते ॥ -6 (In gram.) A form in a rule, an indicatory form (any word or part of a word, such as an affix, augment &c. with its anubandhas which show what particular grammatical rules are to be applied. उपदेश आद्योच्चारणम् Sk. -Comp. -अर्थवाक्यम्, -वचनम् a parable, moral fable. -साहस्री N. of a philosophical work by Śaṅkarāchārya.
upaniṣādin उपनिषादिन् a. 1 Sitting at the feet (of another, such as a preceptor). -2 Subjected.
upapadam उपपदम् 1 A word prefixed or previously uttered; धनुरुपपदं वेदम् Ki.18.44 (धनुर्वेदम्); तस्याः स राजोपपदं निशान्तम् R.16.4. -2 A title, a degree; epithet of respect, such as आर्य, शर्मन्; कथं निरुपपदमेव चाणक्यमिति न आर्यचाणक्यमिति Mu.3. -3 A secondary word of a sentence, a preposition, particle &c. prefixed to a verb or a noun derived from a verb which determines or qualifies the sense of the verb; उपपदमतिङ् P.II.2.19; (see Sk. thereon). ˚तत्पुरुषः a kind of Tat. comp. in which the last member is some form of a verbal character; e. g. वेदविद्, ग्रामणी, आकर्णलम्बिन् &c. उपपरीक्षा upaparīkṣā क्षणम् kṣaṇam उपपरीक्षा क्षणम् Investigation, examination.
upaparcana उपपर्चन उपपृच् a. Closely touching. -नम् Impregnation or admixture (Ved.). उपेदमुपपर्चनमासु गोषूप पृच्यताम् Rv.6.28.8.
upasaṃgrahaḥ उपसंग्रहः हणम् 1 Keeping pleased, supporting, maintaining; ताक्ष्णरसदायिनामुपसंग्रहार्थम् Mu.2. -2 Respectful salutation (as by touching the feet of the person saluted); स्फुरति रभसात्पाणिः पादोपसंग्रहणाय च Mv.2.3. -3 Accepting, adopting; Br. Sūt.1.4.41. -4 Polite address, obeisance. -5 Collecting, joining. -6 Taking, accepting (as a wife); दारोपसंग्रहः Y.1.56. -7 (An external) appendage, any necessary article either for use or decoration (उपकरण). -8 A pillow, cushion; Mb.4.
upayogin उपयोगिन् a. 1 Employing, using. -2 Conducive or contributing to, serviceable, useful. -3 Appropriate, fit, proper. -4 Favourable, propitious. -5 Touching.
upavañcanam उपवञ्चनम् The act of crouching or lying close to.
upavaṭaḥ उपवटः The tree Buchanania Latifolia (प्रियासाल).
upavedaḥ उपवेदः 'Inferior knowledge', a class of writings subordinate to the Vedas. There are four such Upavedas, one being attached to each of the four Vedas :-thus आयुर्वेद or Medicine to ऋग्वेद; (according to some authorities such as Suśruta it is a part of the Atharvaveda); धनुर्वेद or military science to यजुर्वेद; गान्धर्ववेद or Music to सामवेद, and स्थापत्य-शास्त्र-वेद or Architecture to अथर्ववेद.
upaskaraḥ उपस्करः 1 Any article which serves to make anything complete, an ingredient; यथा क्रीडोपस्कराणां संयोग- विगमाविह । इच्छया क्रीडितुः स्यातां तथैवेशेच्छया नृणाम् ॥ Bhāg. 1.13.43; Rām.2.3.44. -2 (Hence) Condiment or seasoning for food (as mustard, pepper &c.) -3 Furniture, appurtenance, apparatus, instrument (उपकरण); उपस्करो रथस्यासीत् Mb.; Śi.18.72. -4 Any article or implement of household use (such as a broomstick); संयतोपस्करा दक्षा Y.1.83;2.193; Ms.3.68,12.66,5. 15. -5 An ornament. -6 Censure, blame.
upaspṛś उपस्पृश् 6 P. 1 To touch (water), bathe; स्नानमुप- स्पृशन्ती K.172; तथेत्युपस्पृश्य जलं पवित्रम् R.5.59,18.31; उपस्पृश्य मणिकर्णिकायाम् Dk.95,11; Ms.11.133. -2 To wash or rinse the mouth (or teeth); to sip water (and eject it); स नद्यवस्कन्दमुपास्पृशच्च Bk.2.11; K.1; Ms.2.53,58;5.63; Y.3.3,1.18. नदीमुपस्प्रष्टुमिवावतीर्णः Pañcharātram 1.15. -3 To sprinkle; अद्भिः प्राणानुपस्पृशेत् Ms.4.143. उपस्पर्शः upasparśḥ र्शनम् rśanam उपस्पर्शः र्शनम् 1 Touching, contact. -2 Bathing, ablution, washing oneself; Mb.12.192.1. -3 Rinsing the mouth, sipping and ejecting water as a religious act. त्रिर्हृदयंगमाभिरद्भिरशब्दाभिरुपस्पृशेदित्युपस्पर्शनं शौचार्थम् Mbh.VI.1.84. -4 A gift (दान); उपस्पर्शनषड्भागं लभते पुरुषः सदा Mb.13.65.13.
upasparśin उपस्पर्शिन् n. 1 Touching. -2 Sipping water.
upaghātaḥ उपघातः 1 A stroke, injury, insult; Ms.2.179; राजदैवोपघातेन पण्ये दोषमुपागते Y.2.256. -2 Destruction, ruin. -3 Touch, contact (with an intention to hurt). -4 Personal violence, assault. मैत्रेय भोः किमिदमद्य ममो- पघातो Mk.9.29. -5 Disease, sickness. -6 Sin.
ubhayā उभया ind. Ved. In both ways; बृहस्पतिर्व उभया न मृळात् Rv.1.18.6. -Comp. -दत् a. having teeth on both sides. -विन् a. being on both sides, partaking of both. -हस्ति ind. as much as may be grasped with both hands; उभयाहस्त्या भर Rv.5.39.1. -हस्त्य a. filling both hands.
uru उरु a. [उर्णु-कु नुलोपो ह्रस्वश्च Uṇ.1.31] (-रु-र्वी f.; compar. वरीयस्; super. वरिष्ठ) 1 Wide, spacious. -2 Great, large; जातःकुले तस्य किलोरुकीर्तिः R.6.74. -3 Excessive, much, abundant; धनान्युरूणि Śi.3.76. -4 Excellent, precious, valuable. n. Ved. Wide space, space or room. ind. Far, far off (Ved.). -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a mountain. -2 the ocean. -कालः, -कालकः the creeper Cucumis Colocynthis (इन्द्रवारुणी). -कीर्ति a. renowned, wellknown; तवोरुकीर्तिः श्वशुरः सखा मे R.14.74. -कृत् a. making room, granting space; increasing; उरुकृदुरु णस्कृधि Rv. 8.75.11. -क्रम a. Ved. 1 taking wide strides. शं नो विष्णु- रुरुक्रमः Tait. Up.1.1.1. -2 of high rank. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu in the dwarf incarnation; उरुक्रमस्याखिलबन्धमुक्तये समाधिनानुस्मर तद्विचेष्टितम् Bhāg.1.5.13. -क्षय a. having spacious dwellings. (-यः) a spacious dwelling. उरुक्षयेषु दीद्यत् Rv.1.118.8. -क्षितिः f. Ved. a spacious dwelling; उरुक्षितिं सुजनिमा चकार Rv.7.1.4. -गाय a. 1 sung or praised by the great; Asvad.16. एष पन्था उरुगायः सुशेवः Ait. Br.7.13, उरुगायोरुगीतो वा पश्यन्तीनां कुतः पुनः Bhāg.1.9.26. -2 offering wide scope for movement. (-यः) 1 N. of Viṣṇu, the Āśvins, Soma and Indra. -2 wide space or space; (-यम् also). -3 praise. -ग्राहः Great restraint; उरुग्राहगृहीतानां गदां बिभ्रद् वृकोदरः Mb.5. 51.7. -चक्रि a. granting ample assistance, or allowing unrestrained motion; अहोश्चिदस्मा उरुचक्रिरद्भुतः Rv.2.26. 4. -चक्षस् a. Ved. far-seeing; समख्ये देव्या धिया संदक्षिणयो- रुचक्षसा Vāj.4.23. -जन्मन् a. nobly born; वह्नेरपां दग्धुरिवोरुजन्मा M.5.17. -ज्मन् a. having a wide path or range; न उरुष्या ण उरुज्मन्नप्रयुच्छन् Av.6.4.3. -ज्रयस्, -ज्रि a. of great speed, of mighty impetus. -तापः great heat. -धार a. Ved. giving a broad stream (of milk, as a cow). -प्रथस् a. wide-spreading, far-spread. -माणः N. of a plant, Crataeva Religiosa (Mar. वायवरणा). -मार्गः a long road. -लोक a. widely illuminating; or widely extended; ममान्तिरिक्षमुरुलोकमस्तु Rv.128.2. (-कः) the best world. (-कम्) the intermediate region between earth and heaven. -विक्रम a. valiant, mighty. -व्यचस् a. P.VI.1.17 Vārt.4. widely extended, extensive. उरुव्यचाः कण्टकः Mbh. on P.VI.1.17. -m. a malignant spirit, an imp. -व्यञ्च् a. Ved. 1 farreaching, capacious. -2 perceived in a distant place (as a sound); तुविक्षत्रामजरन्तीमुरूचीम् Vāj.21.5. -शंस a. 1 to be praised by many. -2 reigning over a wide region. -3 praising aloud. -शर्मन् a. Ved. widely pervading; Vāj.1.9. -षा a. granting much, or granting wide or free scope; महीमस्मभ्यमुरुषामुरु ज्रयो Rv.5. 44.6. -सत्त्व a. of mighty or great strength, powerful; सिंहोरुसत्त्वं निजगाद सिंहः R.2.33; magnanimous, of a noble nature. -स्वन a. having a loud voice, stentorian. -हारः a valuable necklace.
urvarita उर्वरित a. 1 Much, excessive. -2 Remaining after; भुक्त˚ Pt.5.
ulba उल्ब (ल्व) ण a. 1 Thick, clotted, copious, abundant (blood &c.); स्यन्नस्वेदकणोल्बणः Bk.5.83. ˚रुधिरम् Mv. 6.33. -2 Much, excessive, intense; प्रववर्ष च तत्रैव सहसा तोयमुल्बणम् Mb.3.9.18. केनचिन्मधुरमुल्बणरागम् Śi.1.54, 68,12.37; Ku.7.84. -3 Strong, powerful, great; आम्लादिभिरुल्बणैः Bhāg.3.31.7. रिपुरुल्बणभीमभोगभाजां भुजगानां जननीं जजाप विद्याम् Śi.2.41; ˚रसः U.5.26 the heroic sentiment; Dk.23,25; K.299,32. तेनैवा- त्युल्बणं तेषां कटकं घटिकात्रयम् (विहितम्) Parṇāl.5.71. -4 Manifest, clear; तस्यासीदुल्बणो मार्गः पादपैरिव दन्तिनः R.4.33. विनिशश्वसुरुल्बणं शयाना विकृताक्षिप्तभुजा जजृम्भिरे च Bu. Ch.5.59. -5 Gaudy, showy; मृगैर्मयूरैश्च समाकुलो- ल्बणम् Rām.2.15.41; अनुल्बणवेषेण K.66. -6 Dreadful; मया सह दहन्तीभिर्दिशश्चक्षुर्भिरुल्बणैः Bhāg.3.12.17. -7 Sinful; भवत्यल्पफलं कर्म सेवितं नित्यमुल्बणम् । अबुद्धिपूर्वं धर्मज्ञ कृतमु- ग्रेण कर्मणा ॥ Mb.12.291.16. -णः A particular position of hands in dancing. -णम् ind. Much, heavily (as sighing). -Comp. -रसः Valour (वीररस); विकच विकरालो- ल्बणरसः U.5.26.
ullāsaḥ उल्लासः 1 Joy, delight; सोल्लासम् U.6; सकौतुकोल्लासम् U. 2; उल्लासः फुल्लपङ्केरुहपटलपतन्मत्तपुष्पंधयानाम् S. D. -2 Light, splendour. -3 (In Rhet.) A figure of speech in which a reference is made to the merits or demerits of one thing by comparing or contrasting the merits or demerits of another; अन्यदीयगुणदोषप्रयुक्तमन्यस्य गुणदोषयोराधान- मुल्लासः R. G. for example see R. G. ad. loc.; cf. Chandr.5.131.133. -4 A division of a book, such as chapter, section &c.; as the ten Ullāsas of the Kāvya-prakāśa. -5 Beginning, commencement. -6 Growth, increase; न तेषां युगपद्राजन् ह्लास उल्लास एव वा Bhāg.7.1.7. -a. Pleasing, delightful; मुक्ताफलैश्चिदुल्लासैः Bhāg.9.11.33.
uhraḥ उह्रः A bull. Ms.9.123. -5 Minus (in this sense used with numerals); एकोन less by one; ˚विंशतिः 2 minus 1 = 19; so ˚त्रिंशत् 29; ˚पञ्चाशत् 49; अष्टोनं शतम् 1 minus 8 = 92. -Comp. -अतिरिक्त a. Too little or too much. -अब्दिकम् The श्राद्ध ceremony on the previous day before the anniversary ceremony. -रात्रः, -रात्रिः N. applied to a particular lunar day (which is omitted if two lunar days end in one solar day); Sūrya 1.4.
ūrjita ऊर्जित a. 1 (a) Powerful, strong, mighty; श्रीमदू- र्जितमेव वा Bg.1.41; मातृकं च धनुरूर्जितं दधत् R.11.64; cf. also बाणाक्षरैरेव परस्परस्य नामोर्जितं चापभृतः शशंसुः vigorous, strong (speech); Si.16.38; ऊर्जितं क्षात्रं तेजः Ve.1.13. (b) Great, large, exceeding, much; धनुर्विस्फारयामास तडिदूर्जितनिःस्वनम् Rām.5.48.25; Mv.2.13. -2 Distinguished, glorious, superior; excellent, beautiful; ˚श्रीः Śi.16.85; मकरोर्जितकेतनम् R.9.39;1,93; Māl.7.4. -3 High, noble, spirited; ऊर्जितः खलु ते कामः Rām.2. 85.2. ˚आश्रयं वचः Ki.2.1 spirited or noble. -4 Increased; deep, grave; अलङ्घ्यत्वाज्जनैरन्यैः क्षुभितोदन्वदूर्जितम् Ki.11.4. -तम् 1 Strength, might. -2 Energy.
ūrdaram ऊर्दरम् A vessel for measuring corn (such as a bushel); a granery तमूर्दरं न पृणता यवेन Rv.2.14.11. -रः A hero. -2 A Rākṣasa or goblin.
lṝ लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. = लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197. -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26. -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular. -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121. -7 Peerless, matchless. -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8. -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3. -1 True. -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the onethe other; अजामेकां लोहित ... नमामः । अजो ह्येको ... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also. -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13. (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 unity, a unit; Hch. -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus]. -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15. -अक्ष a. 1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1. -2 having one eye. -3 having an excellent eye. (-क्षः) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13. (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable. -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83. -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8. -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama-deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, contraction. -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (-कः) One and the same fire. -अग्र a. 1 fixed on one object or point only. -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1. -3 unperplexed. -4 known, celebrated. -5 single-pointed. (-ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with undivided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot. -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (-ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration. -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard. -2 the planet Mercury or Mars. -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4. -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape. (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part. -2 sandal wood. -3 the head. (-ङ्गौ) a married couple. (-ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile. -अञ्जलिः A handful. -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood. -अण्डः a kind of horse. -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign. -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala-deva and identified with Durgā). -अनुदिष्ट a. 1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (-ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111. -अन्त a. 1 solitary, retired. -2 aside, apart. -3 directed towards one point or object only. -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36. -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31. -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111. (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49. -2 exclusiveness. -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7. -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (-तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (-तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind. 1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27. -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c. -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart. -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (-रः) a kind of fever. -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive. -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object. -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu. -अन्नम् one and the same food. (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate. -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188. -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one. -अब्दा a heifer one year old. -अयन a. 1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3. -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र. (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23. -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11. -3 union of thoughts. -4 monotheism. -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unanimously. -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9. -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7. -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2. -अर्थ a. 1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114. -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11. (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention. -2 the same meaning. -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला. -अवम a. inferior or less by one. -अवयव a. made up of the same components. -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first. -अशीतिः f. eighty-one. -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5. -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed). -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ). -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (-लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallowwort (Mar. रुईमांदार). -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day. -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey. -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19. -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary. -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन. -आयु a. 1 providing the most excellent food. -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5. -आवलिः, -ली f. 1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1. -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace-a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19. -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41. -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word. -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one. -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71. -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister). -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent. -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट. -ऊन a. less by one, minus one. -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (-चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2. -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43. (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally. -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51. -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45. -ओघः 1 a continuous current. -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55. -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup. -कर a. (-री f.) 1 doing only one thing. -2 (-रा) one-handed. -3 one-rayed. -कार्य a. 1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4. -2 answering the same end. -3 having the same occupation. (-र्यम्) sole or same business. -कालः 1 one time. -2 the same time, (-लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time. -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123. -कालीन a. 1 happening once only; -2 Contemporary, coeval. -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini. -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr. -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.). -गम्यः the supreme spirit. -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (-रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor). -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (-मः) the same village. -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13. -चक्र a. 1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2. -2 governed by one king only. (-क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (-क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas. -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one. -चर a. 1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā. -2 having one attendant. -3 living unassisted. -4 going together or at the same time. -5 gregarious. -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18. (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros. -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23. -चरण a. having only one foot. -चारिन् a. 1 living alone, solitary. -2 going alone or with one follower only. -3 An attendant of Buddha. (-णी) a loyal wife. -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object. (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object. -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity. -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object. -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up. -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त. -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (-नम्) referring to in the singular number. -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely. -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56. -ज a. 1 born alone or single. -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54. -3 alone of its kind. -4 uniform, unchanging. -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents. -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा. -जन्मन् m. 1 a king. -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below. -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148. -जाति a. 1 once born. -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (-तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27. -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2. -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only. -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚. -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva. -तान a. concentrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11. (-नः) 1 attention fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2. -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23. -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्). -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (-ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note. -तीर्थिन् a. 1 bathing in the same holy water. -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother. -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow). -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st. -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day. -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever. -दण्डिन् m. 1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders :-कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita. -2 N. of a Vedantic school. -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द). -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter. -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows. -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m. 1 a crow. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 a philosopher. -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64. -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look. -देवः the Supreme god. -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity. -देश a. occupying the same place. (-शः) 1 one spot or place. -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18. -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case. -देह, -देहिन् a. 1 having only one body. -2 elegantly formed. (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury. -2 (du.) Husband and wife. -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies. (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift. -2 honorific offering. -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering, -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a. 1 possessing the same properties of the same kind. -2 professing the same religion. -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a. 1 fit for but one kind of labour. -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79). -धुरा a particular load or conveyance. -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star. -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue. -नयनः The planet Venus. -नवतः ninety-first. -नवतिः f. ninety-one. -नाथ a. having one master. (-थः) 1 sole master or lord. -2 N. of an author. -नायकः N. of Śiva. -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (-यः) general agreement or conclusion, unanimity. -निपातः A particle which is a single word. -निष्ठ a. 1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing). -2 intently fixed on one object. -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed). -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara. -पक्ष a. 1 of the same side or party, an associate. -2 partial. (-क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case. -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one. -पतिक a. having the same husband. -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1. -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158. -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7. -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी) -पद्, -पाद् a. 1 one-footed, limping, lame. -2 incomplete. (-पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (-पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66 -पद a. 1 one-footed. -2 consisting of or named in one word. (-दम्) 1 a single step. -2 single or simple word. -3 the time required to pronounce a single word. -4 present time, same time; (-दः) 1 a man having one foot. -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (-दे) ind. suddenly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (-दा) a verse consisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza. (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot. -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7. -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44. -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance. -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2. -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā. -2 N. of Durgā. -3 a plant having one leaf only. -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa. -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā. -पाणः a single wager. -पात a. happening at once, sudden. -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक). -पतिन् a. 1 sudden. -2 standing alone or solitary. (-नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs. -पाद a. 1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6. -2 using only one foot. (-दः) 1 one or single foot. -2 one and the same Pāda. -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva. -पादिका a kind of posture of birds. -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31. -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4. -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball; ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity. -पुत्र a. having only one son. -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1; -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7. -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21. -प्रकार a. of the same kind. -प्रख्य a. singularly like. -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty. -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice). -प्रस्थः a measure. -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8. -प्राणयोगः union in one breath. -बुद्धि a. having only one thought. -भक्त a. 1 serving one master only. -2 worshipping one deity. -3 eating together. (-भूक्तम्) N. of a religious ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance. -भक्ति a. 1 believing in one deity. -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day. -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (-र्यः) one having one wife only. -भाव a. of the same or one nature. -2 sincerely devoted. -3 honest, sincerely disposed. (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg. -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम् -भूत a. 1 being one, undivided -2 concentrated, closely attentive. -भूमः a palace having one floor. -भोजन, -भुक्त a. 1 eating but one meal. -2 eating in common. -मति a. 1 fixed on one object. -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way. -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13. -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2. -मात्र a. of one syllable. -मुख a. 1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9. -2 having the same aim. -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23. -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप). (-खम्) 1 gambling. -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल). -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15. -मूला = अतसी q. v. -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls. -योनि a. 1 uterine. -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148. -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका). -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3. -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4. -रस a. 1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17. -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9. -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15. -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65. (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling. -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (-सम्) a drama of one sentiment. -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24. -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (-त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12. -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only. -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd. -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together. -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162. -रूप a. 1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55. -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2. (-पम्) 1 one form or kind; -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2. -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one. -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only. -2 N. of Kubera. (-ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak. -वचनम् the singular number. -वर्ण a. 1 of one colour. -2 identical, same. -3 of one tribe or caste. -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण). (-र्णः) 1 one form. -2 a Brāhmaṇa. -3 a word of one syllable. -4 a superior caste. (-र्णी) beating time, the instrument (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity. -वर्णिक a. 1 of one colour. -2 of one caste. -वर्षिका a heifer one year old. -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (-स्त्रम्) a single garment. -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37. -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां ... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5. -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2. ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8. -वाचक a. Synonymous. -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ). -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism. -वारम्, -वारे ind. 1 only once. -2 at once, suddenly. -3 at one time. -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment. -वासा A woman; Nigh. -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (-शः) the Ekaviṁśa-ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2. -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37. -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224. -विंशतिः f. twentyone. -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12. -विध a. of one kind; simple. -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि. -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view). -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48. -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity. -वृक्षः 1 one tree. -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas. -वृत f. heaven. -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat. -2 one heap or collection. -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number. -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her husband &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21. -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176. -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession. -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school. -शत a. 11 st. (-तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6. -शक a. whole-hoofed. (-फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119. -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity). -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consanguineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consanguinity by the union of father and mother. -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17. -शाख a. having one branch. (-खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school. -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13. -शाला A single hall or room; (-लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P. -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6. -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (-ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant. -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24. -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn. (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros. -2 N. of Viṣṇu. -3 a class of Pitṛis. -4 a mountain having one top. -शेपः a tree having one root. -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c. -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once. -श्रुतिः f. 1 monotony. -2 the neutral accentless tone. (-ति) ind. in a monotonous manner. -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command. -षष्ट a. sixty-first. -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first. -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29. -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one. -सभम् a common place of meeting. -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (-र्गः) concentration. -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127. -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one. -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company. -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू). -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony. -स्थ a. 1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये ...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16. -2 close-standing, standing side by side. -3 collected, combined. -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5. -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53. -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11. -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (-नी) a heifer one year old. (-नम्) the period of one year.
etad एतद् pron. a. (m. एषः, f. एषा, n. एतद्) 1 This, this here, yonder (referring to what is nearest to the speaker (समीपतरवर्ति चैतदो रूपम्); एते वयममी दाराः कन्येयं कुलजीवितम् K.; the Nom. forms are used like those of इदम् the sense of 'here'; एष पृच्छामि, एष कथयामि Mu.3. here I ask &c.; कदा गमिष्यसि-एष गच्छामि Sk.; एषो$स्मि कामन्दकी संवृत्तः Māl.1; एते नवीकृताः स्मः Ś.5. In this sense एतद् is sometimes used to give emphasis to the personal pronouns; एषो$हं कार्यवशादायोध्यिकस्तदानींतनश्च संवृत्तः U.1. -2 As the subject of a sentence it agrees in gender and number with the predicate without reference to the noun to which it refers; एतद् (शवला) मे धनम्; but may sometimes remain in the neuter; एतदेव गुरुषु वृत्तिः Ms.2.26. -3 It often refers to what precedes, especially when it is joined with इदम् or any other pronoun; एष वै प्रथमः कल्पः Ms.3.147; इति यदुक्तं तदेतच्चिन्त्यम्; एतानीमानि, एते ते &c. -4 It is used in connection with a relative clause, in which case the relative generally follows; प्रच्छन्नवञ्चकास्त्वेते ये स्तेनाटविकादयः Ms.9.257. ind. In this manner, thus, so, here, at this time, now. Note:- एतद् appears as the first member of compounds which are mostly self-explaining; e. g. ˚अतिरिक्त Besides this. ˚अनन्तर immediately after this; ˚अन्त ending thus; ˚अर्थः this matter; ˚अर्थे on this account, therefore; ˚अवधि to this limit, so far; ˚अवस्थ a. of such a state or condition. -Comp. -कालः the present time. -कालीन a. belonging to the present time. -क्षणात् ind. hence-forth. -द्वितीय a. one who does anything for the second time. -पर a. Intent on or absorbed in this. -प्रथम a. one who does anything for the first time. -योनिन् a. having one's origin in that. एतद्योनीनि भूतानि Bg.7.6.
etarhi एतर्हि ind. 1 Now, at this time, at present, now-a-days; Bṛi. Up.1.4.1. Ki.1.32. एतर्हि द्युमणिमणीमयीं हसन्तीम् । सेवन्ते किमु ककुभः ...... Rām. Ch.7.53. -2 Then (correlative to यर्हि). -3 A certain measure of time = 15 idānims or one-fifteenth of a Kṣipra; cf. इदानीम्. एतादृश्, -दृक्ष, -दृश् (-शी, -क्षी) a. 1 Such, such like; सर्वे$पि नैतादृशाः Bh.2.51. अस्थाने पततामतीव महतामे- तादृशी स्याद् गतिः । Udb. -2 Of this kind, similar to this.
etāvat एतावत् a. So much, so great, so many, of such extent, so far, of such quality or kind; एतावदुक्त्वा विरते मृगेन्द्रे R.2.51; Ku.6.89; एतावान्मे विभवो भवन्तं सेवितुम् M.2 so far; oft. used in connection with a relative pronoun which generally follows; एतावता नन्वनुमेयशोभि ... आरोपितं यद् गिरिशेन पश्चादङ्कम् Ku.1.37. -ind. So far, so much, in such a degree, thus; नैतावदन्ये मरुतो यथेमे Rv.7.57.3.
etāvattvam एतावत्त्वम् 1 Quantity or number. -2 Greatness; such a state or condition; such extent.
etāvanmātra एतावन्मात्र a. Of this measure, so great, such; Mb.
evam एवम् ind. 1 Thus, so, in this manner or way; (referring to what precedes as well as to what follows); अस्त्येवम् Pt. 1 it is so; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84; ब्रूया एवम् Me.13 (what follows); एवमस्तु be it so, amen; यद्येवम् so; ।कमेवम् why so; मैवम्, मा मैवम् oh, not so, (do not do so) एवम् has sometimes an adjectival force; एवं वचनम् such words. -2 Yes, quite so (implying assent); सीता-अहो जाने तस्मिन्नेव काले वर्ते । राम- एवम् U.1; एवं यदात्थ भगवन् Ku.2.31. It is also said to have the senses of. -3 likeness. -4 sameness of manner; -5 affirmation or determination; -6 command; or it is often used merely as an expletive. (In the Vedas एवम् occurs very rarely; its place being usually taken up by एव). -Comp. -अवस्थ a. so situated or circumstanced. -आदि, -आद्य a. of such qualities or kind, such and the like; एवमादिभिः Ś.5; Ku.5.29. -कान्तम् A column connected with one, two or three minor pillars and having a lotus-shaped base; एकोपपादसंयुक्तं द्वित्र्युपपादेन संयुतम् । एवंकान्तमिति प्रोक्तं मूले पद्मासनान्वितम् ॥ Mānasāra 15.242-3. -कारम् ind. in this manner. -काल a. containing so many syllabic instants. -क्रतु a. Ved. thus minded. -गत a. being in this condition or so circumstanced; एवं गते under these circumstances. -गुण a. possessing such virtues; पुत्रमेवंगुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -नामन् a. so called, bearing this name. -प्रकार, -प्राय a. of such a kind; वयमपि न खल्वेवंप्रायाः क्रतुप्रतिघातिनः U.5.29; Ś.7.24. -भत a. of such quality or description, so, such. -रूप a. of such a kind or form. -वादः such an expression. एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ पार्श्वे पितुरधोमुखी K. -विद्, -विद्वस् a. knowing so or such, well-informed. -विध a. of such a kind, such. -वीर्य a. possessing such a power. -वृत्त, -वृत्ति a. behaving such; of such a kind.
aiḍa ऐड a. Ved. [इडा-अण्] 1 Containing anything refreshing; Vaj.15.7. -2 Containing the word (इडा) (such as a chapter). -3 Belonging to a sheep. -डः N. of Purūravas (इडाया अपत्यम्); cf. Rv.1.95.18 (ऐळ).
aucityam औचित्यम् औचिती [उचित-ष्यञ् यलोपे ङीष्] 1 Aptness, fitness, propriety, suitableness. -2 Congruity or fitness, as one of the several circumstances which determine the exact meaning of a word in a sentence (such as संयोग, वियोग &c.); सामर्थ्यमौचिती देशः कालो व्यक्तिः स्वरादयः S. D.2; in the example पातु वो दयितामुखम् there is औचिती or fitness in taking मुख to mean सांमुख्यम् (meeting) instead of आननम्. -3 Habituation. -Comp. -अलङ्कारः N. of a work.
autpāta औत्पात a. (-ती f.) [उत्पात-अण्] Treating of portents (such as a work).
aurdhvadeham और्ध्वदेहम् [ऊर्ध्वदेह-अण्] A funeral ceremony; और्ध्वदेहनिमित्तार्थमवतीर्योदकं नदीम् Rām.2.83.24. और्ध्वदे aurdhvadē (दै dai) हिक hika और्ध्वदे (दै) हिक a. (-की f.) [ऊर्ध्वदेहाय साधु ठञ् P.IV.3.6 Vārt.1] 1 Relating to a deceased person, funeral, performed in honour of the dead (as a rite); ˚क्रिया obsequies, funeral rites; Pt.1. -2 Pertaining to ब्रह्म; जनको जनदेवस्तु मिथिलायां जनाधिपः । और्ध्वदेहिकर्धमाणा- मासीद्युक्तो विचिन्तने ॥ Mb.12.218.3. -कम् Funeral rites, obsequies. भृत्यानामुपरोधेन यत्करोत्यौर्ध्वदेहिकम् Ms.11.1. -2 Requisite for future world (such as यज्ञ, दान); अधर्मो- पार्जितैरर्थैर्यः करोत्यौर्ध्वदैहिकम् Mb.5.39.67. और्ध्वस्रो aurdhvasrō (श्रो śrō) तसिकः tasikḥ और्ध्वस्रो (श्रो) तसिकः = शैवः, a Śaiva or an adherent of the sect.
kaṃsaḥ कंसः सम् 1 A drinking vessel, cup, can, goblet; उदुम्बरे कंसे चमसे वा सर्वौषधं फलानीति संभृत्य Bṛi. Up.6.3.1. -2 Bell-metal, white copper. किं यत्तद्देवदत्तः कंसपात्र्यां पाणि- नौदनं भुङ्क्ते Mbh. on P.I.3.1. -3 A particular measure known as आढक, q. v. -सः 1 N. of a king of Mathurā, son of Ugrasena and enemy of Kriṣṇa. [He is identified with the Asura Kālanemi, and acted inimically towards Kṛiṣṇa and became his implacable foe. The circumstance which made him so was the following. While, after the marriage of Devakī with Vasudeva, he was driving the happy pair home, a heavenly voice warned Kaṁsa that the eighth child of Devakī would kill him. Thereupon he threw both of them into prison, loaded them with strong fetters, and kept the strictest watch over them. He took from Devakī every child as soon as it was born and slew it, and in this way he disposed of her first six children. But the 7th and 8th, Balarāma and Kṛiṣṇa, were safely conveyed to Nanda's house in spite of his vigilance, and Kṛiṣṇa grew up to be his slayer according to the prophecy. When Kaṁsa heard this, he was very much enraged and sent several demons to kill Kṛiṣṇa, who killed them all with ease. At last he sent Akrūra to bring the boys to Mathurā. A severe duel was fought between Kaṁsa and Kṛiṣṇa, in which the former was slain by the latter.] cf. कंसं जघान कृष्णः which is an answer to the query कं संज- घान कृष्णः । -2 Anything metallic. -3 Fire. -सा N. of a daughter of Ugrasena and sister of Kaṁsa. -Comp. -अरिः, अरातिः, जित्, कृष्, द्विष्, हन् m. 'slayer of Kaṁsa, i. e Kṛiṣṇa; स्वयं सन्धिकारिणा कंसारिणा दूतेन Ve.1; -अस्थि n. Bell mental. -उद्भवा A fragrant earth. -कारः (-री f.) 1 a mixed tribe; कंसकारशङ्खकारौ ब्राह्मणात्सं- बभूवतुः Śabdak. -2 a worker in pewter or whitebrass, a bell-founder, -कृषः Vāsudeva Śrikṛṣṇa; निषेदिवान् कंसकृषः स विष्टरे Śi.1.16. -माक्षिकम् a metallic substance in large grains; a sort of pyrites. -वणिक् m. a brazier or seller of brass vessels. -वधः, -हननम् the slaying of Kaṁsa. कंसवधमाचष्टे कंसं घातयति Mbh. on P.III.1.26. -वधम् N. of a drama by Śeṣakriṣṇa
kakṣaḥ कक्षः 1 A lurking or hiding place; क्रोष्टा वराहं निरतक्त कक्षात् Rv.1.28.4. -2 The end of the lower garment; see कक्षा. -3 A climbing plant, creeper. -4 Grass, dry grass; यतस्तु कक्षस्तत एव वह्निः R.7.55,11.75; यथोद्धरति निर्दाता कक्षं धान्यं च रक्षति Ms.7.11. -5 A forest of dead trees, dry wood; Bṛī. Up.2.9.7. -6 The arm-pit; ˚अन्तर Pt.1 the cavity of the armpit; प्रक्षिप्योदर्चिषं कक्षे शेरते ते$भिमारुतम् Śi.2.42. -7 The harem of a king. -8 The interior of a forest; आशु निर्गत्य कक्षात् Ṛs.1.27; कक्षान्तरगतो वायुः Rām. -9 The side of flank (of anything); ते सरांसि सरित्कक्षान् Rām.4.47.2. -1 A woman's girdle; as in आबद्धनिबिडकक्षैः. -11 A surrounding wall. -12 A part of a boat. -13 The orbit of a planet. -14 A buffalo. -15 A gate; उपेत्य स यदुश्रेष्टो बाह्यकक्षाद्विनिर्गतः Mb.2.2.12. -16 The Beleric Myrobalan or Terminalia Belerica (Mar. गुग्गुळ, बेह़डा). -17 A marshy ground. -क्षा 1 Painful boils in the arm-pit. -2 An elephant's rope; also his girth. -3 A woman's girdle or zone; a girdle, waist-band (in general); 'कक्षा बृहति- कायां स्यात्काञ्च्यां मध्येभबन्धने' इति विश्वः; युघे परैः सह दृढबद्ध- कक्षया Śi.17.24. -4 A surrounding wall; a wall, -5 The waist, middle part; एते हि विद्युद्गुणबद्धकक्षा Mk.5.21. -6 A courtyard; area, Rām.4.33.19 (सप्तकक्षा); त्रीणि गुल्मान्यतीयाय तिस्रः कक्षाश्च स द्विजः Bhāg.1.8.16. -7 An enclosure. -8 An inner apartment, a private chamber; room in general; 'कक्षा कच्छे वस्त्रायां काञ्च्यां गेहे प्रकोष्ठके' इति यादवः; Ku.7.7; Ms.7.224; गृहकलहंसकान- नुसरन् कक्षान्तरप्रधावितः K.63,182; कक्षासु रक्षितैर्दक्षैस्तार्क्ष्यः सर्पेष्विवापतत् Parṇāl.3.38. -9 A harem. -1 Similarity. -11 An upper garment; दुर्योधनो हस्तिनं पद्मवर्णं सुवर्णकक्षम् Mb.6.2.7. -12 Objection or reply in argument (in Logic &c.). -13 Emulation or rivalry. -14 A secluded part of an edifice; गत्वा कक्षान्तरं त्वन्यत् Ms.7.224. -15 A particular part of a carriage. -16 The jeweller's weight, Rati. -17 The end of the lower garment which, after the cloth is girt round the lower part of the body, is brought up behind and tucked into the waistband (Mar. कांसोटा) -18 Tying up the waist. -19 The wrist. -2 Border or lace; स्वर्णकक्ष- पताकाभिः Bhāg.9.1.37. -21 The basin of a balance (कक्षः also). -क्षम् 1 A star. -2 Sin. -Comp. -अग्निः wild fire, conflagration; कक्षाग्निलङ्घिततरोरिव वृष्टिपातः R.11.92. -अन्तरम् inner or private apartment. -अवेक्षकः 1 a superintendent of the harem. -2 a keeper of a royal garden. -3 a door-keeper. -4 a poet. -5 a debauchee. -6 a player; painter. -7 an actor. -8 a paramour. -9 strength of feeling or sentiment (Wilson). -उत्था a fragrant grass, (भद्रमुस्ता Cyperus, Mar. नागरमोथा). -धरम् the shoulder-joint. -पः 1 a tortoise. -2 one of the 9 treasures of Kubera. -(क्षा) पटः a cloth passed between the legs to cover the privities. -पुटः 1 the arm-pit. -2 N. of a work on magic. -रुहा = नागरमुस्ता q. v. -शायः, -युः a dog. -स्थ a. seated on the hip or the flank.
kacaḥ कचः [कच्यन्ते बध्यन्ते इति कचः, कच्-अच्] 1 Hair (especially of the head); कचेषु च निगृह्यैतान् Mb.; see ˚ग्रह below; अलिनीजिष्णुः कचानां चयः Bh.1.5. -2 A dry or healed sore, scar. -3 A binding, band. -4 The hem of a garment. -5 A cloud. -6 N. of a son of Brihaspati. [In their long warfare with the demons, the gods were often times defeated, and rendered quite helpless. But such of the demons as would be slain in battle were restored to life by Śukrāchārya, their preceptor, by means of a mystic charm which he alone possessed. The gods resolved to secure, if possible, this charm for themselves, and induced Kacha to go to Śukrāchārya and learn it from him by becoming his disciple. So Kacha went to the preceptor, but the demons killed Kacha twice lest he should succeed in mastering the lore; but on both occasions he was restored to life by the sage at the intercession of Devayānī, his daughter, who had fallen in love with the youth. Thus discomfited the Asuras killed him a third time, burnt his body, and mixed his ashes with Śukra's wine; but Devayānī again begged her father to restore to life the youth. Not being able to resist his daughter's importunities, Śukra once more performed the charm, and, to his surprise, heard the voice of Kacha issuing from his own belly. To save his own life the sage taught him the muchcoveted charm, and, on the belly of Śukra being ripped open, Kacha performed the charm and restored his master to life. Devayānī thence forward began to make stronger advances of love to him, but he steadily resisted her proposals, telling her that she was to him as a younger sister. She thereupon cursed him that the great charm he had learnt would be powerless; he, in return, cursed her that she should be sought by no Brāhmaṇa, but would become a Kṣatriya's wife.] -चा 1 A female elephant; करिण्यां तु कचा स्त्रियाम् । मेदिनी. -2 Beauty, splendour. -Comp. -अग्रम् curls, end of hair. -आचित a. having dishevelled hair; कचाचितौ विष्वगिवागजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. -आमोदः a. fragrant ointment of the hair (वाळा). -ग्रहः seizing the hair, seizing (one) by the hair; Mb.5.155.5; R.1.47, पलायनच्छलान्यञ्जसेति रुरुधुः कचग्रहैः R.19.31. -पः 1 'cloud drinker', grass. -2 a leaf. (-पम्) a vessel for vegetables. -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः thick or ornamented hair; (according to Ak. these three words denote a collection; पाशः, पक्षश्च हस्तश्च कलापार्थाः कचात्परे). -मालः smoke.
kañcukin कञ्चुकिन् a. Furnished with armour or mail. m. 1 An attendant on the women's apartments, a chamberlain; (an important character in dramas); अन्तः- पुरचरो वृद्धो विप्रो गुणगणान्वितः । सर्वकार्यार्थकुशलः कञ्चुकीत्यभिधीयते ॥ (he must be a Brāhmaṇa, very old, &c.; cf. V.3. and Ś.5.3). -2 A libidinous man, debauchee. -3 A serpent. -4 A door-keeper. -5 Barley. -Comp. -वरः The head कञ्चुकिन् आकर्ण्य कञ्चुकिवरस्य वचः क्षितीशः । Bil. Ch.53.
kaṭaḥ कटः 1 A straw mat; Ms.2.24. -2 The hip; Mb.13.53.42. -3 Hip and loins; the hollow above the hips. -4 The temples of an elephant; कण्डूयमानेन कटं कदाचित् R.2.37,3.37,4.47. -5 A particular throw of the dice in hazard; नर्दितदर्शितमार्गः कटेन विनिपातितो यामि Mk.2.8. -6 A kind of grass; दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377. -7 Excess (as in उत्कट). -8 A corpse; कट- धूमस्य सौरभ्यमवघ्राय व्रजौकसः Bhāg.1.6.41. -9 A hearse, bier. -1 An arrow. -11 A custom. -12 A cemetery, burial ground. -13 A time or season. -14 The plant Saccharum Sara (शर). -15 An annual plant. -16 Grass (in general). -17 A thin piece of wood, plank. -18 See कटाक्ष; घ्नन्तीवैक्षत्कटाक्षेपौः Bhāg.1.32.6. -टी Long pepper. -टम् Dust of flowers. -Comp. -अक्षः a glance, a side-long look, leer; गाढं निखात इव मे हृदये कटाक्षः Māl.1.29; also 25, 28; Me. 37. ˚मुष्ट a. caught by a glance. ˚विशिखः an arrow-like look of love. -अग्निः a fire kept up with dry grass or straw; the straw placed round a criminal to be burnt. दग्धव्यौ वा कटाग्निना Ms.8.377; Y.2.282. -अन्तः the extremity of the temples; आताम्राभा रोषभाजः कटान्तात् Śi.18.42. -उदकम् 1 water for a funeral libation; कृत्वा कटोदकादीनि भ्रातुःपुत्रानसान्त्वयत् Bhāg.7.2.17, -2 rut, ichor (issuing from an elephant's temples). -कारः a mixed tribe (of low social position); (शूद्रायां वैश्यतश्चौर्यात् कटकार इति स्मृतः Uśanas). -कुटिः m. A straw hut; स्वलंकृताः कटकुटिकम्बलाम्बराद्युपस्करा ययुरधियुज्य सवतः Bhāg. 1.71.16. -कृत् m. A plaiter of straw mats; ददार करजैर्वक्षस्येरकां कटकृद्यथा Bhāg.1.3.18. -कोलः a spittingpot. -खादक a. eating much, voracious. (-कः) 1 a jackal. -2 a crow. -3 a glass vessel, a tumbler or bowl. -घोपः a hamlet inhabited by herdsmen. -पूतनः, -ना a kind of departed spirits; अमेध्यकुणपाशी च क्षत्रियः कटपूतनः Ms.12.71; उत्तालाः कटपूतनाप्रभृतयः सांराविणं कुर्वते Māl.5.11. (पूतन v. l.); also 23. -पूर्णः Designation of an elephant in the first stage of must; Mātaṅga. L. -प्रभेदः opening of the temples, appearance of rut; बभूव तेनातितरा सुदुःसहः कटप्रभेदेन करीव पार्थिवः R.3.37. -प्रू a. acting by will. (-प्रूः) 1 Śiva. -2 an imp or goblin. -3 one who gambles or plays with dice. -4 a worm. -5 a kind of demi-god, (of the class of Vidyādharas). -प्रोथः, -थम् the buttocks. -भङ्गः 1 gleaning corn with the hands. -2 any royal calamity or misfortune. -3 To break through a close rank of the army; 'कटभङ्गस्तु सस्यानां हस्तच्छेदे नृपात्यये' इति मेदिनी. -भीः N. of several plants ज्योतिष्मती, अपराजिता &c. -भू f. The cheek of an elephant; कण्डूयतः कटभुवं करिणो मदेन Śi.5.46. -मालिनी wine or any vinous liquor. -व्रणः N. of Bhīmasena. -शर्करा 1 a fragment of a mat broken off or of straw. -2 N. of a plant, (गाङ्गेष्टी). -स्थलम् 1 the hips and loins. -2 an elephant's temples. -स्थालम् A corpse.
kaḍaṅgaḥ कडङ्गः A spirituous liquor, a kind of rum. कडङ्ग (-क) रः 1 Straw, the stalks of various sorts of pulse &c. -2 A kind of weapon (club); Mb.7.25.58. कडङ्ग (-का) रीय a. To be fed with straw. -यः An animal fed with straw, such as a cow or buffalo; नीवारपाकादि कडङ्गरीयैरामृश्यते जानपदैर्न कच्चित् R.5.9.
kaṇṭakaḥ कण्टकः कम् 1 A thorn; पादलग्नं करस्थेन कण्टकेनैव कण्टकं (उद्धरेत्) Chāṇ.22; कण्टकेनैव कण्टकम् (उन्मूलयेत्) Pt.4.18 -2 A prickle, a sting; यः कण्टकैर्वितुदति Y.3.53. -3 The point of anything. -4 (Fig.) Any troublesome fellow who is, as it were, a thorn to the state and an enemy of order and good government; उत्खातलोकत्रयकण्टके$पि R.14.73; त्रिदिवमुद्धृतदानवकण्टकम् Ś.7.3; Ms.9.26; Mv.7.8. -5 (Hence) Any source of vexation or annoyance, nuisance; कण्टकानां च शोधनात् Ms.9.253. -6 Horripilation, erection of hair, thrill. -7 A finger-nail. -8 A vexing speech. -9 A fish-bone; अन्धो मत्स्या- निवाश्नाति स नरः कण्टकैः सह Ms.8.95. -1 A sharp stinging pain, symptom of a disease. -11 (In Nyāya philosophy) Refutation of arguments, detection of error. -12 Impediment, obstacle. -13 The first, fourth, seventh, and tenth lunar mansions. -14 A vexing or injurious speech; Mb.1. -कः A bamboo; some other tree (Mar. बेल, बाभळ, हिंगणबेट) फलकं परिधानश्च तथा कण्टक- वस्त्रधृक् Mb.12.33.14; see कण्टकद्रुम. -2 A work-shop, manufactory. -3 Fault, defect; निर्धूतवाक्यकण्टकाम् Mb.12.167.5. -4 N. of Makara or the marine monster, the symbol of the god of love. -की A kind of वार्ताकी. -फलः See कण्टकफल. -Comp. -अग्रः a kind of lizard. -अशनः, -भक्षकः, -भुज् m. a camel. -अष्ठीलः a kind of fish (having many bones). -आगारः a kind of worm. -आढ्यः a kind of tree. -उद्धरणम् 1 (lit.) extracting thorns, weeding. -2 (fig.) removing annoyances, extirpating thieves and all such sources of public annoyance; कण्टकोद्धरणे नित्यमातिष्ठेद्यत्नमुत्तमम् Ms.9.252. -द्रुमः 1 a tree with thorns, a thorny bush; भवन्ति नितरां स्फीताः सुक्षेत्रे कण्टकद्रुमाः Mk.9.7. -2 the Śālmali tree or silk-cotton-tree (Mar. सांवरी). -प्रावृटा Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -फलः 1 the bread-fruit tree, Panasa tree. -2 the गोक्षुर plant. -3 the castor-oil tree. -4 the Dhattūra tree. -5 a term applicable to any plant the fruit of which is invested with a hairy or thorny coat. -मर्दनम् suppressing disturbance. -युक्त a. having thorns, thorny. -विशोधनम् extirpating every source of disturbance or trouble; राज्यकण्टकविशोधनोद्यतः Vikr.5.1. -वृन्ताकी a species of nightshade with thorny leaves (वार्ताकी). -श्रेणिः, -णी f. 1 the Solanum Jacquini. -2 a porcupine.
kathā कथा [कथ् नि˚ अ] A tale, story; ˚प्रावीण्यम् U.4. historical knowledge. -2 A fable, feigned story; कथाच्छलेन बालानां नीतिस्तदिह कथ्यते H. Pr.8. -3 An account, allusion, mention; कथापि खलु पापानामलमश्रेयसे यतः Śi.2. 4. -4 Talk, conversation, speech; प्रथमं कृतां कथाम् Ś. 4.1. -5 A variety of prose composition, often distinguished from आख्यायिका; (प्रबन्धकल्पनां स्तोकसत्यां प्राज्ञाः कथां विदुः । परंपराश्रया या स्यात् सा मताख्यायिका बुधैः ॥); see under आख्यायिका also. -6 (In phil.) Disputation. का कथा or कथा with प्रति (what mention) is often used in the sense of 'what need one say of', 'not to mention', 'to say nothing of', 'how much more', or 'how much less'; का कथा बाणसंधाने ज्याशब्देनैव दूरतः । हुंकारेणेव धनुषः स हि विघ्नानपोहति Ś.3.1; अभितप्तमयो$पि मार्दवं भजते कैव कथा शरीरिषु R.8.43; आप्तवागनुमानाभ्भ्यां साध्यं त्वां प्रति का कथा 1.28; Ve.2.25. -Comp. -अनुरागः taking pleasure in conversation; स्मर्तव्यो$स्मि कथान्तरेषु भवता Mk.7.7. -2 another tale. -अवशेष or कथाशेष a. one of whom only the narrative remains, i. e. deceased, dead. -आक्रमः the commencement of a conversation. -आरम्भः commencement of a tale. -आरामः garden of fable. -आलापः speech, conversation. -उदयः the beginning of a tale. -उद्धातः 1 the second of the five kinds of प्रस्तावना, where the first character enters the stage after overhearing and repeating either the words of the manager (सूत्रधार) or their sense; see S. D.29; e. g. in Ratn., Ve. or Mudrārākṣasa. -2 commencement of a tale or narration; आकुमारकथोद्धातं शालिगोप्यो जगुर्यशः R.4.2. -उपकथनम्, -उपाख्यानम् narration, relation, telling a story. -छलम् 1 the guise of a fable. -2 giving a false account. -नायकः, -पुरुषः the hero or leading character of a story; रामायण˚ U.4,6. -पीठम् 1 the introductory part of a tale or story. -2 N. of the first लम्बक or book of the कथासरित्सागर. -प्रबन्धः a tale, fiction, fable. -प्रसङ्ग a. 1 talkative, talking much and foolishly. -2 mad, foolish. (-ङ्गः) 1 conversation, talk or course of conversation; नानाकथाप्रसङ्गावस्थितः H.1; कथाप्रसङ्गेन विवादं किल चक्रतुः Ks.22.181; N.1.35. -2 a curer of poisons (विषवैद्य); कथाप्रसङ्गो वार्तायां विषवैद्ये$पि वाच्यवत् Viśvakoṣa. कथाप्रसंगेन जनैरुदाहृताम् Ki.1.24 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). -प्राणः an actor. -2 a professional story-teller. -मात्र a. One of whom nothing but the narrative is left; deceased, dead. कालेन ते कृताः सर्वे कथामात्राः कथासु च Bhāg.12.2.44. -मुखम् the introductory portion of a story; Pt.1 -योगः course of conversation, talk, discourse. -विपर्यासः changing the course of a story. -विरक्त a. reserved, taciturn, disliking conversation. -शेष a. see कथावशेष.
kanakam कनकम् Gold; कनकवलयं स्रस्तं स्रस्तं मया प्रतिसार्यते Ś.3.12; Me.2,39,67. -कः 1 The Palāś tree. -2 The Dhattūra tree (several other plants as गुग्गुळ, चन्दन, चम्पक &c.) -3 Mountain ebony. -Comp. -अङ्गदम् a gold bracelet. -अचलः, -अद्रिः, -गिरिः, -शैलः epithets of the mountain Sumeru; अधुना कुचौ ते स्पर्धेते किल कनकाचलेन सार्धम् Bv.2.9. -अध्यक्षः the treasurer. -आह्वः the धत्तूर tree. (-ह्वम्) = नागकेशर. -आलुका a golden jar or vase. -आह्वयः the Dhattūra tree. (-यम्) a flower. -कदली A species of plantain; क्रीडाशैलः कनककदलीवेष्टनप्रेक्षणीयः Me.79. -कारः A goldsmith. -क्षारः borax. -टङ्कः a golden hatchet. -दण्डम्, -दण्डकम् (golden-sticked) the royal parasol. -दण्डिका a golden sheath for a sword &c.; Mu.2. -निकषः a streak of gold (rubbed on a touch-stone). -पट्टम् Gold brocade cloth; पीतं कनक- पट्टाभं स्रस्तं तद्वसनं शुभम् Rām.5.15.45. -पत्रम् an earornament made of gold; जीवेति मङ्गलवचः परिहृत्य कोपात् कर्णे कृतं कनकपत्रमनालपन्त्या Ch. P.1. -परागः gold-dust. -पर्वतः The mountain Meru; Mb.12. -पलः a kind of fish. (-लम्) a weight of gold (equal to 16 Maṣakas or about 28 grains). -प्रभ a. bright as gold. (-भा) the महाज्योतिष्मती plant. -प्रसवा the स्वर्णकेतकी plant. -भङ्गः a piece of gold. -रम्भा the स्वर्णकदली plant. -रसः 1 a yellow orpiment. -2 fluid gold. -शक्तिः N. of Kārttikeya. -सूत्रम् a gold necklace; काक्या कनकसूत्रेण कृष्णसर्पो विनाशितः Pt.1.27. -स्थली 'a land of gold', gold mine.
kanikrada कनिक्रद a. Ved. Neighing, crying very much; कनि- क्रदं वाजिनं वाजिनेषु Vāj.13.48.
kanyā कन्या [Uṇ.4.111] 1 An unmarried girl or daughter; R.1.51.2.1,3.33; Ms.1.8. -2 A girl ten years old. -3 A virgin, maiden; Ms.8.367,3.33. -4 A woman in general. -5 The sixth sign of the zodiac, i. e. Virgo. -6 N. of Durgā; Mb.3. -7 Large cardamoms. -Comp. -अन्तःपुरम् the women's apartments; सुरक्षिते$पि कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1; Mv.2.5. -आट a. following after or hunting young girls. (-टः) 1 the inner apartments of a house. -2 a man who hunts or goes after young girls. -कुब्जः N. of a country. (-ब्जम्) N. of an ancient city in the north of India, situated on a tributary of the Ganges, now called Kanoja. -कुमारि f., -री also कन्यकुमारी N. of Durgā; कन्यकुमारि धीमहि Mahānār 3.12. -गतम् the position of a planet in the sign Virgo. -ग्रहणम् taking a girl in marriage. -दानम् giving away a girl in marriage; अद्भिरेव द्विजाग्ऱ्याणां कन्यादानं विशिष्यते Ms.3.35. -दूषकः The violator of a virgin; Ms.3.164. -दूषणम् defilement of a virgin. -दोषः a defect or blemish in a l, bad repute (such as a disease &c.) -धनम् dowry; a girl's property. -पतिः 'daughter's husband', a son-in-law. -पालः a dealer in slave girls. -पुत्रः, -गर्भः the son of an unmarried daughter (called कानीन); संघर्ष- जननस्तस्मात्कन्यागर्भो विनिर्मितः Mb.12.2.4. -पुरम् the women's apartments. -प्रदानम् Giving a daughter in marriage; Ms.3.29-31. -भर्तृ -m. 1. a son-in-law. -2 N. f Kārttikeya. -भैक्ष्यम् Begging for a girl; Mb. -रत्नम् a very fine girl; कन्यारत्नमयोनिजन्म भवतामास्ते Mv.1.3. -राशिः the sign Virgo. -वेदिन् -m. a son-in-law (marrying one's girl); Y.1.262. -व्रतस्था A woman in her monthly state; मयि कन्याव्रतस्थायां जमुर्मन्दा- किनीतटम् Ks.26.56. -शुल्कम् money given to the bride's father as her price, purchase-money of a girl. -समुद्भव a. Born from an unmarried woman; Ms.9.172. -स्वयंवरः the choice of a husband by a maiden. -हरणम् ravishment or seduction of a maiden; प्रसह्य कन्याहरणं राक्षसो विधिरुच्यते Ms.3.33.
kapītanaḥ कपीतनः N. of several plants:-- such as the holy fig-tree, the betel-nut tree &c. कपुच्छलम् kapucchalam कपुष्टिका kapuṣṭikā कपुच्छलम् कपुष्टिका 1 The ceremony of tonsure (of a child). -2 A patch of hair on each side of the head.
kara कर a. (-रा or -री) [करोति, कीर्यते अनेन इति, कृ-कॄ-अप्] (Mostly at the end of comp.) Who or what does, makes or causes &c.; दुःख˚, सुख˚, भय˚ &c. -रः 1 A hand; करं व्याधुन्वत्याः पिबसि रतिसर्वस्वमधरम् Ś.1.24. -2 A ray of light, beam; यमुद्धर्तुं पूषा व्यवसित इवालम्बितकरः V.4.34; also प्रतिकूलतामुपगते हि विधौ विफलत्वमेति बहुसाधनता । अवलम्ब- नाय दिनभर्तुरभून्न पतिष्यतः करसहस्रमपि Śi.9.6 (where the word is used in sense 1 also). -3 The trunk of an elephant; सेकः सीकरिणा करेण विहितः U.3.16; Bh.3.2. -4 A tax, toll, tribute; युवा कराक्रान्तमहीमृदुच्चकैरसंशयं संप्रति तेजसा रविः Śi.1.7; (where कर means 'ray' also) (ददौ) perhaps in this sense the word is used in neuter gender also. निर्ल्लज्जो मम च करः कराणि भुङ्क्ते Pañch.2.3. अपरान्तमहीपालव्याजेन रघवे करम् R.4.58; Ms.7.128. -5 Hail. -6 A particular measure of length equal to 24 thumbs. -7 The asterism called हस्त. -8 A means or expedient. -9 A doer. -Comp. -अग्रम् 1 the forepart of the hand; कराग्रे वसते लक्ष्मीः. -2 the tip of an elephant's trunk. -आघातः a stroke or blow with the hand. -आमर्दः, -आमलकः Myrobalan (Mar. करवंद). -आरोटः a finger-ring. -आलम्बः supporting with the hand, giving a helping hand. -आस्फोटः 1 the chest. -2 a blow with the hand. -3 slapping the hands together. -ऋद्धिः f. 1 a cymbal. -2 a small musical instrument. -कच्छपिका f. कूर्ममुद्रा in yoga. -कण्टकः, -कम् a finger-nail. -कमलम्, -पङ्कजम्, -पद्मम् a lotus-like hand, beautiful hand; करकमलवितीर्णैरम्बुनीवारशष्पैः U.3.25. -कलशः, -शम् 1 the hollow of the hand (to receive water). -किसलयः, -यम् 1 'sprout-like hand', a tender hand; करकिसलयतालैर्मुग्धया नर्त्यमानम् U.3.19; Ṛs.6.3. -2 a finger. -कुड्मलम् the finger. -कृतात्मन् (Living from hand to mouth) destitute; Mb.13. -कोषः the cavity of the palms, hands hollowed to receive water; ˚पेयमम्बु Ghaṭ.22. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् 1 levying a tax. -2 taking the hand in marriage. -3 marriage. -ग्राहः 1 a husband. -2 a tax-collector. -घर्षणः, -घर्षिन् m. the churning-stick. -च्छदः the teak tree. -च्छदा N. of a tree (सिन्दूरपुष्पी; Mar. शेंद्री). -जः a fingernail; तीक्ष्णकरजक्षु- ण्णात् Ve.4.1; Śi.11.37; Bv.1.15; Amaru.85. (-जम्) a kind of perfume. -जालम् a stream of light. -तलः the palm of the hand; वनदेवताकरतलैः Ś.4.5; करतलगतमपि नश्यति यस्य तु भवितव्यता नास्ति Pt.2.128. ˚आमलकम् (lit.) an āmalaka fruit (fruit of the Myrobalan) placed on the palm of the hand; (fig.) ease and clearness of perception, such as is natural in the case of a fruit placed on the palm of the hand; करतलामलकफलवदखिलं जगदालोकयताम् K.43. ˚स्थ a. resting on the palm of the hand; -तलीकृ To take in the palm of the hand; ततः करतलीकृत्य व्यापि हालाहलं विषम् Bhāg.8.7.43. -तालः, -तालकम् 1 clapping the hands; स जहास दत्तकरतालमुच्चकैः Śi.15.39. -2 a kind of musical instrument, perhaps a cymbal. -तालिका, -ताली 1 clapping the hands; उच्चाटनीयः करता- लिकानां दानादिदानीं भवतीभिरेषः N.3.7. -2 beating time by clapping the hands. -तोया N. of a river. -द a. 1 paying taxes. -2 tributary; करदीकृताखिलनृपां मेदिनीम् Ve. 6.18. -3 giving the hand to help &c. -दक्ष a. handy, dexterous. -पत्रम् 1 a saw; तत्क्रूरदन्तकरपत्रनिकृत्तसत्त्वम् Mv.5. 29. -2 playing in water. ˚वत् m. the palm tree. -पत्रकम् a saw. -पत्रिका splashing water about while bathing or sporting in it. -पल्लवः 1 a tender hand. -2 a finger. cf. ˚किसलय. -पालः, -पालिका 1 a sword. -2 a cudgel. -पात्रम् 1 splashing water about while bathing. -2 the hand hollowed to hold anything. -पात्री A cup made of leather. -पीडनम् marriage; cf. पाणिपीडन. -पुटः 1 the hands joined and hollowed to receive anything. -2 A box, chest with a lid; तेषां रक्षणमप्यासीन्महान्करपुट- स्तथा Mb.14.65.16. -पृष्ठम् the back of the hand. -बालः, -वालः 1 sword; अघोरघण्टः करवालपाणिर्व्यापादितः Māl.9; म्लेच्छनिवहनिधने कलयसि करवालम् Gīt.1, Śi.13.6. -2 a finger-nail. -भारः a large amount of tribute. -भूः a finger-nail. -भूषणम् an ornament worn round the wrist, such as a bracelet. -मर्दः, -मर्दी, -मर्दकः N. of a plant (Carissa carandus; Mar. करवंद) -मालः smoke. -मुक्तम् a kind of weapon; see आयुध. -रुहः 1 a finger-nail; अनाघ्रातं पुष्पं किसलयमलूनं कररुहैः Ś.2.11; Me.98. -2 a sword. -वालिका a small club. -वीरः, -वीरकः 1 a sword or scimitar. -2 a cemetery. -3 N. of a town in the S. M. country. -4 a kind of tree. (Mar. कण्हेर, अर्जुनसादडा); Rām.5.2.1. Māna.18.242.3. (-रा) red arsenic. (-री) 1 a woman who has borne a son, a mother. -2 N. of Aditi. -3 a good cow. (-रम्) the flower of the tree. मल्लिका, करवीरम्, बिसम्, मृणालम् Mbh. on P.IV.3.166. -शाखा a finger. -शीकरः water thrown out by an elephant's trunk. -शूकः a finger-nail. -शोथः swelling of the hands. -सादः 1 weakness of the hand. -2 the fading of rays. -सूत्रम् a marriage string worn round the wrist. -स्थालिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -स्वनः clapping of the hands.
karṇa कर्ण a. Ved. 1 Having long ears. -2 Furnished with chaff (as grain). -र्णः 1 The ear; अहो खलभुजङ्गस्य विपरीतवधक्रमः । कर्णे लगति चान्यस्य प्राणैरन्यो वियुज्यते ॥ Pt.1. 35, 34 also; -कर्णे दा to listen; कर्णमागम् to come to the ear, become known; तद्गुणैः कर्णमागत्य R.1.9; कर्णे कृ to put round the ear; Ch. P.1; कर्णे कथयति whispers in the ear; cf. षट्कर्ण, चतुष्कर्ण &c. also. -2 The handle or ear of a vessel; उभा कर्णा हिरण्यया Rv.8.72.12. -3 The helm or rudder of a ship; सेना भ्रमति संख्येषु हत- कर्णेव नौर्जले Rām.6.48.26. -4 The hypotenuse of a triangle. -5 The diameter of a circle; Sūrya. -6 An intermediate region or quarter (उपदिग्भाग); Mb.6. 6.1. -7 (In prosody) A spondee. -8 N. of a tree (Mar. बाहवा, रुइमांदार) Rām.5.56.34. -2 N. of a celebrated warrior on the side of the Kauravas mentioned in the Mahābhārata. भवान् भीष्मश्च कर्णश्च Bg.1.8;11.34. [He was the son of Kuntī begotten on her by the god Sun while she was yet a virgin residing at her father's house (see Kuntī). When the child was born, Kuntī, afraid of the censure of her relatives and also of public scandal, threw the boy into the river where he was found by Adhiratha, charioteer of Dhṛitrāṣṭra, and given over to his wife Rādhā, who brought him up like her own child; whence Karṇa is often called Sūtaputra, Rādheya &c. Karṇa, when grown up, was made king of Aṇga by Duryodhana, and became by virtue of his many generous acts a type of charity. On one occasion Indra (whose care it was to favour his son Arjuna) disguised himself as a Brāhmaṇa and cajoled him out of his divine armour and ear-rings, and gave him in return a charmed javelin. With a desire to make himself proficient in the science of war, he, calling himself a Brāhmaṇa went to Parasurāma and learnt that art from him. But his secret did not long remain concealed. On one occasion when Parasurāma had fallen asleep with his head resting on Karṇa's lap, a worm (supposed by some to be the form assumed by Indra himself to defeat Karṇa's object) began to eat into his lap and made a deep rent in it; but as Karṇa showed not the least sign of pain, his real character was discovered by his preceptor who cursed him that the art he had learnt would avail him not in times of need. On another occasion he was curse by a Brāhmaṇa (whose cow he had unwittingly slain in chase) that the earth would eat up the wheel of his chariot in the hour of trial. Even with such disadvantages as these, he acquitted himself most valiantly in the great war between the Paṇḍavas and Kauravas, while acting as generalissimo of the Kaurava forces after Bhīṣma and Droṇa had fallen. He maintained the field against the Paṇḍavas for three days, but on the last day he was slain by Arjuna while the wheel of his chariot had sunk down into the earth. Karṇa was the most intimate friend of Duryodhana, and with Śakuni joined him in all the various schemes and plots that were devised from time to time for the destruction of the Paṇ&dvas.] -Comp. -अञ्चलः (लम्) Ear-lobe; (Mātaṅga L.5.12.) -अञ्जलिः 1 The auditory passage of the outer ear. -2 The ears pricked up; आपीय कर्णाञ्जलिभिर्भवापहाम् Bhāg.3.13.5. -अनुजः Yudhiṣṭhira. -अन्तिक a. close to the ear; स्वनसि मृदु कर्णान्तिकचरः Ś.1.23. -अन्दुः, -न्दू f. an ornament for the ear, ear-ring. -अर्पणम् giving ear, listening. -आरा (= -वेधनी). -आस्फालः the flapping of the elephant's ears. -इन्दुः f. a semicircular ear-ring. -उत्तंसः an ear-ornament or merely an ornament (according to some authorities). (Mammaṭa says that here कर्ण means कर्णंस्थितत्व; cf. also his remark ad hoc:- कर्णावतंसादिपदे कर्णादिध्वनिनिर्मितः । सन्निधानार्थबोधार्थं स्थितेष्वेत- त्समर्थनम् ॥ K. P.7). -उपकर्णिका rumour; (lit. 'from ear to ear'). प्रागेव कर्णोपकर्णिकया श्रुतापवादक्षुभितहृदयः Pt. -ऊर्णः a kind of deer; कर्णोर्णैकपदं चास्मै निर्जुष्टं वृकनाभिभिः Bhāg. -कषायः Dirt in the ears; आपीयतां कर्णकषायशोषाननुक्रमिष्ये न इमान्सुपेशान् Bhāg.2.6.46. -कीटा, -टी 1 a worm with many feet and of a reddish colour, -2 a small centipede. -कुमारी N. of Bhavānī. -कूटः The tower at the corner of the roof; Māna.19.54-55. -क्ष्वेडः (in Medic.) a constant noise in the ear. -गूथम् earwax. (-थः) -गूथकः hardening of the wax of the ear. -गोचर a. audible. -ग्राहः a helmsman. -चूलिका f. An ear-ring; उत्कृत्तकर्णचूलिकेन मुखेन ...... Svapna.2. -जप a. (also कर्णेजप) a secret traducer, talebearer, informer. कर्णेजपः सूचकः Mbh. on P.III.2.13. -जपः, -जापः slandering, tale-bearing, calumniating. -जलूका a small centipede. (also -जलौकस्, -जलौका) -जाहम् the root of the ear; cf. तस्य पाकमूले पील्वादिकर्णादिभ्यः कुणब्जाह चौ Pān. V.2.24. अपि कर्णजाहविनिवेशिताननः Māl.5.8. -जित् m. 'conqueror of Karṇa', epithet of Arjuna, the third Pāṇḍava prince. -ज्वरः pain to the ear; U.5.6. -तालः the flapping of the elephant's ears, the noise made by it; विस्तारितः कुञ्जरकर्ण- तालैः R.7.39,9.71; Śi.17.37. -दर्पणः an ear-ring. -दुन्दुभिः = कर्णकीटा. -धारः a helmsman, a pilot; अकर्णधारा जलधौ विप्लवेतेह नौरिव H.3.2; अविनयनदीकर्णधार- कर्ण Ve.4. -धारिणी a female elephant. -पत्रकः The lobe of the ear; Y.3.96. -पथः the range of hearing. -परम्परा from ear to ear, hearsay; इति कर्णपरंपरया श्रुतम् Ratn.1. -पर्वन् n. the eighth (i. e. Karṇa) section of the Mahābhārata. -पाकः inflammation of the outer ear. -पालिः, -ली f. 1 the lobe of the ear. -2 the outer edge of the ear. (-ली) an ornament of the ear. -पाशः a beautiful ear; U.6.27. -पिशाची f. a type of goddess. -पुटम् the auditory passage of the ear. -पूरः 1 an ornament (of flowers &c.) worn round the ear, an ear-ring; इदं च करतलं किमिति कर्णपूरतामारोपितम् K.6. प्रचुरसमरशोभासुभ्रुवः कर्णपूरः Śiva. B.3.46. -2 the Aśoka tree. -3 the Śirīṣa tree. -4 the blue lotus. -पूरकः 1 an ear-ring. -2 the Kadamba tree. -3 the Aṣoka tree. -4 the blue lotus. -प्रणादः, -प्रतिनाहः a disease of the ear. -प्रान्तः the lobe of the ear. -फलः a kind of fish. -भूषणम्, -भूषा an ear-ornament. -मुकुरः an ear-ornament. -मूलम् the root of the ear; तं कर्णमूलमागत्य रामे श्रीर्न्यस्यतामिति R.12.2. -मोटी a form of Durgā. -योनि a. having the ear as a source. तस्य साध्वीरिषवो याभिरस्यति नृचक्षसो दृशये कर्णयोनयः Rv.2.24.8. -लता, -लतिका the lobe of the ear; मन्ये$मुना कर्णलतामयेन N.7.64. -वंशः a raised platform or dais of bamboo. -वर्जित a. earless. (-तः) a snake. -विवरम्, -छिद्रम्, -पुरम्, -रन्ध्रम् the auditory passage of the ear. -विष् f. ear-wax; Ms.5.135. -विषम् 'poisoning the ear', slandering, backbiting. -वेधः piercing the ears to put ear-rings on; a religious ceremony (संस्कार). -वेधनी, -वेधनिका an instrument for piercing the ear. -वेष्टः, -वेष्टनम् an ear-ring; सुकृतौ कर्णवेष्टौ च Rām.5.15.42. -शष्कुली the outer part of the ear (leading to the auditory passage); AV.9.8.1. अवलम्बितकर्णशष्कुलीकलसीकं रचयन्नवोचत N.2.8. -शूलः, -लम् ear-ache. -श्रव a. audible, loud; कर्णश्रवे$- निले Ms.4.12. -श्रावः, -संश्रवः 'running of the ear', discharge of pus or ichorous matter from the ear. -सूः f. Kuntī, mother of Karṇa. -स्रोतस् n. excretion of the ear (कर्णमल) कर्णस्रोतोभवं चापि मधुं नाम महासुरम् Mb.6. 67.14. -हर्म्यम् a tower, a side-tower. -हीन a. earless. (-नः) a snake.
karman कर्मन् -m. Viśvakarmā; शक्रस्य नु सभा दिव्या भास्वरा कर्मनिर्मिता Mb.2.7.1. -n. [कृ-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] 1 Action, work, deed. -2 Execution, performance; प्रीतो$स्मि सो$हं यद् भुक्तं वनं तैः कृतकर्मभिः Rām.5.63.3. -3 Business, office, duty; संप्रति विषवैद्यानां कर्म M.4. -4 A religious rite (it may be either नित्य, नैमित्तिक or काम्य). -5 A specific action, moral duty. -6 (a) Performance of religious rites as opposed to speculative religion or knowledge of Brahman (opp. ज्ञान); अपरो दहृने स्वकर्मणां ववृते R.8.2. (b) Labour, work. -7 Product, result. -8 A natural or active property (as support of the earth). -9 Fate, the certain consequence of acts done in a former life; कर्मायत्तं फलं पुंसां बुद्धिः कर्मानुसारिणी Bh.2.89,94. -1 (In gram.) The object of of an action; कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म P.I.4.49. -11 (In Vaiś. Phil.) Motion considered as one of the seven categories of things; (thus defined:-- एकद्रव्यमगुणं संयोगविभागेष्वनपेक्षकारणं कर्म Vaiś. Sūtra. (It is five-fold:-- उत्क्षेपणं ततो$वक्षेपणमाकुञ्चनं तथा । प्रसारणं च गमनं कर्माण्येतानि पञ्च च ॥ Bhāṣā P.6.) -12 Organ of sense. प्रजापतिर्ह कर्माणि ससृजे Bṛi. Up.1.5.21. -13 Organ of action; कर्माणि कर्मभिः कुर्वन् Bhāg.11.3.6. -14 (In Astr.) The tenth lunar mansion. -15 Practice, training; सर्वेषां कर्मणा वीर्यं जवस्तेजश्च वर्धते Kau. A.2.2. -Comp. -अक्षम a. incapable of doing anything. -अङ्गम् part of any act; part of a sacrificial rite (as प्रयाज of the Darśa sacrifice). -अधिकारः the right of performing religious rites. -अनुरूप a. 1 according to action or any particular office. -2 according to actions done in a previous existence. -अनुष्ठानम् practising one's duties. -अनुसारः consequence of, or conformity to, acts. -अन्तः 1 the end of any business or task. -2 a work, business, execution of business. -3 a barn, a store of grain &c. Ms.7.62 (कर्मान्तः इक्षुधान्यादिसंग्रहस्थानम् Kull.) -4 cultivated ground. -5 a worker; कच्चिन्न सर्वे कर्मान्ताः Rām.2.1.52. -अन्तरम् 1 difference or contrariety of action. -2 penance, expiation. -3 suspension of a religious action. -4 another work or action; कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि Bhāg.1.9.1. -अन्तिक a. final. (-कः) a servant, workman, Rām.1.13.7. -अपनुत्तिः f. removing, sending away of कर्म; जन्मकर्माप- नुत्तये Bhāg.12.2.17. -अर्ह a. fit or suitable to an act or the rite. (-र्हः) a man. -आख्या f. Name received from the act performed; तस्मात् छिन्नगमनो$श्वो$पि छाग इति कर्माख्या भविष्यति । ŚB. on MS.6.8.37. -आजीवः one who maintains himself by some profession (as that of an artisan &c.) -आत्मन् a. endowed with the principles of action, active; कर्मात्मनां च देवानां सो$सृजत्प्राणिनां प्रभुः Ms.1.22. (-m.) the soul. -आयतनम् see कर्मेन्द्रियम्; शव्दः स्पर्शो रसो गन्धो रूपं चेत्यर्थजातयः । गत्युक्त्युत्सर्गशिल्पानि कर्मायतनसिद्धयः Bhāg.11.22.16. -आशयः receptacle or accumulation of (good and evil) acts; निर्हृत्य कर्माशयमाशु याति परां गतिम् Bhāg.1.46.32. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of action, as distinguished from ज्ञानेन्द्रिय; (they are :- वाक्पाणिपादपायूपस्थानि; Ms.2.99; see under इन्द्रिय also) कर्मेन्द्रियाणि संयम्य Bg.3.6,7. -उदारम् any valiant or noble act, magnanimity, prowess. -उद्युक्त a. busy, engaged, active, zealous. -करः 1 a hired labourer (a servant who is not a slave); आ तस्य गोः प्रतिदानात् कर्मकारी आगबीनः कर्मकरः Mbh. on P.V.2.14. कर्मकराः स्थपत्यादयः Pt.1; Śi.14.16. -2 Yama. -कर्तृ m. (in gram.) an agent who is at the same time the object of the action; e. g. पच्यते ओदनः, it is thus defined:- क्रियमाणं तु यत्कर्म स्वयमेव प्रसिध्यति । सुकरैः स्वैर्गुणैः कर्तुः कर्मकर्तेति तद्विदुः ॥ न चान्तरेण कर्मकर्तारं सकर्मका अकर्मका भवन्ति Mbh. on P.I.3.27 -काण्डः, -ण्डम् that department of the Veda which relates to ceremonial acts and sacrificial rites and the merit arising from a due performance thereof. -कारः 1 one who does any business, a mechanic, artisan (technically a worker not hired). -2 any labourer in general (whether hired or not). -3 a black-smith; हरिणाक्षि कटाक्षेण आत्मानमवलोकय । न हि खङ्गो विजानाति कर्मकारं स्वकारणम् ॥ Udb. -4 a bull. -कारिन् m. a labourer, artisan, workman. -कार्मुकः, -कम् a strong bow. -कीलकः a washerman. -कृत्यम् activity, the state of active exertion; यः प्रथमः कर्मकृत्याय जज्ञे Av.4.24.6. -क्षम a. able to perform any work or duty; आत्मकर्मक्षमं देहं क्षात्रो धर्म इवाश्रितः R.1.13. -क्षेत्रम् the land of religious acts, i. e. भरतवर्ष; Bhāg.5.17.11. cf. कर्मभूमि. -गतिः f. the course of fate; अथ कर्मगतिं चित्रां दृष्ट्वा$स्य हसितं मया Ks.59.159. -गृहीत a. caught in the very act (as a thief.). -ग्रन्थिः f. a term in Jaina metaphysics connoting 'weakness in the form of वासनाs produced by अज्ञान'. -घातः leaving off or suspending work. -च(चा)ण्डालः 1 'base in deed', a man of very low acts or deeds; Vasiṣṭha mentions these kinds :-- असूयकः पिशुनश्च कृतघ्नो दीर्घरोषकः । चत्वारः कर्मचाण्डाला जन्मतश्चापि पञ्चमः ॥ -2 one who commits an atrocious deed; अपूर्वकर्मचण्डालमयि मुग्धे विमुच्च माम् U.1.46. -3 N. of Rāhu. -चेष्टा active exertion, action. कर्मचेष्टास्वहः Ms.1.66. -चोदना 1 The motive impelling one to ritual acts. ज्ञानं ज्ञेयं परिज्ञाता त्रिविधा कर्मचोदना Bg.18.18. -2 any positive rule enjoining a religious act. -च्छेदः The loss caused by absence on duty; Kau. A.2.7. -जः a. resulting from an act; सिद्धिर्भवति कर्मजा Bg.4.12. कर्मजा गतयो नॄणामुत्तमाधममध्यमाः Ms.12.3. (-जः) 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 the Kali age. -3 the banian tree. -4 the effect arising from human acts :-- संयोग, विभाग &c. -5 heaven. -6 hell. -ज्ञ a. one acquainted with religious rites. -त्यागः renunciation of worldly duties or ceremonial acts. -दुष्ट a. corrupt in action, wicked, immoral, disrespectable. -देवः a god through religious action; ये शतं गन्धर्वलोक आनन्दाः स एकः कर्मदेवानामानन्दः Bṛi. Up.4.3.33. -दोषः 1 sin, vice; अवेक्षेत गतीर्नॄणां कर्मदोष- समुद्भवाः Ms.6.61,95. -2 an error, defect, or blunder (in doing an act); कर्मदोषैर्न लिप्यते Ms.1,14. -3 evil consequence of human acts. -4 discreditable conduct. -धारयः N. of a compound, a subdivision of Tatpuruṣa, (in which the members of the compound are in apposition) तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P.I. 2.42. तत्पुरुष कर्म धारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. -ध्वंसः 1 loss of fruit arising from religious acts. -2 disappointment. -नामन् (in gram.) a participal noun. -नामधेयम् N. of an act or sacrifice. These names are not arbitrary or technical such as गुण and वृद्धि but are always significant; सर्वेष्वेव कर्मनामधेयेषु अर्थसमन्वयेनानुवाद- भूतो नामशद्बो वर्तते, न लौकिकार्थतिरस्कारेण परिभाषामात्रेण वृद्धिगुणवत् ŚB. on MS.1.6.41. -नाशा N. of a river between Kaśi and Bihar. -निश्चयः a decision of action; न लेमे कर्मनिश्चयम् Bm.1.648. -निषद्या a manufactory; Kau. A.2.4. -निष्ठ a. devoted to the performance of religious acts; अग्निर्वीरं श्रुत्यं कर्मनिष्ठाम् Rv.1.8.1; Ms.3.134. -न्यासः renunciation of the result of religious acts. -पथः 1 the direction or source of an action. -2 the path of religious rites (opp. ज्ञानमार्ग). -पाकः ripening of actions, reward of actions done in a former life; Pt.1.372. -प्रवचनीयः a term for certain prepositions, particles, or adverbs when they are not connected with verbs and govern a noun in some case; literally-the term means, 'Concerned with the setting forth of an action'. According to Indian grammarians it means 'that which spoke of an action (क्रियां प्रोक्तवन्तः)' e. g. आ in आ मुक्तेः संसारः is a कर्मप्रवचनीय; so अनु in जपमनु प्रावर्षत् &c; कर्म प्रोक्तवन्तः कर्मप्रवचनीया इति Mbh. on P.I.4.83. cf. उपसर्ग, गति and निपात also. -फलम् 1 fruit or reward of actions done in a former life; (pain, pleasure); न मे कर्मफले स्पृहा Bg.4.14;5.12;6.1; ˚फलत्याग Bg.12.11,18.2; ˚फलत्यागिन् Bg.18.11; ˚फलप्रेप्सुः Bg.18.27; ˚फलसंयोग Bg.5.14; ˚फलहेतु Bg.2.47. एवं संचिन्त्य मनसा प्रेत्य कर्मफलोदयम् Ms.11.231. -2 the fruit of Averrhoa Carambola (Mar. कर्मर); also कर्मरङ्ग. -बन्धः, -बन्धनम् confinement to repeated birth, as the consequence of religious acts, good or bad (by which the soul is attached to worldly pleasures &c.); बुद्ध्या युक्तो यथा पार्थ कर्मबन्धं प्रहास्यति Bg.2.39. -भूः, -भूमिः f. 1 the land of religious rites, i. e. भरतवर्ष, this world (a place for man's probation); प्राप्येमां कर्मभूमिम् Bh.2.1; K.174,319. -2 ploughed ground. -मासः the Calendar month of thirty days. -मीमांसा the Mīmāṁsā of ceremonial acts; see मीमांसा. -मूलम् a kind of sacred grass called कुश. -युगम् the fourth (the present) age of the world, i. e. the Kaliyuga. -योगः 1 performance of actions, worldly and religious rites; कर्मयोगेन योगिनाम् Bg.3.3;3.7;5.2;13.24. -2 active exertion, industry; Ms.1.115. -वचनम् (with Buddhists) the ritual. -वज्रः an epithet of a Śūdra. -वशः fate considered as the inevitable result of actions done in a former life. -वाटी a lunar day (तिथि). -विपाक = कर्मपाक. -शाला a work-shop. -शील, -शूर a. assiduous, active, laborious; cf. कर्म- शीलस्तु कर्मठे । Nm. -शौचम् humility. -श्रुतिः f. The word expressive of the act; कर्मश्रुतेः परार्थत्वात् MS.11. 2.6. (read या अत्र कर्मश्रुतिः दर्शपूर्णमासाभ्यामिति सा परार्था तृतीया-योगात् &c. शबर). -सङ्गः attachment to worldly duties and their results. तन्निबध्नाति ... कर्मसङ्गेन Bg.14.7. -सचिवः a minister. -संन्यासिकः, -संन्यासिन् m. 1 a religious person who has withdrawn from every kind of worldly act. -2 an ascetic who performs religious deeds without looking to their reward. -साक्षिन् m. 1 an eyewitness; वह्निर्विवाहं प्रति कर्मसाक्षी Ku.7.83. -2 one who witnesses the good or bad actions of man; आदित्य भो लोककृताकृतज्ञ लोकस्य सत्यानृप- कर्मसाक्षिन् Rām.3.63.16. (There are nine divinities which are said to witness and watch over all human actions; सूर्यः सोमो यमः कालो महाभूतानि पञ्च च । एते शुभाशुभ- स्येह कर्मणो नव साक्षिणः ॥) -सिद्धिः f. accomplishment of any business or desired object; success. स्वकर्मसिद्धिं पुनरा- शशंसे Ku. -स्थानम् a public office, a place of business.
kalañjaḥ कलञ्जः 1 A bird. -2 A deer or any other animal struck with a poisoned weapon. -3 Tobacco. -4 A particular weight (= 1 Rūpakas). -ञ्जम् Flesh of such an animal. -Comp. -न्यायः the rule according to which a negation connected with an act constitutes prohibition of that act. This is discussed and established by जैमिनि (6.2.19) and शबर in connection with texts like न कलञ्जं भक्षयेत् in MS.6.2.19-2. ŚB. 1.1.4.
kalā कला [कल्-कच्] A small part of anything; स एष संवत्सरः प्रजापतिः षोडशकलास्तस्य Bṛi. Up.1.5.14; विन्देम देवतां वाचममृतामात्मनः कलाम् U.1.1; a bit, jot; कलामप्यकृतपरि- लम्बः K.34; सर्वे ते मित्रगात्रस्य कलां नार्हन्ति षोडशीम् Pt.2. 59; Ms.2.86,8.36; a sixteenth part; यथा कलं यथा शफं यथा ऋणं संनयामसि Rv.8.47,17; a symbolic expression of the number sixteen; Hch. -2 A digit of the moon (these are sixteen); जगति जयिनस्ते ते भावा नवेन्दु- कलादयः Māl.1.36; Ku.5.71; Me.91. -3 Interest on capital (consideration paid for the use of money); घनवीथिवीथिमवतीर्णवतो निधिरम्भसामुपचयाय कलाः Śi.9.32. (where कला means 'digits' also). -4 A division of time variously computed; one minute, 48 seconds, or 8 seconds. Mb.1.25.14;12.137.21. -5 The 6th part of one thirtieth part of a zodiacal sign, a minute of a degree. -6 Any practical art (mechanical or fine); there are 64 such arts, as music, dancing &c. मातृवदस्याः कलाः Mbh. on P.IV.1.9. (See कामधेनु टीका on काव्यालङ्कारसूत्र 7.) -7 Skill, ingenuity. -8 Fraud, deceit. -9 (In Prosody) A syllabic instant. -1 A boat. -11 The menstrual discharge. -12 A term for the seven substrata of the elements of the human body; (they are :- आद्या मांसधरा प्रोक्ता द्वितीया रक्तधारिणी । मेदोधरा तृतीया तु चतुर्थीं श्लेष्मधारिणी ॥ पञ्चमी च मलं धत्ते षष्टी पित्तधरा मता । रेतोधरा सप्तमी स्यात् इति सप्त कलाः स्मृताः ॥ -13 An atom. -14 A term for the embryo. -15 A fleshy part near the tail of the elephant (also कलाभागः); Mātaṅga L.3.2. -16 Enumeration. -17 A form (स्वरूप); लीलया दधतः कलाः Bhāg. 1.1.17. -18 Prowess (शक्ति); संहृत्य कालकलया कल्पान्त इदमीश्वरः Bhāg.11.9.16. -Comp. -अन्तरम् 1 another digit. -2 interest, profit; मासे शतस्य यदि पञ्च कलान्तरं स्यात् Līlā. -अयनः a tumbler, a dancer (as on the sharp edge of a sword). -आकुलम् deadly poison. -केलि a. gay, wanton. (-लिः) an epithet of Kāma. -क्षयः waning (of the moon); R.5.16. -धरः, -निधिः, -पूर्णः the moon; अहो महत्त्वं महतामपूर्वं विपत्तिकाले$पि परो- पकारः । यथास्यमध्ये पतितो$पि राहोः कलानिधिः पुण्यचयं ददाति ॥ Udb. -न्यासः a tattooing person's body with particular mystical marks. -भृत् m. 1 the moon. कला च सा कान्तिमती कलाभृतः Ku.5.71. -2 an artist &c.
kaṣ कष् I. 1 U. (कषति-ते, कषित) 1 To rub, scratch, scrape; समूलकाषं कषति Sk; Bk..3.49. -2 To test, try, rub on a touch-stone (as gold); छदहेम कषन्निवालसत्कष- पाषाणनिभे नभस्तले N.2.69. -3 To injure, destroy. -4 To itch. -5 To leap. -II. 1 P. (काषयति) To hurt.
kaṣa कष a. [कष्-अच्] Rubbing, scratching. -षः 1 Rubbing. -2 A touch-stone; छदहेम कषन्निवालसत्कषपाषाणनिभे नभस्तले N.2.69; सुवर्णरेखेव कषे निवेशिता Mk.3.17. -Comp. -पट्टिका, -पाषाणः a touch-stone; Vikr.1.3,24.
kaṣaṇa कषण a. [कष्-ल्युट्] 1 Unripe, immature. -2 Removing, destroying; adopting one's self to कर्माणि कर्म- कषणानि यदूत्तमस्य Bhāg.1.9.49. -णम् 1 Rubbing, marking, scratching; कण्डूलद्विपगण्डपिण्डकषणोत्कम्पेन संपातिभिः U.2.9; कषणकम्पनिरस्तमहाहिभिः Ki.5.47. -2 Test of gold by the touch-stone.
kasaḥ कसः A touch-stone; cf. कष.
kākaḥ काकः [कै शब्दकरणे-कन् Uṇ.3.43] 1 A crow; काको$पि जीवति चिराय बलिं च भुङ्क्ते Pt.1.24. -2 (Fig.) A contemptible fellow, base or impudent person. -3 A lame man. -4 Bathing by dipping the head only into water (as crows do). -5 A sectarial mark (तिलक). -6 A kind of measure. -7 N. of a Dvīpa. -का N. of several plants काकनासा, काकोली &c. -की 1 A female crow. -काकी see Mbh. on IV.1.63. -कम् 1 A multitude of crows. -2 A modus coeundi. -Comp. -अक्षिगोलकन्याय see under न्याय. -अञ्ची = काकजङ्घा q. v. -अदनी The Gunja plant. -अरिः an owl. -इक्षुः A reed. -उडुम्वरः, (-रिका) The fig-tree. -उदरः a snake; काकोदरो येन विनीतदर्पः Kavirāja; काकोदरसोदरः खलो जगति Bv.1.76. -उलूकिका, -उलूकीयम् the natural enmity of the owl and the crow; Mbh. on IV.2.14; Vārt.2. (काकोलूकीयम् is the name of the third Tantra in the Pañchatantra). -कङ्गुः -कङ्गुनी f. A kind of corn. -Comp. -कला N. of a plant. -चिञ्चा, -जङ्घा the Gunja plant. -चरित्रम् A part of the science of Omens based on the sound of crows. -च्छदः, -च्छदिः 1 a wag-tail. -2 a side-lock of hair; see काकपक्ष below. -जम्बुः A kind of rose-apple tree. -जातः the (Indian) cuckoo. -तालीय a. [काकताल-छ Mbh. on V.3.16] (anything) taking place quite unexpectedly and accidentally, an accident; अहो नु खलु भोः तदेतत् काकतालीयं नाम Māl.5; काक- तालीयवत्प्राप्तं दृष्ट्वा$पि निधिमग्रतः H. Pr.3; sometimes used adverbially in the sense of 'accidentally'; फलन्ति काक- तालीयं तेभ्यः प्राज्ञा न बिभ्यति Ve.2.15. ˚न्याय see under न्याय. -तालुकिन a. contemptible, vile. -तिक्रा, -तिन्दुका, -तुण्डिका different kinds of trees. -तुण्डम् A kind of head of an arrow (see फलम्). काकतुण्डेन वेध्यानां वेधं कुर्यात् Dhanur.66. -दन्तः (lit.) the tooth of a crow; (fig.) anything impossible or not existing; ˚गवेषणम् searching after impossibilities (said of any useless and unprofitable task). -ध्वजः the submarine fire; cf. और्व. -नासा, -नासिका, -नासिकी different kinds of trees. -निद्रा a light slumber (easily broken). -पक्षः, -पक्षकः side-locks of hair on the temples of boys and young men (especially of the Kṣatriya caste]; काकपक्षधरमेत्य याचितः R.11.1,31,42;3.28; U.3. -पदम् 1 the sign (^) in Mss. denoting that something has been left out. -2 an incision in the skin. (-दः) a particular mode of sexual intercourse. -पुच्छः, -पुष्टः the [Indian] cuckoo. -पेय a shallow; काकपेया नदी Sk. -भीरुः an owl. -मद्गुः a gallinule water-hen, घृतं हृत्वा तु दुर्बुद्धिः काकमद्गुः प्रजायते Mb.13.111.22. -मर्दः, -मर्दकः a kind of gourd [Mar. कवंडळ]. -माची, -चिका a kind of tree (Mar. कावळी) -मृगगोचरित a. following the manner of the crow in drinking, of the deer in eating and of the cow in making water; एवं गोमृगकाकचर्यया व्रजंस्तिष्ठन्नासीनः शयानः काकमृगगोचरितः पिबति खादत्यवमेहति स्म Bhāg.5.5.34. -यवः barren corn (the ear of which has no grain); यथा काकयवाः प्रोक्ता यथारण्यभवास्तिलाः । नाममात्रा न सिद्धौ हि धनहीनास्तथा नराः ॥ Pt.2.9. तथैव पाण्डवाः सर्वे यथा काकयवा इव Mb; (काकयवाः = निष्फलतृणधान्यम्). -रुतम् the shrill sound of a crow (considered as a sign of future good or evil under different circumstances); -रुहा a. kind of tree (Mar. बांडगूळ). -वन्ध्या a woman that bears only one child. -स्नानम् Bathing like a crow. -स्पर्शः 1 The touching of a crow. -2 A ceremony performed on the tenth day after a death, consisting in the offering of rice to crows. -स्वरः a shrill tone (as that of a crow).
kākuḥ काकुः f. 1 Change of the voice under different emotions, such as fear, grief, anger; 'काकुः स्त्रियां विकारो यः शोकभीत्यादिभिर्ध्वनेः' Ak. भिन्नकण्ठध्वनिर्धीरैः काकुरित्यभि- धीयते S. D. अलीककाकुकरणकुशलताम् K.222; कामे कान्ते सार- सिकाकाकुरुतेन Śi.6.76. (Hence) -2 A word of negation used in such a manner that it implies the contrary (affirmative), as in questions of appeal (in such cases intended meaning is suggested by a change of the voice.); cf. Pt.1.146. -3 Muttering, murmuring. -4 Tongue काकुर्जिह्वा सास्मिन्नुद्यत इति काकुदम् Mbh. on P.I.1.1. -5 Stress, emphasis.
kāṇḍaḥ काण्डः ण्डम् 1 A section, a part in general. -2 The portion of a plant from one knot to another. काण्डात्काण्ड- त्प्ररोहन्ती Mahānār.4.3. -3 A stem, stock, branch; लीलोत्खातमृणालकाण्डकवलच्छेदे U.3.16; Amaru.95; Ms. 1.46,48, Māl.3.34. -4 Any division of a work, such as a chapter of a book; as the seven Kāṇḍas of the Rām. -5 A separate department or subject; e. g. कर्म˚ &c. -6 A cluster, bundle, multitude. -7 An arrow. मनो दृष्टिगतं कृत्वा ततः काण्डं विसर्जयेत् Dhanur.3; Mb.5.155.7. -8 A long bone, a bone of the arms or legs. -9 cane, reed. -1 A stick, staff. -11 Water. निवृत्ताः काण्डचित्राणि क्रियन्ते दाशबन्धुभिः Rām.2.89.18. -12 Opportunity, occasion. -13 Private place. -14 A kind of measure. -15 Praise, flattery. -16 A horse. -17 Vile, bad, sinful (at the end of comp. only). -ण्डी A little stock or stem; Rāj. T.7.117. -Comp. -अनुसमयः Performance of all the details with reference to one thing or person first, then doing them with reference to the second, and so on (see अनुसमय). -ऋषिः A class of sages including Jaimini. -कारः (-रिन्) a maker of arrows कुसीदवृत्तयः काण्डकारिणश्चाहि- तुण्डिकाः Śiva. B.31.22. (-रम्) the betel-nut. -गोचरः an iron arrow. -तिक्तः, -तिक्तकः N. of a tree (Mar. काडेचिराईत). -पटः, -पटकः a screen surrounding a tent, curtain (Mar. कनात); उत्क्षिप्तकाण्डपटकान्तरलीयमानः Śi.5.22; उल्लोचैः काण्डपटकैः अनेकैः पटमण्डपैः Śiva. B. 22.61. ततः स्वमेवागारमानीय काण्डपटपरिक्षिप्ते विविक्तोद्देशे Dk. 'अपटः काण्डपटी स्यात्' इति वैजयन्ती. -पातः an arrow's flight, range of an arrow. -पुष्पम् The कुन्द flower. -पृष्ठः 1 one of the military profession, a soldier; cf. काण्डस्पृष्टः. -2 the husband of a Vaiśya woman. -3 an adopted son, any other than one's own son. -4 (as a term of reproach) a base-born fellow, one who is faithless to his family, caste, religion, profession &c. In Mv.3 Jāmadagnya is styled by शतानन्द as काण्डपृष्ठ. (स्वकुलं पृष्ठतः कृत्वा यो वै परकुलं व्रजेत् । तेन दुश्चरितेनासौ काण्डपृष्ठ इति स्मृतः ॥). -ष्ठम् the bow of Karṇa & Kāma. -भङ्गः, -भग्नम् a fracture of the bone or limbs. -वीणा the lute of a Chāṇḍāla. -सन्धिः a knot, joint (as of a plant). -स्पृष्टः one who lives by arms, a warrior, soldier. -हीनम् a kind of grass.
kāpota कापोत a. (ती f.) [कपोत-अण्] 1 grey, of a dirty white colour. -2 Not hoarding much, very frugal; स्तुवन्वृत्तिं च कापोतीं दुहित्रा स ययौ पुरात् Bhāg.9.18.25. -तम् 1 A flock of pigeons. -2 Antimony. -3 Natron. -4 Fossil. -तः The grey colour. -Comp. -अञ्जनम् antimony applied to the eyes as collyrium.
kāraka कारक a. (-रिका f.) [कृ-ण्वुल्] (Usually at the end of comp.) 1 Making, acting, doing, performing, creating, doer &c. स्वप्नस्य कारकः Y.3.15;2.156; वर्णसंकर- कारकैः Bg.1.42; Ms.7.24; Pt.5.36. कारका मित्रकार्याणि सीतालाभाय सो$ब्रवीत् Bk.7.29. -2 An agent. -3 Intending to act or do. -कम् 1 (In Gram.) The relation subsisting between a noun and a verb in a sentence, (or between a noun and other words governing it); there are six such Kārakas, belonging to the first seven cases, except the genitive: (1) कर्त; (2) कर्मन्; (3) करण; (4) संप्रदान; (5) अपादान; (6) अधिकरण. -2 That part of grammar which treats of these relations; i. e. syntax. -3 Water produced from hail. -4 An organ (इन्द्रिय); जगाद जीमूतगभीरया गिरा बद्धाञ्जलीन्संवृतसर्व- कारकान् Bhāg.8.6.16. -Comp. -गुप्तिः f. a. sentence with a hidden meaning. -Comp. -दीपकम् (in Rhet.) Case illuminator, a figure of speech in which the same Kāraka is connected with several verbs in succession; e. g. रिवद्यति कूणति वेल्लति विचलति निमिषति विलोकयति तिर्यक् । अन्तर्नन्दति चुम्बितुमिच्छति नवपरिणया वधूः शयने ॥ K. P.1. -हेतुः the active or efficient cause (opp. ज्ञापकहेतु).
kārikā कारिका 1 A female dancer. -2 A business, or trade -3 A memorial verse, or a collection of such verses, on grammatical, philosophical, or scientific subjects, e. g. Bhattojī Dīkṣita's Kārikās on grammar; called वैयाकरणसिद्धान्तकारिका; सांख्यकारिका. -4 Torment, torture. -5 Interest.
kārtavīryaḥ कार्तवीर्यः The son of Kṛitavīrya and king of the Haihayas, who ruled at Māhiṣmatī. [Having worshipped Dattāttreya, he obtained from him several boons, such as a thousand arms, a golden chariot that went wheresoever he willed it to go, the power of restraining wrong by justice, conquest of earth, invincibility by enemies &c.; (cf. R.6.39). According to the Vāyu Purāṇa he ruled justly and righteously for 85, years and offered 1, sacrifices. He was a contemporary of Rāvaṇa whom he once captured and confined like a beast in a corner of his city; cf. R.6.4. Kārtavīrya was slain by Paraśurāma for having carried off by violence the Kāmadhenu of his reversed father Jamadagni. Kārtavīrya is also known by the name Sahasrārjuna.]
kāla काल a. (-ली f.) 1 Black, of a dark or dark-blue colour; Rām.5.17.9. Mb.8.49.48. -2 Injuring, hurting. -लः 1 The black or dark-blue colour. -2 Time (in general); विलम्बितफलैः कालं निनाय स मनोरथैः R.1.33; तस्मिन्काले at that time; काव्यशास्त्रविनोदेन कालो गच्छति धीमताम् H.1.1 the wise pass their time &c. -3 Fit or opportune time (to do a thing), proper time or occasion; (with gen., loc., dat., or inf.); R.3.12,4.6,12.69; पर्जन्यः कालवर्षी Mk.1.6; काले वर्षतु पर्जन्यः &c. -4 A period or portion of time (as the hours or watches of a day); षष्ठे काले दिवसस्य V.2.1. Ms.5.153. -5 The weather. -6 Time considered as one of the nine dravyas by the Vaiśeṣikas. -7 The Supreme Spirit regarded as the destroyer of the Universe, being a personification of the destructive principle; कालः काल्या भुवनफलके क्रीडति प्राणिशारैः Bh.3.39. -8 (a) Yama, the god of death; कः कालस्य न गोचरान्तरगतः Pt.1.146. (b) Death, time of death; स हि कालो$स्य दुर्मतेः Rām.7.64.1. -9 Fate, destiny. -1 The black part of the eye. -11 The (Indian) cuckoo. -12 The planet Saturn. -13 N. of Śiva; N. of Rudra; उग्ररेता भवः कालो वामदेवो धृतव्रतः Bhāg.3.12.12. -14 A measure of time (in music or prosody). -15 A person who distils and sells spirituous liquor. -16 A section, or part. -17 A red kind of plumbago. -18 Resin, pitch. -19 N. of an enemy of Śiva. -2 (with the Jainas) One of the nine treasures. -21 A mystical name for the letter म्. -22 N. of the one of four contentments mentioned in साङ्ख्यकारिका; प्रकृत्युपादानकालभागाख्याः Śāṅ. K.5. -ला 1 N. of several plants. -2 N. of a daughter of Dakṣa. -3 An epithet of Durgā. -ली 1 Blackness. -2 Ink, black ink. -3 An epithet of Pārvatī, Śiva's wife. -4 A row of black clouds. -5 A woman with a dark complexion. -6 N. of Satyavatī, mother of Vyāsa. जनयामास यं काली शक्तेः पुत्रात्पराशरात् Mb.1.6.2; Bu. ch.4.76. -7 Night. -8 Censure, blame. -9 One of the seven tongues of Fire : काली कराली च मनोजवा च सुलोहिता या च सुधूम्रवर्णा । स्फुलिङ्गिनी विश्वरुची च देवी लेलायमाना इति सप्तजिह्वाः ॥ Muṇḍ.1.2.4. -1 A form of Durgā कालि कालि महा- कालि सीधुमांसपशुंप्रिये Mb.4.6.17. कालीतनयः a buffalo. -11 One of the Mātṛis or divine mothers. -12 N. of a wife of Bhīma. -13 A sister of Yama. -14 A kind of learning (महाविद्या) -15 A small shrub used as a purgative. -16 A kind of insect. -लम् 1 Iron. क्षुरो भूत्वा हरेत्प्राणान्निशितः कालसाधनः Mb.1.14.89. -2 A kind of perfume. -Comp. -अयसम् iron. -अक्षरिकः a scholar, one who can read and decipher. -अगरु n. a kind of sandal tree, black kind of aloe; कालागुरुर्दहनमध्यगतः सम- न्ताल्लोकोत्तरं परिमलं प्रकटीकरोति Bv.1.7, R.4.81. (-n.) the wood of that tree. शिरांसि कालागुरुधूपितानि Ṛs.4.5;5.5. -अग्निः, -अनलः 1 the destructive fire at the end of the world. -2 an epithet of Rudra. -3. a kind of bead (रुद्राक्ष). -अङ्ग a. having a dark-blue body (as a sword with a dark-blue edge) Mb.4.8.1.; -अजिनम् the hide of a black antelope. -अञ्जनम् a sort of collyrium; न चक्षुषोः कान्तिविशेषबुद्ध्या कालाञ्जनं मङ्गलमित्युपात्तम् Ku.7.2,82. (-नी) a small shrub used as a purgative (Mar. काळी कापशी). -अण्डजः the (Indian) cuckoo. -अतिक्रमः, -क्रमणम् delay, being late; कालातिक्रमणं वृत्तेर्यो न कुर्वति भूपतिः Pt.1.154. -अतिपातः, -अतिरेकः loss of time, delay; Māl.2. -अतीत a. elapsed, passed by. -अत्ययः 1 delay, lapse of time. -2 loss by lapse of time. -अध्यक्षः 1 'presiding over time', epithet of the sun. -2 the Supreme Soul. -अनुनादिन् m. 1 a bee. -2 a sparrow. -3 the Chātaka bird. -अनुसारकः 1 Tagara tree. -2 yellow sandal. -अनुसारिः, -अनु- सारिन्, -अनुसारिवा, -अनुसार्यः, -र्यकः benzoin or benjamin. (-र्यम्) 1 a yellow fragrant wood (पीतचन्दन). -2 Sissoo wood. -अन्तकः time, regarded as the god of death, and the destroyer of every thing. -अन्तरम् 1 an interval. -2 a period of time. -3 another time or opportunity. ˚आवृत a. hidden or concealed in the womb of time. ˚क्षम a. able to bear delay; अकालक्षमा देव्याः शरीरावस्था K.263; Ś.4. ˚प्रेक्षिन् Pt.3.172. ˚विषः an animal venomous only when enraged, as a rat. -अभ्रः a dark, watery cloud. -अयनम् See कालचक्र Bhāg.5.22.11. -अवधिः appointed time. -अवबोधः knowledge of time and circumstances; Māl.3.11. -अशुद्धिः f. -अशौचम् period of mourning, ceremonial impurity caused by the birth of a child or death of a relation in the family; see अशौच. -अष्टकम् 1 first to eighth days of the dark half of the month आषाढ (festival period of कालभैरव) -2 a stotra of कालभैरव by Śhaṅkarāchārya. -आकृष्ट a. 1 led to death. -2 produced or brought by time. -आत्मक a. depending on time or destiny. -आत्मन् m. the Supreme Spirit. -आदिकः The month चैत्र. -आम्रः 1 a mango-kind; कालाम्ररसपीतास्ते नित्यं संस्थित- यौवनाः Mb.6.7.18. -2 N. of a Dvīpa; Hariv. -आयसम् iron. -a. made of iron; ततः कालायसं शूलं कण्टकैर्बहुभिश्च तम् Rām.7.8.15. -उप्त a. sown in due season. -कञ्जम् a blue lotus. -कटम्, -कटः an epithet of Śiva; Mb.13. -कण्ठः 1 a peacock. -2 a sparrow. -3 a wagtail. -4 a gallinule. -5 an epithet of Śiva; कालिन्दीकालकण्ठः कलयतु कुशलं को$पि कापालिको नः Udb.; U.6. -कण्ठी Pārvatī, the wife of कालकण्ठ i. e. शिव. नृत्यन्तीमिव रजनी नटीं प्रतीमो गानश्री- र्विलसति नाथ कालकण्ठी Rām Ch.7.23. -कण्टक, -कण्ठकः a gallinule. -कण़्डकः a water-snake. -करणम् appointing or fixing time. -कर्णिका, -कर्णी misfortune. -कर्मन् n. 1 death. -2 destruction; त्रैलोक्यं तु करिष्यामि संयुक्तं काल- कर्मणा Rām.3.64.62. -कलायः dark pulse. -कल्प a fatal, deadly. -कल्लकः A water-snake. -कालः Supreme Being. -कीलः noise. -कुण्ठः Yama. -कुष्ठः a myrrh. -कूटः, -टम् (a) a deadly poison; अहो बकी यं स्तनकाल- कूटं अपाययत् Bhāg.3.2.23; Ś.6. (b) the poison churned out of the ocean and drunk by Śiva; अद्यापि नोज्झति हरः किल कालकूटम् Ch. P.5. कालकूटस्य जननीं तां स्तुवे वामलोचनाम् Vb. -कूटकः a poison; Mb.1. -कृत् m. 1 the sun. -2 a peacock. -3 Supreme Spirit. -कृत 1 produced by time. -2 fixed, appointed. -3 lent or deposited, -4 done for a long time. (-तः) the sun. -क्रमः lapse of time, course of time; कालक्रमेण in course or process of time; Ku.1.19. -क्रिया 1 fixing a time. -2 death. -क्षेपः 1 delay, loss of time; कालक्षेप ककुभसुरभौ पर्वते पर्वते ते (उत्पश्यामि) Me.22; मरणे कालक्षेपं मा कुरु Pt.1. -2 passing the time. -खञ्जम्, -खञ्जनम् -खण्डम् the liver; स्वादुकारं कालखण्डोपदंशम् Śi.18.77. -गङ्गा the river Yamunā. -ग्रन्थिः a year. -घातिन् a. killing by degrees or slowly (as a poison). -चक्रम् 1 the wheel of time (time being represented as a wheel always moving). -2 a cycle. -3 (hence fig.) the wheel of fortune, the vicissitudes of life. (-क्रः) an epithet of the sun. -चिह्नम् a symptom of approaching death. -चोदित a. summoned by the angel of death. -जोषकः One who is satisfied with sparse food at the proper time. -ज्येष्ठः a. senior in years, grown up; U.5.12. -ज्ञ a. knowing the proper time or occasion (of any action); अत्यारूढो हि नारीणामकालज्ञो मनोभवः R.12.33; Śi.2.83. (-ज्ञः) 1 an astrologer. -2 a cock. -ज्ञानिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -तिन्दुकः a kind of ebony. -त्रयम् the three times; the past, the present, and the future; ˚दर्शी K.46. -दण्डः death; श्रेयस्त्रैविक्रमस्ते वितरतु विबुधद्वेषिणां कालदण्डः Dk. -दमनी an epithet of Durgā. -दष्ट a. doomed to death; कालदष्टं नृपं ज्ञात्वा Bm.1.18. -धर्मः, -धर्मन् m. 1 the line of conduct suitable to any particular time. -2 the law or rule of time. -3 effects proper to the time. -4 fated time, death; कालधर्मं गते सगरे Rām.1.42.1. न पुनर्जीवितः कश्चित्कालधर्ममुपागतः Mb.; परीताः काल- धर्मणा &c. -धारणा prolongation of time. -नरः (in astrology) the figure of a man's body. -नाथः; -निधिः Śiva. -नियोगः decree of fate or destiny; लङ्घ्यते न खलु काल- नियोगः Ki.9.13. -निरूपणम् determination of time, chronology. -निर्यासः Bdellium (Mar. गुग्गुळ). -नेमिः 1 the rim of the wheel of time. -2 N. of a demon, uncle of Rāvaṇa, deputed by him to kill Hanūmat. -3 N. of a demon with 1 hands killed by Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः, रिपुः, हरः, हन् m. epithets of Kṛiṣṇa. -पक्व a. ripened by time; i. e. spontaneously; Ms.6.17,21; Y.3.49. -परिवासः standing for a time so as to become stale. -पर्णः the flower plant (Mar. नगर). -पर्ययः a delay (कालातिक्रम); वक्तुमर्हसि सुग्रीवं व्यतीतं कालपर्यये Rām.4.31.8. -पर्यायः the revolution or course of time; मन्ये लोकविनाशो$यं कालपर्यायनोदितः Mb.11.15.41. -पाशः the noose of Yama or death. -पाशिकः a hangman. -पु (पू) रुषः an attendant of Yama. -पृष्ठम् 1 a species of antelope. -2 a heron. (-कम्) 1 N. of the bow of Karṇa; Ve.4. -2 a bow in general. -प्रभातम् autumn or Śarad; (the two months following the rainy season considered as the best time). -बन्धन a. being under control of death (काल); प्रत्यक्षं मन्यसे कालं मर्त्यः सन् कालबन्धनः Mb.3.35.2. -भक्षः an epithet of Śiva. -भृत् m. the sun. -भैरवः an epithet of Śiva. -मल्लिका, -मान (लः) the plant ocimum (Mar. तुळस). -मालम् a measure of time. -मुखः a species of ape; Mb.3.292.12. -मेषी, -मेशिका, -मेषिका f. the Manjiṣṭha plant. -यवनः a kind of yavanas and enemy of Kṛiṣṇa and an invincible foe of the Yādavas. Kṛiṣṇa, finding it impossible to vanquish him on the field of battle, cunningly decoyed him to the cave where Muchakunda was sleeping who burnt him down. -यापः, -यापनम् procrastination, delay, putting off. -योगः fate, destiny. -योगतः according to the requirements of the time; Pt.1.184. -योगिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -रात्रिः, -रात्री f. 1 a dark night. -2 a sister of Yama. -3 the Amāvasyā on which lamps are lighted (in the Divali holidays). -4 the night of destruction at the end of the world (identified with Durgā); कालरात्रीति तां (सीतां) विद्धि सर्वलङ्का- विनाशिनीम् Rām.5.51.34. -5 a particular night in the life of man, on the 7th day of the 7th month of the 77th year. -रुद्रः Rudra regarded as the fire that is to destroy the world. -लवणम् the बिड salt. (Mar. संचळखार) -लोहक्, -लौहम् steel. -वलनम् the armour. -विप्रकर्षः prolongation of time. विषयबाहुल्यं कालविप्रकर्षश्च स्मृतिं प्रमुष्णाति Mv.5.9. -विभक्तिः f. a section or part of time; Ms.1.24. -वृद्धिः f. periodical interest (payable monthly, quarterly, or at stated times); Ms.8.153. -वृन्तः a kind of pulse (कुलत्थ). -वेला the time of Saturn, i. e. a particular time of the day (half a watch every day) at which any religious act is improper. -संकर्षा a girl nine years old personating Durgā at a festival. -संकर्षिन् a. shortening time (as a mantra); कालसंकर्षिणीं विद्यां दीक्षापूर्वमुपादिशत् Ks.68.65. -संगः a. delay; जानामि कार्यस्य च कालसंगम् Rām.4.33.53. -संरोधः 1 keeping back for a long time; Ms.8.143. -2 lapse of a long period of time; Ms.8.143. -सदृश a. opportune, timely. -समन्वित, -समायुक्त a. dead; Rām.2.65.16. -संपन्न a. dated, bearing a date. -सर्पः the black and most poisonous variety of the snake; Gīt.1.12. -सारः the black antelope. (-रम्) a yellow sort of sandal wood. a. having a black centre or pupil; न कालसारं हरिणं तदक्षिद्वयं प्रभुर्बुद्धुमभून्मनोभूः N.6.19. -सूत्रम्, -सूत्रकम् 1 thread of time or death. -2 N. of a particular hell; Y.3.222; Ms.4.88. -स्कन्दः the Tamāla tree. -स्वरूप a. terrible as death, (deathlike in form). -हरः an epithet of Śiva. -हरणम् loss of time, delay; Ś.3; U.5; यात्वन्येन (वरेण) विहाय कालहरणं रामो वनं दण्डकाम् Mv.4.41. -हानिः f. delay; मामक्षमं मण्डनकालहानेर्वेत्तीव बिम्बाधरबद्धतृष्णम् R.13.16.
kāhala काहल a. 1 Dry, withered. -2 Mischievous. -3 Excessive, spacious, large. -लः 1 A cat. -2 A cock. -3 A crow. -4 A sound in general. -लम् 1 Indistinct speech. -2 A kind of musical instrument; गायन्तीभिः काहलं काहलाभिः Śi.18.54. -लम् ind. Very much, excessively; Śi.18.54. -ला A large drum (military). -ली A young woman. -लः. -ला, -लम् A horn.
kinnara किन्नर See under किम्. 1 किम् ind. Used for कु only at the beginning of comp. to convey the senses of 'badness', 'deterioration', 'defect', 'blame' or 'censure'; e. g. किंसखा a bad friend; किन्नरः a bad or deformed man &c.; see comp. below. -Comp. -ज a. born somewhere (not in a noble family) मन्ये किंजमहं घ्नन्तं त्वामक्षत्रियजे रणे Bk.6.133. -दासः a bad slave, or servant. -नरः a bad or deformed man; a mythical being with a human figure and the head of a horse (अश्वमुख); चयोदाहरणं बाह्वोर्गापयामास किन्नरान् R.4.78; उद्गास्य- तामिच्छति किन्नराणां तानप्रदायित्वमिवोपगन्तुम् Ku.1.8. ˚ईशः, ˚ईश्वरः 1 an epithet of Kubera. -2 a kind of musical instrument. (-री f.) 1 a female Kinnara; Me.58. -2 a kind of lute. -पुरुषः 'a low or despicable man', a mythical being with a human head and the form of a horse; Ku.1.14; किंपुरुषाणां हनुमान् Bhāg.11.16.29. ˚ईश्वरः an epithet of Kubera. -प्रभुः a bad master or king; हितान्न यः संशृणुते स किंप्रभुः Ki.1.5. -राजन् a. having a bad king. (-m.) a bad king. -विवक्षा Slandering; Rām.5. -सखि m. (nom. sing. किंसखा) a bad friend; स किंसखा साधु न शास्ति यो$धिपम् Ki.1.5. 2 किम् pron. a. (nom. sing. कः m., का f., किम् n.) 1 Who, what, which used interrogatively); प्रजासु कः केन पथा प्रयातीत्यशेषतो वेदितुमस्ति शक्तिः Ś.6.26; करुणाविमुखेन मृत्युना हरता त्वां वद किं न मे हृतम् R.8.67; का खल्वनेन प्रार्थ्यमानात्मना विकत्थते V.2; कः को$त्र भोः. कः कौ के कं कौ कान् हसति च हसतो हसन्ति हरणाक्ष्यः Udb. The pronoun is often used to imply 'power or authority to do a thing'; i. e. के आवां परित्रातुं दुष्यन्तमाक्रन्द Ś.1; 'who are we &c.', i. e. what power have we &c.; नृपसद्मनि नाम के वयम् Bh.3.27; who are we, i. e. what position have we &c. Sometimes किम् means 'long' as applied to time especially in combination with खलु or अपि or इव; का खलु वेला पत्रभवत्याः प्राप्तायाः Ve.1; 'what a time' i. e. a long time has elapsed, &c.; so को$पि कालस्तस्या आगत्य गतायाः Ratn 3; or क इव कालः Māl.3. -2 The neuter (किम्) is frequently used with instr. of nouns in the sense of 'what is the use of'; किं स्वामिचेष्टानिरूपणेन H.1; लोभश्चेदगुणेन किम् &c. Bh.2.55; किं तया दृष्ट्या Ś.3; किं कुलेनोपदिष्टेन शीलमेवात्र कारणम् Mk.9.7. अपि, चित्, चन, चिदपि or स्वित् are often added to किम् to give it an indefinite sense; विवेश कश्चिज्जटिलस्तपोवनम् Ku.5.3. a certain ascetic; दमघोषसुतेन कश्चन प्रतिशिष्टः प्रतिभानवानथ Śi.16.1; कश्चित्कान्ताविरहगुरुणा स्वाधिकारात्प्रमत्तः Me.1. &c.; का$पि तत एवागतवती Māl.1; a certain lady; कस्या$पि को$पिति निवेदितं च 1.33; किमपि, किमपि ... जल्पतोरक्रमेण U.1.27; कस्मिंश्चिदपि महाभागधेयजन्मनि मन्मथ- विकारमुपलक्षितवानस्मि Māl.1; किमपि, किंचित् 'a little', वस्तु- सिद्धिर्विचारेण न किंचित् कर्मकोटिभिः Vivekachūdamaṇi; 'somewhat' Y.2.116; U.6.35. किमपि also means 'indeseribable'; see अपि. इव is sometimes added to किम् in the sense of 'possibly', 'I should like to know'; (mostly adding force and elegance to the period); विना सीतादेव्या किमिव हि न दुःखं रघुपतेः U.6.3; किमिच हि मधुराणां मण्डनं नाकृतीनाम् Ś.1.2; see इव also. -ind. 1 A particle of interrogation; जातिमात्रेण किं कश्चिद्धन्यते पूज्यते क्वचित् H.1.55 'is any one killed or worshipped' &c.; ततः किम् what then. -2 A particle meaning 'why', 'wherefore'; किमकारणमेव दर्शनं बिलपन्त्यै रतये न दीयते Ku.4.7. -3 Whether (its correlatives in the sense of 'or' being किं, उत, उताहो, आहोस्वित्, वा, किंवा, अथवा; see these words). -Comp. -अपि ind. 1 to some extent, somewhat, to a considerable extent. -2 inexpressibly, indescribably (as to quality, quantity, nature &c.). -3 very much, by far; किमपि कमनीयं वपुरिदम् Ś.3; किमपि भीषणम्, किमपि करालम् &c. -अर्थ a. having what motive or aim; किमर्थोयं यत्नः. -अर्थम् ind. why, wherefore. -आख्य a. having what name; किमाख्यस्य राजर्षेः सा पत्नी. Ś.7. -इति ind. why, indeed, why to be sure, for what purpose (emphasizing the question); तत्किमित्युदासते भरताः Māl.1; किमित्यपास्याभरणानि यौवने धृतं त्वया वार्धकशोभि वल्कलम् Ku.5.44. -उ, -उत 1 whether-or (showing doubt or uncertainty); किमु विष- विसर्पः किमु मदः U.1.35; Amaru.12. -2 why (indeed) कं च ते परमं कामं करोमि किमु हर्षितः Rām.1.18.52. प्रियसुहृ- त्सार्थः किमु त्यज्यते. -3 how much more, how much less; यौवनं धनसंपत्तिः प्रभुत्वमविवेकिता । एकैकम यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् ॥ .II Pr.11; सर्वाविनयानामेकैकमप्येषामायतनं किमुत समवायः K.13; R.14.35; Ku.7.65. -कथिका f. A doubt or hesitation; यत्र कर्मणि क्रियमाणे किंकथिका न भवति तत्कर्तव्यम् । यत्र तु हृदयं न तुष्यति तद्वर्जनीयम् ॥ Medhātithi's gloss on Ms.4.161. -करः a servant, slave; अवेहि मां किंकरमष्टमूर्तेः R.2.35. (-रा) a female servant. (-री) the wife of a servant. -कर्तव्यता, -कार्यता any situation in which one asks oneself what should be done; यथा किंकार्यतामूढा वयस्यास्तस्य जज्ञिरे Ks.1.11. किंकर्तव्यतामूढः 'being at a loss or perplexed what to do'. -कारण a. having what reason or cause, -किल ind. what a pity (expressing displeasure or dissatisfaction न संभावयामि न मर्षयामि तत्रभवान् किंकिल वृषलं याजयिष्यति Kāshika on P.III.3.146. -कृते ind. what for ? कामस्य किंकृते पुष्पकार्मुकारोपणग्रहः Ks.71.79. -क्षण a. one who says 'what is a moment', a lazy fellow who does not value moments; H.2.89. -गोत्र a. belonging to what family; किंगोत्रो नु सोम्यासि Ch. Up.4.4.4. -च ind. moreover, and again, further. -चन ind. to a certain degree, a little; -चित् ind. to a certain degree, somewhat, a little; किंचिदुत्क्रान्तशैशवौ R.15.33, 2.46,12.21. ˚ज्ञ a. 'knowing little', a smatterer. ˚कर a. doing something useful. ˚कालः sometime, a little time. ˚प्राण a. having a little life. ˚मात्र a. only a little. -छन्दस् a. conversant with which Veda. -स्तनुः a species of spider. -तर्हि ind. how then, but, however. -तु ind. but, yet, however, nevertheless; अवैमि चैनामनघेति किंतु लोकापवादो बलवान्मतो मे R.14.43,1.65. -तुघ्नः one of the eleven periods called Karaṇa. -दवः an inferior god, demi-god; किंदेवाः किन्नराः नागाः किम्पुरुषादयः Bhāg.11.14.6. -देवत a. having what deity. -नामधेय, -नामन् a. having what name. -निमित्त a. having what cause or reason, for what purpose. -निमित्तम् ind. why, wherefore, -नु ind. 1 whether; किं नु मे मरणं श्रेयो परित्यागो जनस्य वा Nala.1.1. -2 much more, much less; अपि त्रैलोक्यराज्यस्य हेतोः किं नु महीकृते Bg.1.35. -3 what indeed; किं नु मे राज्येनार्थः -4 but, however; किं नु चित्तं मनुष्याणामनित्यमिति मे मतम् Rām.2.4.27. -नु खलु ind. 1 how possibly, how is it that, why indeed, why to be sure; किं नु खलु गीतार्थमाकर्ण्य इष्टजनविरहा- दृते$पि बलवदुत्कण्ठितो$स्मि Ś.5. -2 may it be that; किं नु खलु यथा वयमस्यामेवमियमप्यस्मान् प्रति स्यात् Ś.1. -पच, -पचान a. miserly, niggardly. -पराक्रम a. of what power or energy. -पाक a. not mature, ignorant, stupid. -कः a. medical plant, Strychnos nux vomica (Mar. कुचला); न लुब्धो बुध्यते दोषान्किंपाकमिव भक्षयन् Rām.2.66.6. -पुनर् ind. how much more, how much less; स्वयं रोपितेषु तरुषूत्पद्यते स्नेहः किं पुनरङ्गसंभवेष्वपत्येषु K.291; Me.3.17; Ve.3. -पुरुषः an inferior man, Bhāg.11.14.6. -प्रकारम् ind. in what manner. -प्रभाव a. possessing what power. -भूत a. of what sort of nature. -रूप a. of what form or shape. -वदन्ति, -न्ती f. rumour, report; स किंवदन्तीं वदतां पुरोगः (पप्रच्छ) R.14.31. मत्संबन्धात्कश्मला किंवदन्ती U.1.42; U.1.4. -वराटकः an extravagant man. -वा ind. 1 a particle of interrogation; किं वा शकुन्तलेत्यस्य मातुराख्या Ś.7. -2 or (corr. of किं 'whether'); राजपुत्रि सुप्ता किं वा जागर्षि Pt.1; तत्किं मारयामि किं वा विषं प्रयच्छामि किं वा पशुधर्मेण व्यापादयामि ibid.; Ś. Til.7. -विद a. knowing what. -व्यापार a. following what occupation. -शील a. of what habits, -स्वित् ind. whether, how; अद्रेः शृङ्गं हरति पवनः किंस्विदित्युन्मुखीभिः Me.14.
kiyat कियत् a. [cf. किमिदंभ्यां वो घः P.V.2.4] (Nom. sing. कियान् m., कियती f., कियत् n.) 1 How great, how far, how much, how many, of what extent of qualities (having an interrogative force); कियान्कालस्तवैवं स्थितस्य संजातः Pt.5; N.1.13; अयं भूतावासो विमृश कियतीं याति न दशाम् Śānti.1.25; ज्ञास्यसि कियद्भुजो मे रक्षति Ś.1.13; कियदवशिष्टं रजन्याः Ś.4; गन्तव्यमस्ति कियदित्यसकृद् ब्रुवाणा S. D. -2 Of what consideration, i. e. of no account, worthless; राजेति कियती मात्रा Pt.1.4.; मातः कियन्तो$रयः Ve.5.9. -3 Some, a little; a small number, a few (having an indefinite force); निजहृदि विकसन्तः सन्ति सन्तः कियन्तः Bh.2.78; त्वदभिसरणरभसेन वलन्ती पतति पदानि कियन्ति चलन्ती Gīt.6. -Comp. -एतद् of what importance is this to; कियदेतद्धनं पुंसः Ks.3.49. -एतिका effort, vigorous and persevering exertion. -कालम् ind. 1 how long. -2 some little time. -चिरम् ind. how long; कियच्चिरं श्राम्यसि गौरि Ku.5.5. -दूरम् ind. 1 how far, how distant, how long; कियद्दूरे स जलाशयः Pt.1; N.1.137. -2 for a short time, a little way. -मात्रः a trifle, small matter; कियन्मात्रे कृतो$नेन संरम्भो$यं कियानिति Ks.65.139.
kuṭilaka कुटिलक a. 1 Curved, bent, crooked. -2 Crouching, coming stealthily.
kuṭilikā कुटिलिका 1 Coming stealthily as a hunter on his prey, crouching. -2 A blacksmith's forge.
kutas कुतस् ind. 1 From where, whence; कस्य त्वं वा कुत आयातः Moha M.3. -2 Where, where else, in what (other) place &c.; तार्तीयस्य कुतो गतिः Bhāg.8.19.34; ईदृग्विनोदः कुतः Ś.2.5. -3 Why, wherefore, from what cause or motive; कुत इदमुच्यते Ś.5. -4 How, in what manner; स्फुरति च बाहुः कुतः फलमिहास्य Ś.1.16. -5 Much more, much less; न त्वत्समोस्त्यभ्यधिकः कुतो$न्यः Bg.11.43, 4.31; न मे स्तेनो जनपदे न कदर्यो ... न स्वैरी न स्वैरिणी कुतः Ch. Up. -6 Because, for; Ś.1. कुतस् is sometimes used merely for the abl. of किम्; कुतः कालात्समुत्पन्नम् V. P. (= कस्मात् कालात् &c.). कुतः becomes indefinite when connected with the particles चिद्, चन, or अपि. भयं कच्चिन्न चास्मासु कुतश्चिद्वि- द्यते महत् Rām.2.74.2.
kubja कुब्ज a. [कु ईषत् उब्जमार्जवं यत्र शकं˚ Tv.] Humpbacked, crooked. अन्धाः खञ्जाः कुब्जा वामनकाश्च Garbha. Up.3. -ब्जः 1 A curved sword. -2 A hump on the back. -3 A sort of fish; Mb.7.56.8. -ब्जा A young female servant of Kaṁsa, said to be deformed in three parts of her body. [Kṛiṣṇa and Balarāma, while proceeding to Mathurā, saw her on the high road carrying unguent to Kaṁsa. They asked her if she would give them some portion of it, and she gave as much as they wanted. Kṛiṣṇa, being very much pleased with her kindness, made her perfectly straight, and she began to appear a most beautiful woman.] -Comp. -किरातः -वामनः a. hump-backed person and a dwarf. -गामिन् a. going crookedly, going astray; बुद्धयः कुब्ज- गामिन्यो भवन्ति महतामपि Pt.2.5. -लीला the manner, gait or character of a hump-backed person; Ś.2.
kṛṣṇa कृष्ण a. [कृष्-नक्] 1 Black, dark, dark-blue. -2 Wicked, evil; मनो गुणान्वै सृजते बलीयस्ततश्च कर्माणि विलक्षणानि । शुक्लानि कृष्णान्यथ लोहितानि तेभ्यः सवर्णाः सृतयो भवन्ति ॥ Bhāg. 11.23.44. -ष्णः 1 The black colour. -2 The black antelope; Bhāg.1.35.19. -3 A crow. -4 The (Indian) cuckoo. -5 The dark half of a lunar month (from full to new moon); Bg.8.25. -6 The Kali age. -7 Viṣṇu in his eighth incarnation, born as the son of Vasudeva and Devakī. [Kṛiṣna is the most celebrated hero of Indian mythology and the most popular of all the deities. Though the real son of Vasudeva and Devakī and thus a cousin of Kaṁsa, he was, for all practical purposes, the son of Nanda and Yaśodā, by whom he was brought up and in whose house he spent his childhood. It was here that his divine character began to be gradually discovered, when he easily crushed the most redoubtable demons, such as Baka, Pūtanā &c., that were sent to kill him by Kaṁsa, and performed many other feats of surprising strength. The chief companions of his youth were the Gopis or wives of the cowherds of Gokula, among whom Rādhā was his special favourite (cf. Jayadeva's Gitagovinda). He killed Kaṁsa, Naraka, Keśin, Ariṣṭa and a host of other powerful demons. He was a particular friend of Arjuna, to whom he acted as charioteer in the great war, and his staunch support of the cause of the Pāṇḍavas was the main cause of the overthrow of the Kauravas. On several critical occasions, it was Kṛiṣṇa's assistance and inventive mind that stood the Pāṇḍavas in good stead. After the general destruction of the Yādavas at Prabhāsa, he was killed unintentionally by a hunter named Jaras who shot him with an arrow mistaking him at a distance for a deer. He had more than 16 wives, but Rukmiṇi and Satyabhāmā, (as also Rādhā) were his favourites. He is said to have been of dark-blue or cloud-like colour; cf. बहिरिव मलिनतरं तव कृष्ण मनो$पि भविष्यति नूनं Gīt.8. His son was Pradyumna]. -8 N. of Vyāsa, the reputed author of the Mahābhārata; कुतः सञ्चोदितः कृष्णः कृतवान्संहितां मुनिः Bhāg.1.4.3. -9 N. of Arjuna. -1 Aloe wood. -11 The Supreme spirit. -12 Black pepper. -13 Iron. -14 A Śūdra; कृष्णस्तु केशवे व्यासे कोकिले$र्जुनकाकयोः । शूद्रे तामिस्रपक्षे$ग्निकलिनीलगुणेषु च ॥ Nm. -15 The marking nut (भल्लातक); विरक्तं शोध्यते वस्त्रं न तु कृष्णोपसंहितम् Mb.12.291.1. -ष्णा 1 N. of Draupadī, wife of the Pāṇḍavas; तेजो हृतं खलु मयाभिहतश्च मत्स्यः सज्जीकृतेन धनुषाधिगता च कृष्णा Bhāg.1.15.7; प्रविश्य कृष्णासदनं महीभुजा Ki.1.26. -2 N. of a river in the Deccan that joins the sea at Machhalipaṭṭaṇa. -3 A kind of poisonous insect. -4 N. of several plants. -5 A grape. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Durgā Bhāg.4.6.7. -8 One of the 7 tongues of fire. -9 N. of the river Yamunā; विलोक्य दूषितां कृष्णां कृष्णः कृष्णाहिना विभुः Bhāg.1.16.1. -ष्णी A dark night; रिणक्ति कृष्णीर- रुषाय पन्थाम् Rv.7.71.1. -ष्णम् 1 Blackness, darkness (moral also); शुक्रा कृष्णादजनिष्ट श्वितीची Rv.1.123.9. -2 Iron. -3 Antimony. -4 The black part of the eye. -5 Black pepper. -6 Lead. -7 An inauspicious act. -8 Money acquired by gambling. -Comp. -अगुरु n. a kind of sandal-wood. -अचलः an epithet of the mountain Raivataka. -अजिनम् the skin of the black antelope. -अध्वन्, -अर्चिस् m. an epithet of fire; cf. कृष्ण- वर्त्मन्. -अयस्, n. -अयसम्, -आमिषम् iron, crude or black iron. -कृष्णायसस्येव च ते संहत्य हृदयं कृतम् Mb.5.135. 1; वाचारम्भणं विकारो नामधेयं कृष्णायसमित्येव सत्यम् Ch. Up. 6.1.6. -अर्जकः N. of a tree. -अष्टमी, -जन्माष्टमी the 8th day of the dark half of Śrāvaṇa when Kṛiṣṇa, was born; also called गोकुलाष्टमी. -आवासः the holy fig-tree. -उदरः a kind of snake. -कञ्चुकः a kind of gram. -कन्दम् a red lotus. -कर्मन् a. of black deeds, criminal, wicked, depraved, guilty, sinful. -काकः a raven. -कायः a buffalo. -काष्ठम् a kind of sandal-wood, agallochum. -कोहलः a gambler. -गङ्गा the river कृष्णावेणी. -गति fire; ववृधे स तदा गर्भः कक्षे कृष्णगतिर्यथा Mb.13.85.56; आयोघने कृष्णगतिं सहायम् R.6.42. -गर्भाः (f. pl.) 1 the pregnant wives of the demon Kṛiṣṇa; यः कृष्णगर्भा निरहन्नृजिश्वना Rv.1.11.1. -2 waters in the interiors of the clouds. -गोधा a kind of poisonous insect. -ग्रीवः N. of Śiva. -चञ्चुकः a kind of pea. -चन्द्रः N. of Vasudeva. -चर a. what formerly belonged to Kṛiṣṇa. -चूर्णम् rust of iron, iron-filings. -च्छविः f. 1 the skin of the black antelope. -2 a black cloud; कृष्णच्छविसमा कृष्णा Mb.4.6.9. -ताम्रम् a kind of sandal wood. -तारः 1 a species of antelope. -2 an antelope (in general) -तालु m. a kind of horse having black palate; cf. शालिहोत्र of भोज, 67. -त्रिवृता N. of a tree. -देहः a large black bee. -धनम् money got by foul means. -द्वादशी the twelfth day in the dark half of Āṣaḍha. -द्वैपायनः N. of Vyāsa; तमहमरागमकृष्णं कृष्णद्वैपायनं वन्दे Ve.1.4. -पक्षः 1 the dark half of a lunar month; रावणेन हृता सीता कृष्णपक्षे$- सिताष्टमी Mahān. -2 an epithet of Arjuna; -पदी a female with black feet, -पविः an epithet of Agni. -पाकः N. of a tree (Mar. करवंद). -पिङ्गल a. dark-brown. (-ला) N. of Durgā. -पिण्डीतकः (-पिण्डीरः) N. of a tree (Mar. काळा गेळा). -पुष्पी N. of a tree (Mar. काळा धोत्रा). -फलः (-ला) N. of a tree (Mar. काळें जिरें). -बीजम् a watermelon. -भस्मन् sulphate of mecury. -मृगः the black antelope; शृङ्गे कृष्णमृगस्य वामनयनं कण्डूयमानां मृगीम् Ś.6.17. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः the black-faced monkey. -मृत्तिका 1 black earth. -2 the gunpowder. -यजुर्वेदः the Taittirīya or black Yajurveda. -यामः an epithet of Agni; वृश्चद्वनं कृष्णयामं रुशन्तम् Rv.6.6.1. -रक्तः dark-red colour. -रूप्य = ˚चर q. v. -लवणम् 1 a kind of black salt. -2 a factitious salt. -लोहः the loadstone. -वर्णः 1 black colour. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a Śūdra; विडूरुङ्घ्रिश्रितकृष्णवर्णः Bhāg.2.1.37. -वर्त्मन् m. 1 fire; श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42; Ms.2.94. -2 N. of Rāhu. -3 a low man, profligate, black-guard. -विषाणा Ved. the horns of the black antelope. -वेणी N. of a river. -शकुनिः a crow; Av.19.57.4. -शारः, -सारः, -सारङ्गः the spotted antelope; कृष्णसारे ददच्चक्षुस्त्वयि चाधिज्यकार्मुके Ś.1.6; V.4.31; पीयूषभानाविव कृष्णसारः Rām. Ch.1.3. -शृङ्गः a buffalo. -सखः, -सारथिः an epithet of Arjuna. (-खी) cummin seed (Mar. जिरें). -स्कन्धः N. of a tree (Mar. तमाल).
keliḥ केलिः m. f. [केल्-इन्] 1 Play, sport. -2 Amorous sport, pastime; केलिचलन्मणिकुण्डल &c. Gīt.1; हरिरिह मुग्ध- वधूनिकरे विलासिनि विलसति केलिपरे ibid; राधामाधवयोर्जयन्ति यमुनाकूले रहः केलयः ibid; Amaru.8; Pt.1.175; Ms.8.357; Ṛs.4.17; केलिं कुरुष्व परिभुङ्क्ष्व सरोरुहाणि Udb. -3 Joke, jest, mirth. -लिः f. The earth. -Comp. -कलहः a quarrel in jest or joke. -कला 1 sportive skill, wantonness, amorous address; रतिकेलिकलाभिरधीरम् Gīt.11. -2 the lute of Sarasvatī. -किलः the confidential companion of the hero of a drama (a kind of विदूषक or buffoon). (-ली) N. of Rati. -किलावती Rati, wife of the god of love. -कीर्णः a camel. -कुञ्चिका a wife's younger sister. -कुपित a. angry in sport; Ve.1.2. -कोषः an actor, a dancer. -गृहम्, -निकेतनम्, -मन्दिरम्, -सदनम् a pleasure-house, a private apartment; मञ्जुतरकुञ्जतलकेलि- सदने प्रविश राधे माधवसमीपम् Gīt.11; Amaru.9 (v. l.) -नागरः a sensualist. -पर a. sportive, wanton, amorous. -पल्वलम् a pleasure-pond; N.1.117. -मुखः joke, sport, pastime. -रङ्गः a pleasure ground. -वनम् A pleasure-garden; निरीक्षते केलिवनं प्रविश्य क्रमेलकः कण्टकजालमेव Vikr.1.29. -वृक्षः a species of Kadamba tree. -शयनम् a pleasure-couch, sofa; केलिशयनमनुयातम् Gīt.11. -शुषिः f. the earth. -सचिवः a boon companion, confidential friend.
keśaḥ केशः [क्लिश्यते क्लिश्नाति वा क्लिश्-अन् लो लोपश्च Uṇ 5.33] 1 Hair in general; विकीर्णकेशासु परेतभूमिषु Ku.5.68. -2 Especially, the hair of the head; केशेषु गृहीत्वा or केश- ग्राहं युध्यन्ते Sk.; मुक्तकेशा Ms.7.91; केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56;2.8. -3 The mane of a horse or lion. -4 A ray of light. -5 An epithet of Varuṇa. -6 A kind of perfume. -7 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -शी 1 A lock of hair (on the crown of the head.) -2 An epithet of Durgā. -Comp. -अन्तः 1 the tip of the hair. -2 long hair hanging down, a lock of tuft of hair. -3 cutting of the hair as a religious ceremony; केशान्तः षोडशे वर्षे ब्राह्मणस्य विधीयते । राजन्यबन्धोर्द्वाविंशे वैश्यस्य द्वयधिके ततः ॥ Ms.2.65. -अन्तिक a. 1 extending to the end of the hair as far as the forehead. -2 relating to the ceremony of final tonsure. -अरिः m. N. of a plant (Mar. नागकेशर). -अर्हा f. N. of a plant (Mar. थोरनीली). -उच्चयः much or handsome hair. -कर्मन् n. dressing or arranging the hair (of the head) -कलापः a mass or quantity of hair. -कारम् a sort of sugar-cane. -कारिन् a. dressing or arranging the hair of the head; निहीनवर्णां सैरन्ध्रीं बीभत्सां केशकारिणीम् Mb.4.14.34. -कीटः a louse. -गर्भः 1 a braid of hair. -2 an epithet of Varuṇa. -गृहीत a. seized by the hair. -ग्रन्थिः m. a tie of hair; Bhāg.1.39.14. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् pulling the hair, seizing (one) by the hair (both in amorous sports and in fighting); केशग्रहः खलु तदा द्रुपदात्मजायाः Ve.3.11, 29; Me.52; so यत्र रतेषु केशग्रहाः K.8 (that is, not in battles). -घ्न morbid baldness. -छिद् m. a hair-dresser, barber. -जाहम् the root of the hair. -धारणम् keeping (not cutting) the hair; दूरेवार्ययनं तीर्थं लावण्यं केशधारणम् Bhāg.12.2.6. -प्रसारः cleaning the hair; Bhāg.1. 59.46. -पक्षः, -पाशः, -हस्तः much (or ornamented) तं केशपाशं प्रसमीक्ष्य कुर्युर्बालप्रियत्वं शिथिलं चमर्यः Ku.1.48;7. 57; Śi.8.27. 'the hair for a hand' (केशहस्तः) is another interpretation; cf. कचपक्ष, कचहस्त &c. -बन्धः 1 a hair-band; (विराजसे) मुकुटेन विचित्रेण केशबन्धेन शोभिना Mb. 4.6.12. -12 a particular position of hands in dancing. -भूः, -भूमिः f. the head or any other part of the body on which hair grows. -प्रसाधनी, -मार्जकम्, -मार्जनम् a comb. -रचना dressing the hair; कुर्वन्ति केशरचनामपरा- स्तरुण्यः Ṛs.4.15. -लुञ्चकः a Jaina ascetic. -वपनम् shaving or cutting the hair. -वेशः a tress of fillet of hair. -वेष्टः the parting of the hair. -व्यपरोपणम् putting the hair; चुकोप तस्मै स भृशं सुरश्रियः प्रसह्य केशव्यपरोपणादिव R.3.56. -शूला a harlot (वेश्या); केशशूलाः स्त्रियश्चापि भविष्यन्ति युगक्षये Mb.3.19.52. -शूलम् disease of the hair; Mb.3; hair on the head and face केशश्मश्रु वपति Mbh. on I.3.1. -संवाहनम् dressing of hair; cf. पादसंवाहने वज्री केशसंवाहने फणी । अहो भाग्यं पुरन्ध्रीणां दधिसंमथने रविः ॥ Subh. Ratn. (स्त्रीप्रशंसा 17).
keśava केशव a. [केशाः प्रशस्ताः सन्त्यस्य; केश-व P.V.2.19] Having much, fine or luxuriant hair. -वः An epithet of Viṣṇu; केशव जय जगदीश हरे Gīt.1; केशवं पतितं दृष्ट्वा पाण्डवा हर्षनिर्भराः Subhās. -2 The Supreme Being. -3 The month of मार्गशीर्ष. -Comp. -आयुधः the mango tree. (-धम्) a weapon of Viṣṇu. -आलयः, -आवासः the Aśvattha tree. -दैवज्ञः N. of an astronomer. -स्वामिन् N. of a grammarian.
kaimutikaḥ कैमुतिकः (scil. न्याय) A maxim of 'how much more', an argument a fortiori (derived from किमुत 'how much more'); see com. on Ki.7.27.
koṣṭha कोष्ठ a. [कुष्-थन् Uṇ.2.4] Own. -ष्ठः 1 Any one of the viscera of the body, such as the heart, lungs &c. -2 The belly, abdomen; आकोष्ठं ज्यां समुत्कृष्य Bhāg.1. 83.22. -3 An inner apartment. -4 A granary, storeroom; कन्दुः कोष्ठः कुशूलः Mbh. on P.I.2.45. etc. -ष्ठम् 1 A surrounding wall; Bhāg.4.28.56. -2 The shell of anything. -Comp. -अगारम् 1 a storehouse, store room; पर्याप्तभरितकोष्ठागारं मांसशोणितैर्मे गृहं भविष्यति Ve.3; Ms.9.28. -2 a treasury. -अगारिकाः 1 an animal living in a shell. -2 the manager of a store-room. -अग्निः the digestive faculty, gastric juice; कोष्ठाग्निर्नाम अशितपीत- लेह्यचोष्यं पचतीति Garbha. Up.5. -पालः 1 a treasurer, store-keeper. -2 a guard, watch. -3 a constable (resembling the modern municipal officer). -शुद्धिः f. evacuation of the bowels.
kautukam कौतुकम् [कुतुकस्य भावः अण्] 1 Desire, curiosity, wish. -2 Eagerness, vehemence, impatience. -3 Anything creating curiosity or wonder. -4 The marriage thread (worn on the wrist); करोयमामुक्तविवाहकौतुकः Ku.5.66; R.8.1. -5 The ceremony with the marriage thread preceding a marriage; सबाष्पा कौतुकक्रिया Pratijña 4.24. -6 Festivity, gaiety. -7 Particularly auspicious festivity, solemn occasion (such as marriage); 'कौतुकं मङ्गले हर्षे हस्तसूत्रे कुतूहले' इति शाश्वतः; प्रस्थान˚ Ś.4; Ku.7.25. -8 Delight, joy, pleasure, happiness; निवृत्त- नानारसकाव्यकौतुकम् Bh.3.14; ˚रसाः U.6.33; Māl.1.3; U.3.37. -9 Sport, pastime. -1 A song, dance, show or spectacle. -11 Joke, mirth. -12 Friendly greeting, salutation. -Comp. -अगारः, -रम्, -गृहम् a pleasurehouse; कौतुकागारमागात् Ku.7.94. -उदयम् a kind of the height (of an idol &c.) (cf. उत्सव and उत्सेध); उत्सवे चा- र्धमानेन कौतुकोदयमीरितम् Māna.61.22. -क्रिया, -मङ्गलम् 1 a solemn ceremony; उपवासैस्तिथेज्याभिर्व्रतकौतुकमङ्गले । लभन्ते मातरो गर्भान् ... Mb.12.7.14; -2 particularly marriage ceremony; R.11.53. -तोरणः, -णम् a triumphal arch erected on festive occasions; गोपुरद्वारमार्गेषु कृतकौतुकतोरणाम् Bhāg.1.11.13.
kravyam क्रव्यम् Raw flesh, carrion, स्थपुटगतमपि क्रव्यमव्यग्रमत्ति Māl.5.16. [cf. Gr. kreas; L. caro] -Comp. -अद्, -अद, -भुज् m. eating raw flesh; Rv.1.16.9. Ms.5.131. (-m.) 1 a carnivorous animal, such as a tiger &c.; क्रव्याद्भ्यो बलिमिव निर्घृणः क्षिपामि U.1.49. -2 a demon, goblin; R.15.16. -घातनः a deer (killed for its flesh) cf. Bhāg.5.26.12. -वाहनः Ved. an epithet of Agni; Rv.1.16.11.
kriyā क्रिया [कृ भावे करणादौ वा श cf. P.III] 1 Doing, execution, performance, accomplishment; उपचार˚, धर्म˚; प्रत्युक्तं हि प्रणयिषु सतामीप्सितार्थक्रियैव Me.116. -2 An action, act, business, undertaking; प्रणयिक्रिया V.4.15; Ms.2.4. -3 Activity, bodily action, labour. -4 Teaching, instruction; क्रिया हि वस्तूपहिता प्रसीदति R.3.29. क्रिया हि द्रव्यं विनयति नाद्रव्यम् Kau. A.1.5. -5 Possession of some act (as of singing, dancing &c.), knowledge; शिष्टा क्रिया कस्यचिदात्मसंस्था M.1.16. -6 Practice (opp. शास्त्र theory). -7 A literary work, composition; शृणुत मनोभिर- वहितैः क्रियामिमां कालिदासस्य V.1.2; कालिदासस्य क्रियायां कथं परिषदो बहुमानः M.1. -8 A purificatory rite, a religious rite or ceremony; Ms.1.43. -9 An expiatory rite, expiation. -1 (a) The ceremony of offering oblations to the deceased ancestors (श्राद्ध). (b) Obsequies. -11 Worship; त्रैतादिषु हरेरर्चा क्रियायै कविभिः 'कृता Bhāg.7.14.39. -12 Medical treatment, application of remedies, cure; शीतक्रिया M.4 cold remedies. -13 (In gram.) Action, the general idea expressed by a verb. -14 Motion. -15 Especially, motion as one of the seven categories of the Vaiśeṣikas; see कर्मन्. -16 (In law) Judicial investigation by human means (witnesses &c.) or by ordeals. -17 Burden of proof; क्रिया स्याद्वादिनोर्द्वयोः, द्वयो- रपि वादिनोः क्रिया प्राप्नोति V. May. -18 A verb. -19 A noun of action. -2 Disquisition. -21 Study. -22 Means, expedients. -23 Instrument, implement. -24 A construction; कूपप्रपापुष्करिणीवनानां चक्रुः क्रियास्तत्र च धर्मकामाः Bu. Ch.2.12. -25 Spirit (अध्यात्म) ?; द्रव्यक्रियाकारकाख्यं धूत्वा यान्त्यपुनर्भवम् Bhāg.12.6.38. -Comp. -अन्वित a. practising ritual observances. -अपवर्गः 1 completion or termination of an affair, execution of a task; क्रियापवर्गे- ष्वनुजीविसात् कृताः Ki.1.14. -2 liberation from ceremonial acts, absolution. -अभ्युपगमः a special agreement; क्रियाभ्युपगमात्त्वेतत् बीजार्थं यत्प्रदीयते Ms.9.53; -अर्थ a. 1 (a Vedic injunction) enjoining some duty. -2 useful for some purpose; अपि क्रियार्थं सुलभं समित्कुशम् Ku.5.33. -अव- सन्न a. one who loses a law-suit through the statements of the witnesses &c. -आरम्भः Cooking; आत्मार्थं च क्रिया- रम्भः Ms.11.64. -इन्द्रियम् see कर्मेंन्द्रिय. -कलापः 1 the whole body of ceremonies enjoined in the Hindu religious law. -2 all the particulars or points of any business. -कल्पः a particular mode of diognosis. -काण्डम् The portion of a श्रुति text treating of the sacrifices. -कारः 1 an agent, worker. -2 a beginner, tyro, a fresh student. -3 an agreement. -तन्त्रम् one of the four classes of Tantras; Buddha. -द्वेषिन् m. a witness whose testimony is prejudicial to the cause (one of the five kinds of witnesses). -द्वैतम् efficient cause. -निर्देशः evidence. -पटु a. dexterous. -पथः mode of medical treatment. -पदम् a verb. -पर a. diligent in the performance of one's duty. -पादः the third division of a legal plaint; that is, witnesses, documents and other proofs adduced by the plaintiff or complainant. -माधुर्यम् beauty of art and architecture; अहो क्रियामाधुर्यं पाषाणानाम् Pratimā 3. -यज्ञः religious rites (such as गर्भाधानसंस्कार); Mb.1.18.5. -योगः 1 connection with the verb. -2 the employment of expedients or means; तदा तत्प्रतिकाराच्च सततं वा विचिन्तनात् । आधिव्याधिप्रशमनं क्रियायोगद्वये न तु ॥ Mb. 3.2.23. -3 the practical form of Yoga philosophy i. e. active devotion. -लोपः omission or discontinuance of any of the essential ceremonies of the Hindu religion; क्रिया- लोपाद् वृषलत्वं गताः Ms.1.43. -वशः necessary influence of acts done. -वाचक, -वाचिन् a. expressing any action, as a verbal noun. -वादिन् m. a plaintiff, complainant. -विधिः a rule of action, manner of any rite; अयमुक्तो विभागो वः पुत्राणां च क्रियाविधिः Ms.9.22. -विशेषणम्, 1 an adverb. -2 a predicative adjective. -शक्तिः f. the power of god (in creating this world). -संक्रान्तिः f. imparting (to others) one's knowledge; teaching; विवादे दर्शयिष्यन्तं क्रियासंक्रान्तिमात्मनः M.1.19. -समभिहारः [cf. P.III.1.22] the repetition of any act; क्रियासम- भिहारेण विराध्यन्तं क्षमेत कः Śi.2.43.
klīb क्लीब् 1 Ā. (क्लीबते) 1 To be impotent, to behave like a eunuch. -2 (1 Ā) To be timorous, to be modest or unassuming; प्राप्तौ पुरुषकारादि मुक्त्वा क्लीबयसे कथम् Ks. 14.125.
klība क्लीब (व) a. 1 Impotent, neuter, emasculated; Ms. 3.15,4.25; Y.1.223. -2 Unmanly, timid, weak, weak-minded; R.8.84; क्लीबान् पालयिता Mk.9.5. -3 Cowardly. -4 Mean, base. -5 Idle. -6 Of the neuter gender. -7 Desireless (कामहीन); विद्वान्क्लीबः पश्यति प्रीतियोगात् Mb.12.292.23. -बः, -बम् (-वः, -वम्) 1 An impotent man, a eunuch; न मूत्रं फेनिलं यस्य विष्टा चाप्सु निमज्जति । मेढ्रं चोन्मादशुक्राभ्यां हीनं क्लीबः स उच्यते ॥ Kātyāyana quoted in Dāyabhāga. -2 The neuter gender. क्लीबता, क्लैब्यम् (व्यम्) 1 Impotence (lit.); बरं क्लैब्यं पुंसां न च परकलत्राभिगमनम् Pt.1. -2 Unmanliness, timidity, cowardice; क्लैब्यं मा स्म गमः पार्थ Bg.2.3. -3 Impotence, powerlessness; यत्रोत्पलदलक्लैब्यमस्त्राण्यापुः सुरद्विषाम् R.12.86.
kṣiptiḥ क्षिप्तिः f. [क्षिप्-क्तिन्] 1 Throwing, sending forth. -2 Explaining a hidden meaning (such as solving riddles). -3 (in drama) The exposure of a secret. -4 also क्षिप्तिका (in Alg.) The quantity to be added to the square of the least root multiplied by the multiplicator (to render it capable of yielding an exact square root).
khaṭvā खट्वा [खट्-क्कुन्; cf. Uṇ.1.15] 1 A bed-stead, couch, cot; सहखट्वासनं चैव सर्वं संग्रहणं स्मृतम् Ms.8.357. -2 A swing, hammock. -3 A kind of bandage. -Comp. -अङ्गः 1 a club or staff with a skull at the top considered as the weapon of Śiva and carried by ascetics and Yogins; Māl.5.4,23. -2 N. of Dilīpa; ˚धर, ˚भृत् an epithet of Śiva. -अङ्गिन् m. an epithet of Śiva; Bhāg. 4.19.2. -आप्लुतः, -आरूढ a. 1 lying on a bed. -2 low, vile. -3 abandoned, wicked. -4 silly, stupid. -5 erring, going wrong or astray; खट्वारूढो जाल्मः । नाति व्रतवान् Mbh. on P.II.1.26. खट्वारूढः प्रभादवान् Bk.5.1.
khaṭvayati खट्वयति Den. P. To use as a couch; सोपधानां धियं धीरां स्थेयसीं खट्वयन्ति ये Śi.2.77. खट्वाका khaṭvākā खट्विका khaṭvikā खट्वाका खट्विका A small bed-stead.
khaṇḍa खण्ड a. [खण्ड्-घञ्] 1 Broken, divided, torn asunder; ˚देवकुलम् Pt.2 a temple in ruins. -2 Having chasms, gaps or breaks. -3 Defective, deficient. -ण़्डः, -ण्डम् 1 A break, chasm, gap, fissure, fracture. -2 A piece, part, fragment, portion; दिवः कान्तिमत्खण्डमेकम् Me.3; काष्ठ˚, मांस˚ &c. -3 A section of a work, chapter. -4 A multitude, an assemblage, group; छित्त्वा कर्पूरखण्डान्वृतिमिह कुरुते कोद्रवाणां समन्तात् Bh.2.1; तरुखण्डस्य K.23; Māl.5.23, 8.1. -5 A term in an equation. -6 A continent. -ण्डः 1 Candied sugar. -2 A flaw in a jewel. -ण्डम् 1 A kind of salt. -2 A sort of sugar-cane. (In comp. -खण्ड means 'partial', 'incomplete'). -Comp. -अभ्रम् 1 scattered clouds. -2 the impression of the teeth in amorous sports; खण्डाभ्रमभ्रवेशे स्यात् तथा दन्तक्षतान्तरे Medinī. -आलिः 1 a measure of oil. -2 a pond or lake. -3 a woman whose husband has been guilty of infidelity. -इन्दुः the crescent moon. ˚मण्डनः the god Śiva; खण्डे- न्दुमण्डनाचार्यां मण्डनत्वमखण्डितम् Rāj. T. 1.28. -कथा a short tale. -कर्णः 1 a kind of bulbous plant. -2 sweet potato. -काव्यम् a small poem, such as the मेघदूत; it is thus defined : खण्डकाव्यं भवेत् काव्यस्यैकदेशानुसारि च S. D. 564. -जः a kind of sugar. -तालः (in music) a kind of measure. -धारा scissors. -परशुः 1 an epithet of Śiva. महश्वर्यं लीलाजनितजगतः खण्डपरशोः G. L.1; येनानेन जगत्सु खण्डपरशुर्देवो हरः ख्याप्यते Mv.2.33. -2 an epithet of Parasurāma, son of Jamadagni. -3 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -पशुः 1 N. of Śiva. -2 of Parasurāma. -3 of Rāhu. -4 an elephant with a broken tusk. -पालः a confectioner. -प्रलयः 1 a partial destruction of the universe in which all the spheres beneath Svarga are dissolved in one common ruin. -2 a quarrel. -फलम् canned fruit; Gaṇeśa. P.1.147-57. -मण्डल a. gibbous, not full or round. (-लम्) the segment of a circle. -मोदकः a kind of sugar. -लवणम् a kind of salt. -विकारः sugar. -शर्करा candied sugar; दधिमण्डोदका दिव्याः खण्डशर्करवालुकाः Mb. 12.284.44. -शीला a loose woman, an unchaste wife.
gaṅgā गङ्गा [गम्-गन्; Uṇ.1.12] 1 The river Ganges, the most sacred river in India; अधोधो गङ्गेयं पदमुपगता स्तोकमथवा Bh.2.1; R.2.26;13.57; (mentioned in Rv.1.75.5, along with other rivers considered sacred in India). -2 The Ganges personified as a goddess. [Gaṅgā is the eldest daughter of Himavat. It is said that a curse of Brahmā made her come down upon earth, where she became the first wife of King Śantanu. She bore him eight sons, of whom Bhīṣma, the youngest, became a well-known personage, renowned for his valour and life-long celibacy. According to another account she came down on earth being propitiated by Bhagīratha; see भगीरथ and जह्नु also; and cf. Bh.2. 1]. इमं मे गङ्गे यमुने सरस्वति Mahānār. Up.5.4. -Comp. -अम्बु, -अम्भस् n. 1 water of the Ganges. -2 pure rain-water (such as falls in the month of आश्विन). -अवतारः 1 the descent of the Ganges on the earth; भगीरथ इव दृष्टगङ्गावतारः K.32 (where गङ्गा˚ also means 'descent into the Ganges' for ablution). -2 N. of a sacred place. -अष्टकम् a collection of eight verses addressed to the Ganges; गङ्गाष्टकं पठति यः प्रयतः प्रभाते वाल्मीकिना विरचितं शुभदं मनुष्यः । -उद्भेदः the source of the Ganges. -क्षेत्रम् the river Ganges and the district two Koss on either of its banks. -चिल्ली Gangetic kite. -जः, -सुतः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya; गङ्गासुतस्त्वं स्वमतेन देव स्वाहामहीकृत्तिकानां तथैव Mb.3.232.15. -जलम् the holy water (by which it is customary to administer oaths). -दत्तः an epithet of Bhīsma. -द्वारम् the place where the Ganges enters the plains (also called हरिद्वार); गङ्गाद्वारं प्रति महान्बभूव भगवानृषिः Mb.1.13.33. -धरः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the ocean. ˚पुरम् N. of a town. -पुत्रः 1 N. of Bhīṣma. -2 of Kārtikeya. -3 a man of a mixed and vile caste whose business is to remove dead bodies. -4 a Brāhmaṇa who conducts pilgrims to the Ganges. -भृत् m. 1 N. of Śiva. -2 the ocean. -मध्यम् the bed of the Ganges. -यात्रा 1 a pilgrimage to the Ganges. -2 carrying a sick person to the river-side to die there. -लहरी N. of poem by Jagannātha Paṇḍita. -सप्तमी the 7th day in the light half of वैशाख. -सागरः the place where the Ganges enters the ocean. -सुप्तः 1 an epithet of Bhīsma. -2 of Kartikya. -ह्रदः N. of a तीर्थ. गङ्गाका gaṅgākā गङ्गका gaṅgakā गङ्गिका gaṅgikā गङ्गाका गङ्गका गङ्गिका The Ganges.
gajaḥ गजः [गज्-मदे अच्] 1 An elephant; कचाचितौ विश्वगिवा- गजौ गजौ Ki.1.36. -2 The number 'eight'. -3 A measure of length, a Gaja or yard, (thus defined :-- साधारणनराङ्गुल्या त्रिंशदङ्गुलको गजः). -4 A demon killed by Śiva. -5 One of the eight elephants of the quarters. -जी A female elephant; वितृषो$पि पिबन्त्यम्भः पाययन्तो गजा गजीः Bhāg.4.6.26. -Comp. -अग्रणी m. 1 the most excellent among elephants. -2 An epithet of ऐरावत, the elephant of Indra. -अधिपतिः lord of elephants, a noble elephant. -अध्यक्षः superintendent of elephants; Bri. S.86.34. -अपसदः a vile or wretched elephant, a common or low-born elephant. -अशनः the religious fig tree (अश्वत्थ). (-नम्) the root of a lotus. -अरिः 1 a lion. -2 N. of Śiva who killed the demon गज. -आजीवः 'one who gets his livelihood by elephants', an elephant-driver. -आननः, -आस्यः epithets of Ganeśa. -आयुर्वेदः science of the treatment of elephants. -आरोहः an elephantdriver. -आह्वम्, -आह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; Bhāg.1. 15.38. -इन्द्रः 1 an excellent elephant, a lordly elephant; किं रुष्टासि गजेन्द्रमन्दगमने Ś. Til.7; ऐरावतं गजेन्द्राणां Bg.1.27. -2 Airāvata, Indra's elephant. -3 N. of a tree; गजेन्द्र- कुसुमाकीर्णम् Mb.13.132.12. ˚कर्णः an epithet of Śiva. -कन्दः a large esculent root. -कूर्माशिन् m. N. of Garuḍa. -गतिः f. 1 a stately, majestic gait like that of an elephant. -2 a woman with such a gait. -गामिनी a woman having a stately elephant-like gait; याता सुदूरमधुना गजगामिनी सा Ratn.4.3. -गौरीव्रतम् a vow to be observed by ladies in the month of Bhādrapada. -छाया a portion of time proper for a Śrāddha, time at the eclipse of the sun; [सैंहिकेयो यदा भानुं ग्रसते पर्वसंधिषु । गजच्छाया तु सा प्रोक्ता श्राद्धं तत्र प्रकल्पयेत् ॥; गजच्छायायां पूर्वस्यां कुतपे दक्षिणामुखः । यदा भाद्रपदे मासि भवते बहुले मघा ॥ Mb.13.126.36 Y.1.218. -ढक्का a kettle-drum carried on an elephant. -तुरङ्गविलसितम् N. of a metre. -दघ्न, -द्वयस a. as high or tall as an elephant. -दन्तः 1 an elephant's tusk, ivory; कार्योलङ्कार- विधिर्गजदन्तेन प्रशस्तेन Bṛi. S.79.19. -2 an epithet of Gaṇeśa. -3 ivory. -4 a peg, pin, or bracket projecting from a wall. ˚मय a. made of ivory. -दानम् 1 the fluid (ichor) exuding from the temples of an elephant. -2 the gift of an elephant. -नासा the trunk of an elephant; धर्मस्तु गजनासोरु सद्भिराचरितः पुरा Rām.2.3.3. -निमीलिका, -निमीलितम् feigning not to look at anything, inattention; देवीः कामयमानस्य चक्रे गजनिमीलिका Rāj. T.6.73. -पतिः 1 the lord or keeper of elephants. -2 a very tall and stately elephant; Śi.6.55. -3 an excellent elephant. -पिप्पली N. of a plant (Scindapsus Officinalis; Mar. गजपिंपळी, मिरवेल). -पुङ्गवः a large and excellent elephant; गजपुङ्गवस्तु धीरं विलोकयति चाटुशतैश्च भुङ्क्ते Bh.2.31. -पुटः a small hole in the ground for fire. -पुरम् N. of Hastināpura. -पुष्पी N. of a flower; गजपुष्पीमिमां फुल्लामुत्पाठ्य शुभलक्षणाम् Rām.4.12.39. -बन्धः 1 a particular posture in sexual intercourse. -2 a post to which the elephant is tied. -3 the process of catching an elephant; गजबन्धस्तु सुरते आलाने ग्रहणे$पि च Nm. -बन्धनी, -बन्धिनी a stable for elephants. -भक्षकः the sacred fig-tree. -भक्षा the gum Olibanum tree. -मण्डनम् the ornaments with which an elephant is decorated, particularly the coloured lines on his head. -मण्डलिका, -मण्डली a ring or circle of elephants. -माचलः a lion. -मुक्ता, -मौक्तिकम् a pearl supposed to be found in the kumbhas or projections on the forehead of an elephant; घर्मजनितपुलकेन लसद्भजमौक्तिकावलिगुणेन वक्षसा Ki.12.4. -मुखः, -वक्त्रः, -वदनः epithets of Gaṇeśa; Bṛi. S.58.58; Ks.1.44. -मोटनः a lion. -यूथम् a herd of elephants; उषसि स गजयूथकर्णतालैः पटुपटहध्वनिभिर्विनीतनिद्रः R.9.71. -योधिन् a. fighting on an elephant. -राजः a lordly or noble elephant. -वीथिः, -थी f. the three lunar mansions रोहिणी, आर्द्रा and मृगशिरस्; रोहिण्यार्दा मृगशिरो गजवीथ्यभिधी- यते. -व्रजः a troop of elephants. -शास्त्रम्, -शिक्षा the science of elephants. -साह्वयम् N. of Hastināpura; निर्ययुर्गजसाह्वयात् Mb.3.1.9; Ks.15.6. -स्थानम् elephant's stall; Y.1.279. -स्नानम् (lit.) bathing of an elephant; (fig.) useless or unproductive efforts resembling the ablution of elephants which, after pouring water over their bodies, end by throwing dirt, rubbish and other foul matter; cf. अवशेन्द्रियचित्तानां हस्तिस्नानमिव क्रिया H.1.17.
gandharvaḥ गन्धर्वः 1 A celestial musician, a class of demi-gods regarded as the singers or musicians of gods, and said to give good and agreeable voice to girls; पतङ्गो वाचं मनसा बिभर्ति तां गन्धर्वो$वदद्गर्भे अन्तः Rv.1.177.2; Av.11.5.2; सोमं शौचं ददावासां गन्धर्वश्च शुभां गिरम् Y.1.71. -2 A singer in general; Mb.7.57.4. -3 A horse; Mb.3. -4 The musk-deer. -5 The soul after death and previous to its being born again; तस्यासीद्दुहिता गन्धर्वगृहीता Bṛi. Up.3.3.1. -6 The black cuckoo. -7 The sun. -8 A sage, pious man; Vāj.32.7. -Comp. -तैलम् Castor-oil. -नगरम्, -पुरम् the city of the Gandharvas, an imaginary city in the sky, probably the result of some natural phenomenon, such as mirage; गन्धर्वनगराकारं तथैवान्तर्हितं पुनः Mb.1.126.35. -राजः Chitraratha, the chief of the Gandharvas. -विद्या the science of music. -विवाहः one of the eight forms of marriage described in Ms.3.27 &c.; in this form marriage proceeds entirely from love or the mutual inclination of a youth and maiden without ceremonies and without consulting relatives; it is, as Kālidāsa observes, कथमप्यबान्धवकृता स्नेहप्रवृत्तिः Ś.4.17. -वेदः one of the four subordinate Vedas or Upavedas, which treats of music; see उपवेद. -हस्तः, -हस्तकः the castoroil plant.
gatiḥ गतिः f. [गम्-भावे क्तिन्] 1 Motion, going, moving, gait; गतिर्विगलिता Pt.4.78; अभिन्नगतयः Ś.1.14; (न) भिन्दन्ति मन्दां गतिमश्वमुख्यः Ku.1.11 do not mend their slow gait (do not mend their pace); so गगनगतिः Pt.1; लघुगतिः Me.16; U.6.23. -2 Access, entrance; मणौ वज्रसमुत्कीर्णे सूत्रस्येवा- स्ति मे गतिः R.1.4. -3 Scope, room; अस्त्रगतिः Ku.3.19; मनोरथानामगतिर्न विद्यते Ku.5.64; नास्त्यगतिर्मनोरथानाम् V.2. -4 Turn, course; दैवगतिर्हि चित्रा, Mu.7.16. -5 Going to, reaching, obtaining; वैकुण्ठीया गतिः Pt.1 obtaining Heaven. -6 Fate, issue; भर्तुर्गतिर्गन्तव्या Dk.13. -7 State, condition; दानं भोगो नाशस्तिस्रो गतयो भवन्ति वित्तस्य Bh.2.43; Pt.1.16. -8 Position, station, situation, mode of existence; परार्ध्यगतेः पितुः R.8.27; कुसुमस्तबकस्येव द्वे गती स्तो मनस्विनाम् Bh.2.14; Pt.1.41,42. -9 A means, expedient, course, alternative; अनुपेक्षणे द्वयी गतिः Mu.3; का गतिः what help is there, can't help (often used in dramas) Pt.1.319; अन्या गतिर्नास्ति K.158; cf. also अगतिका हि एषा गतिः यत् कृत्स्नसंयोगे सति विकल्पसमुच्चयौ स्याताम् ŚB. on MS.1.5.47. -1 Recourse, shelter, refuge, asylum, resort; विद्यमानां गतिर्येषाम् Pt.1.32,322; आसयत् सलिले पृथ्वीं यः स मे श्रीहरिर्गतिः Sk. -11 Source, origin, acquisition; क्रियाविशेषबहुलां भोगैश्वर्यगतिं प्रति Bg.2.43; Ms.1.5. -12 a way, path. -13 A march, procession. -14 An event, issue, result. -15 The course of events, fate, fortune. -16 Course of asterisms. -17 The diurnal motion of a planet in its orbit. -18 A running wound or sore, fistula. -19 Knowing; अपेन पूर्वं न मयेति का गतिः Ki.14.15; knowledge, wisdom. -2 Transmigration, metempsychosis; Ms.6.73;12.3,23,4-45; त्यज बुद्धिमिमां गतिप्रवृत्ताम् Bu. Ch.5.36; Bhāg.1.17.1. -21 A stage or period of life, (as शैशव, यौवन, वार्धक). -22 (In gram.) A term for preposition and some other adverbial prefixes (such as अलम्, तिरस् &c.) when immediately connected with the tenses of a verb or verbal derivatives. -23 Position of a child at birth. -Comp. -अनुसरः following the course of another. -ऊन a. impassable, desert. -भङ्गः stoppage. -हीन a. without refuge, helpless, forlorn.
gatimat गतिमत् a. 1 In motion, moving; गिरिरिव गतिमानपक्ष- लोपात् V.3.3. -2 Having running sores, fistulous. -3 Possessing means (such as wealth, books &c.); अगाधाश्चाप्रतिष्ठाश्च गतिमन्तश्च नारद Mb.12.286.7. com. -4 Learned.
garuḍaḥ गरुडः [गरुद्भयां डयते, डी-ड पृषो˚ तलोपः, गॄ-उडच् Uṇ 4. 166.] 1 N. of the king of birds. [He is a son of Kaśyapa by his wife Vinatā. He is the chief of the feathered race, an implacable enemy of serpents, and elder brother of Aruṇa. In a dispute between his mother and Kadrū, her rival, about the colour of उचैःश्रवस् Kadrū defeated Vinatā, and, in accordance with the conditions of the wager, made her her slave. Garuḍa brought down the heavenly beverage (Amṛita) to purchase her freedom, not, however, without a hard struggle with Indra for the same. Vinatā was then released; but the Amṛita was taken away by Indra from the serpents. Garuḍa is represented as the vehicle of Visnu, and as having a white face, an aquiline nose, red wings and a golden body.] -2 A building or architecture (such as चिति) shaped like Garuḍa; गरुडो रुक्मपक्षो वै त्रिगुणो$ष्टादशात्मकः Rām.1.14. 29. -3 N. of a particular military array. -Comp. -अग्रजः an epithet of Aruṇa, the charioteer of the sun; विभिन्नवर्णा गरुडाग्रजेन Śi.4.14. -अङ्कः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अङ्कितम्, -अश्मन् m. -उत्तीर्णम् an emerald. -ध्वजः an epithet of Viṣṇu; समाहितमतिश्चैव तुष्टाव गरुडध्वजम् V. P. -व्यूहः a particular military array.
galaḥ गलः [गल्-भक्षणे बा˚ करणे अच्] 1 The throat, neck; शितिना गलेन विलसन्मरीचिना Ki.12.23; न गरलं गले कस्तूरीयम्; cf. अजागलस्तन; Bh.1.64; Amaru.88. -2 The resin of the Śāla tree. -3 A kind of musical instrument. -4 A rope. -5 A kind of fish. -6 A large kind of grass (बृहत्काश). -Comp. -अङ्कुरः a particular disease of the throat (inflammation). -उद्भवः the tuft of hair on the neck of a horse. -ओघः tumor in the throat. -कम्बलः a bull's dewlap. -गण्डः 1 enlargement of the glands of the neck. -2 goitre. -ग्रहः, -ग्रहणम् 1 seizing by the throat, throttling, smothering. -2 a kind of disease; Mb.12.33.5. -3 N. of certain days in the dark fortnight of a month :-- i. e. the 4th, 7th, 8th, 9th, 13th and the three following days. -4 a day on which a course of study is commenced, but immediately preceding a day on which it is prohibited. -5 study, begun but immediately interrupted. -चर्मन् n. the gullet, throat. -द्वारम् the mouth. -मेखला a necklace. -वार्त a. 1 safe in the work of the throat, able to eat much and digest it, healthy, sound; दृश्यन्ते चैव तीर्थेषु गलवार्तास्तपस्विनः Pt.3. v. l. -2 a parasite. -विद्रधिः tumor and abscess in the throat. -व्रतः a peacock. -शुण्डिका the uvula. -शुण्डी swelling of the glands of the neck. -स्तनी (also गलेस्तनी) a she-goat. -हस्तः 1 seizing by the throat, throttling, collaring; अनिच्छन्गलहस्तेन ताभिर्निर्वासितस्ततः Ks.4.68. -2 an arrow with a crescent-shaped head; cf. अर्धचन्द्र. -हस्तित a. seized by the throat, throttled, strangled; अर्धेन्दुलीलैर्गल- हस्तितेव N.6.25.
gāḍha गाढ p. p. [गाह्-क्त] 1 Dived or plunged into, bathed in, deeply entered. -2 Frequently plunged into, resorted to, thickly crowded or inhabited; तपस्विगाढां तमसां प्राप नदीं तुरङ्गमेण R.9.72. -3 Closely pressed together, tightly drawn, fast, close, tight; गाढाङ्गदै- र्बाहुभिः R.16.6; गाढालिङ्गन Amaru.4, a close embrace; Ch. P.6. -4 Thick, dense. -5 Deep, impervious. -6 Strong, vehement, excessive, intense; गाढनिद्रामवाप fell fast asleep; 2. ˚उद्वेग excessively tormented; U.3.31; Māl.9.12; गाढोत्कण्ठाललितलुलितैरङ्ग- कैस्ताम्यतीति Māl.1.15; Me.85; प्राप्तगाढप्रकम्पा Ś. Til.12; Amaru.74; so also गाढतप्तेन तप्तम् Me.14. -ढम् ind. Closely, fast, much, excessively, heavily, vehemently, powerfully. -Comp. -अङ्गद a. having closely fitting armlets; R.16.6. -आलिङ्गनम् a close embrace. -कर्णः an attentive ear; ता ये पिबन्त्यवितृषो नृप गाढकर्णैः Bhāg.4.29.41. -तरम् ind. 1 more tightly, closely. -2 more intensely. -मुष्टि a. close-fisted, avaricious, miserly. (-ष्टिः) a sword. -वचस् m. a frog. -वर्चस् a. costive, constipated.
guṇaḥ गुणः [गुण्-अच्] 1 A quality (good or bad); सुगुण, दुर्गुण; यदङ्गनारूपसरूपतायाः कञ्चिद्गुणं भेदकमिच्छतीभिः Śi.3.42. -2 (a) A good quality, merit, virtue, excellence; कतमे ते गुणाः Māl.1; वसन्ति हि प्रेम्णि गुणा न वस्तुनि Ki.8.37; R.1.9,22; साधुत्वे तस्य को गुणः Pt.4.18. (b) Eminence. -3 Use, advantage, good (with instr. usually), Pt. 5.; कः स्थानलाभे गुणः 2.21; H.1.49; Mu.1.15. -4 Effect, result, efficacy, good result; संभावनागुणमवेहि तमीश्वराणाम् Ś.7.4; गुणमहतां महते गुणाय योगः Ki.1.25;6. 7. -5 (a) A single thread or string. (b) Thread, string, rope, cord, मेखलागुणैः Ku.4.8;5.1; तृणैर्गुणत्व- मापन्नैर्वध्यन्ते मत्तदन्तिनः H.1.32; यतः परेषां गुणग्रहीतासि Bv.1. 9 (where गुण also means 'a merit'). -6 The bow- string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15,29; कनकपिङ्गतडिद्- गुणसंयुतम् R.9.54. -7 The string of a musical instrument; कलवल्लकीगुणस्वानमानम् Śi.4.57. -8 A sinew. -9 A quality, attribute, property in general; यादृग्गुणेन भर्त्रा स्त्री संयुज्येत यथाविधि Ms.9.22. -1 A quality, characteristic or property of all substances, one of the seven categories of padārthas of the Vaiśeṣikas, (the number of these properties is 24). -11 An ingredient or constituent of nature, any one of the three properties belonging to all created things; (these are स्त्व, रजस् and तमस्); गुणत्रयविभागाय Ku.2.4; सत्त्वं रजस्तम इति गुणाः प्रकृतिसंभवाः Bg.14.5; R.3.27. -12 A wick, cotton thread; नृपदीपो धनस्नेहं प्रजाभ्यः संहरन्नपि । अन्तर- स्थैर्गुणैः शुभ्रैर्लक्ष्यते नैव केनचित् ॥ Pt.1.221. -13 An object of sense, (these are five रूप, रस, गन्ध, स्पर्श, and शब्द); गुणैर्गुणान्स भुञ्जान आत्मप्रद्योतितैः प्रभुः Bhāg.11.3.5. -14 Repetition, multiplication, denoting 'folds' or 'times', usually at the end of comp. after numerals; आहारो द्विगुणः स्त्रीणां बुद्धिस्तासां चतुर्गुणा । ष़ड्गुणो व्यवसायश्च कामश्चाष्टगुणः स्मृतः ॥ Chāṇ.78; so त्रिणुण; शतगुणीभवति becomes a hundred-fold, अध्यर्धगुणमाहुर्यं बले शौर्ये च केशव Mb.11.2.1. -15 A secondary element, a subordinate part (opp. मुख्य); न च गुणानुग्रहार्थं प्रधानस्यावृत्तिर्युक्ता ŚB. on MS.12.1.4. -16 Excess, abundance, superfluity; पराङ्मुखवधं कृत्वा को$त्र प्राप्तस्त्वया गुणः Rām.4.17.16. -17 An adjective, a word subordinate to another in a sentence. -18 The substitution of ए, ओ, अर् and अल् for इ, उ, ऋ (short or long) and लृ, or the vowels अ, ए, ओ and अर् and अल्. -19 (In Rhet.) Quality considered as an inherent property of a Rasa or sentiment. Mammaṭa thus defines गुण. --ये रहस्याङ्गिनो धर्माः शौर्यादय इवात्मनः । उत्कर्ष- हेतवस्ते स्युरचलस्थितयो गुणाः ॥ K. P.8. (Some writers on rhetoric, such as Vāmana, Jagannātha Paṇḍita, Daṇḍin and others, consider Guṇas to be properties both of शब्द and अर्थ, and mention ten varieties under each head. Mammaṭa, however, recognises only three, and, after discussing and criticizing the views of others, says : माधुर्यौजःप्रसादाख्यास्त्रयस्ते न पुनर्दश K. P.8); Ki.17.6. -2 (In gram. and Mīm.) Property considered as the meaning of a class of words; e. g. grammarians recognise four kinds of the meaning of words; जाति, गुण, किया and द्रव्य, and give गौः, शुक्लः, चलः and डित्थः as instances to illustrate these meanings. -21 (In politics) A proper course of action, an expedient. (The expedients to be used by a king in foreign politics are six :-- 1 सन्धि peace or alliance; 2 विग्रह war; 3 यान march or expedition; 4 स्थान or आसन halt; 5 संश्रय seeking shelter; 6 द्वैध or द्वैधीभाव duplicity; सन्धिर्ना विग्रहो यानमासनं द्वैधमाश्रयः Ak.) see Y.1.346; Ms.7.16; Śi.2.26; R.8.21. -22 The number 'three' (derived from the three qualities). -23 The chord of an arc (in geom.). -24 An organ of sense. -25 A subordinate dish; Ms. 3.226,233. -26 A cook. -27 An epithet of Bhīma as in युधिष्टिरो$पि गुणप्रियः Vas. -28 Leaving, abandonment. -29 A multiplier, coefficient (in math.) -3 Division, subdivision, species, kind. -31 The peculiar property of letters which are pronounced with external utterance (बाह्यप्रयत्न); they are eleven. -Comp. -अग्ऱ्यम् a principal quality; ˚वर्तिन्; स्वमूर्तिभेदेन गुणाग्ऱ्यवर्तिना पतिः प्रजानामिव सर्गमात्मनः R.3.27. -अगुणः merit and demerit Ms.3.22;9.331; अनपेक्ष्य गुणागुणौ जनः स्वरुचिं निश्चयतो$नु- धावति Si.16.44. -अतीत a. freed from all properties, being beyond them; सर्वारम्भपरित्यागी गुणातीतः स उच्यते Bg.14.25. (-तः) the Supreme Being. -अधिष्ठानकम् the region of the breast where the girdle is fastened. -अनुबन्धित्वम् connection or association with virtues; गुणा गुणानुबन्धित्वात्तस्य सप्रसवा इव R.1.22. -अनुरागः love or appreciation of the good qualities of others; गुणा- नुरागादिव सख्यमीयिवान्न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11. -अनुरोधः conformity or suitableness to good qualities. -अन्तरम् a different (higher) quality; गुणान्तरं व्रजति शिल्पमाधातुः M.1.6. -अन्वित, -उपपन्न, -युक्त, -संपन्न a. endowed with good qualities, meritorious, worthy, good, excellent. -अपवादः, -निन्दा disparagement, detraction. -अभिधानम् A subsidiary injunction; द्रव्योपदेशाद्वा गुणा- भिधानं स्यात् M.8.4.5. -आकरः 1 'a mine of merits', one endowed with all virtues; सृजति तावदशेषगुणाकरं पुरुषरत्न- मलङ्करणं मुवः Bh.2.92. -2 N. of Śiva. -आढ्य a. rich in virtues. -आत्मन् a. having qualities. -आधारः 'a receptacle of virtues', a virtuous or meritorious person. -आश्रय a. virtuous, excellent. -ईश्वरः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 the Chitrakūṭa mountain. -उत्कर्षः excellence of merit, possession of superior qualities. -उत्कीर्तनम् panegyric, eulogium. -उत्कृष्ट a. superior in merit; Ms.8.73. -उपेत a. endowed with good qualities; पुत्रमेवङ्गुणोपेतं चक्रवर्तिनमाप्नुहि Ś.1.12. -ओघः, -घम् superior or abundant merits. -कथनम् extolling, praising. -2 a condition or state of mind of the hero of a drama to which he is reduced by Cupid. -कर्तृत्वम् the state of an agent of properties; गुणकर्तृत्वे$पि तथा कर्तेव भवत्युदासीनः Sāṅ. K.2. -कर्मन् n. 1 an unessential or secondary action. -2 (in gram.) the secondary or less immediate (i. e. indirect) object of an action; e. g. in the example नेता$श्वस्य स्रुघ्नं स्रुघ्नस्य वा, स्रुघ्नम् is a गुणकर्मन्. ˚विभाग a. distinguishing an action and an attribute. -कल्पना f. imputing a figurative meaning, one of the modes of interpreting a sentence. According to it an expression may be understood as conveying not what is actually expressed by it but the quality or qualities thereof. e. g. सिंहो देवदत्तः means प्रसह्यकरी देवदत्तः; ŚB. on MS.1.2.1. -काण्डः a series of subsidiary (details); एवमेक उत्कृष्यमाणः सर्वं गुणकाण्डमुत्कर्षति ŚB. on MS.5. 1.24. -कार a. productive of good qualities, profitable, salutary. (-रः) 1 a cook who prepares sidedishes or any secondary articles of food. -2 an epithet of Bhīma. -3 (in math.) the multiplier. -कीर्तनम्, -श्लाघा, -स्तुतिः f. praise, extolling. -कृत्यम् the function of a bow-string; गुणकृत्ये धनुषो नियोजिता Ku.4.15. -गणः a number or series of good qualities; Bhāg.5.3.11. -गानम् singing of merits, panegyric, praise. -गृध्नु a. 1 desiring good qualities; ये चान्ये गुणगृध्नवः Bhāg.3.14.2. -2 possessing enviable or good qualities. -गृह्य a. appreciating or admiring merits (wherever they may be), attached to merits; appreciative; ननु वक्तृविशेषनिःस्पृहा गुणगृह्या वचने विपश्चितः Ki.2.5. -गौरी a woman chaste by virtuous conduct; अनृतगिरं गुणगौरि मा कृथा माम् Śi. -ग्रहणम् appreciating merits. -ग्रहीतृ, -ग्राहक, -ग्राहिन् a. appreciating the merits (of others); श्रीहर्षो निपुणः कविः परिषदप्येषा गुणग्राहिणी Ratn.1.4; Śi.2.82; Bv.1.9. -ग्रामः a collection of virtues or merits; गुरुतरगुणग्रामांभोजस्फुटोज्ज्वलचन्द्रिका Bh.3.116; गणयति गुणग्रामम् Gīt.2; Bv.1.13. -घातिन् a. detractor, envious, censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing how to admire or appreciate merits, appreciative; भगवति कमलालये भृशमगुणज्ञासि Mu.2; गुणा गुणज्ञेषु गुणा भवन्ति H. Pr.47. -त्रयम्, -त्रितयम् the three constituent properties of nature; i. e. सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. ˚आभासः life. -दोषौ (du.) virtue and vice; ˚कथा; Pt.2.67. -धर्मः the virtue or duty incidental to the possession of certain qualities. -निधिः a store of virtues. -पदी a woman having feet as thin as cords. -पूगम् great merits; भवद्गुणपूगपूरितम् (श्रवणम्) Śi.9.64. -प्रकर्षः excellence of merits, great merit; गुणप्रकर्षादुडुपेन शम्भोरलङ्- घ्यमुल्लङ्घितमुत्तमाङ्गम् Mk.4.23. -भावः being subsidiary to something else; परार्थता हि गुणभावः । ŚB. on MS.4.3.1. -भोक्तृ a. perceiving the properties of things; निर्गुणं गुणभोक्तृ च Bg.13.14. -महत् a superior quality. -मुष्टिः f. a particular method of stringing the bow; cf. पताका वज्रमुष्टिश्च सिंहकर्णस्तथैव च । मत्सरी काकतुण्डी च योजनीया यथा- क्रमम् ॥ Dhanur.84. -रागः delighting in the merits of others; गुणरागगतां तस्य रूपिणीमिव दुर्गतिम् Ks.2.51. -राशिः an epithet of Śiva -लक्षणम् mark or indication of an internal property. -लयनिका, -लयनी a tent. -लुब्ध a. 1 desirous of merits. -2 attached to merits. -वचनम्, -वाचकः a word which connotes an attribute or quality, an adjective, or substantive used attributively; as श्वेत in श्वेतो$श्वः. -वादः 1 pointing out good merits. -2 a statement in a secondary sense; गुणवादस्तु MS. 1.2.1 (Śabara explains this as : गौण एष वादो भवति यत् सम्बन्धिनि स्तोतव्ये सम्बन्ध्यन्तरं स्तूयते । ŚB. on ibid.). -3 a statement contradictory to other arguments; Madhusūdana. -विवेचना discrimination in appreciating the merits of others, a just sense of merit. -विशेषाः external organs, mind and spiritual ignorance; परस्पर- विलक्षणा गुणविशेषाः (बाह्येन्द्रियमनो$हङ्काराश्च) Sāṅ. K.36. -षः a different property. -वृक्षः, -वृक्षकः a mast or a post to which a ship or boat is fastened. -वृत्तिः f. 1 a secondary or unessential condition or relation (opp. मुख्यवृत्ति). -2 the character or style of merits. -वैशेष्यम् pre-eminence of merit; अन्योन्यगुणवैशेष्यान्न किंचिदतिरिच्यते Ms.9.296. -शब्दः an adjective. -संख्यानम् 'enumeration of the three essential qualities', a term applied to the Sāṅkhya (including the Yoga) system of philosophy; ज्ञानं कर्म च कर्ता च त्रिधैव गुणभेदतः प्रोच्यते गुणसंख्याने Bg.18.19. -संगः 1 association with qualities or merits. -2 attachment to objects of sense or worldly pleasures. -संग्रहः a collection of merits or properties; कथं गुणज्ञो विरमेद्विना पशुं श्रीर्यत्प्रवव्रे गुणसंग्रहेच्छया Bhāg.4.2.26. -संपद् f. excellence or richness of merits, great merit, perfection; गुणसंपदा समधिगम्य Ki.5.24. -सागरः 1 'an ocean of merit, a very meritorious man. -2 an epithet of Brahmā. -हीन a. 1 void of merit', meritless; काममामरणात्तिष्ठेद्- गृहे कन्यर्तुमत्यपि । न चैवैनां प्रयच्छेत्तु गुणहीनाय कर्हिचित् Ms.9. 89. -2 poor (as food).
guru गुरु a. (-रु, -र्वी f.) [ग कु उच्च Uṇ.1.24.] (compar. गरीयस्; superl. गरिष्ठ) 1 Heavy, weighty (opp. लघु); (fig. also); तेन धूर्जगतो गुर्वी सचिवेषु निचिक्षिपे R.1.34;3.35; 12.12; विमुच्य वासांसि गुरूणि साम्प्रतम् Ṛs.1.7. -2 Great, large, long, extended. -3 Long (in duration or length). आरम्भगुर्वी Bh.2.6; गुरुषु दिवसेष्वेषु गच्छत्सु Me.85. -4 Important, momentous, great; विभवगुरुभिः कृत्यैः Ś.4. 19; स्वार्थात्सतां गुरुतरा प्रणयिक्रियैव V.4.31; Ku.3.13; Bh.3.7; R.14.35. -5 Arduous, difficult (to bear); कान्ताविरहगुरुणा शापेन Me.1. -6 Great, excessive, violent, intense; गुरुः प्रहर्षः प्रबभूव नात्मनि R.3.17; गुर्वपि विरहदुःखम् Ś.4.16; Bg.6.22. -7 Venerable, respectable. -8 Heavy, hard of digestion (as food). -9 Best, excellent. -1 Dear, beloved. -11 Haughty, proud (as a speech). -12 (In prosody) Long, as a syllable, either in itself, or being short, followed by a conjunct consonant &c.; e. g. ई in ईड् or त in तस्कर (It is usually represented by ग in works on prosody; मात्तौ गौ चेच्छालिनी वेदलोकैः &c.). -13 Irresistible, unassailable; जागर्ति दंशाय...गुरुर्भुजङ्गी Māl.6.1. -14 Mighty; powerful. -15 Valuable, highly prized; पूर्वं पूर्वं गुरु ज्ञेयम् Y.2.3. -16 Grievous; Me.85. -रुः 1 (a) A father; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेकपार्थिवः क्षितावभूदेकधनुर्धरो$पि सः R.3.31,48;4.1; 8.29. (b) Forefather, ancestor; त्वां मैत्रावरुणो$भिनन्दतु गुरुर्यस्ते गुरूणामपि U.5.27. (c) Father-in-law; त्वं हि मे गुरुः (तद्धर्मतः स्नुषा ते$हम्) Rām.7.26.28-29. -2 Any venerable or respectable person, an elderly personage or relative, the elders (pl.) शुश्रूषस्व गुरून् Ś.4.18; Bg. 2.5; Bv.2.7,18,19,49; आज्ञा गुरूणां ह्यविचारणीया R. 14.46. -3 A teacher, preceptor; गुरुशिष्यौ. -4 Particularly, a religious teacher, spiritual preceptor. तौ गुरुर्गुरुपत्नी च प्रीत्या प्रतिननन्दतुः R.1.57; (technically a Guru is one who performs the purificatory ceremonies over a boy and instructs him in the Vedas; स गुरुर्यः क्रियाः कृत्वा वेदमस्मै प्रयच्छति Y.1.34). -5 A lord, head, superintendent, ruler; सर्वे गुरुहिते स्थिताः Rām.4.4.6; कर्णाश्रमाणां गुरवे स वर्णी R.5.19 the head of the castes or orders; गुरुर्नृपाणां गुरवे निवेद्य 2.68. -6 N. of Bṛihaspati, the preceptor of the gods; गुरुं नेत्रसहस्रेण चोदयामास वासवः Ku.2.29; Pt.1.23. -7 The planet Jupiter; गुरुकाव्यानुगां बिभ्रच्चान्द्रीमभिनभः श्रियम् Śi.2.2. -8 The propounder of a new doctrine. -9 The lunar asterism called पुष्य. -1 N. of Droṇa, teacher of the Kauravas and Pāṇḍavas. -11 N. of Prabhākara, the leader of a school of the Mīmāṁsakas (called after him Prābhākara). -12 The supreme spirit. -Comp. -अक्षरम् a long syllable. -अङ्गना 1 the wife of a Guru. -2 A woman entitled to great respect. -अर्थ a. important; सतीं व्यादाय शृण्वन्तो लघ्वीं गुर्वर्थगह्वराम् Bhāg.3. 16.14. (-र्थः) a preceptor's fee for instructing a pupil; गुर्वर्थमाहर्तुमहं यतिष्ये R.5.17. -उत्तम a. highly revered. (-मः) the Supreme soul. -उपदेशः 1 Consultation of the experts; एषु स्थानेषु गुरूपदेशात् सम्यङ् नाडीं परीक्ष्य शिरामोचनं कुर्यात् Śālihotra of Bhoja, 82. -2 advice by the elders or by the preceptor. -कण्ठः a peacock. -कारः worship, adoration. -कार्यम् 1 a serious or weighty affair. -2 the office of a spiritual teacher. -कुलम् the residence of a Guru (गुरुगृह), academy; वसन् गुरुकुले नित्यं नित्यम- ध्ययने रतः Mb.9.4.3; आवृत्तानां गुरुकुलाद्विप्राणां पूजको भवेत् Ms.7.82. -कृत a. 1 worshipped. -2 made much of; अहो निन्द्यं रूपं कविजनविशेषैर्गुरु कृतम् Bh.3.2. -क्रमः instruction handed down through a series of teachers, traditional instruction. -गृहम् signs (राशिs) Sagittarius (धनु) and Pisces (मीन). -घ्नः white mustard. -चर्या attendance upon a preceptor; Māl.9.51. -जनः any venerable person, an elderly relative, the elders collectively; नापेक्षितो गुरुजनः K.158; Bv.2.7. -तल्पः 1 the bed (wife) of a teacher. -2 violation or violator of a teacher's bed; Mb.12.56.32. -तल्पगः, -तल्पिन् m. 1 one who violates his teacher's bed (wife), (ranked in Hindu law as a sinner of the worst kind, committer of an अतिपातक; cf. Ms.11.13); Mb.3.43.6. -2 one who defiles his step-mother. -दक्षिणा fee given to a spiritual preceptor; उपात्तविद्यो गुरुदक्षिणार्थी R.5.1. -दानम् a Guru's gift. -दैवतम् the constellation पुष्य. -पत्रा the tamarind tree. -त्रम् tin. -पाक a. difficult of digestion. -पूजा 1 the ceremonies in propitiation of Bṛihaspati when a work is to be performed or undertaken. -2 the worship of one's spiritual preceptor. -प्रसादः the product of a Guru's blessing, i. e. learning. -भम् 1 the constellation पुष्य. -2 a bow. -3 the sign Pisces of the zodiac. -भावः importance, weight. -मर्दलः a kind of drum or tabor. -रत्नम् 1 topaz; (Mar. पुष्पराग, गोमेद). -2 a gem brought from the Himālaya and the Indus. -लाघवम् relative importance or value; विरोधिषु महीपाल निश्चित्य गुरु- लाघवम् Mb.3.131.12; Ś.5. -वर्चोघ्नः the lime, citron. -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् m. a student (ब्रह्मचारिन्) who resides at his preceptor's house. -वर्ति, -ता f. respectful behaviour towards Guru (elder or venerable person); निवेद्य गुरवे राज्यं भजिष्ये गुरुवर्तिताम् Rām.2.115.19. -वारः, -वासरः Thursday. -वृत्तिः f. the conduct of a pupil towards his preceptor; Rām.2.9.2. -व्यथ a. greatly distressed, heavy with grief; वचोभिराशाजननैर्भवानिव गुरुव्यथम् V. 3.9. -शिखरिन् m. an epithet of the Himālaya. -श्रुतिः a mantra (especially गायत्री); जपमानो गुरुश्रुतिम् Mb.13. 136.6. -स्वम् (= ष्वम्) the preceptor's wealth or property; गवां क्षीरं गुरुष्वं ते... Bm.1.35.
gṛham गृहम् [गृह्यते धर्माचरणाय, ग्रह् गेहार्थे क Tv.] 1 A house, dwelling, habitation, mansion; न गृहं गृहमित्याहुर्गृहिणी गृह- मुच्यते Pt.4.81,5.15; पश्य वानरमूर्खेण सुगृही निर्गृहीकृतः Pt. 1.39. -2 A wife; (the first quotation in 1 is sometimes erroneously cited as an illustration). -3 The life of a householder; न हि सति कुलधुर्ये सूर्यवंश्या गृहाय R.7. 71,5.1; Mv.4.28. -4 A sign of the zodiac. -5 A name or appellation. -6 A square (in chess or any other game). -हाः (m. pl.) 1 A house, dwelling; इमे नो गृहाः Mu.1; स्फटिकोपलविग्रहा गृहाः शशभृद्भित्तनिरङ्कभित्तयः N.2.74; तत्रागारं धनपतिगृहानुत्तरेणास्मदीयम् Me.77. -2 A wife; अथावलोकको$गच्छद्गृहानेकः परावसुः Mb.3.138.4. -3 The inhabitants of a house, family; the life of a householder; गृहानुत्सृज्य यो राजन् मोक्षमेवाभिपद्यते Mb.12.16.29. -हः Ved. An assistant, or servant; गृहो याम्यरंकृतो देवेभ्यो हव्यवाहनः Rv.1.119.13. In comp. oft. rendered by 'domestic', 'household' or 'tame'; e. g. ˚कपोतः 'a tame pigeon'; ˚कार्याणि-कर्माणि 'household duties'; ˚ शकु- न्तिका 'tame bird'; छद्मना परिददामि मृत्यवे सौनिको गृहशकुन्तिका- मिव U.1.45 &c. -Comp. -अक्षः a loophole, eyelet-hole, a round or ablong window. -अधिपः, -ईशः, -ईश्वरः 1 a house-holder. -2 a regent of a sign of the zodiac. संशयस्थः see अनुपात. -अयनिकः a house-holder. -अर्थः domestic affairs, any household matter; गृहार्थो$ग्निपरि- ष्क्रिया Ms.2.67. -अभिपालिन् m. a watchman. -अम्लम् a kind of sour-gruel. -अवग्रहणी the threshold. -अश्मन् m. a flat ablong stone upon which condiments are ground (Mar. पाटा). -आगत a. one who has come to a house. (-तः) a guest. -आचारः household or domestic business; U.2. -आरम्भः building a house; गृहारम्भातिदुःखाय Bhāg.11.9.15. -आरामः, -वाटी, -वाटिका a garden attached to a house. -आशया, -आश्रया the betel-tree. -आश्रमः the order of a householder, the second stage in the religious life of a Bāhmaṇa; see आश्रम; Ms.6.1. -आश्रमिन् m. a householder; Bhāg.1.8.7. -ईश्वरी a housewife; दिष्ट्या गृहेश्वर्यसकृन्मयि त्वया कृतानुवृत्तिर्भवमोचनी खलैः Bhāg.1.6.54. -उत्पातः any domestic nuisance. -उपकरणम् a domestic utensil, anything required for household use; एकदा निर्गता क्रेतुं गृहोपकरणानि सा Ks.2.15. -कच्छपः = गृहाश्मन् q. v. -कन्या, -कुमारी the plant Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड). -कपोतः, -तकः a tame or domestic pigeon; Śi.4.52. -करणम् 1 household affairs. -2 house-building. -कर्तृ m. 1 'a house-builder,' a kind of sparrow. -2 a carpenter; गृहकर्ता भवानेव देवानां हृदयेप्सितम् Rām.7.5.19. -कर्मन् n. 1 household affairs. -2 a domestic rite. ˚करः, ˚कारः, ˚दासः a menial, domestic servant; शंभुस्वयंभुहरयो हरिणेक्षणानां येनाक्रियन्त सततं गृहकर्मदासाः Bh.1.1. -कलहः domestic feuds, intestine broils. -कारकः a housebuilder, mason; करोति तृणमृत्काष्ठैर्गृहं वा गृहकारकः Y.3.146. -कारिन् m. 1 a housebuilder. -2 a kind of wasp. -कुक्कुटः a domestic cock. -कार्यम्, -कृत्यम् household affairs; सदा प्रहृष्टया भाव्यं गृहकार्येषु दक्षया Ms.5.15. -गोधा, -गोधिका the small house-lizard. -चुल्ली a house with two rooms contiguous to each other, but one facing west, the other east; Bṛi. S.53.4. -चेतस् a. thinking only of one's house; Bhāg.9.11.17. -छिद्रम् 1 a family-secret or scandal. -2 family dissensions; आयुर्वित्तं गृहच्छिद्रं मन्त्रमैथुनभेषजम् H.1.123. -ज, -जात a. born in the house (a slave &c.); Bṛi.5.61.7; Ms. 8.415. -जनः family, members of a family, especially the wife; Mu.1. -जालिका deceit, disguise. -ज्ञानिन् (also गृहेज्ञानिन्) 'wise only in the inside of the house', inexperienced, stupid, foolish. -तटी a terrace in front of the house. -दारु n. a house-post; नरपतिबले पार्श्वायाते स्थितं गृहदारुवत् Mk.4.3. -दाहः setting a house on fire, incendiarism. -दासः a domestic slave. -दासी a female domestic slave; एकदा गृहदासीषु यशोदा नन्दगेहिनी । कर्मान्तर- नियुक्तासु निर्ममन्थ स्वयं दधि ॥ Bhāg.1.9.1. -दीप्तिः f. the splendour or ornament of a house, a virtuous woman; प्रजनार्थं महाभागाः पूजार्हा गृहदीप्तयः Ms.9.26. -देवता the goddess of a house; (pl.) a class of household deities; Ks.4.74. -देहली the threshold of a house; यासां बलिः सपदि मद्गृहदेहलीनाम् Mk.1.9. -नमनम् wind. -नाशनः a wild pigeon. -नीडः a sparrow, -पतिः 1 a householder; बामं गृहपतिं नय Rv.6.53.2; a man who has entered on the second stage of life, one who, after having completed his studies, is married and settled. -2 a sacrificer. -3 the virtue of a householder; i. e. hospitality. -4 Ved. an epithet of Agni. -5 the maintenance of the sacred and perpetual fire. -6 the head or judge of a village; Mk.2; Dk.8. -पत्नी Ved. 'the mistress of a house', the wife of the householder; गृहान् गच्छ गृहपत्नी यथासः Rv.1.85.26. -पालः 1 the guardian of a house. -2 a housedog; आस्ते$वमत्योपन्यस्तं गृहपाल इवाहरन् Bhāg.3.3.15. -पिण्डी f. the basement of a building; Kāmikāgama 55.2-21. -पोतकः the site of a house, the ground on which it stands and which surrounds it. -पोषणम् maintenance of a household; तेन चास्य नियुक्ताभूत्स्वभार्या गृहपोषणे Ks.2.55. -प्रवेशः a solemn entrance into a house according to prescribed rites. -बभ्रुः a domestic ichneumon. -बलिः a domestic oblation, offering of the remnants of a meal to all creatures, such as animals, supernatural beings, and particularly household deities; Ms.3.265. ˚प्रियः a crane. ˚भुज् m. 1 a crow. -2 a sparrow; नीडारम्भैर्गृहबलि- भुजामाकुलग्रामचैत्याः Me.23. ˚देवता a deity to whom a domestic oblation is offered. -भङ्गः 1 one who is driven from his house, an exile. -2 destroying a house. -3 breaking into a house. -4 failure, ruin or destruction of a house, firm &c. -भञ्जनम् 1 breaking down or destroying a house. -2 causing the decay or ruin of a family. -भद्रकम् an audience-hall. -भर्तृ m. the master of a house; Bṛi. S. 53.58. -भूमिः f. the site of a house. -भेदिन् a. 1 prying into domestic affairs. -2 causing domestic quarrels. -भोजिन् m. an inmate of the same house, tenant; तस्मा- दप्यग्रहारान्ये जगृहुर्गृहभोजिनः Rāj. T.5.43. -मणिः a lamp. -माचिका a bat. -मार्जनी a female servant of the house; सख्योपेत्याग्रहीत्पाणिं यो$हं तद्गृहमार्जनी Bhāg.1.83.11. -मृगः a dog. -मेघः a multitude of houses; Rām.5. -मेध a. 1 one who performs the domestic rites or sacrifices; गृह- मेधास आ गत मरुतो माप भूतन Rv.7.59.1. -2 connected with the duties of a householder. (-धः) 1 a householder. -2 a domestic sacrifice; Bhāg.2.6.19. -मेधिन् m. a householder, a married Brāhmaṇa who has a household; (गृहैर्दारैर्मेधन्ते संगच्छन्ते Malli.); प्रजायै गृहमेधिनाम् R.1. 7; see गृहपति above. (-नी) 1 the wife of a householder, a house-wife; न व्यचष्ट वरारोहां गृहिणीं गृहमेधिनीम् Bhāg.4. 26.13. -2 the intellect based on the Sattva quality. -यज्ञः see गृहमेधः; Mb.1.18.5. -यन्त्रम् a stick or other instrument to which, on solemn occasions, flags are fastened; गृहयन्त्रपताकाश्रीरपौरादरनिर्मिता Ku.6.41. -रन्ध्रम् family-dissensions. -वाटिका, -वाटी a garden attached to a house. -वित्तः the owner of a house. -व्रत a. devoted to home. मतिर्न कृष्णे परतः स्वतो वा मिथो$भिपद्येत गृहव्रतानाम् Bhāg.7.5.3. -शायिन् m. a pigeon. -शुकः 1 a domestic parrot, one kept for pleasure; Amaru.16. -2 a domestic poet; आयातेन शुकैः सार्धं दत्ता गृहशुकेन यः । मुक्ताः प्राप्य प्रतिष्ठायां चक्रे ख्यातां शुकावलीम् ॥ Rāj. T.5.31. -संवेशकः a house-builder by profession; Ms.3.163. -सार property; गृहीतसारमेनं सपुत्रकलत्रं संयम्य Mu.1. -स्थः a householder, one who has entered on the stage of a house-holder; संकटा ह्याहिताग्नीनां प्रत्यवायैर्गृहस्थता U.1.9; see गृहपति above and Ms.3.68;6.9. ˚आश्रमः the life of a householder; see गृहाश्रम. ˚धर्मः the duty of a householder. -स्थूणा the pillar of a house.
go गो m. f. (Nom. गौः) [गच्छत्यनेन, गम् करणे डो Tv.] 1 Cattle, kine (pl.) -2 Anything coming from a cow; such as milk, flesh, leather &c. -3 The stars; वि रश्मिभिः ससृजे सूर्यो गाः Rv.7.36.1. -4 The sky. -5 The thunderbolt of Indra; Ki.8.1. -6 A ray of light; नान्यस्तप्ता विद्यते गोषु देव Mb.1.232.11; बालो$यं गिरिशिखरेषु चारयन् गाः त्रैलोक्यं तिमिरभरेण दुष्टमेतत् (रविः नैर्मल्यं नयति) । Rām. Ch. 7.6. -7 A diamond. -8 Heaven. -9 An arrow. -f. 1 A cow; जुगोप गोरूपधरामिवोर्वीम् R.2.3; क्षीरिण्यः सन्तु गावः Mk.1.6. -2 The earth; दुदोह गां स यज्ञाय R.1.26; गामात्तसारां रघुरप्यवेक्ष्य 5.26;11.36; Bg.15.13; सेको$- नुगृह्णातु गाम् Mu.3.2; Me.3; cf. also the quotation for (-6). -3 Speech, words; कुलानि समुपेतानि गोभिः पुरुषतो$- र्थतः Mb.5.28; रघोरुदारामपि गां निशम्य R.5.12;2.59; Ki.4.2. -4 The goddess of speech, Sarasvatī. -5 A mother. -6 A quarter of the compass. -7 Water; सायं भेजे दिशं पश्चाद्गविष्ठो गां गतस्तदा Bhāg.1.1.36; also pl.; Bhāg.11.7.5. -8 The eye; गोकर्णा सुमुखी कृतेन इषुणा गोपुत्रसंप्रेषिता Mb.8.9.42. -9 A region of the sky. -m. A bull, an ox; असंजातकिणस्कन्धः सुखं स्वपिति गौर्गडिः K. P.1; Ms.4.72; cf. चरद्गव. -2 The hair of the body. -3 An organ of sense; अदान्तगोभिर्विशतां तमिस्रं पुनः पुनश्चर्वितचर्वणानाम् Bhāg..7.5.3. -4 The sign Taurus of the zodiac; Bṛi. S.49. -5 The sun. -6 The number 'nine' (in math.). -7 The moon. -8 A singer. -9 A billion. -1 A cow-sacrifice -11 A house; cf. गौर्वज्रं गौः प्रभा भूमिर्वाणी तोयं त्रिविष्टपम् । धेनुर्बस्तो वृषो दिग्गौर्नेत्रं लज्जा गुरू रमा ॥ इन्द्रियं श्रीरुमा ... Enm. -Comp. -कण्टकः, -कम् 1 a road or spot trodden down by oxen and thus made impassable. -2 the cow's hoof. -3 the print of a cow's hoof. -कर्ण a. having cow's ears. (-र्णः) 1 a cow's ear; गोकर्णसदृशौ कृत्वा करावाबद्धसारणौ Ks.6.57. -2 a mule. -3 a snake; Mb.8.9.42. -4 a span (from the tip of the thumb to that of the ring-finger); गोकर्णशिथिल- श्चरन् Mb.2.68.75; तालः स्मृतो मध्यमया गोकर्णश्चाप्यनामया Brahmāṇḍa P. -5 N. of a place of pilgrimage in the south, sacred to Śiva. श्रितगोकर्णनिकेतमीश्वरम् R.8.33. -6 a kind of deer. -7 a kind of arrow; Mb.8.9.42. -किराटा -किराटिका the Sārikā bird. -किलः, -कीलः 1 a plough -2 a pestle. -कुलम् 1 a herd of kine; वृष्टिव्याकुलगोकुलावनरसादुद्धृत्य गोवर्धनम् Gīt.4; गोकुलस्य तृषा- र्तस्य Mb. -2 a cow-house. -3 N. of a village (where Kṛiṣṇa was brought up). -कुलिक a. 1 one who does not help a cow in the mud. -2 squint-eyed. -कुलोद्भवा an epithet of Durgā. -कृतम् cow-dung. -क्षीरम् cow's milk. -क्षुरम्, -रकम् a cow's hoof. -खरः a beast (पशु); यत्तीर्थबुद्धिः सलिले न कर्हिचिज्जनेष्वभिज्ञेषु स एव गोखरः Bhāg.1.84.13. -खा a nail. -गृष्टिः a young cow which has had only one calf. -गोयुगम् a pair of oxen. -गोष्ठम् a cow-pen, cattle-shed. -ग्रन्थिः 1 dried cowdung. -2 a cow-house. -ग्रहः capture of cattle (गवालम्भ); Mb.12.265.2. -ग्रासः the ceremony of offering a morsel (of grass) to a cow when performing an expiatory rite. -घातः, -घातकः, -घातिन् m. a cow-killer. -घृतम् 1 rain-water. -2 clarified butter coming from a cow. -घ्न a. 1 destructive to cows. -2 one who has killed a cow. -3 one for whom a cow is killed, a guest. -चन्दनम् a kind of sandal-wood. -चर a. 1 grazed over by cattle. -2 frequenting, dwelling, resorting to, haunting पितृसद्मगोचरः Ku.5.77. -3 within the scope, power, or range of; अवाङ्मनसगोचरम् R.1.15; so बुद्धि˚, दृष्टि˚, श्रवण˚ स्वगोचरे दीप्ततरा बभूव Bu. Ch.1.13. -4 moving on earth. -5 accessible to, attainable; त्याग- सूक्ष्मानुगः क्षेम्यः शौचगो ध्यागोचरः Mb.12.236.12. -6 circulating, having a particular meaning, prevalent. (-रः) 1 the range of cattle, pasturage; उपारताः पश्चिम- रात्रिगोचरात् Ki.4.1. -2 (a) a district, department, province, sphere. (b) an abode, dwelling-place, a place of resort; Śi.1.21; Ms.1.39. -3 range of the organs of sense, an object of sense; श्रवणगोचरे तिष्ठ be within ear-shot; नयनगोचरं या to become visible. -4 scope, range, in general; हर्तुर्याति न गोचरम् Bh.2.16. -5 (fig.) grip, hold, power, influence, control; कः कालस्य न गोचरा- न्तरगतः Pt.1.146; गोचरीभूतमक्ष्णोः U.6.26; Māl.5.24; अपि नाम मनागवतीर्णो$सि रतिरमणबाणगोचरम् Māl.1. -6 horizon. -7 field for action, scope; इन्द्रियाणि हयानाहुर्विषयांस्तेषु गोचरान् Kaṭh.3.4. -8 the range of the planets from the Lagna or from each other. ˚पीडा inauspicious position of stars within the ecliptic; गोचर- पीडायामपि राशिर्बलिभिः शुभग्रहैर्दृष्टः (पीडां न करोति) Bṛi.S.41.13. (गोचरीकृ to place within the range (of sight), make current). -चर्मन् n. 1 a cow's hide. -2 a particular measure of surface thus defined by Vasiṣṭha :-- दशहस्तेन वंशेन दशवंशान् समन्ततः । पञ्च चाभ्यधिकान् दद्यादेतद्गोचर्म चोच्यते ॥ ˚वसनः an epithet of Śiva. -चर्या seeking food like a cow; गोचर्यां नैगमश्चरेत् Bhāg.11.18.29. -चारकः cowherd. -चरणम् the tending or feeding of cows; Bhāg.1.38.8. -ज a. 1 born in the earth (rice &c.). -2 produced by milk; अब्जा गोजा ...... Kaṭh.5.2. -जरः an old ox or bull; नाद्रियन्ते यथापूर्वं कीनाशा इव गोजरम् Bhāg.3.3.13. -जलम् the urine of a bull or cow. -जागरिकम् auspiciousness, happiness. (-कः) a preparer of food, baker. -जात a. born in the heaven (gods); गोजाता अप्या मृळता च देवाः Rv.6.5.11. -जिह्वा N. of a plant (Mar. पाथरी). -जिह्विका the uvula. -जीव a. living on cattle (milkman); Hch.1.7. -तल्लजः an excellent bull or cow. -तीर्थम् a cowhouse. -त्रम् [गां भूमिं त्रायते त्रै-क] 1 a cow-pen. -2 a stable in general. -3 a family, race, lineage; गोत्रेण माठरो$स्मि Sk.; so कौशिकगोत्राः, वसिष्ठगोत्राः &c.; Ms.3.19,9.141. -4 a name, appellation; जगाद गोत्र- स्खलिते च का न तम् N.1.3; Ś.6.5; see ˚स्खलित below; मद्गोत्राङ्कं विरचितपदं गेयमुद्गातुकामा Me.88. -5 a multitude. -6 increase. -7 a forest. -8 a field. -9 a road. -1 possessions, wealth. -11 an umbrella, a parasol. -12 knowledge of futurity. -13 a genus, class, species. -14 a caste, tribe, caste according to families. (-त्रः) a mountain; 'गोत्रं नाम्नि कुले$प्यद्रौ' इति यादवः; Śi.9.8. Hence गोत्रोद्दलनः means Indra; cf. इन्द्रे तु गोत्रोद्दलनः कुलघ्ने गिरिदारणे Nm. (-त्रा) 1 a multitude of cows. -2 the earth. ˚उच्चारः recitation of family pedigree. ˚कर्तृ, -कारिन् m. the founder of a family. ˚कीला the earth. ˚ज a. born in the same family, gentile, a relation; Bhāg.3.7.24; Y.2.135. ˚पटः a genealogical table, pedigree. ˚प्रवरः the oldest member or founder of a family. -भिद् m. an epithet of Indra; हृदि क्षतो गोत्रभिदप्यमर्षणः R.3.53;6.73; Ku.2.52. ˚स्खलनम्, ˚स्खलितम् blundering or mistaking in calling (one) by his name, calling by a wrong name; स्मरसि स्मर मेखलागुणैरुत गौत्रस्खलितेषु बन्धनम् Ku.4.8. -द a. giving cows; Ms.4.231. (-दः) brain. (-दा) N. of the river Godāvarī. -दत्र a. Ved. giving cows. (-त्रः) an epithet of Indra. (-त्रम्) a crown (protecting the head). -दन्त a. armed with a coat of mail. (-तम्) 1 yellow orpiment. -2 a white fossil substance. -दानम् 1 the gift of a cow. -2 the ceremony of tonsure or cutting the hair; रामलक्ष्मणयो राजन् गोदानं कारयस्व ह Rām.1.71.23; अथास्य गोदानविधेरनन्तरम् R.3. 33; (see Mallinātha's explanation of the word); कृत- गोदानमङ्गलाः U.1; अतोनं गोदानं दारकर्म च Kau. A.1.5; (Rām. explains the word differently). -3 the part of the head close to the right ear. -दाय a. intending to give cows. -दारणम् 1 a plough. -2 a spade, hoe. -दा, -दावरी N. of a river in the south. -दुह् m., -दुहः 'cow-milker', a cowherd; सुदुघामिव गोदुहे R.1.4.1; चिरं निदध्यौ दुहतः स गोदुहः Śi. -दोहः 1 the milking of cows. -2 the milk of cows. -3 the time of milking cows. -दोहनम् 1 the time of milking cows. -2 the milking of cows; न लक्ष्यते ह्यवस्थानमपि गोदोहनं क्वचित् Bhāg.1.19. 4. -दोहनी a milk-pail. -द्रवः the urine of a bull or cow. -धनम् 1 a herd or multitude of cows, cattle. -2 possession of cows. (-नः) a broad-pointed arrow. -धरः a mountain. -धर्मः the law of cattle, rules relating to cattle; (open and unconcealed intercourse of the sexes); गोधर्मं सौरभेयाच्च सो$धीत्य निखिलं मुनिः । प्रावर्तत तदा कर्तुं श्रद्धावांस्तमशङ्कया ॥ Mb.1.14.26. -धुमः, -धूमः 1 wheat; Bṛi. Up.6.3.13. -2 the orange. ˚चूर्णम् wheat flour; -सम्भवम् a sour paste. -धूलिः 'dust of the cows', the time of sunset or evening twilight (so called because cows, which generally return home at about sunset, raise up clouds of dust by their treading on the earth). -धेनुः a milch-cow with a calf. -भ्रः a mountain. -नन्दा an epithet of the wife of Śiva. -नन्दी the female of the Sārasa bird. -नर्दः 1 the (Indian) crane. -2 an epithet of Śiva (bellowing like a bull). -3 N. of a country. -नर्दीयः an epithet of Patañjali, author of the Mahābhāṣya. -नसः, -नासः 1 a kind of snake. -2 a kind of gem. -नसा the mouth of a cow. -नाथः 1 a bull. -2 an owner of land. -3 a herdsman. -4 an owner of kine. -नायः a cowherd; तद्यथा गोनायो$श्वनायः पुरुषनाय इत्येवं तदप आचक्षते$शनायेति Ch. Up.6.8.3. -नाशनः a wolf. -नासा the projecting snout of a cow or ox. -नासम् a kind of gem. -निष्यन्दः cow's urine. -पः 1 a cowherd (considered as belonging to a mixed tribe); गोपवेशस्य विष्णोः Me.15. -2 the chief of a cowpen. -3 the superintendent of a village. -4 a king. -5 a protector, guardian; Rv.1.61.1. ˚अनसी the wood of a thatch; गोपानसीषु क्षणमास्थितानाम् Śi.3.49. ˚अष्टमी the eighth day of the bright fortnight of Kārttika when Kṛiṣṇa is said to have worn the dress of a cowherd. ˚आटविका a cowherd. ˚कन्या 1 the daughter of a cowherd. -2 a nymph of Vṛindāvana. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚इन्द्रः, ˚ईशः the chief of herdsmen, an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. ˚चापः the rainbow. ˚दलः the betel-nut tree. ˚भद्रम् the fibrous root of a water-lily. ˚रसः gum myrrh. ˚राष्ट्राः (pl.) N. of a people. ˚वधूः f. a cowherd's wife; Bhāg.1.9.4. ˚वधूटी a young cowherdess, a young wife of a cowherd; गोपवधूटीदुकूलचौराय Bhāṣā P.1. (-पकः) 1 the superintendent of a district. -2 myrrh. (-पिका) 1 a cowherdess; Bhāg.1.9.14-15. -2 protectress. (-पी) a cowherd's wife (especially applied to the cowherdesses of Vṛindāvana, the companions of Kṛiṣṇa in his juvenile sports). -2 a milk-maid. -3 a protectress. -4 Nature, elementary nature. -पतिः 1 an owner of cows. -2 a bull. -3 a leader, chief. -4 the sun; नीहारमिव गोपतिः Bhāg.1.12.1; Mb.1.173.32. -5 Indra; सुराङ्गना गोपतिचापगोपुरं पुरम् (जहुः) Ki.8.1. -6 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -7 N. of Śiva. -8 N. of Varuṇa; एष पुत्रो महाप्रज्ञो वरुणस्येह गोपतेः Mb.5.98.11. -9 a king; नासतो विद्यते राजन् स ह्यरण्येषु गोपतिः Mb.12.135.26. -पथः N. of a Brāhmaṇa of Av. -पर्वतम् the name of the place where Pāṇini is said to have performed penance and propitiated Śiva; गोपर्वतमिति स्थानं शम्भोः प्रख्यापितं मया । यत्र पाणिनिना लेभे वैयाकरणिकाग्ऱ्यता ॥ अरुणाचलमाहात्म्यम्- उत्तरार्धः 2 अ. 68 श्लो. -पशुः a sacrificial cow. -पाः m. Ved. 1 a herdsman. -2 protector, or guardian; मन्द्राग्रे- त्वरी भुवनस्य गोपा Av.2.1.57. -पानसी a curved beam which supports a thatch; गोपानसी तु वलभिच्छादने वक्रदारुणि Ak.2.2.15. -पालः 1 a cowherd; Ms.4.253. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -4 an epithet of Kṛ&iṣṇa. ˚धानी a cow-pen, cow-shed. -पालकः 1 a cowherd. -2 a king. -3 an epithet of Śiva; also of Kṛiṣṇa. -पालिः an epithet of Śiva. -पालिका, -पाली the wife of a cowherd; पार्थः प्रस्थापयामास कृत्वा गोपालिकावपुः Mb.1.221.19. -पालितः N. of a lexicographer. -पित्तम् bile of cows, ox-bile (from which the yellow pigment गोरोचना is prepared; गोपित्ततो रोचना Pt.1.94.). -पीतः a species of wagtail. -पीथः protection; अस्माकमृषीणां गोपीथे न उरुष्यतम् Rv.5.65.6. (-थम्) a holy place, a place of pilgrimage. -पुच्छम् a cow's tail. -2 a particular point of an arrow. (-च्छः) 1 a sort of monkey; Bhāg.8.2.22. -2 a sort of necklace consisting of two or four or thirty-four strings. -3 a kind of drum. -पुटिकम् the head of Śiva's bull. -पुत्रः 1 a young bull. -2 an epithet of Karṇa. -पुरम् 1 a town-gate; उत्तुङ्गसौधसुरमन्दिरगोपुरम् Māl.9.1. -2 a principal gate; दधतमुच्चशिलान्तरगोपुराः Ki.5.5. -3 the ornamental gateway of a temple. -पुरीषम् cowdung. -प्रकाण्डम् an excellent cow or bull. -प्रचारः pasture-ground, pasturage for cattle; ग्राम्येच्छया गोप्रचारो भूमी राजवशेन वा Y.2.166. -प्रत (ता) रः 1 a ford for cattle. -2 a place of pilgrimage on the Śarayū; यद्गोप्रतरकल्पो$भूत्संमर्दस्तत्र मज्जताम् । अतस्तदाख्यया तीर्थं पावनं भुवि पप्रथे ॥ R.15.11. -प्रदानम् same as गोदान. -प्रवेशः the time when cows return home, sunset or evening-twilight; गोप्रवेशसमये Bṛi. S.24.35. -फणा 1 a bandage hollowed out so as to fit the chin or nose &c. -2 a sling. -बालः the hair of cows. -भुज् m. a king; गोभुजां वल्लभा लक्ष्मीः Rāj. T.5.6. -भृत् m. 1 a mountain. -2 a king. -मक्षिका a gadfly. -मघ a. granting cattle or cows कदा गोमघा हवनानि गच्छाः Rv.6.35.3. -मंडलम् 1 the globe. -2 a multitude of cows. -मण़्डीरः a kind of an aquatic bird; L. D. B. -मतम् = गव्यूति q. v. -मतल्लिका a tractable cow, an excellent cow; अरिर्मधोरैक्षत गोमतल्लिकाम् Śi.12.41. -मथः a cowherd. -मध्यमध्य a. slender in the waist. -महिषदा N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on कार्तिकेय. -मांसम् beef. -मायु 1 a kind of frog. -2 a jackal; अनुहंकुरुते घनध्वनिं न हि गोमायुरुतानि केसरी Śi.16. 25. -3 bile of a cow. -4 N. of a Gandharva. -मीनः a kind of fish. -मुखः, -मुखम् [गोर्मुखमिव मुखमस्य] a kind of musical instrument; Bg.1.13; गोमुखानां च शृङ्गाणाम- नीकद्वयवर्तिनाम् Śiva. B.24.55. (-खः) 1 a crocodile, shark. -2 a hole of a particular shape in a wall made by thieves. (-खम्) 1 a house built unevenly. -2 spreading unguents, smearing; 'गोमुखं कुटिलाकारे वाद्यभाण्डे विलेपने' इति विश्वः; यस्यामलिन्देषु न चक्रुरेव मुग्धाङ्गना गोमयगो- मुखानि Śi.3.48. (-खम्, -खी) a cloth-bag of the shape of a gnomon containing a rosary, the beads of which are counted by the hand thrust inside. -2 a house built unevenly. -3 a particular method of sitting (a योगासन) (-खी) the chasm in the Himālaya mountains through which the Ganges flows. -मूढ a. stupid as a bull. -मूत्रम् cow's urine. -मूत्रकः a variety of lapis lazuli (बैदूर्य); Kau. A.2.11. -कम् a particular attitude (मण्डल) in गदायुद्ध; दक्षिणं मण्डलं सव्यं गोमूत्रकमथापि च । व्यचर- त्पाण्डवो राजन्नरिं संमोहयन्निव ॥ Mb.9.58.23. -a. zigzagging, going unevenly. -मूत्रिका 1 an artificial verse, the second of which repeats nearly all the syllables of the first. (Malli. thus defines it :-- वर्णानामेकरूपत्वं यद्येकान्तरमर्धयोः गोमूत्रिकेति तत्प्राहुर्दुष्करं तद्विदो विदुः ॥ see Śi.19.46.) -2 a form of calculation. -मृगः a kind of ox (गवय). -मेदः a gem brought from the Himālaya and Indus, described as of four different colours:-- white, pale-yellow, red, and dark-blue. -मेदकः 1 see गोमेद. -2 a kind of poison (काकोल). -3 smearing the body with unguents. -मेधः, -यज्ञः a cow-sacrifice; Rām.7.25.8. -यानम्, -रथः a carriage drawn by oxen; Rām.2.82.26; Ms. 11.174. -युक्त a. drawn by oxen. -युतम् 1 a cattle station. -2 a measure of two Krośas (गव्यूत); गोयुते गोयुते चैव न्यवसत्पुरुषर्षभः Mb.14.65.22. -रक्षः 1 a cowherd. -2 keeping or tending cattle. -3 the orange. -4 an epithet of Śiva. ˚जम्बू f. wheat. -रक्षणम् tending cattle (with religious faith). -रङ्कुः 1 a water-fowl -2 a prisoner. -3 a naked man, a mendicant wandering about without clothes. -4 a chanter. -रवम् saffron. -रसः cow's milk. -2 curds. -3 buttermilk. -4 the flavour of a sentence; को रसो गोरसं विना Udb. ˚जम् buttermilk. -राजः an excellent bull. -राटिका, -राटी the Sārikā bird. -रुतम् a measure of distance equal to two Krośas. -रूपम् the form of a cow. (-पः) N. of Śiva. -रोचम् yellow orpiment. -रोचना a bright yellow pigment prepared from the urine or bile of a cow, or found in the head of a cow. -लवणम् a measure of salt given to a cow. -लाङ्गु- (गू) लः a kind of monkey with a dark body, red cheeks and a tail like that of a cow; गोलाङ्गूलः कपोलं छुरयति रजसा कौसुमेन प्रियायाः Māl.9.3. -लोकः a part of heaven, cow-world. -लोभिका, -लोभी 1 a prostitute. -2 white Dūrvā grass. -3 Zedoary. -4 N. of a shrub. -वत्सः a calf. ˚आदिन m. a wolf. -वधः the killing of a cow; Ms.11.59. -वर्धनः a celebrated hill in वृन्दावन the country about Mathurā. ('This hill was lifted up and supported by Kṛiṣṇa upon one finger for seven days to shelter the cowherds from a storm of rain sent by Indra to test Kṛiṣṇa's divinity.') ˚धरः, ˚धरिन् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa. -वरम् pounded cowdung. -वशा a barren cow. -वाटम्, -वासः a cow-pen. -वासन a. covered with an ox-hide. -विकर्तः, -विकर्तृ m. 1 the killer of a cow; Mb.4.2.9. -2 a husbandman. -विततः a horse-sacrifice having many cows. -विन्दः 1 a cowkeeper, a chief herdsman. -2 N. of Kṛiṣṇa. -3 Bṛihaspati. ˚द्वादशी the twelfth day in the light half of the month of फाल्गुन -विष् f., -विष्ठा cowdung. -विषाणिकः a kind of musical instrument; Mb.6.44.4. -विसर्गः day-break (when cows are let loose to graze in forests); Rām.7.111.9. -वीथिः f. N. of that portion of the moon's path which contains the asterisms भाद्रपदा, रेवती and अश्विनी, or according to some, हस्त, चित्रा and स्वाती Bṛi. S.9.2. -वीर्यम् the price received for milk. -वृन्दम् a drove of cattle. -वृन्दारकः an excellent bull or cow. -वृषः, -वृषभः an excellent bull; न तां शेकुर्नृपा वोढुमजित्वा सप्त गोवृषान् Bhāg 1.58.33. ˚ध्वजः an epithet of Śiva. -वैद्यः a quack docter. -व्रजः 1 a cow-pen. -2 a herd of cows. -3 a place where cattle graze. -व्रत, -व्रतिन् a. one who imitates a cow in frugality; ...अत्र गोव्रतिनो विप्राः ... ॥ यत्रपत्रशयो नित्यं येन केन- चिदाशितः । येन केनचिदाच्छन्नः स गोव्रत इहोच्यते ॥ Mb.5.99. 13-14. -शकृत् n. cowdung; Ms.2.182. -शतम् a present of a hundred cows to a Brāhmaṇa. -शालम्, -ला a cow-stall. -शीर्षः, -र्षम् a kind of sandal; Kau. A.2.11. -2 a kind of weapon (arrow ?); Mb.7.178. 23. -षड्गवम् three pairs of kine. -षन्, -षा a. Ved. acquiring or bestowing cows. -षा (सा) तिः 1 acquiring cattle; or fighting for cattle. गोषाता यस्य ते गिरः Rv.8.84.7. -2 giving cattle. -ष्टोमः a kind of sacrifice fasting for one day. -संख्यः a cowherd. -सदृक्षः a species of ox (गवय). -सर्गः the time at which cows are usually let loose, day-break; see गोविसर्ग. -सवः a kind of cow-sacrifice (not performed in the Kali age); Mb.3.3.17. -सहस्रम् a kind of present (महादान). (-स्त्री) N. of two holidays on the fifteenth day of the dark half of कार्तिक and ज्येष्ठ. -सावित्री N. of a hymn (cf. गायत्री). -सूत्रिका a rope fastened at both ends having separate halters for each ox or cow. -स्तनः 1 the udder of a cow. -2 a cluster of blossoms, nosegay &c. -3 a pearl-necklace of four strings. -4 a kind of fort. -स्तना, -नी a bunch of grapes. -स्थानम्, -क्रम् a cow-pen. -स्वामिन् m. 1 an owner of cows. -2 a religious mendicant. -3 an honorary title affixed to proper names; (e. g. वोपदेवगोस्वामिन्). -हत्या cow-slaughter. -हल्लम् (sometimes written हन्नम्) cow-dung. -हरः, -हरणम् stealing of cows; गोष्ठमुत्किरति गोहरं वदेत् Bṛi. S.89.9. (v. l.) -हित a. cherishing or protecting kine. (-तः) N. of Viṣṇu.
goṣpadam गोष्पदम् 1 A cow's foot. -2 The mark or impression of a cow's foot in the soil. -3 The quantity of water sufficient to fill such an impression; i. e. a very small puddle; गोष्पदे संप्लुतोदके Mb.1.31.9. ˚प्रम् (णमुल्) in such a manner that a cow's foortprint be filled; ददाल भूर्नभो रक्तं गोष्पदप्रं ववर्ष च Bk.14.2. -4 As much as a cows foot-step will hold. -5 A spot frequented by cows.
goṣṭhiḥ गोष्ठिः ष्ठी f. 1 An assembly, meeting; मध्ये विरेजतुरलं पशुपालगोष्ठ्यां रङ्गे यथा नटवरौ क्व च गायमानौ Bhāg.1.21.8; Ve.1.27. -2 Society, association. -3 Conversation, chitchat, discourse; क्वचिद्विद्वद्गोष्ठी क्वचिदपि सुरामत्तकलहः Bh. 3.125; गोष्ठी सत्कविभिः समम् Bh.1.28; Māl.1.25; तेनैव सह सर्वदा गोष्ठीमनुभवति Pt.2. -4 A multitude or collection; मोदन्तां सततं च बान्धवसुहृद्गोष्ठीप्रमोदाः प्रजाः Nāg.5.39. -5 Family connections, relatives, especially such as require to be maintained. -6 A kind of dramatic composition in one act. ˚पतिः 1 the chief of an assembly, president. -2 the master of a family.
ghaṭ घट् I. 1 Ā. (घटते, जघटे, अघटिष्ट, घटितुम्, घटित) 1 To be busy with, strive after, exert oneself for, be intently occupied with anything (with inf. loc., or dat.); घटस्व ज्ञातिभिः सह Bhāg.8.71.6; दयितां त्रातुमलं घटस्व Bk.1.4; अङ्गदेन समं योद्धुमघटिष्ट 15.77,12.26,16.23;2.24;22.31. -2 To happen, take place, be possible; प्राणैस्तपोभि- रथवा$भिमतं मदीयैः कृत्यं घटेत सुहृदो यदि तत्कृतं स्यात् Māl.1.9 if it can be effected; कस्यापरस्योडुमयैः प्रसूनैर्वादित्रसृष्टि- र्घटते भटस्य N.22.22; उभयथापि घटते Ve.3; प्रसीदेति ब्रूयामिदमसति कोपे न घटते Ratn.2.19 is not proper &c. -3 To be united with; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -4 To come to, reach. -Caus. (घटयति) 1 To unite, join, bring together; इत्थं नारीर्घटयितुमलं कामिभिः Śi.9.87; अनेन भैमीं घटयिष्यतस्तथा N.1.46; क्रुधा संधिं भीमो विघटयति यूयं घटयत Ve.1.1; Bk.11.11. -2 To bring or place near to, bring in contact with, put on; घटयति घनं कण्ठाश्लेषे रसान्न पयोधरौ Ratn.3.9; घटय जघने काञ्चीम् Gīt.12. -3 To accomplish, bring about, effect; तटस्थः स्वानर्थान् घटयति च मौनं च भजते Māl.1.14; (अभिमतं) आनीय झटिति घटयति Ratn.1.7; Bh.2.12. -4 To form, fashion, shape, work out, make; एवमभिधाय वैनतेयं ... अघटयत् Pt.1; कान्ते कथं घटितवानुपलेन चेतः Ś Til.3; घटय भुजबन्धनम् Gīt.1. -5 To prompt, impel; स्नेहौघो घटयति मां तथापि वक्तुम् Bk. 1.73. -6 To rub, touch. -7 To exert oneself for. -8 To move, agitate. -II. 1 U. (घाटयति, घाटित) 1 To hurt, injure, kill. -2 To unite, join, bring or collect together. -3 To shine.
ghaṭṭ घट्ट् 1 Ā. (घट्टते), usually 1 U. (घट्टयति-ते, घट्टित) 1 To shake, stir about; as in वायुघट्टिता लताः -2 To touch, rub, rub the hands over; विटजननखघट्टितेव वीणा Mk.1.24; Bk.14.2. -3 To smooth, stroke. -4 To speak spitefully or malignantly. -5 To disturb; प्रावर्त- येतां संग्रामं घट्टिताविव पन्नगौ Mb.7.172.8.
caniṣṭha चनिष्ठ n. Containing or granting much food; चनिष्ठं पित्वो ररते विभागे Rv.5.77.4.
cana चन ind. Not, not also, even not; आपश्चन प्र मिनाति व्रतं वाम् Rv.2.24.12; (not used by itself, but found used in combination with the pronoun किम् or its derivatives, such as कद्, कथं, क्व, कदा, कुतः to which it imparts an indefinite sense; see under किम्). Note:-- Some regard चन to be not a separate word, but a combination of च and न.
candra चन्द्र a. [चन्द् णिच् रक्] Ved. 1 Glittering, bright, shining (as gold). -2 Lovely, beautiful. -न्द्रः 1 The moon; यथा प्रह्लादनाच्चन्द्रः R.4.12; हृतचन्द्रा तमसेव कौमुदी 8. 37; न हि संहरते ज्योत्स्नां चन्द्रश्चाण्डालवेश्मनि H.1.61; मुख˚, वदन˚ &e.; पर्याप्तचन्द्रेव शरत्त्रियामा Ku.7.26 (for mythological account see सोम). -2 The moon, as a planet. -3 Camphor; विलेपनस्याधिकचन्द्रभागताविभावनाच्चापललाप पाण्डुताम् N.1.51. -4 The eye in a peacock's tail. -5 Water. -6 Gold (n. also). -7 A lovely or agreeable phenomenon -8 A spot similar to the moon. -9 The symbol or mark of a Visarga. -1 A reddish kind of pearl. -11 The fifth lunar mansion. -12 The number 'one' (used at the end of comp. चन्द्र means 'excellent', 'eminent' or 'illustrious'; as पुरुषचन्द्रः 'a moon of men', an excellent or illustrious man). -न्द्रा 1 Small cardamoms. -2 An open hall only furnished with a roof. -3 An awning, a canopy. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 Viṣṇu. -2 a moon-beam. -अर्धः the half moon; Pt.4. ˚चूडामणिः, ˚मौलिः, ˚शेखरः epithet of Śiva. -आतपः 1 moon-light. -2 awning. -3 an open hall only furnished with a roof. -आत्मजः, -औरसः, -जः, -जातः, -तनयः, -नन्दनः, -पुत्रः the planet Mercury. -आतपः the moon-light; चन्द्रातपमिव रसतामुपेतम् K. -आदित्यौ 1 The moon and the sun. -2 N. of curls on the forehead of a horse; चन्द्रादित्यौ ललाटस्थौ नृपाणां जयवर्धनौ Śālihotra of Bhoja 25. -आनन a. moon-faced. (-नः) an epithet of Kārtikeya. -आपीडः an epithet of Śiva. -आभासः 'false moon', an appearance in the sky reembling the real moon. -आह्वयः camphor. -इष्टा a lotus plant, or a collection of lotuses, blossoming during the night. -उदयः 1 moon-rise. -2 awning. -3 a mercurial preparation used in medicine. (-या) a kind of medicine for the eyes. -उपलः the moon stone. -कला 1 a digit of the moon; राहोश्चन्द्रकलामिवाननचरीं दैवात्समासाद्य मे Māl.5.28. -2 the crescent before or after the new moon. -3 A cattle-drum. -4 A kind of fish; L. D. B. -कान्तः, -मणिः the moon-stone (supposed to ooze away under the influence of the moon); द्रवति च हिमश्मावुद्गते चन्द्रकान्तः U.6.12; Śi.4.58; Amaru.57; Bh.1.21; Māl.1.24. (-तः, -तम्) the white eatable water-lily blossoming during the night. (-तम्) sandal-wood. -कान्ता 1 a night. -2 the wife of the moon. -3 moonlight. -कान्तिः f. moon-light. -n. silver. -कुल्या N. of a river in Kashmir; अवतारयतस्तस्य चन्द्रकुल्याभिधां नदीम् Rāj. T.1.318. -क्षयः the new-moon-day or the last day of a lunar month (अमा) when the moon is not visible. -गृहम् the fourth sign of the zodiac, Cancer. -गोलः the world of the moon, lunar sphere. ˚रथः a deceased progenitor, the manes. -गोलिका moon-light. -ग्रहणम् an eclipse of the moon. -चन्चला a small fish. -चूडः, -मौलिः, -शेखरः, -चूडामणिः epithets of Śiva; ('having the moon for his crest', 'moon-crested'); रहस्युपालभ्यत चन्द्र- शेखरः Ku.5.58,86; R.6.34; नखेन कस्य धन्यस्य चन्द्रचूडो भविष्यति Udb. -दाराः (m. pl.) 'the wives of the moon', the 27 lunar mansions mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa and married to the moon. -द्युतिः sandal-wood. -f. moon-light. -नामन् m. camphor. -निभ a. bright, handsome. -निर्णिज् a. having a brilliant garment; पतरेव चचरा चन्द्रनिर्णिक् Rv.1.16.8. -पञ्चागम् the luni-solar calendar. -पादः a moon-beam; नियमितपरिखेदा तच्छिरश्चन्द्रपादैः Me. 7; Māl.3.12. -प्रज्ञप्तिः f. N. of the sixth Upāṅga of the Jainas. -प्रभा moon-light. -प्रासादः An apartment at the house-top; Ks. -बाला 1 large cardamoms. -2 moon-light. -बिन्दु the sign for the nasal () -बुध्न a. having a bright standing ground; चन्द्रबुध्नो मदवृद्धो मनीषिभिः Rv.1.52.3. -भस्मन् n. camphor. -भागा N. of a river in the south. -भासः a sword; see चन्द्रहास. -भूति n. silver. -मणिः the moon-stone -मण्डलम् 1 the orb or disc of the moon. -2 the lunar sphere. -3 a halo round the moon. -मुखी a moon-faced (i. e. lovely) woman. -रेखा, -लेखा the digit or streak of the moon; अथवा रत्नाकराद् ऋते कुतश्चन्द्रलेखायाः प्रसूतिः Nāg.2. -रेणुः a plagiarist. -लोकः the world of the moon. -लोहकम्, -लौहम्, -लौहकम् silver. -वंशः the lunar race of kings, the second great line of royal dynasties in India. -वदन a. a moon-faced. -वल्ली, -वल्लरी The soma plant; L. D. B. -व्रतम् 1 a kind of vow or penance = चान्द्रायण q. v. -2 a regal property or virtue. -विहंगमः A kind of bird; L. D. B. -शाला 1 a room on the top (of a house &c.); चन्द्रशाला शिरोगृहम् Amar.; वियद्गतः पुष्पकचन्द्रशालाः क्षणं प्रतिश्रुन्मुखराः करोति R.13.4. -2 moonlight. -शालिका a room on the top of a house. -शिला the moon-stone; प्रह्लादिता चन्द्रशिलेव तूर्णम् Bk.11.15; ननु भणामि एषा सा चन्द्रमणिशिलेति Nāg.2. -संज्ञः camphor. -संभव N. of Budha or Mercury. (-वा) small cardamoms. -सालोक्य attainment of the lunar heaven. -हन् m. an epithet of Rāhu. -हासः 1 a glittering sword. -2 the sword of Rāvaṇa; हे पाणयः किमिति वाञ्छथ चन्द्रहासम् B. R.1.56,61. -3 N. of a king of Kerala, son of Sudhārmika. [He was born under the Mūla asterism and his left foot had a redundant toe; for this his father was killed by his enemies, and the boy was left an orphan in a state of destitution. After much exertion he was restored to his kingdom. He became a friend of Krisna and Arjuna when they came to the South in the course of their wanderings with the sacrificial horse.] (-सम्) silver.
carman चर्मन् n. [चर्-मनिन् Uṇ.4.144] Skin (of the body). -2 Leather, hide; Ms.2.41,174. -3 The sense of touch. -4 A shield; Śi.18.21. -Comp. -अन्तः a piece or strap of leather. -अम्भस् n. lymph. -अवकर्तन working in leather. -अवकर्तिन्, अवकर्तृ m. a shoe-maker; तक्ष्णश्चर्मावकर्तुश्च Mb.12.36.29; आयुः सुवर्णकाराणां यशश्चर्माव- कर्तिना Ms.4.218 -कषा N. of a plant, Mimosa abstergens (Mar. शिकेकाई). -कारः, -कारिन्, -कृत् m. 1 a shoe-maker, currier; वंशचर्मकृतस्तथा Rām. -2 a mixed caste (from a Chāṇḍāla woman and fisherman). -कारकः a worker in leather. -कलिः, -लम् a wart. -चटकः, -का, -चटिका, -चटी a bat. -चित्रकम् white leprosy. -जम् 1 hair. -2 blood. -तरङ्गः a wrinkle. -तिल a. covered with pimples. -दण्डः, -नालिका, -नासिका a whip. -दलम्, -दूषिका a kind of leprosy, cutaneous disease. -द्रुमः, -वृक्षः the Bhūrja tree. -पट्टिका a flat piece of leather for playing upon with dice. -पत्रा a bat, the small house-bat. -पादुका a leather shoe. -पुटः, -पुटकः A leather bag for carrying water. L. D. B. -प्रभेदिका a shoe maker's awl. -प्रसेवकः, -प्रसेविका a bellows. -बन्धः a leather band or strap. -मुण्डा an epithet of Durgā. -म्नः A warrior using leather-armour; चर्मम्णा अभितो जनाः Rv.8.5.38. -यष्टिः f. a whip. -रङ्गाः m. (pl.) N. of a people in the north-west of Madhyadeśa; मरुकुत्सचर्मरङ्गाख्याः Bṛi. S.14. 23. -वसनः 'clad in skin', N. of Śiva. -वाद्यम् a drum tabor &c. -संभवा large cardamoms. -सारः lymph, serum.
carvya चर्व्य p. [चर्व् कर्मणि ण्यत् यत् वा] To be chewed, chewable. -र्व्यम् Solid food, such as requires mastication.
cāṭuḥ चाटुः टु n. 1 [चट्-उण्] Pleasing or agreeable words, sweet or coaxing speech, flattery (especially of a lover to his sweet-heart); प्रियः प्रियायाः प्रकरोति चाटुम् Ṛs.6.14; विरचितचाटुवचनरचनं चरणरचितप्रणिपातम् Gīt.11; Amaru.83; Pt.1.175; Śānti.3.14; Ch. P.2; (the greater part of the 1th canto of गीतगोविन्द consists of such coaxing) -2 Distinct or clear speech. -3 Endearing words or acts; Māl.1.1. -Comp. -उक्तिः f. 1 flattering or coaxing language. -2 service. -उल्लोल, -कार a. speaking agreeably or sweetly, flatterer; शिप्रावातः प्रियतम इव प्रार्थनाचाटुकारः Me.31; सो$भवद्विटबन्द्यादिचाटुकारविधेयधीः Rāj. T.5.352. -पटु a. skilful in using flattering or coaxing language, an accomplished flatterer. -बटुः a jester, buffoon. -लोल a. elegantly tremulous. -शतम् a hundred entreaties, repeated coaxing; पटुचाटुशतैरनुकूलम् Gīt. 2; गजपुङ्गवस्तु धीरं विलोकयति चाटुशतैश्च भुङ्क्ते Bh.2.31.
cit चित् f. [चित्-संपदा˚ भावे क्विप्] 1 Thought, preception. -2 Intelligence, intellect, understanding; Bh.2.1;3.1. -3 The heart, mind; मुक्ताफलैश्चिदुल्लासैः Bhāg.9.11.33. -4 The soul, spirit, the animating principle of life. -5 Brahman. -Comp. -आत्मन् m. 1 the thinking principle or faculty. -2 pure intelligence, the Supreme Spirit. -आत्मकम् consciousness. -आभासः the individual soul (जीव) (which still sticks to worldly defilements). -उल्लासः gladdening the heart or spirit. -घनः the Supreme Spirit or Brahman. -प्रवृत्तिः f. reflection, thinking. -रूप a. 1 consisting of intelligence. -2 wise, intelligent, of a liberal mind. -3 amiable, good-hearted. (-पम्) pure intelligence, the Supreme Being. -शक्तिः f. mental power, intellectual capacity. -स्वरूपम् the Supreme Spirit. -ind. 1 A particle added to किम् and its derivatives (such as कद्, कथम्, क्व, कदा, कुत्र, कुतः &c.) to impart to them an indefinite sense; कुत्रचित् somewhere; केचित् some &c. -2 The sound चित्.
citta चित्त p. p. [चित्-क्त] 1 Observed, perceived. -2 Considered, reflected or meditated upon. -3 Resolved -4 Intended, wished, desired. -5 Visible, perceptible. -त्तम् 1 Observing, attending. -2 (a) Thought, thinking, attention; (b) desire, intention, aim; मच्चित्तः सततं भव Bg.18.57; अनेकचित्तविभ्रान्त 16.16. -3 The mind; यदासौ दुर्वारः प्रसरति मदश्चित्तकरिणः Śānti.1.22; so चलचित्त and comps. below. -4 The heart (considered as the seat of intellect). -5 Reason, intellect, reasoning faculty. -6 Knowledge; चित्तं चित्तादुपागम्य मुनिरासीत संयतः । यच्चित्तं तन्मयो वश्यं गुह्यमेतत्सनातनम् ॥ Mb.14.51.27. -Comp. -अनुवर्तिन् a. acting according to one's will, humouring. -अपहारक, -अपहारिन्, -आकर्षिन्, -हारिन् a. 1 'heart-stealing', attractive, captivating. -2 pleasing, agreeable, beautiful. -अर्पित a. preserved in the heart; चित्तार्पितनैषधेश्वरा N.9.31. -आभोगः attention of the mind to its own feelings, exclusive attachment to one thing. -आसङ्गः attachment, love. -उद्रेकः pride, arrogance. -ऐक्यम् agreement, unanimity. -उन्नतिः, -समुन्नतिः f. 1 noble-mindedness. -2 pride, arrogance. -कलित a. anticipated, expected, calculated. -खेदः grief -चारिन् a. acting according to the will of another. -जः, -जन्मन् m., -भूः, -योनिः 1 love, passion. -2 Cupid, the god of love; चित्तयोनिरभवत्पुनर्नवः R.19.46; सो$यं प्रसिद्धविभवः खलु चित्तजन्मा Māl.1.2. -ज्ञ a. knowing the mind of another; ते बहुज्ञस्य चित्तज्ञे पत्न्यै, पत्नौ पत्युर्महीक्षितः R.1.56. -नाथः lord of the heart; चित्तनाथमभिशङ्कितवत्या Śi.1.28. -नाशः loss of conscience. -निर्वृत्तिः f. contentment, happiness. -प्रमाथिन् a. moving or touching the heart, exciting passion or love. -प्रशम a. composed, tranquil. (-मः) tranquility of heart. -प्रसन्नता joy, pleasure. -भेदः 1 difference of view. -2 inconsistency, inconstancy. -मोहः infatuation of the mind. -रक्षिन् a. (= -चारिन्); शुश्रूषुर्निरभीमाना पतीनां चित्तरक्षिणी Mb.3.233.2. -रागः affection, passion, desire. -विकारः change of thought or feeling -विक्षेपः distraction of the mind. -विप्लवः, -विभ्रंशः, -विभ्रमः aberration, disturbance or derangement of mind, madness, insanity; स्वप्नो$यं चित्तविभ्रंश उताहो सत्यमेव तु Mb.13.54.15. -विश्लेषः breach of friendship. -वृत्तिः f. 1 disposition or state of the mind, inclination, feeling; एवमात्माभिप्रायसंभावितेष्टजन- चित्तवृत्तिः प्रार्थयिता विडम्ब्यते Ś.2. -2 thinking, imagining. -3 inward purpose, emotion. -4 (in Yoga phil.) inward working of the mind, mental vision; योगश्चित्तवृत्ति- निरोधः Yoga S. -वेदना affliction, anxiety. -वैकल्यम् bewilderment of the mind, distraction. -सङ्ख्य a. pervading the heart, penetrating the soul. -हारिन् a. fascinating, attractive, agreeable.
cīk चीक् 1, 1. P. (चीकति, चीकयति) 1 To endure, bear, suffer. -2 To be impatient. -3 To touch.
cumb चुम्ब् I. 1, 1. U. (चुम्बति-ते, चुम्बयति-ते, चुम्बित) 1 To kiss (fig. also); श्लिष्यति चुम्बति जलधरकल्पं हरिरुपगत इति तिमिरमनल्पम् Gīt.6; प्रियामुखं किंपुरुषश्चुचुम्बे Ku.3.38; Amaru. 16; H.4.132. -2 To touch softly, or graze; with परि to kiss; Ṛs.6.18.; Amaru.77. -II. 1. P. To hurt, kill.
cumbita चुम्बित p. p. 1 Kissed. -2 Touched softly.
cumbin चुम्बिन् a. 1 Kissing, sipping; Māl.9.7. -2 Touching, grazing; Bh.3.95. -3 Affected with; इत्यर्धचन्द्राम- नखाङ्कचुम्बिकुचा सखी यत्र सखीभिरूचे N.6.66. -4 Relating to; त्वच्चुम्बिनैव स्वमनोरथेन N.8.87. -5 Busy with; कार्यान्तर- चुम्बिचित्ते N.3.95.
chup छुप् 6 P. (छुपति) To touch.
chupaḥ छुपः a. [छुप् कर्तरि क, घञर्थे क वा] Active, zealous, swift. -पः 1 Touch. -2 A shrub, bush. -3 Combat, war. -4 Air, wind.
jatu जतु n. [जन्-ड तो$न्तादेशः Uṇ.1.18] 1 Lac; Pt.1.17. -2 A kind of red dye. -तुः, -तूः f. A bat. -Comp. -अश्मकम् red arsenic. -गृहम् a house made of lac (such as was built by Duryodhana in order to burn up the Pāṇḍavas). -पुत्रकः a man at chess. -मणिः a mole, a natural mark on the body. -रसः lac.
jayadratha: जयद्रथ: A king of the Sindhu district and brother-in-law of Duryodhana, having married Duhśalā, daughter of Dhṛitarāṣṭra. [Once while out on hunting, he chanced to see Draupadī in the forest, and asked of her food for himself and his retinue. Draupadī, by virtue of her magical sthālī, was able to supply him with materials sufficient for their break-fast. Jayadratha was so much struck with this act, as well as her personal charms, that he asked her to elope with him. She, of course, indignantly refused, but he succeeded in carrying her off, as her husbands were out on hunting. When they returned they pursued and captured the ravisher and released Draupadī, and he himself was allowed to go after having been subjected to many humiliations. He took a leading part in compassing the death of Abhimanyu, and met his doom at the hands of Arjuna in the great war.]
jāta जात p. p. [जन् कर्तरि क्त] 1 Brought into existence, engendered, produced. -2 Grown, arisen. -3 Caused, occasioned. -4 Felt, affected by, oft. in comp.; ˚दुःख &c. -5 Apparent, clear. -6 Become, present. -7 Happened. -8 Ready at hand, collected; see जन्. -तः 1 A son, male offspring (in dramas often used as a term of endearment; अयि जात कथयितव्यं कथय U.4 'dear boy', 'oh my darling &c.'). -2 A living being. -ता A daughter, mostly used in addressing; जाते 'dear child' -तम् 1 A creature, living being. -2 Production, origin; धन्यः कुन्तीसुतो राजा सुजातं चास्य धीमतः Mb. 7.12.12. -3 Kind, sort, class, species. -4 A collection of things forming a class; निःशेषविश्राणितकोशजातम् R.5.1 all that goes to form wealth, i. e. every kind of property; so कर्मजातम् the whole aggregate of actions; सुख˚ everything included under the name of सुख or pleasure; अपत्यजातम् 'the brood of young ones'; Ś.5.22. -5 A child, a young one. -6 Individuality, specific condition. -Comp. -अपत्या a mother. -अमर्ष a. vexed, enraged. -अश्रु a. shedding tears. -इष्टिः f. a sacrifice performed at the birth of a child. ˚न्यायः A rule of interpretation according to which the fruit of an act shall accrue to some one else than the performer if it is so directly declared by श्रुति (even against the general rule viz. शास्त्रफलं प्रयोक्तरि). From this it follows that such an act must be performed so as not to cause destruction of one to whom the fruit is to accrue. This is discussed by जैमिनि and शबर in connection with the वैश्वानरेष्टि, whose fruit accrues to the son and which has to be performed only after the performance of the birth-rite to avoid the son's starvation to death. Read MS.4.3.38-39 and शबरs भाष्य thereon. -अक्षः a young bullock. -कर्मन् n. a ceremony performed at the birth of a child; Ms.2.27,29; R.3.18. -कलाप a. having a tail (as a peacock). -काम a. enamoured. -कौतूहल a. being eagerly desirous. -दन्त a. having teeth growing; जातदन्तस्य वा कुर्युर्नाम्नि वापि कृते सति Ms.5. 7. -पक्ष a. having wings; अजातपक्ष unfledged. -पाश a. fettered. -पुत्रा a woman who has borne a son or sons. -प्रत्यय a. inspired with confidence. -प्रेत a. born and dead, Pt.1. -मन्मथ a. fallen in love. -मात्र a. just born. -रूप a. beautiful, brilliant. (-पम्) 1 gold; पुनश्च याचमानाय जातरूपमदात् प्रभुः Bhāg.1.17.39; अप्याकरसमुत्पन्ना मणिजातिरसंस्कृता । जातरूपेण कल्याणि न हि सं- योगमर्हति ॥ M.5.18; N.1.129. -2 the form in which a person is born, i. e. nakedness. -3 the thorn apple. ˚धर a. naked. -विद्या Ved. knowledge of the origin and nature of all things. -विभ्रम a. 1 confounded. -2 precipitate. -वेदस् m. an epithet of fire (or of the sun); विप्रेभिरस्तोष्ट जातवेदाः Rv.1.77.5; Ku.2.46; Śi.2.51; R.12.14;15.72; Ki.13.11; the word is variously explained; cf. Nir. --जातवेदाः कस्मात् जातानि वेद, जातानि वै नं विदुः, जाते जाते विद्यते इति वा, जातवित्तो वा जातधनो, जातविद्यो वा जातप्रज्ञानो यत्तज्जातः पशूनविन्दतेति तज्जात- वेदसो जातवेदस्त्वमिति ब्राह्मणम्. -वेदसी an epithet of Durgā. -वासगृहम्, -वेश्मन् m. the lying-in-chamber.
jīmūtaḥ जीमूतः [जयति नभः, जीयते अनिलेन जीवनस्योदकस्य मूतं बन्धो यत्र, जीवनं जलं मूतं बद्धम् अनेन, जीवनं मुञ्चतीति वा पृषो˚ Tv. cf. Uṇ.3.91] 1 cloud; जीमूतेन स्वकुशलमयीं हारयिष्यन् प्रवृत्तिम् Me.4. -2 A mountain. -3 A nourisher, sustainer. -4 An epithet of Indra. -Comp. -कूटः a mountain. -केतुः an epithet of Śiva. -प्रभः A variety of gems; Kau. A.2.11. -वाहनः 1 N. of Indra. -2 N. of a king of the Vidyādharas, hero of the play called Nāgānanda; (mentioned also in कथासरित्सागर). [He was the son of Jīmūtaketu and renowned for his benevolent and charitable disposition. When his father's kingdom was invaded by his kinsmen, he scorned the idea of fighting with them and induced his father to leave it to those who sought for it and to repair with him to the Malaya mountain to lead a holy life. It is related that there he one day took the place of a young serpent who was, by virtue of an agreement, to be offered to Garuḍa as his daily meal, and induced, by his generous and touching behaviour, the enemy of serpents to give up his practice of devouring them. The story is very pathetically told in the play]. -वाहिन् Smoke.
jñānam ज्ञानम् [ज्ञा-भावे ल्युट्] 1 Knowing, understanding, becoming acquainted with, proficiency; सांख्यस्य योगस्य च ज्ञानम् Māl.1.7. -2 Knowledge, learning; तथेन्द्रियाकुलीभावे ज्ञेयं ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Mb.12.24.2; बुद्धिर्ज्ञानेन शुध्यति Ms.5.19; ज्ञाने मौनं क्षमा शत्रौ R.1.22. -3 Consciousness, cognizance, knowledge; ज्ञानतो$ज्ञानतो वापि Ms.8.288 knowingly or unknowingly, consciously or unconsciously. -4 Sacred knowledge; especially, knowledge derived from meditation on the higher truths of religion and philosophy which teaches man how to understand his own nature and how he may be reunited to the Supreme Spirit (opp. कर्मन्); cf. ज्ञानयोग and कर्मयोग in Bg.3.3. -5 The organ of intelligence, sense, intellect; कच्चिज्ज्ञानानि सर्वाणि प्रसन्नानि तवाच्युत Mb.12.54.18. -6 Conscience. -7 The Supreme spirit. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The Vedas taken collectively. -1 Means of knowing; औत्पक्तिकस्तु शब्दस्यार्थेन सम्बन्धस्तस्य ज्ञानम्˚ । MS.1.1.5. -11 An opinion, a view; बलदेवस्य वाक्यं तु मम ज्ञाने न युज्यते Mb.5.4.3. -Comp. -अग्निः knowledge-fire; ज्ञानाग्निः सर्वकर्माणि भस्मसात्कुरुते$र्जन Bg.4.37. -अनुत्पादः ignorance, folly. -अपोहः forgetfulness. -अभ्यासः 1 study. -2 thinking, reflection. -आत्मन् a. all wise. -इन्द्रियम् an organ of perception; (these are five त्वच्, रसना, चक्षुस्, कर्ण and घ्राण- the skin, tongue, eye, ear and nose; see बुद्धीन्द्रिय under इन्द्रिय). -काण्डम् that inner or esoteric portion of Veda which refers to true spiritual knowledge, or knowledge of the Supreme spirit, as distinguished from the knowledge of ceremonial rites (opp. कर्मकाण्ड). -कृत a. done knowingly or intentionally. -गम्य a. attainable by the understanding. -घन m. pure or mere knowledge; निर्विशेषाय साम्याय नमो ज्ञानघनाय च Bhāg.8.3.12; तं त्वामहं ज्ञानघनं...कथं...परिभावयामि ibid 9.8.24. -चक्षुस् n. the eye of intelligence, the mind's eye, intellectual vision (opp. चर्मचक्षुस्); सर्वं तु समवेक्ष्येदं निखिलं ज्ञानचक्षुषा Ms.2.8;4.24. (-m.) a wise and learned man. -तत्त्वम् true knowledge, knowledge of God. -तपस् n. penance consisting in the acquisition of true knowledge. -दः a preceptor. -दा an epithet of Sarasvatī. -दुर्बल a. wanting in knowledge. -निश्चयः certainty, ascertainment. -निष्ठ a. intent on acquiring true (spiritual) knowledge; ज्ञानिनिष्ठा द्विजाः केचित् Ms.3.134. -पतिः 1 the Supreme spirit. -2 a teacher, preceptor. -पूर्व a. preceded by knowledge, well-considered; निष्कामं ज्ञानपूर्वं तु निवृत्तमुपदिश्यते Ms.12.89. -बोधिनी f. N. of a Vedāntic treatise. -मुद्र a. 'having the impress of wisdom', wise. -मूल a. founded on spiritual knowledge. -यज्ञः a man possessed of true or spiritual knowledge, philosopher. -योगः contemplation as the principal means of, attaining the Supreme spirit or acquiring true or spiritual knowledge; ज्ञानयोगेन सांख्यानां कर्मयोगेण योगिनाम् Bg.3.3. -लक्षणम्, -णा 1 indication, sign, a means of knowing or inferring. -2 (in logic) sign or proof of knowledge; subsequent derived from antecedent knowledge. -विज्ञानम् 1 sacred and miscellaneous knowledge; तत्प्राज्ञेन विनीतेन ज्ञानविज्ञानवेदिनाMs.18.41. -2 the Vedas with the supplementary branches of knowledge, such as medicine, arms &c. -वृद्ध advanced in knowledge; ज्ञानवृद्धो वयोबालो मृदुर्वीर्यगुणान्वितः Rām.2.45.8. -शास्त्रम् the science of fortune-telling. -साधनम् 1 a means of acquiring true or spiritual knowledge. -2 an organ of perception.
jñāpaka ज्ञापक a. [ज्ञा-णिच् ल्यु] Making known, teaching, informing, indicating &c. -कः 1 A teacher. -2 A commander, a master. -3 A master of requests, an officer of the court of an Indian prince; Pt.3. -कम् (In phil.) A significant expression, a suggestive rule or precept, said of such rules as imply something more than what is actually expressed by the words of those rules themselves.
jyo ज्यो 1 Ā. (ज्यवते) 1 To advise, instruct. -2 To observe any religious obligation (such as a vow).
ḍikā डिका A very small winged insect (such as gnat); Mb.14.9.29, com.
ḍimbhaḥ डिम्भः 1 A young child; रे रे ब्राह्मणडिम्भ Māl.5.28/29. -2 Any young animal such as a cub; जृम्भस्व रे डिम्भ दन्तांस्ते गणयिष्यामि Ś.7. -3 A fool, a block-head. -4 A young shoot. पलालजालैः पिहितः स्वयं हि प्रकाशमासादयतीक्षु- डिम्भः N.8.2. -भा An infant.
taḍ तड् 1 U. (ताडयति-ते, ताडित) 1 To beat, strike (in general), dash against; गाहन्तां महिषा निपानसलिलं शृङ्गैर्मुहु- स्ताडितम् Ś.2.6; (नौः) ताडिता मारुतैर्यथा Rām.; R.3.61; Ku.5.24; Bh.1.5. -2 To beat, strike, punish by beating, hit; लालयेत्पञ्च वर्षाणि दश वर्षाणि ताडयेत् Chāṇ.11, 12; न ताडयेत्तृणेनापि Ms.4.169; पादेन यस्ताड्यते Amaru.52. -3 To strike, beat (as a drum); ताड्यमानासु भेरीषु Mb; अताडयन् मृदङ्गांश्च Bk.17.7; Ve.1.22. -4 To play on, strike the wires of (a musical instrument); श्रोतुर्वि- तन्त्रीरिव ताड्यमाना Ku.1.45. -5 To shine. -6 To speak. -7 (In astr.) To strike against, touch, obscure or eclipse partially; Bṛi. S.24.34. -8 (In Math.) To multiply.
tāḍana ताडन a. [तड् भावे ल्युट्] Beating, whipping, striking. -नम् 1 Beating, whipping, flogging; लालने बहवो दोषा- स्ताडने बहवो गुणाः Chāṇ.12; अवतंसोत्पलताडनानि वा Ku.4.8; Ś. Til.9. -2 (In astr.) Touching, partial eclipse; Bṛi. S.24.34. -ना Striking. -नी A whip.
tatas ततस् (ततः) ind. 1 From that (person or place &c.), thence; न च निम्नादिव हृदयं निवर्तते मे ततो हृदयम् Ś.3.2 (v. l.); Māl.2.1; Ms.6.7;12.85. -2 There, thither. -3 Then, thereupon, afterwards; ततः कतिपयदिवसा- पगमे K.11; Amaru.69; Ki.1.27; Ms.2.93;7.59. -4 Therefore, consequently, for that reason. -5 Then, in that case (as a corr. of यदि); यदि गृहीतमिदं ततः किम् K.12; अमोच्यमश्वं यदि मन्यसे प्रभो ततः समाप्ते &c. R.3.65. -6 Beyond that (in place), further, further more, more- over; ततः परतो निर्मानुषमरण्यम् K.121. -7 Than that, other than that; यं लब्ध्वा चापरं लाभं मन्यते नाधिकं ततः Bg.6.22;2.36. -8 Sometimes used for the ablative forms of तद् such as तस्माद्तस्याः; ततो$न्यत्रापि दृश्यते Sk.; यतः -ततः means (a) where-there; यतः कृष्णस्ततः सर्वे यतः कृष्णस्ततो जयः Mb.; Ms.7.188. (b) since-therefore; यतो यतः -ततस्ततः wherever-there; यतोयतः षट्चरणो$भिवर्तते तत- स्ततः प्रेरितवामलोचना Ś.1.23 (v. l.). ततः किम् 'what then', 'of what use is it', 'what avails it'; प्राप्ताः श्रियः सकल- कामदुघास्ततः किम् Bh.3.73,74; Śānti.4.2. ततस्ततः (a) 'here and there', 'to and fro'; ततो दिव्यानि माल्यानि प्रादुरासंस्ततस्ततः Mb. (b) 'what next', 'what further', well proceed (occurring in dramas); ततः प्रभृति thenceforward, (corr. of यतः प्रभृति); तृष्णा ततः प्रभृति मे द्विगुणत्वमेति Amaru. (after 56, प्रक्षेपक श्लोकः); Ms.9.68. Some other compounds. --ततः कथम् but how is it then that. -ततः -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् immediately afterwards. -ततः पर beyond that. -ततः परम् ind. besides that, further. -ततस्ततः (in drama) what then ?
tattvam तत्त्वम् (Sometimes written as तत्वम्) 1 True state or condition, fact; वयं तत्त्वान्वेषान्मधुकर हतास्त्वं खलु कृती Ś.1. 23. -2 Truth, reality; न तु मामभिजानन्ति तत्त्वेनातश्च्यवन्ति ते Bg.9.24. -3 True or essential nature; संन्यासस्य महाबाहो तत्त्वमिच्छामि वेदितुम् Bg.18.1;3.28; Ms.1.3;3.96; 5.42. -4 The real nature of the human soul or the material world as being identical with the Supreme Spirit pervading the universe. -5 A true or first principle. -6 An element, a primary substance; तत्त्वान्य- बुद्धाः प्रतनूनि येन, ध्यानं नृपस्तच्छिवमित्यवादीत् Bk.1.18. -7 The mind. -8 Sum and substance. -9 Slow time in music. -1 An element or elementary property. -11 The Supreme Being. -12 A kind of dance. -13 The three qualities or constituents of every thing in nature (सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्). -14 The body; तत्त्वाभेदेन यच्छास्त्रं तत्कार्यं नान्यथाविधम् Mb.12.267.9. -Comp. -अभियोगः a positive charge or declaration. -अभ्यासः The study of the reality; एवं तत्त्वाभ्यासात् Sān. K.64. -अर्थः truth, reality, the exact truth, real nature. -ज्ञ, -विद् a. 1 a philosopher. -2 knowing the true nature of Brahman. -3 knowing the true nature of anything; Ms.12.12. -4 acquainted with the true principles of science. (-ज्ञः) a Brāmaṇa. -ज्ञानम् 1 knowledge of the truth. -2 a thorough knowledge of the principles of a science. -3 philosophy. -दर्शिन्, दृश् perceiving truth. -निकषग्रावन् m. the touch-stone of truth. -न्यासः N. of a ceremony performed in honour of Viṣṇu consisting in the application of mystical letters or other marks to different parts of the body while certain prayers are repeated. -भावः true being or nature; Kaṭh.6. -शुद्धिः ascertainment of truth; Ks.75.194. -संख्यानम् Sāṅkhya philosophy; तत्त्वसंख्यानविज्ञप्त्यै जातं विद्वानजः स्वराट् Bhāg.3.24.1. तत्त्वतः tattvatḥ तत्त्वेन tattvēna तत्त्वतः तत्त्वेन ind. Truly, really, accurately; तत्त्वत एनामुपलप्स्ये Ś.1; Ms.7.1.
tathā तथा [तद् प्रकारे थाल् विभक्तित्वात्] ind. 1 So, thus, in that manner; तथा मां वञ्चयित्वा Ś5; सूतस्तथा करोति V. 1. -2 And also, so also, as well as; अनागतविधाता च प्रत्युत्पन्नमतिस्तथा Pt.1.318; R.3.21. -3 True, just so, exactly so; यदात्थ राजन्यकुमार तत्तथा R.3.48; Ms.1. 42. -4 (In forms of adjuration) As surely as (preceded by यथा); see यथा. (For some of the meanings of तथा as a correlative of यथा, see under यथा). तथापि (oft. corr. of यद्यपि) 'even then,' 'still', 'yet', 'neverthe-less', प्रथितं दुष्यन्तस्य चरितं तथापीदं न लक्षये Ś.5; वरं महत्या म्रियते पिपासया तथापि नान्यस्य करोत्युपासनां Chāt.2.6; वपुःप्रकर्षादजयद्गुरुं रघुस्तथापि नीचैर्विनयाददृश्यत R.3.34,62. तथेति shows 'assent' or 'promise'; तथेति शेषामिव भर्तुराज्ञा- मादाय मूर्ध्ना मदनः प्रतस्थे Ku.3.22; R.1.92;3.67; Ku. 6.3; तथेति निष्क्रान्तः (in dramas). तथैव; 'even so', 'just so'; 'exactly so'; तथैव च 'in like manner', तथा च 'and also', 'and likewise', 'in like manner', 'so it has been said; तथा च श्रुतयो बह्व्यो निगीता निगमेष्वपि Ms.9.19; तथाहि 'for so', 'as for instance', 'for this (it has been said)'; तं वेधा विदधे नूनं महाभूतसमाधिना । तथाहि सर्वे तस्यासन् परार्थैक- फला गुणाः ॥ R.1.29; S.1.32. -Comp. -कृत a. thus done, or made; made true; Bri. S.32.4. -गत a. 1 being in such a state or condition; तथागतायां परिहासपूर्वम् R.6.82. -2 of such a quality. (-तः) 1 Buddha; काले मितं वाक्यमुदर्कपश्यं तथागतस्येव जनः सुचेताः Śi. 2.81. -2 a Jina; स्थिता तथागतमुखे श्रुतिं श्रुतिविदो यथा Śiva. B.5.44. -गुण a. endowed with such qualities. -भावः 1 that state or condition. -2 reality; Māl.1.31. -भूत a. 1 of such qualities or nature. -2 so circumstanced, in that condition; तथाभूतां दृष्ट्वा नृपसदसि पाञ्चालतनयाम् Ve.1. 11. -राजः an epithet of Buddha. -रूप, -रूपिन् a. thus shaped, looking thus. -वादिन् 1 telling the exact truth; एवं निराकृतो देवो वैरिणा तथ्यवादिना Bhāg.8.11.11. -2 professing to be so. -विध a. of such a sort, of such qualities or nature; तथाविधस्तावदशेषमस्तु सः Ku.5.82; R.3.4. -विधम् ind. 1 thus, in this manner. -2 likewise, equally. -विधान, -व्रत a. following this practice; H.3; Ms.4.246. -विधेय a. of such a sort.
tathātvam तथात्वम् तथाता 1 Such a state, being so. -2 True state or nature, truth. -3 The case being admitted to be as stated.
tad तद् pron., a. (Nom. sing. सः m., सा f., तत् n.) 1 That referring to something not present; (तदिति परोक्षे विजानी- यात्) -2 He, she, it; (oft. as corr. of यद्); यस्य बुद्धिर्बलं तस्य Pt.1. -3 That i. e. well-known; सा रम्या नगरी महान्स नृपतिः सामन्तचक्रं च तत् Bh.3.37; Ku.5.71. -4 That (referring to something seen or experienced before, अनुभूतार्थः; उत्कम्पिनी भयपरिस्खलितांशुकान्ता ते लोचने प्रतिदिशं विधुरे क्षिपन्ती K. P.7; Bv.2.5. -5 The same, identical, that, very; usually with एव; तानीन्द्रियाणि सकलानि तदेव नाम Bh.2.4. Sometimes the forms of तद् are used with the first and second personal pronouns, as well as with demonstratives and relatives, for the sake of emphasis; (often translatable by 'therefore', 'then'); सो$हमिज्याविशुद्धात्मा R.1.69; 'I that very person', 'I therefore'; (I who am so and so); स त्वं निवर्तस्व विहाय लज्जाम् 2.4 'thou, therefore, shouldst return', &c. When repeated तद् has the sense of 'several', 'various'; तेषु तेषु स्थानेषु K.369; Bg.7.2; Māl.1.36; ते ते भावाः 1.17. तेन the instr. of तद् is often used with adverbial force in the sense of 'therefore', 'on that account', 'in that case', 'for that reason.' तेन हि if so, well then. -ind. 1 There, thither. -2 Then, in that case, at that time. -3 For that reason, therefore, consequently; तदेहि विमर्दक्षमां भूमिमवतरावः U.5; Me.7,19; R.3.46. -4 Then (corr. of यदि); तथापि यदि महत्कुतूहलं तत्कथयामि K.136; Bg.1.46. -n. 1 The Supreme Spirit or Brahman; तद्भावभावी तद्बुद्धिः Mb.12. 323.29; Bg.17.23. -2 This world. -Comp. -अतिपात a. going beyond the bounds. -अनन्तर a. next to that. (-ind.) immediately after that, thereupon. -अनु ind. after that, afterwards; संदेशं मे तदनु जलद श्रोष्यसि श्रोत्र- पेयम् Me.13; R.16.87; Māl.9.26. -अनुसरणम् going after that. -अन्त a. perishing in that, ending thus. -अन्य a. other than that. -अपेक्ष a. having regard to that. -अर्थ, -अर्थीय a. 1 intended for that. -2 having that meaning. -अर्थम् on that account, with that object, therefore; स्वस्रीयं मम राजेन्द्र द्रष्टुकामो महीपतिः । तदर्थ- मुपयातो$हमयोध्यां रघुनन्दन ॥ Rām.1.73.4. -अर्ह a. meriting that. -अवधि ind. 1 so far; upto that period, till then; तदवधि कुशली पुराणशास्त्रस्मृतिशतचारुविचारजो विवेकः Bv. 2.14. -2 from that time, since then; श्वासो दीर्घस्तदवधि मुखे पाण्डिमा Bv.2.79. -अवस्थ a. so circumstanced. -एकचित्त a. having the mind solely fixed on that; H. -कर a. serving, obeying as servant. -काल 1 the current moment, present time. -2 that time. ˚धी a. having presence of mind. -कालम् ind. 1 instantly, immediately. -2 at that time, at a certain time. -कालीन a. simultaneous; ब्रह्मन्कालान्तरकृतं तत्कालीनं कथं भवेत् Bhāg.1.12.41. -क्षणः 1 present, time being, present or current moment; R.1.51. -2 the same moment. -3 a measure of time. -क्षणम्, -क्षणात् ind. immediately, directly, instantly; सेकान्ते मुनिकन्याभिस्तत्- क्षणोज्झितवृक्षकम् R.3.14; Śi.9.5; Y.2.14; Amaru. 83. -क्रिय a. working without wages. -गत a. gone or directed to that, intent on that, devoted to that, belonging to that; तद्गतेनैव चेतसा Ks.3.68. (-तः) the continued multiplication of four or more like quantities. -गुण a. possessing those qualities. (-णः) 1 the quality or virtue of anything; R.1.9. -2 a figure of speech (in Rhet.); स्वमुत्सृज्य गुणं योगादत्युज्ज्वलगुणस्य यत् । वस्तु तद्गुण- तामेति भण्यते स तु तद्गुणः ॥ K. P.1.137; see Chandr.5.141. ˚संविज्ञानः a term applied to those Bahuvrīhi compounds in which the qualities denoted by the name are perceived along with the thing itself; as लंबकर्ण; cf. अतद्गुणसंविज्ञान also. -ज a. immediate, instantaneous. -ज्ञः a knowing or intelligent man, wise man, philosopher. -तृतीय a. doing that for the third time. -देश्य a. coming from the same country. -देश्यः a fellow countryman. -धन a. miserly, niggardly. -धर्मिन् a. obeying his laws; तद्धर्मिणां निवसतां विषमः स्वभावः Bhāg.3.15.32. -धर्म्य a. of that kind; Bhāg.5.14.2. -पदार्थः the Supreme Being. -पर a. 1 following that, coming after that, inferior. -2 having that as the highest object, closely intent on, exclusively devoted to, eagerly engaged in (usually in comp.); सम्राट् समाराधनतत्परो$भूत् R.2.5;1.66; Me.1; Y.1.83; Ms.3.262. -3 diligent. (-रः) the thirtieth part of a twinkling of the eye. (-रा) one sixtieth of a second of a circle. ˚ता, ˚त्वम् 1 intentness, entire devotion or addiction to a thing. -2 inferiority. -परायण a. solely devoted or attached to anything. -पुरुषः 1 the original or Supreme Spirit. -2 N. of a class of compounds in which the first member determines the sense of the other member, or in which the last member is defined or qualified by the first, without losing its original independence; as तत्पुरुषः; तत्पुरुष कर्मधारय येनाहं स्यां बहुव्रीहिः Udb. उत्तरपदप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः -पूर्व a. 1 happening or occurring for the first time; अकारि तत्पूर्वनिबद्धया तया Ku.5.1;7.3; R.2.42;14.38. -2 prior, former. -पूर्वम् ind. that for the first time; Ki.7.11. -प्रथम a. doing that for the first time; Ku.5.66. -फल a. having that as a fruit or result. (-लः) 1 the white water-lily. -2 a kind of perfume. -बलः a kind of arrow. -भव a. sprung from Sanskṛit &c. (as Prākṛit or other words). -भावः becoming that. -मात्रम् 1 merely that, only a trifle, a very small quantity; तन्मात्रादेव कुपितो राजा Ks.6.15. -2 (in phil.) a subtle and primary element (such as शब्द, स्पर्श, रूप, रस and गन्ध) तन्मात्राण्यविशेषाः Sān. K.38; गणस्तन्मात्रपञ्चकश्चैव Sān. K.24; Bhāg.11.24.7. -मात्रिक a. consisting of rudimentary atoms; अर्थस्तन्मात्रिकाज्जज्ञे Bhāg.11.24.8. -राजः an affix added to some proper names to form from them the names of the 'king' or 'chief'; as from अङ्ग is formed आङ्ग 'king of the Aṅgas' by the affix अण्. -रूप a. thus shaped, so formed; of the same quality. -वाचक a. denoting or signifying that. -विद् a. 1 knowing that. -2 knowing the truth. -विद्य a. a Connoisseur, expert. -विध a. of that kind or sort; भक्त्योपपन्नेषु हि तद्विधानां प्रसादचिह्नानि पुरः फलानि R.2.22; Ku.5.73; Ms.2.112. -संख्याक a. of that number; Y.2.6. com. -समनन्तरम् ind. immediately upon that; Ks.4.24. -स्थ a. being on or in that, connected with it. (-स्थः) a particular mode of multiplication. -हित a. good for that. -(तः) 1 an affix added to primary bases to form derivative or secondary bases from them. -2 a noun formed by a Taddhita affix, a derivative noun.
taruṇa तरुण a. [तॄ-उनन् Uṇ.3.54] 1 Young, youthful, juvenile (as a man). -2 (a) Young, newly-born or produced, tender, soft; वितीर्णे सर्वस्वे तरुणकरुणापूर्णहृदयाः Bh.3.49. (b) Newly risen, not high in the sky (as the sun); वासो वसाना तरुणार्करागम् Ku.3.54. -3 New, fresh; तरुणं दधि Chāṇ.64; तरुणं सर्षपशाकं नवौदनं पिच्छिलानि च दधीनि । अल्पव्ययेन सुन्दरि ग्राम्यजनो मिष्टमश्नाति ॥ Chand. M.1. -4 Lively, vivid. -णः A young man, youth; गतवयसामपि पुंसां येषामर्था भवन्ति ते तरुणाः Pt.1.11; Bv.2.62. -2 The castor-oil plant. -3 Large cumin-seed (Mar. जिरें). -4 Newly produced liquor; तरुणस्तु नवे यूनि मद्ये प्रथम उत्कटे Nm. -णी 1 A young or youthful woman; वृद्धस्य तरुणी विषम् Chān.78. -2 N. of some plants such as Aloe Perfoliata (Mar. कोरफड), Rosa Glandulifera (Mar. पांढरा गुलाब) etc. -णम् 1 Cartilage. -2 A sprout. -Comp. -अस्थि n. cartilage. -ज्वरः fever lasting for a week. -दधि n. coagulated milk five days old. -पीतिका red arsenic.
talaḥ तलः लम् [तल्-अच्] 1 A surface; भुवस्तलमिव व्योम कुर्वन् व्योमेव भूतलम् R.4.29; sometimes used at the end of comp. without much alteration of meaning; महीतलम् 'surface of the earth' i. e. earth itself; शुद्धे तु दर्पणतले सुलभावकाशा Ś.7.32; नभस्तलम् &c. -2 The palm of the hand; R.6.18. -3 The sole of the foot; Bhāg.1.36. 8. -4 The fore-arm. -5 A slap with the hand. -6 Lowness, inferiority of position. -7 A lower part, part underneath, base, foot, bottom; रेवारोधसि वेतसीतरुतले चेतः समुत्कण्ठते K. P.1. -8 (Hence) The ground under a tree or any other object, shelter afforded by anything; फणी मयूरस्य तले निषीदति Ṛs.1.13. -9 A hole, pit. -1 A span. -लः 1 The hilt of a sword. -2 The palmyra tree. -3 N. of Śiva. -4 Pressing the strings of a lute with the left hand; तत्र तत्र महानादैरुत्कृष्टतलनादितैः Mb.1.221.6. -5 A division of hell. -लम् 1 A pond. -2 A forest, wood; भस्मप्रस्तरशायी च भूमिशय्या तलेषु च Mb.12.33.11. -3 Cause, origin, motive. -4 A leathern fence worn round the left arm (तला also in this sense); उद्यतैरायुधैश्चित्रास्तलबद्धाः कलापिनः Mb.6.16.14. -Comp. -अङ्गुलिः f. a toe. -अतलम् the fourth of the seven divisions of hell; Bhāg.2.5.41. -ईक्षणः a hog. -उदर a. having a protuberant belly, pot-bellied. -उदरी f. A wife; L. D. B. -उदा a river. -घातः a slap with the palm of the hand. -तालः 1 a kind of musical instrument. -2 clapping of the hands. -त्रम्, -त्राणम्, -वारणम् a leathern glove of an archer; शरासन- ज्यातलवारणध्वनिः Ki.14.29; पाणयः सतलत्राश्च... Śiva B.12.8. -प्रहारः a slap with the hand. -बद्धः a. having fastened round one's arm the तल (त्र); Mb.6.16.14. -युद्धम् a fight with the palms of the hands. -लोकः nether world (पाताल); Bhāg.2.6.42. -सारकम् 1 a martingale. -2 a horse's food-receptacle; M. W. -सारणम्, -सारिका ibid. -हृदयम् the centre of the sole of foot.
talina तलिन a. [तल्-इनन् Uṇ.2.53] 1 Thin, meagre, spare. -2 Small, little. -3 Clear, clean. -4 Situated under or beneath. -5 Weak. -6 Separate. -7 Fine, very thin; क्षोणीकान्तमृणालतन्तुतलिनास्ताम्यन्ति तारापतेः Vikr.11.8. -8 Covered with; Vikr.14.61. -नम् A bed, couch. -उदरी a. a slender-waisted woman; स्नानावसाने तलिनोदरीणामकृत्रिमं मण्डनमाविरासीत् Vikr.1.88.
talimam तलिमम् 1 Paved ground, a pavement. -2 A bed, cot, couch. -3 An awning. -4 A large sword or knife.
talpaḥ तल्पः ल्पम् [तल्-पक् Uṇ.3.28] 1 A couch, bed, sofa; सपदि विगतनिद्रस्तल्पमुज्झाञ्चकार R.5.75 'left the bed', 'rose'. -2 (Fig.) A wife (as in गुरुतल्पग q. v.); Chān. Up.5.1.9. -3 The seat of a carriage. -4 An upper storey, a turret, tower; विशीर्णतल्पादृशतो निवेशः पर्यस्तशालः प्रभुणा विना मे R.16.11. -5 A guard, one who protects; तल्पैश्चाभ्यासिकैर्युक्त शुशुभे योधरक्षितम् Mb.1.27.34 (तल्पैः रक्षिभिः पुरुषैः com.) -6 (with अधिगम्) Sexual intercourse; श्राद्धभुग् वृषलीतल्पं तदहर्यो$धिगच्छति Ms.3.25. -ल्पा A couch bed; तल्पा नः सुशेवा Av.13.1.17. -Comp. -कीटः a bug.
tādṛkṣa तादृक्ष a. (-क्षी f.), तादृश् a., तादृश a. (-शी f.) Suchlike, like him, her or it, like that; तादृग्गुणा Ms.9.22, 36; Amaru.51; यादृशस्तादृशः any body whoever, common or ordinary man; उपदेशो न दातव्यो यादृशे तादृशे जने Pt.1.39.
tāvat तावत् a. (Correlative of यावत् q. v.) 1 So much, that much, so many; ते तु यावन्त एवाजौ तावांश्च ददृशे स तैः R.12.45; H.4.72; Ku.2.33. -2 So great, so large, of this extent; यावती संभवेद् वृत्तिस्तावतीं दातुमर्हसि Ms.8. 155;9.249; Bg.2.46. -3 All (expressing totality); यावद्दत्तं तावद् भुक्तम् G. M. -4 Just a little; हतवेगं विनयेन तावता Ki.2.48. -5 (in Alg.) An unknown quantity. -ind. 1 First (before doing anything else); आर्ये इतस्ताव- दागम्यताम् Ś.I; आह्लादयस्व तावच्चन्द्रकरश्चन्द्रकान्तमिव V.5.11; Me.13. -2 On one's part, in the meanwhile; सखे स्थिर- प्रतिबन्धो भव । अहं तावत् स्वामिनश्चित्तवृत्तिमनुवर्तिष्ये Ś.2; R. 7.32. -3 Just, now; गच्छ तावत. -4 Indeed. (to emphasize an expression); त्वमेव तावत् प्रथमो राजद्रोही Mu.1 'thou thyself'; त्वमेव तावत्परिचिन्तय स्वयम् Ku.5.67; गता तावन्निवेद्यैव सा ममोदयपर्वतम् Ks.18 241. -5 Truly; really (to express assent); अल्पो$प्येवं महान्वापि विक्रयस्तावदेवः सः Ms.3.53; दृढस्तावद्बन्धः H.1. -6 As for, with respect to; विग्रहस्तावदुपस्थितः H.3; एवं कृते तव तावत्क्लेशं विना प्राण- यात्रा भविष्यति Pt.1. -7 Completely; तावत्प्रकीर्णाभिनवोप- चाराम् R.7.4 (तावत्प्रकीर्ण = साकल्पेन प्रसारित Malli.). -8 Surprise (oh !, what a wonder). (For the senses of तावत् as a correlative of यावत्, see यावत्). -Comp. -कृत्वस् ind. so many times; यावन्ति पशुरोमाणि तावत्कृत्वो ह मारणम् Ms.5.38. तावत्कृ to square (in Math.) -फल a. having such results; क्लिष्टं नु तावत्फलमेव पुण्यम् Ś.6.1. -मात्रम् just so much. (-त्रे) ind. in that distance; सदनानि तावन्मात्र एव Bhāg.5.24.4. -वर्ष a. so many years old.
tāvatika तावतिक तावत्क a. Bought for so much, worth so much, of so much value.
tāvaddhā तावद्धा ind. 1 In such a number. -2 So often.
tilaḥ तिलः [तिल्-क्] 1 The seasamum plant; नासाभ्येति तिल- प्रसूनपदवीम् Gīt.1. -2 The seed of this plant; नाकस्मा- च्छाण्डिलीमाता विक्रीणाति तिलैस्तिलान् । लुञ्चितानितरैर्येन कार्यमत्र भविष्यति ॥ Pt.2.7. -3 A mole, spot. -5 A small particle, as much as a sesamum-seed; तिले तालं पश्यति 'makes mountains of molehills.' -Comp. -अन्नम् rice with sesamum seed. -अप्, -अम्बु, -उदकम् water with sesamum seed offered to the dead as a libation; एते यदा मत्सुहृदोस्तिलापः Bhāg.1.12.15; श्राद्धानि नो$धिभुजे प्रसभं तनूजैर्दत्तानि तीर्थसमये$प्यपिबत्तिलाम्बु Bhāg.7.8.45; Ś.3; तेषो दत्त्वा तु हस्तेषु सपवित्रं तिलोकदम् Ms.3.223. -उत्तमा N. of an Apsaras. -ओदनः, -नम् a dish of milk, rice and sesamum. -कठः sesamum powder (Mar. तिळकूट). -कल्कः dough made of ground sesamum. ˚जः oil-cake made of the sediment of ground sesamum. -कालकः 1 a mole, a dark spot under the skin. -2 a disease of the penis, in which the fleshy parts become black and die off. -किट्टम्, -खलिः f., -खली, -चूर्णम् the caky sediment of sesamum after the oil is extracted; स्थाल्यां वैदूर्यमय्यां पचति तिलखलीमिन्धनैश्चन्दनाद्यैः Bh.2.1. -चतुर्थी The 4th day of the dark-half of Māgha. -तण्डुलकम् an embrace (so called because in it the two bodies are united together like rice mixed up with sesamum-seed). -तैलम् sesamum-oil; -द्वादशी The 12th day of a particular month (kept as a festival); तां रणस्वामिनं द्रष्टुं तिलद्वादश्यहे गताम् Rāj. T.5.395. -धेनुः f. sesamum made up in the form of a cow and offered as a present to a Brāhmaṇa. 'यावता वस्त्रेण कृत्स्ना धेनुराच्छादिता भवति तद्वस्त्र- पूरिततिलाः' is the another meaning given in the com.; भरणीषु द्विजातिभ्यस्तिलधेनुं प्रदाय वै Mb.13.64.35. -पर्णः turpentine. (-र्णम्) sandal-wood. -पर्णी 1 the sandal tree. -2 frankincense. -3 turpentine. -पर्णिका, -पर्णि (र्ण)कम् sandal-wood. -पिच्चटम् Sweetmeat of sesamum powder and sugar; L. D. B. -पिञ्जः, -पेजः barren sesamum. -पीडः an oilman; स्नेहेन तिलवत्सर्वं सर्गचक्रे निपीड्यते । तिलपीडैरिव Mb.12.174.24. -भाविनी jasmine. -मयूरः a species of peacock. -रसः, -स्नेहः sesamum oil. -होमः a burnt offering of sesamum.
tīkṣṇa तीक्ष्ण a. [तिज्-क्स्न Uṇ.3.18.] 1 Sharp (in all senses), pungent; तीक्ष्णा नारुंतुदा बुद्धिः Śi. 2.19. -2 Hot, warm (as rays); विवस्वता तीक्ष्णतरांशुमालिनी Ṛs.1.18. -3 Fiery, passionate. -4 Hard, forcible, strong (as उपाय); आश्रयो धार्तराष्ट्राणां मानी तीक्ष्णपराक्रमः Mb.12.1.2. -5 Rude, cross. -6 Severe, harsh, rough, strict; तीक्ष्ण- श्चैव मृदुश्च स्यात्कार्यं वीक्ष्य महीपतिः Ms.7.14. -7 Injurious, inauspicious. -8 Keen. -9 Intelligent, clever. -1 Zealous, vehement, energetic. -11 Devoted, self-abandoning. -12 Unfriendly, unfavourable. -13 Devout, ascetic, pious. -क्ष्णः 1 Nitre. -2 Long pepper. -3 Black pepper. -3 Black mustard. -क्ष्णम् 1 Iron. -2 Steel. -3 Heat, pungency. -4 War, battle. -5 Poison. -6 Death. -7 A weapon. -8 Sea-salt. -9 Haste. -1 Anything sharp (as words &c.). -11 Plague, pestilence. -Comp. -अंशुः 1 the sun; श्वेताभ्र इव तीक्ष्णांशु ददृशुः कुरुपाण्डवाः Mb.6.16.23. -2 fire. -अग्निः dyspepsia, heartburn. -आयसम् steel. -उपायः a forcible means, strong measure. -कण्टकः N. of several plants; (such as Cuparis Aphylla, Acacia Arabica (Mar. बाभळ, नेवती, धोत्रा इ.) -कन्दः the onion. -कर्मन् a. active, zealous, energetic. (-n.) a clever work. (-m.) a sword. -कल्कः coriander. -तण्डुला long pepper. -तैलम् 1 spirituous liquor. -2 the resin of the Sāla tree. -दंष्ट्रः a tiger. -दंष्ट्रकः a leopard. -धारः a sword. -पुष्पम् cloves. -पुष्पा 1 the clove tree. -2 the Ketaka plant. -फलम् 1 coriander. -2 black mustard, -बुद्धि a. sharp-witted, acute, clever, shrewd. -मञ्जरी the betel-plant. -मार्गः a sword; सासृग्राजिस्तीक्ष्णमार्गस्य मार्गः Śi.18.2. -रश्मिः the sun. -रसः 1 salt-petre. -2 any poisonous liquid, a poison; शत्रु- प्रयुक्तानां तीक्ष्णरसदायिनाम् Mu.1,2. -लौहम् steel. -शूकः barley. -सारः iron.
tīrtham तीर्थम् [तॄ-थक् Un.2.7] 'तीर्थं शास्त्राध्वरक्षेत्रोपायोपाध्याय- मन्त्रिषु' इति विश्वः. 1 A passage, road, way, ford; सुप्र- तारां दृढा तीर्थे शीघ्रं नावमुपाहर Rām.2.52.6; Bhāg.9.19.4. -2 A descent into a river, the stairs of a landing-place (Mar. घाट); विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3 (where तीर्थ means 'a remedy' or 'means' also); तीर्थं सर्वविद्यावताराणाम् K.44. -3 A place of water. -4 A holy place, place of pilgrimage, a shrine &c. dedicated to some holy object (especially on or near the bank of a sacred river &c.); तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13; शुचि मनो यद्यस्ति तीर्थेन किम् Bh.2.55; R.1.85. -5 A channel, medium means; तदनेन तीर्थेन घटेत &c. Māl.1. -6 A remedy, expedient; नाध्यगच्छद्बलिर्लोके तीर्थ- मन्यत्र वै द्विजात् Mb.3.26.12. -7 A sacred or holy personage, worthy person, an object of veneration, a fit recipient; क्व पुनस्तादृशस्य तीर्थस्य साधोः संभवः U.1; Ms.3. 136; H.2.8; R.5.15; वृद्धस्य तीर्थेषु प्रतिपादिनी Kau. A.1. -8 A sacred preceptor, a teacher; मया तीर्थादभिनयविद्या शिक्षिता M.1. -9 Source, origin. -1 A sacrifice. -11 A minister; Rām.2.1.36; Pt.3.68. -12 Advice, instruction; विषमो$पि विगाह्यते नयः कृततीर्थः पयसामिवाशयः Ki.2.3. -13 Right place or moment; प्रादात्स्वन्नं च विप्रेभ्यः प्रजातीर्थे स तीर्थवित् Bhāg.1.12.14. -14 The right or usual manner; गौतम तीर्थेनेच्छासा इत्युपैम्यहं भवन्तम् Bṛi. Up.6. 2.7. -15 Certain parts of the hand sacred to deities, manes &c. -16 A school of philosophy. -17 Pudendum muliebre. -18 Menstrual courses of a woman. -19 A Brāhmaṇa. -2 (In liturgical language) The path to the altar between the चात्वाल q. v. and उत्कर q. v. -21 Fire. -22 Ascertainment of a disease. -23 A science (शास्त्र). -24 An auxiliary, a help; a person or official connected with the king and being in close attendance on him; (the number being 15 on one's side and 18 on the enemy's side); cf. Pt.3.69. -र्थः One of the ten orders of ascetics founded by शंकराचार्य, An honorary affix added to the names of ascetics, saints &c.; e. g. आनन्दतीर्थ. -a 1 Sacred. -2 Liberator, saviour; वार्तां सखे कीर्तय तीर्थकीर्तेः Bhāg.3.1.45. -Comp. उदकम् holy water; तीर्थोदकं च वह्निश्च नान्यतः शुद्धिमर्हतः U.1.13. -कमण्डलु -m., -n. a pot filled with water from a holy place. -करः 1 a Jaina Arhat, sanctified teacher or saint of the Jainas; (also तीर्थकर in this sense). -2 an ascetic. -3 the founder of a new religious or philosophical school. -4 N. of Viṣṇu. -काकः an unsteady pupil; P.II.1.42 Vārt.; -काकः, -ध्वाङ्क्षः, -वायसः 'a crow at a sacred bathing-place', i. e. a very greedy person (लोलुप). -चर्या pilgrimage. -देवः an epithet of Śiva. -पाद् m. an epithet of Kṛiṣṇa; Bhāg.1.7.34. -भूत a. sacred, holy. -यात्रा a visit to a holy place, a pilgrimage. -राजः N. of Prayāga. -राजिः, -जी f. an epithet of Benaras. -वाकः the hair of the head. -विधिः rites observed at a place of pilgrimage (such as क्षौर). -शिला the stone-steps leading to a bathingplace. -सेविन् a. a pilgrim. (-m.) a crane.
tulā तुला [तुल्-भिदा˚ अङ्] 1 A balance; तस्मात्ते$द्य प्रदास्यामि स्वमांसं तुलया धृतम् Mb.3.131.25; the beam of a balance; तुलया धृ to hold in a balance, to weigh, consider equal; अश्वमेधसहस्राणि सत्यं च तुलया धृतम् H.4.131. v. l. -2 A measure, weight. -3 Weighing. -4 Resemblance, likeness, equality, similarity (with gen., instr. or in comp.); किं धूर्जटेरिव तुलामुपयाति संख्ये Ve.3.8; तुलां यदारोहति दन्तवाससा Ku.5.34; R.8.15; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68; 19.8,5. -5 Libra, the seventh sign of the zodiac; जयति तुलामधिरूढो भास्वानपि जलदपटलानि Pt.1.33. -6 A sloping beam or timber in the roof of a house. -7 A measure of gold or silver equal to 1 palas. -8 A kind of beam in the roof of a house (Mar. तुळई); Bṛi. S.53.3. -Comp. -अधिरोहणम् resembling; नवदिवाकरातपस्पृष्टपङ्कजतुलाधि- रोहणम् R.19.8. -अनुमानम् like inference, analogy. -कूटः a false weight. -कोटिः, -टीः f. 1 an ornament (an anklet or नूपुर) worn on the feet by women; cf. तुलाकोटिस्तु मञ्जीरे Nm.; लीलाचलत्स्त्रीचरणारुणोत्पलस्खलत्तुलाकोटि- निनादकोमलः Śi.12.44. -2 a hundred millions (अर्बुद). -3 the end of the beam. -कोशः, -कोषः 1 ordeal by weighing, weighing on a balance; हीनस्य नाशो$भ्यधिकस्य वृद्धिस्तुल्येन तुल्यं तुलितं तुलायाम् । एतत्तुलाकोशरहस्यमुक्तम्... Bṛi. S.26.1. -2 a place where a balance is kept. -गुडः a kind of ball (used as missile); Mb.3. -दानम् the gift to a Brāhmaṇa. of as much gold or silver as equals the weight of one's body. -घटः 1 the scale of a balance. -2 an oar. -धरः 1 a trader, merchant. -2 the sign Libra of the zodiac. -3 The sun; तुला- धरस्तु वणिजि श्लक्ष्णराशौ दिवाकरे Nm. -धारः a dealer, trader, or merchant. -2 the string of a balance. -3 the beam. -4 the sign Libra of the zodiac. -धारणम् weighing; तुलाधारणविद्वद्भिरभियुक्तस्तुलाश्रितः Y.2.1. -परीक्षा ordeal by the balance. -पुरुषः, भारः gold, jewels or other valuable things equal to a man's weight (given to a Brāhmaṇa as a gift); cf. तुलादान. -प्रग्रहः, -प्रग्राहः the string or beam of a balance. -मानम्, -यष्टिः f. 1 the beam of a balance; स्तोकेनोन्नति- मायाति स्तोकेनायात्यधोगतिम् । अहो सुसदृशी चेष्टा तुलायष्टेः खलस्य च ॥ Pt.1.15. -2 (-मानम्) weights and measures; Kau. A.2. -बीजम् the berry of the Guñjā plant (used as a weight). -सूत्रम् the string of a balance.
tuvi तुवि a. Ved. 1 Much, many; महाव्रातस्तुविकूर्मिर्ऋघावान् Rv.3.3.3. -2 Strong, powerful. -विः f. A long gourd (तुम्बी).
tūbaraḥ तूबरः 1 A beardless man. -2 A bull without horns. -3 Astringent flavour. -4 A eunuch. -री A fragrant earth.
tūvaraka तूवरक a. Unmanly, eunuch.
tṛtīya तृतीय a. The third. -यः 1 The 3rd consonant of a Varga. -2 (in music) N. of measure. -यम् A third part; वनेषु च विहृत्यैवं तृतीयं भागमायुषः Ms.6.33. ind. For the 3rd time, thirdly; तृतीयमप्सु नृमणा अजस्रम् Rv.1.45.1. -Comp. -करणी the side of a square 3 times smaller than another. -प्रकृतिः m. or f. 1 a eunuch. -2 the neuter gender.
tṛtīyā तृतीया 1 The third day of a lunar fortnight. -2 (In gram.) The instrumental case or its terminations. -Comp. -कृत a. thrice ploughed (as a field). -तत्पुरुषः the instrumental Tatpuruṣa. -प्रकृतिः m., f. 1 a eunuch. -2 a hermaphrodite. -3 the neuter gender.
tairthika तैर्थिक a. 1 Sacred, holy. -3 Coming from a sacred place; Mb.13.127.12. -3 Frequenting sacred places or shrines. -कः 1 An ascetic. -2 One who propounds a new religious or philosophical doctrine. -कम् Holy water (such as that brought from a sacred bathingplace).
tri त्रि num. a. [Uṇ.5.66] (declined in pl. only, nom. त्रयः m., तिस्त्रः f., त्रीणि n.) Three; त एव हि त्रयो लोकास्त एव त्रय आश्रमाः &c. Ms.2.229; प्रियतमाभिरसौ तिसृभिर्बभौ R.9.18; त्रीणि वर्षाण्युदीक्षेत कुमार्यृतुमती सती Ms.9.9 [cf. L. tres; Gr. treis; A. S., Zend thri; Eng. three]. -Comp. -अंशः 1 a three-fold share; त्र्यंशं दायाद्धरेद्विप्रः Ms.9.151. -2 a third part. -3 three-fourths. -अक्ष a. triocular. -अक्षः, -अक्षकः an epithet of Śiva; शुष्कस्नायु- स्वराह्लादात्त्र्यक्षं जग्राह रावणः Pt.5.57. -अक्षरः 1 the mystic syllable ओम् consisting of three letters; see under अ. आद्यं यत्त्र्यक्षरं ब्रह्म Ms.11.265. -2 a matchmaker or घटक (that word consisting of three syllables). -3 a genealogist. (-री) knowledge, learning; see विद्या. -अङ्कटम्, -अङ्गटम् 1 three strings suspended to either end of a pole for carrying burdens. -2 a sort of collyrium. (-टः) N. of Śiva. -अङ्गम् (pl.) a tripartite army (chariots, cavalry and infantry). -अङ्गुलम् three fingers' breadth. -अञ्जनम् the three kinds of collyrium; i. e. कालाञ्जन, रसाञ्जन and पुष्पाञ्जन. -अञ्जलम्, -लिः three handfuls taken collectively. -अधिपतिः (the lord of the 3 guṇas or worlds), an epithet of Viṣṇu; Bhāg.3.16.24. -अधिष्ठानः the soul. (नम्) spirit, life (चैतन्य). -a. having three stations; Ms.12.4. -अध्वगा, -मार्गगा, -वर्त्मगा epithets of the river Ganges (flowing through the three worlds). -अनीक a. having the three properties of heat, rain and cold; त्यनीकः पत्यते माहिनावान् Rv.3.56.3. (-का) an army consisting of horses, elephants and chariots. -अब्द a. three years old. -ब्दम् three years taken collectively. -अम्बकः (also त्रियम्बक in the same sense though rarely used in classical literature) 'having three eyes', N. of Śiva.; त्रियम्बकं संयमिनं ददर्श Ku.3.44; जडीकृतस्त्र्यम्बकवीक्षणेन R.2. 42;3.49. ˚सखः an epithet of Kubera; कुबेरस्त्र्यम्बकसखः Ak. -अम्बका an epithet of Pārvatī -अशीत a. eighty-third. -अशीतिः f. eighty-three. -अष्टन् a. twenty-four. -अश्र, -अस्र a. triangular. (-स्रम्) a triangle. -अहः 1 a period of three days. -2 a festival lasting three days. -आर्षेयाः deaf, dumb and blind persons. -आहिक a. 1 performed or produced in three days. -2 recurring after the third day, tertian (as fever). -3 having provision for three days कुशूलकुम्भीधान्यो वा त्र्याहिको$श्वस्तनो$पि वा Y.1.128. -ऋचम् (तृचम् also) three Riks taken collectively; Ms.8.16. -ऐहिक a. having provision for three days. -ककुद् m. 1 N. of the mountain Trikūṭa. -2 N. of Viṣnu or Kṛiṣṇa. -3 the highest, chief. -4 a sacrifice lasting for ten nights. -ककुभ् m. Ved. 1 Indra. -2 Indra's thunderbolt. -कटु dry ginger, black pepper and long pepper taken together as a drug; शिरामोक्षं विधायास्य दद्यात् त्रिकटुकं गुडम् Śālihotra 62. -कण्टः, -कण्टकः a kind of fish. -करणी the side of a square 3 times as great as another. -कर्मन् n. the chief three duties of a Brāhmaṇa i. e. sacrifice, study of the Vedas, and making gifts or charity. (-m.) one who engages in these three duties (as a Brāhmaṇa). -काण्डम् N. of Amarsiṁha's dictionary. -कायः N. of Buddha. -कालम् 1 the three times; the past, the present, and the future; or morning, noon and evening. -2 the three tenses (the past, present, and future) of a verb. (-लम् ind. three times, thrice; ˚ज्ञ, ˚दर्शिन् a. omniscient (m.) 1 a divine sage, seer. -2 a deity. -3 N. of Buddha. ˚विद् m. 1 a Buddha. -2 an Arhat (with the Jainas). -कूटः N. of a mountain in Ceylon on the top of which was situated Laṅkā, the capital of Rāvaṇa.; Śi.2.5. -कूटम् sea-salt. कूर्चकम् a knife with three edges. -कोण a. triangular, forming a triangle. (-णः) 1 a triangle. -2 the vulva. -खम् 1 tin. -2 a cucumber. -खट्वम्, -खट्वी three bedsteads taken collectively. -क्षाराणि n. (pl.) salt-petre, natron and borax. -गणः an aggregate of the three objects of worldly existence; i. e. धर्म, अर्थ and काम; न बाधते$स्य त्रिगणः परस्परम् Ki.1.11; see त्रिवर्ग below. -गत a. 1 tripled. -2 done in three days. -गर्ताः (pl.) 1 N. of a country, also called जलन्धर, in the northwest of India. -2 the people or rulers of that country. -3 a particular mode of calculation. -गर्ता 1 a lascivious woman, wanton. -2 a woman in general. -3 a pearl. -4 a kind of cricket. -गुण a. 1 consisting of three threads; व्रताय मौञ्जीं त्रिगुणां बभार याम् Ku.5.1. -2 three-times repeated, thrice, treble, threefold, triple; सप्त व्यतीयुस्त्रिगुणानि तस्य (दिनानि) R.2. 25. -3 containing the three Guṇas सत्त्व, रजस् and तमस्. (-णम्) the Pradhāna (in Sāṅ. phil.); (-ind.) three times; in three ways. -णाः m. (pl.) the three qualities or constituents of nature; त्रयीमयाय त्रिगुणात्मने नमः K.1. (-णा) 1 Māyā or illusion (in Vedānta phil.). -2 an epithet of Durgā. -गुणाकृतम् ploughed thrice. -चक्षुस् m. an epithet of Śiva. -चतुर a. (pl.) three or four; गत्वा जवात्त्रिचतुराणि पदानि सीता B.R.6.34. -चत्वा- रिंश a. forty-third. -चत्वारिंशत् f, forty-three. -जगत् n. -जगती the three worlds, (1) the heaven, the atmosphere and the earth; or (2) the heaven, the earth, and the lower world; त्वत्कीर्तिः ...... त्रिजगति विहरत्येवमुर्वीश गुर्वी Sūkti.5.59. -जटः an epithet of Śiva. -जटा N. of a female demon, one of the Rākṣasa attendants kept by Rāvaṇa to watch over Sītā, when she was retained as a captive in the Aśoka-vanikā. She acted very kindly towards Sītā and induced her companions to do the same; सीतां मायेति शंसन्ति त्रिजटा समजीवयत् R.12.74. -जातम्, जातकम् The three spices (mace, cardamoms, cinnamon). -जीवा, -ज्या the sine of three signs or 9˚, a radius. -णता a bow; कामुकानिव नालीकांस्त्रिणताः सहसामुचन् Śi.19.61. -णव, -णवन् a. (pl.) three times nine; i. e. 27. -णाकः the heaven; तावत्त्रिणाकं नहुषः शशास Bhāg.6.13.16. -णाचिकेतः 1 a part of the Adhvaryu-sacrifice or Yajurveda, or one who performs a vow connected therewith (according to Kull. on Ms.3.185); Mb.13.9.26. -2 one who has thrice kindled the Nāchiketa fire or studied the Nāchiketa section of Kāṭhaka; त्रिणाचिकेत- स्त्रिभिरेत्य सन्धिम् Kaṭh.1.17. -णीता a wife ('thrice married'; it being supposed that a girl belongs to Soma, Gandharva and Agni before she obtains a human husband). -णेमि a. with three fellies; विचिन्वतो$भूत् सुमहांस्त्रिणेमिः Bhāg.3.8.2. -तक्षम्, तक्षी three carpenters taken collectively. -दण्डम् 1 the three staves of a Saṁnyāsin (who has resigned the world) tied togethar so as to form one. -2 the triple subjection of thought, word, and deed. (-ण्डः) the state of a religious ascetic; ज्ञानवैराग्यरहितस्त्रिदण्डमुपजीवति Bhāg.11.18.4. -दण्डिन् m. 1 a religious mendicant or Saṁnyāsin who has renounced all worldly attachments, and who carries three long staves tied together so as to form one in his right hand; तल्लिप्सुः स यतिर्भूत्वा त्रिदण्डी द्वारका- मगात् Bhāg.1.86.3. -2 one who has obtained command over his mind, speech, and body (or thought, word, and deed); cf. वाग्दण्डो$थ मनोदण्डः कायदण्डस्तथैव च । यस्यैते निहिता बुद्धौ त्रिदण्डीति स उच्यते ॥ Ms.12.1. -दशाः (pl.) 1 thirty. -2 the thirty-three gods:-- 12 Ādityas, 8 Vasus, 11 Rudras and 2 Aśvins. (-शः) a god, an immortal; तस्मिन्मघोनस्त्रिदशान्विहाय सहस्रमक्ष्णां युगपत्पपात Ku.3.1. ˚अङ्कुशः (-शम्) the heaven. ˚आयुधम् Indra's thunderbolt; R.9.54. ˚आयुधम् rainbow; अथ नभस्य इव त्रिदशायुधम् R.9.54. ˚अधिपः, ˚ईश्वरः, ˚पतिः epithets of Indra. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Śiva. ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚अयनः an epithet of Viṣṇu. ˚अरिः a demon. ˚आचार्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. ˚आधार Nectar. ˚आलयः, ˚आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the mountain Meru. -3 a god. ˚आहारः 'the food of the gods', nectar. ˚इन्द्रः 1 Indra. -2 Śiva. -3 Brahman. ˚गुरुः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, ˚गोपः a kind of insect; (cf. इन्द्रगोप) श्रद्दधे त्रिदशगोपमात्रके दाहशक्तिमिव कृष्णवर्त्मनि R.11.42. ˚दीर्घिका an epithet of the Ganges. ˚पतिः Indra; एषो$प्यैरावतस्थस्त्रिदशपतिः Ratn.4.11. ˚पुङ्गवः Viṣṇu; Rām.1. ˚मञ्जरी the holy basil. ˚वधू, ˚वनिता, an Apsaras or heavenly damsel; कैलासस्य त्रिदशवनितादर्पणस्यातिथिः स्याः Me.6. ˚वर्त्मन् the sky. ˚श्रेष्ठः 1 Agni. -2 Brahman. ˚दशीभूत Become divine; त्रिदशीभूतपौराणां स्वर्गान्तरमकल्पयत् R.15.12. -दिनम् three days collectively. ˚स्पृश् m. concurrence of three lunations with one solar day. -दिवम् 1 the heaven; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28; Ś.7.3. -2 sky, atmosphere. -3 paradise. -4 happiness. (-वा) cardamoms. ˚अधीशः, ˚ईशः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 a god. ˚आलयः the heaven; अश्वमेधजिताँल्लोका- नाप्नोति त्रिदिवालये Mb.13.141.53. ˚उद्भवा 1 the Ganges. -2 small cardamoms. ˚ओकस् m. a god; वपुषि त्रिदिवौकसां परं सह पुष्पैरपतत्र्छिलीमुखाः Vikr.15.72. ˚गत dead; त्रिदिवगतः किमु वक्ष्यते पिता मे Vikr.6.62. -दृश् m. an epithet of Śiva. -दोषम् vitiation or derangement of the three humours of the body, i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ. -धा ind. in 3 parts, ways or places; triply, ˚त्वम् tripartition; Ch. Up. -धातुः an epithet of Gaṇeśa; -तुम् 1 the triple world. -2 the aggregate of the 3 minerals or humours. -धामन् m. 1 N. of Viṣṇu. -2 of Vyāsa; -3 of Śiva. -4 of Agni. -5 death. -n. the heaven; हंसो हंसेन यानेन त्रिधाम परमं ययौ Bhāg.3.24.2. -धारा the Ganges. -नयन, -नेत्रः, -लोचनः epithets of Śiva; R.3. 66; Ku.3.66;5.72. -नवत a. ninety-third. -नवतिः f. ninety three. -नयना Pārvat&imacr. -नाभः Viṣṇu; Bhāg.8. 17.26. -नेत्रचूडामणिः the moon. -नेत्रफलः the cocoa-nut tree. -पञ्च a. three-fold five, i. e. fifteen. -पञ्चाश a. fiftythird. -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-three. -पुटः glass (काच). -पताकः 1 the hand with three fingers stretched out or erect. -2 the forehead marked naturally with three horizontal lines. -पत्रकः the Palāśa tree. -पथम् 1 the three paths taken collectively, i. e. the sky, atmosphere, and the earth, or the sky, earth and the lower world. -2 a place where three roads meet. (-था) an epithet of Mathura. ˚गा, ˚गामिनी an epithet of the Ganges; गङ्गा त्रिपथगामिनी; धृतसत्पथस्त्रिपथगामभितः स तमारुरोह पुरुहूतसुतः Ki.6.1; Amaru.99. -पद्, -पाद्, -पात् m. Ved. 1 Viṣṇu. -2 fever (personified). -पद a. three-footed. (-दम्) a tripod; त्रिपदैः करकैः स्थालैः ...... Śiva. B.22. 62. -पदिका 1 a tripod. -2 a stand with three feet. -पदी 1 the girth of an elephant; नास्रसत्करिणां ग्रैवं त्रिपदी- च्छेदिनामपि R.4.48. -2 the Gāyatrī metre. -3 a tripod. -4 the plant गोधापदी. -परिक्रान्त a. one who walks thrice round a sacred fire. -पर्णः Kiṁśuka tree. -पाटः 1 intersection of a prolonged side and perpendicular (in a quadrangular figure). -2 the figure formed by such intersection. -पाटिका a beak. पाठिन् a. 1 familiar with Saṁhitā, Pada, and Krama. -2 one who learns a thing after three repetitions. -पादः 1 the Supreme Being. -2 fever. -पाद् a. 1 having three feet. -2 consisting of three parts, having three fourths; राघवः शिथिलं तस्थौ भुवि धर्मस्त्रिपादिव R.15.96. -3 trinomial. (-m.) 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu in his dwarf incarnation. -2 the Supreme Being. -पिटकम् the 3 collections of Buddhistic sacred writings (सुत्त, विनय and अभिधम्म). -पुट a. triangular. (-टः) 1 an arrow. -2 the palm of the hand. -3 a cubit. -4 a bank or shore. -पुटकः a triangle. -पुटा an epithet of Durgā. -पुटिन् m. the castor-oil plant. -पुण्ड्रम्, -पुण्ड्रक a mark on the forehead consisting of three lines made with cowdung ashes. -पुरम् 1 a collection of three cities. -2 the three cities of gold, silver, and iron in the sky, air and earth built for demons by Maya; (these cities were burnt down, along the demons inhabiting them, by Śiva at the request of the gods); Ku.7.48; Amaru.2; संरक्ताभिस्त्रिपुरविजयो गीयते किन्नरीभिः Me.56; Bh.3.123; (-रः) N. of a demon or demons presiding over these cities. ˚अधिपतिः N. of Maya, ˚अन्तकः, ˚अरिः, ˚घ्नः, ˚दहनः, ˚द्विष् m., हरः &c. epithets of Śiva; अये गौरीनाथ त्रिपुरहर शम्भो त्रिनयन Bh.3.123; R.17.14. ˚दाहः burning of the three cities; मुहुरनुस्मरयन्तमनुक्षपं त्रिपुरदाहमुमापतिसेविनः Ki.5.14. ˚सुन्दरी Durgā. (-री) 1 N. of a place near Jabalpura, formerly capital of the kings of Chedi. -2 N. of a country. -पुरुष a 1 having the length of three men. -2 having three assistants. (-षम्) the three ancestorsfather, grand-father and great-grand-father. -पृष्ठम् the highest heaven; Bhāg.1.19.23. (ष्ठः) Viṣṇu. -पौरुष a. 1 belonging to, or extending over, three generations of men. 2 offered to three (as oblations). -3 inherited from three (as an estate). -प्रस्रुतः an elephant in rut. -फला (1) the three myrobalans taken collectively, namely, Terminalia Chebula, T. Bellerica, and Phyllanthus (Mar. हिरडा, बेहडा and आंवळकाठी). Also (2) the three sweet fruits (grape, pomegranate, and date); (3) the three fragrant fruits (nutmeg, arecanut, and cloves). -बन्धनः the individual soul. -बलिः, बली, -वलिः, -वली f. 1 the three folds or wrinkles of skin above the navel of a woman (regarded as a mark of beauty); क्षामोदरोपरिलसत्त्रिवलीलतानाम् Bh.1.93,81; cf. Ku.1.39. -2 the anus. -बलीकम् the anus. -बाहुः a kind of fighting with swords. -ब्रह्मन् a. with ब्रह्मा, विष्णु and महेश. -भम् three signs of the zodiac, or ninety degrees. -भङ्गम् a pose in which the image is bent at three parts of the body. -भद्रम् copulation, sexual union, cohabitation. -भागः 1 the third part; त्रिभागं ब्रह्महत्यायाः कन्या प्राप्नोति दुष्यती Mb.12.165.42. -2 the third part of a sign of the zodiac. -भुक्ल a. one possessed of learning, good conduct and good family-descent (Dānasāgara, Bibliotheca Indica,274, Fasc.1, p.29). -भुजम् a triangle. -भुवनम् the three worlds; पुण्यं यायास्त्रिभुवन- गुरोर्धाम चण्डीश्वरस्य Me.35; Bh.1.99. ˚गुरु Śiva. ˚कीर्तिरसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. ˚पतिः Viṣṇu. -भूमः a palace with three floors. -मद the three narcotic plants; the three-fold haughtiness; Bhāg.3.1.43. -मधु n. -मधुरम् 1 sugar, honey, and ghee. -2 three verses of the Ṛigveda (1.9.6-8; मधु वाता ऋतायते˚). -3 a ceremony based on the same; L. D. B. -4 threefold utterance of a vedic stanza ˚मधु वाता -m. a reciter and performer of the above ceremony; L. D. B. -मार्गा the Ganges; त्रिमार्गयेव त्रिदिवस्य मार्गः Ku.1.28. -मुकुटः the Trikūṭa mountain. -मुखः an epithet of Buddha. -मुनि ind. having the three sages पाणिनि, कात्यायन and पतञ्जलि; त्रिमुनि व्याकरणम्. -मूर्तिः 1 the united form of Brahmā, Viṣṇu, and Maheśa, the Hindu triad; नमस्त्रिमूर्तये तुभ्यं प्रांक्सृष्टेः केवलात्मने । गुणत्रयविभायाय पश्चाद्भेदमुपेयुषे ॥ Ku.2.4. -2 Buddha, or Jina. -मूर्धन् m. 1 a demon; त्रयश्च दूषण- खरस्त्रिमूर्धानो रणे हताः U.2.15. -2 a world called महर्लोक; G&imac;rvāṇa; cf. अमृतं क्षेममभयं त्रिमूर्ध्नो$धायि मूर्धसु Bhāg.2.6.19. -यव a. weighing 3 barley corns; Ms.8.134. -यष्टिः a necklace of three strings. -यामकम् sin. -यामा 1 night (consisting of 3 watches of praharas, the first and last half prahara being excluded); संक्षिप्येत क्षण इव कथं दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11, Ku.7.21,26; R.9.7; V.3. 22. -2 turmeric. -3 the Indigo plant. -4 the river Yamuṇā. -युगः an epithet of Viṣṇu; धर्मं महापुरुष पासि युगानुवृत्तं छन्नः कलौ यदभवस्त्रियुगो$थ सत्त्वम् Bhāg.7.9.38; the god in the form of यज्ञपुरुष; Bhāg.5.18.35. -योनिः a law-suit (in which a person engages from anger, covetousness, or infatuation). -रसकम् spirituous liquor; see त्रिसरकम्. -रात्र a. lasting for three nights. (-त्रः) a festival lasting for three nights. (-त्रम्) a period of three nights. -रेखः a conch-shell. -लिङ्ग a. having three genders, i. e. an adjective. -2 possessing the three Guṇas. (-गाः) the country called Telaṅga. (-गी) the three genders taken collectively. -लोकम् the three worlds. (-कः) an inhabitant of the three worlds; यद्धर्मसूनोर्बत राजसूये निरीक्ष्य दृक्स्वस्त्ययनं त्रिलोकः Bhāg.3. 2.13. ˚आत्मन् m. the Supreme Being. ˚ईशः the sun. ˚नाथः 'lord of the three worlds', an epithet of 1 Indra; त्रिलोकनाथेन सदा मखद्विषस्त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 of Śiva; Ku.5.77. ˚रक्षिन् a. protecting the 3 worlds; त्रिलोकरक्षी महिमा हि वज्रिणः V.1.6. -लोकी the three worlds taken collectively, the universe; सत्यामेव त्रिलोकीसरिति हरशिरश्चुम्बिनीविच्छटायाम् Bh.3.95; Śānti.4.22. -लोचनः Śiva. (-ना) 1 an unchaste woman. -2 an epithet of Durgā. -लोहकम् the three metals:-- gold, silver, and copper. -वर्गः 1 the three objects of wordly existence, i. e. धर्म, अर्थ, and काम; अनेन धर्मः सविशेषमद्य मे त्रिवर्गसारः प्रतिभाति भाविनि Ku.5.38; अन्योन्यानुबन्धम् (त्रिवर्गम्) Kau. A.1.7; प्राप त्रिवर्गं बुबुधे$त्रिवर्गम् (मोक्षम्) Bu. Ch.2.41. -2 the three states of loss, stability, and increase; क्षयः स्थानं च वृद्धिश्च त्रिवर्गो नीतिवेदिनाम् Ak. -3 the three qualities of nature, i. e. सत्त्व, रजस्, and तमस्. -4 the three higher castes. -5 the three myrobalans. -6 propriety, decorum. -वर्णकम् the first three of the four castes of Hindus taken collectively. -वर्ष a. three years old; Ms.5.7. -वलिः, -ली f. (in comp.) three folds over a woman's navel (regarded as a mark of beauty) -वली the anus. -वारम् ind. three times, thrice. -विक्रमः Viṣṇu in his fifth or dwarf incarnation. ˚रसः a patent medicine in Āyurveda. -विद्यः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -विध a. of three kinds, three-fold. -विष्टपम्, -पिष्टपम् 1 the world of Indra, heaven; त्रिविष्टपस्येव पतिं जयन्तः R.6.78. -2 the three worlds. ˚सद् m. a god. -वृत् a. 1 threefold; मौञ्जी त्रिवृत्समा श्लक्ष्णा कार्या विप्रस्य मेखला Ms.2.42. -2 consisting of three parts (as three गुणs, विद्याs); Bhāg.3.24.33;1.23.39; (consisting of three letters- ओङ्कार); हिरण्यगर्भो वेदानां मन्त्राणां प्रणवस्त्रिवृत् Bhāg.11.16.12. (-m.) 1 a sacrifice. -2 a girdle of three strings; Mb.12.47.44. -3 an amulet of three strings. (-f.) a plant possessing valuable purgative properties. ˚करण combining three things, i. e. earth, water, and fire. -वृत्तिः livelihood through 3 things (sacrifice, study and alms). -वेणिः, -णी f. the place near Prayāga where the Ganges joins the Yamunā and receives under ground the Sarasvatī; the place called दक्षिणप्रयाग where the three sacred rivers separate. -वेणुः 1 The staff (त्रिदण्ड) of a Saṁnyāsin; केचित् त्रिवेणुं जगृहुरेके पात्रं कमण्डलुम् Bhāg.11.23.34. -2 The pole of a chariot; अथ त्रिवेणुसंपन्नं ...... बभञ्ज च महारथम् Rām.3. 51.16; Mb.7.156.83; a three bannered (chariot); Bhāg.4.26.1. -वेदः a Brāhmaṇa versed in the three Vedas. -शक्तिः a deity (त्रिकला), Māyā; Bhāg.2.6.31. -शङ्कुः 1 N. of a celebrated king of the Solar race, king of Ayodhyā and father of Hariśchandra. [He was a wise, pious, and just king, but his chief fault was that he loved his person to an inordinate degree. Desiring to celebrate a sacrifice by virtue of which he could go up to heaven in his mortal body, he requested his family-priest Vasiṣṭha to officiate for him; but being refused he next requested his hundred sons who also rejected his absurd proposal. He, therefore, called them cowardly and impotent, and was, in return for these insults, cursed and degraded by them to be a Chāṇḍāla. While he was in this wretched condition, Viśvāmitra, whose family Triśaṅku had in times of famine laid under deep obligations, undertook to celebrate the sacrifice, and invited all the gods to be present. They, however, declined; whereupon the enraged Viśvāmitra. by his own power lifted up Triśaṅku to the skies with his cherished mortal body. He began to soar higher and higher till his head struck against the vault of the heaven, when he was hurled down head-foremost by Indra and the other gods. The mighty Viśvāmitra, however, arrested him in his downward course, saying 'Stay Triśaṅku', and the unfortunate monarch remained suspended with his head towards the earth as a constellation in the southern hemisphere. Hence the wellknown proverb:-- त्रिशङ्कुरिवान्तरा तिष्ठ Ś.2.] -2 the Chātaka bird. -3 a cat. -4 a grass-hopper. -5 a firefly. ˚जः an epithet of Hariśchandra. ˚याजिन् m. an epithet of Viśvāmitra. -शत a. three hundred. (-तम्) 1 one hundred and three. -2 three hundred. -शरणः a Buddha. -शर्करा three kinds of sugar (गुडोत्पन्ना, हिमोत्था, and मधुरा). -शाख a. three-wrinkled; भ्रुकुट्या भीषणमुखः प्रकृत्यैव त्रिशाखया Ks.12.72. -शालम् a house with three halls or chambers. -शिखम् 1 a trident; तदापतद्वै त्रिशिखं गरुत्मते Bhāg.1.59.9. -2 a crown or crest (with three points). -शिरस् m. 1 N. of a demon killed by Rāma. -2 an epithet of Kubera. -3 fever. त्रिशिरस्ते प्रसन्नो$स्मि व्येतु ते मज्ज्वराद्भयम् Bhāg.1.63.29. -शीर्षः Śiva. -शीर्षकम्, -शूलम् a trident. ˚अङ्कः, ˚धारिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शुक्लम् the holy combination of 'three days' viz. Uttarāyaṇa (day of the gods), the bright half of the moon (day of the manes) and daytime; त्रिशुक्ले मरणं यस्य, L. D. B. -शूलिन् m. an epithet of Śiva. -शृङ्गः 1 the Trikūṭa mountain. -2 a triangle. -शोकः the soul. -षष्टिः f. sixty-three. -ष्टुभ् f. a metre of 4 x 11 syllables. -संध्यम्, -संध्यी the three periods of the day, i. e. dawn, noon, and sunset; also -त्रिसवनम् (-षवणम्); Ms.11.216. -संध्यम् ind. at the time of the three Sandhyas; सान्निध्यं पुष्करे येषां त्रिसन्ध्यं कुरुनन्दन Mb. -सप्तत a. seventy-third. -सप्ततिः f. seventy-three. -सप्तन्, -सप्त a. (pl.) three times 7, i. e. 21. -सम a. (in geom.) having three equal sides, equilateral. -सरः milk, sesamum and rice boiled together. -सरकम् drinking wine thrice ('सरकं शीधुपात्रे स्यात् शीधुपाने च शीधुनि' इति विश्वः); प्रातिभं त्रिसरकेण गतानाम् Śi.1.12. -सर्गः the creation of the 3 Guṇas; Bhāg.1.1.1. -साधन a. having a threefold causality; R.3.13. -सामन् a. singing 3 Sāmans (an उद्गातृ); उद्गाता तत्र संग्रामे त्रिसामा दुन्दुभिर्नृप Mb.12.98.27. -साम्यम् an equilibrium of the three (qualities); Bhāg.2.7.4. -सुपर्णः, -र्णम् 1 N. of the three Ṛigvedic verses (Rv.1.114.3-5). -2 N. of T. Ār.1.48-5; -a. familiar with or reciting these verses; Ms.3.185. -स्थली the three sacred places : काशी, प्रयाग, and गया. -स्थानम् the head, neck and chest together; तन्त्रीलयसमायुक्तं त्रिस्थानकरणान्वितम् Rām.7.71.15. -a. 1 having 3 dwelling places. -2 extending through the 3 worlds. -स्रोतस् f. an epithet of the Ganges; त्रिस्रोतसं वहति यो गगनप्रतिष्ठाम् Ś.7.6; R.1.63; Ku.7.15. -सीत्य, -हल्य a. ploughed thrice (as a field). -हायण a. three years old.
tvac त्वच् f. 1 Skin (of men, serpents &c.); धत्ते त्वचं रौरवीम् U.4.2; Mv.1.18. -2 Hide (as of a cow, deer &c.); त्वचं स मेध्यां परिधाय रौरवीम् R.3.31. -3 Bark, rind; न्यस्ताक्षरा धातुरसेन यत्र भूर्जत्वचः कुञ्जरबिन्दुशोणाः Ku.1.7; R.2.37;17.12. -4 Any cover or coating. -5 The sense of touch. -6 Cinnamon वल्के लवङ्गवल्के त्वक् Nm. -7 Surface (of the earth); भूम्या उद्गेव वि त्वचं बिभेद Rv.1.68. 4. -Comp. -अङ्कुरः horripilation. -इन्द्रियम् the organ of touch. -कण्डुरः a sore. -गन्धः the orange. -छेदः 1 a skin-wound, scratch, bruise. -2 circumcision. -जम् 1 blood. -2 hair (on the body). -तरङ्गकः a wrinkle; (also त्वचोर्मिः). -त्रम् an armour; त्वक्त्रं चाचकचे वरम् Bk. 14.94. -दोषः disease of the skin, leprosy. -पत्रम् the leaf of Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी); चन्दनागुरुमुख्यानि त्वक्पत्राणां वनानि च Mb.12.17.18; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं चीनदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -परिपुटनम् peeling of the skin. पलितम् leprosy. -पारुष्यम् roughness of the skin. -पुष्पः horripilation. (-ष्पी, -ष्पम्) a blotch, scab. -भेदः a scratch. -भेदकः One who scratches the skin; त्वग्भेदकः शतं दण्ड्यः Ms.8.284. -मलम् hair of the body. -रोगः leprosy. &c., any cutaneous disease. -शून्यता want of sensation in the skin. -सारः (त्वचिसारः) 1 a bamboo; त्वक्साररन्ध्रपरिपूरणलब्धगीतिः Śi.4.61. -2 Laurus Cassia (Mar. दालचिनी); यत्रासीत्क्षपिता क्षरज्जलधरे त्वक्सारलक्षीकृते Mv.7.12. -सुगन्धः an orange.
dakṣa दक्ष a. [दक्ष्-कर्तरि अच्] 1 Able, competent, expert, clever, skilful; नाट्ये च दक्षा वयम् Ratn.1.6; मेरौ स्थिते दोग्धरि दोहदक्षे Ku.1.2; R.12.11. -2 Fit, suitable; दक्षेण सूत्रेण ससर्जिथाध्वरम् Bhāg.4.6.44. -3 Ready, careful, attentive, prompt; Y.1.76; रन्ध्रान्वेषणदक्षाणां द्विषामामिषतां ययौ R.12.11. -4 Honest, upright. -क्षः 1 N. of a celebrated Prajāpti. [He was one of the ten sons of Brahman, being born from his right thumb, and was the chief of the patriarchs of mankind. He is said to have had many daughters, 27 of whom became the wives of the moon, thus forming the 27 lunar mansions, and 13 the wives of Kaśyapa, becoming by him the mothers of gods, demons, men, and animals; see कश्यप. At one time Daksa celebrated a great sacrifice, but did not invite his daughter Satī, nor her husband Śiva, the chief of the gods. Satī, however, went to the sacrifice, but being greatly insulted threw herself into fire and perished; cf. Ku.1.21. When Śiva heard this he was very much provoked, and according to one account, himself went to the sacrifice, completely destroyed it and pursued Dakṣa who assumed the form of a deer, and at last decapitated him. But Śiva is said to have afterwards restored him to life, and he thenceforward acknowledged the god's supremacy. According to another account, Śiva, when provoked, tore off a hair from his matted hair, and dashed it with great force against the ground when lo ! a powerful demon started up and awaited his orders. He was told to go and destroy Dakṣa's sacrifice; whereupon the mighty demon, attended by several demigods, went to the sacrifice, routed the gods and priests, and, according to one account, beheaded Dakṣa himself; Ms.9.128-29.] -2 A cock. -3 Fire. -4 The bull of Śiva. -5 A lover attached to many mistresses. -6 An epithet of Śiva. -7 Mental power, ability, capacity. -8 An epithet of Viṣṇu. -9 The right side or part; वामतो जानकी यस्य दक्षभागे च लक्ष्मणः -1 Ability, power, fitness. -11 Strength of will, energy, resoluteness. -12 Strength, power. -13 Bad disposition, wickedness; मा सख्युर्दक्षं रिपोर्भुजेम Rv.4.3.13. -क्षा 1 The earth. -2 An epithet of the Ganges. -क्षम् Strength, vigour. -Comp. -अध्वरध्वंसकः, क्रतु- ध्वंसिन्, -मथनः, -विध्वंसः Śiva; Hch.3. -m. epithets of Śiva. -कन्या, -जा, तनया, -यज्ञविनाशिनी 1 an epithet of Durgā. -2 a lunar mansion. -जापतिः 1 the moon -2 Śiva. -सावर्णः (र्णिः) N. of the 9th Manu; नवमो दक्षसावर्णिर्मनुर्वरुणसंभवः Bhāg.8.13.18. -सुतः a god. (-ता) a lunar mansion. नरेन्द्रकन्यास्तमवाप्य सत्पतिं तमोनुदं दक्षसुता इवाबभुः R.3.33.
dakṣiṇā दक्षिणा ind. 1 On the right or south of. -2 In the southern direction (with abl.) -णा 1 A present or gift to Brāhmaṇas (at the completion of a religious rite, such as a sacrifice). -2 Dakṣiṇā regarded as a daughter of Prajāpati and as the wife of Sacrifice personified; पत्नी सुदक्षिणेत्यासीदध्वरस्येव दक्षिणा R.1.31. -3 A gift, offering or donation in general, fee, remuneration; प्राणदक्षिणा, गुरुदक्षिणा &c.; cf. also दक्षिणाशब्दश्च परिक्रयार्थो भवति ŚB. on Ms.1.2.38; परिक्रयार्थे हि दक्षिणा- शब्दो भवति ŚB. on MS.1.2.48. Etymologically दक्षिणा is so called because it imparts power or strength to the receiver; दक्षकरणी हि दक्षिणा । दक्षश्च बलम् ŚB. on MS. 1.3.45; दक्षिणा नाम दक्षतेरुत्साहकर्मणः । दक्षिणा उत्साहिका इति । ŚB. on MS.1.3.57. -4 A good milch-cow, prolific cow. -5 The south. -6 The southern country, the Deccan. -7 Fame. -8 A kind of heroine thus defined:-- या गौरवं भयं प्रेम सद्भावं पूर्वनायके । न मुञ्चत्यन्यसक्तापि सा ज्ञेया दक्षिणा बुधैः ॥. -9 Completion of any rite. -Comp. -अर्ह a. deserving or worthy of a gift. -आवर्त a. 1 curved to the right (a conch-shell &c.); Bhāg.5.23.5. -2 turned towards the south. (-र्तः) 1 the Deccan. -2 a conch-shell opening to the right; Divyāvadāna 56.71. -कालः the time of receiving Dakṣiṇā. -पथः 1 the southern part of India, the south or Deccan; अस्ति दक्षिणापथे विदर्भेषु पद्मपुरं नाम नगरम् Māl.1. -2 'the path of the दक्षिणा', i. e. the cow, constituting the sacrificial cow. -प्रत्यच् a. south-western. -प्रतीची south-west. -पथिक a. belonging to the Deccan. -प्रवण a. inclining to the south. -बन्धः (in Sāṅ. phil.) the bondage of ritual or cermonial observances. -मूर्तिः m. a Tāntric form of Śiva. -युग्यः the right yoke-horse.
dakṣiṇīkṛ दक्षिणीकृ 8 U. 1 To place on the right side. -2 To keep the right side towards any one (as a mark of respect); cf. प्रदक्षिण. -3 To give anything as a sacrificial fee; दक्षिणीकृत्य तं प्रीतो वनमेव जगाम ह Bhāg.3.24.41. दक्षिणीय dakṣiṇīya दक्षिण्य dakṣiṇya दक्षिणीय दक्षिण्य a. Worthy of or deserving a sacrificial gift, such as a Brāhmaṇa or a sage; दक्षिणां देवी दक्षिण्यैः प्रतिग्राहयति M.5; दक्षिण्यदिष्टं कृतमार्त्विजीनैः Bk.2.29.
daṇḍakaḥ दण्डकः 1 A stick, staff &c. (such as a handle of a parasol, the beam of a plough, the staff of a banner). -2 A line, row. -3 N. of a metre; see App. I. -कः, -का, -कम् N. of a celebrated district in the Deccan situated between the rivers Narmadā and Godāvarī (it was a vast region said to be tenantless in the time of Rāma); प्राप्तानि दुःखान्यपि दण्डकेषु R.14.25; किं नाम दण्डकेयम् U.2; क्वायोध्यायाः पुनरुपगमो दण्डकायां वने वः U.2.13,14,15. -Comp. -अरण्यम् the Daṇḍaka forest in the Deccan; Mb.3; also दण्डकावनम्.
darduraḥ दर्दुरः [दृणाति कर्णौ शब्देन उरच् नि˚ Tv.] 1 A frog; पङ्कक्लिन्नमुखाः पिबन्ति सलिलं धाराहता दर्दुराः Mk.5.14. -2 A cloud. -3 A kind of musical instrument such as a flute. -4 A mountain; (दर्दुरोमलयसंनिकृष्टश्चन्दनगिरिः Rām.2. 15.34. com.). -5 N. of a mountain in the south (associated with Malaya); स्तनाविव दिशस्तस्याः शैलौ मलयदर्दुरौ R. 4.51. -6 The sound of a drum. -7 A sort of rice. -8 A demon; L. D. B. -रा, -री N. of Durgā. -रम् A group or assembly of villages, district, province. -Comp. -पुटः the mouth of a pipe; शैलस्य दर्दुरपुटानिव वादयन्तः Śi.5.9.
dāru दारु a. [दीर्यते दॄ-उण्] 1 Tearing, rending. -2 Liberal. -3 Kind. -रुः 1 A liberal or munificent man. -2 A donor. -3 An artist. -रु n. (said to be m. also) 1 Wood, a piece of wood, timber. -2 A block. -3 A lever. -4 A bolt. -5 The pine or Devadāru tree. -6 Ore. -7 Brass. -Comp. -अण़्डः the peacock. -आघाटः the woodpecker. -कर्मन्, -कृत्यम् wood-work; Pt.1.96. -गर्भा a wooden-puppet. -जः a kind of drum. -निशा, -पिता, -हरिद्रा N. of a plant, a species of curcuma (Mar. दारुहळद, आंबेहळद). -पात्रम् a wooden vessel, such as a trough. -पुत्रिका, -पुत्री a wooden doll. -फलः, -लम् Pistachio (Mar. पिस्ता). -मत्स्याह्वयः a lizard; also मुख्याह्वय. -मुख्याह्वया, -मुख्याह्वा a lizard. -यन्त्रम् 1 a wooden puppet moved by strings. -2 any machinery of wood. -वधूः a wooden doll. -सारः sandal. -सिता Cinnamon in sticks (Mar. दालचिनी). -हस्तकः a wooden spoon. -हारः a wood-cutter, procurer of wood; नैष्कर्तृको दारुहारः ॥ ŚB. on Ms.1.2.28.
divya दिव्य a. [दिवि भवः यत्] 1 Divine, heavenly, celestial; दिव्यस्त्वं हि न मानुषः Mb.3.252.8. -2 Supernatural, wonderful; परदोषेक्षणदिव्यचक्षुषः Śi.16.29; दिव्यं ददामि ते चक्षुः Bg.11.8. -3 Brilliant, splendid. -4 Charming, beautiful. -व्यः 1 A superhuman or celestial being; दिव्यानामपि कृतविस्मयां पुरस्तात् Śi.8.64. -2 Barley. -3 An epithet of Yama. -4 A fragrant resin, bdellium. -5 A philosopher. -व्यम् 1 Celestial nature, divinity. -2 The sky. -3 An ordeal (of which 1 kinds are enumerated); cf. Y.2.22,95. -4 An oath, a solemn declaration. -5 Cloves. -6 A kind of sandal. -7 A kind of water. -Comp. -अंशुः the sun. -अङ्गना, -नारी, -स्त्री a heavenly nymph, celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अदिव्य a. partly human and partly divine (as a hero, such as Arjuna). -अवदानम् N. of Buddhistic work from Nepal (written in Sanskrit). -उदकम् rainwater. -उपपादुकः a god. -ओषधिः f. a herb of great supernatural efficacy, i. e. curing snake-poison; हिमवति दिव्यौषधयः Mu.1.23. -कारिन् a. 1 taking an oath. -2 undergoing an ordeal. -क्रिया the application of an ordeal; निःसंभ्रमः स्तम्भयितुं देव दिव्यक्रियामयम् Rāj. T.4.94. -गन्धः sulphur. (-न्धा) large cardamoms. (-न्धम्) cloves. -गायनः a Gandharva. -चक्षुस् a. 1 having divine vision, heavenly-eyed; त्वया नियम्या ननु दिव्यचक्षुषा R.3.45. -2 blind. (-m.) 1 a monkey. -2 an Astrologer. -3 Arjuna. -4 one who has prophetic vision; दिव्यचक्षुर्ज्योतिषिके पार्थात्मज्ञानिनोरपि Nm. (-n.) a divine or prophetic eye, supernatural vision, the power of seeing what is invisible by the human eye. -ज्ञानम् supernatural knowledge. -दृश् m. an astrologer. -दोहदम् a present offered to a deity for the accomplishment of one's desired object. -धुनी N. of Bhāgīrathī; दिव्यधुनि मकरन्दे˚ Stotra. -पुष्पः the Karavīra tree. -प्रश्नः inquiry into celestial phenomena or future course of events, augury. -मन्त्रः Om (ओम्); Amṛit. Up.2 -मानम् measuring the time according to the days and years of the gods. -मानुषः a demi-god; दिव्यमानुषचेष्टा तु परभागे न हारिणी Ks.1.47. -रत्नम् a fabulous gem said to grant all desires of its possessor, the philosopher's stone; cf. चिन्तामणि. -रथः a celestial car moving through the air. -रसः 1 quicksilver. 2 heavenly water or love; V.2. -वस्त्र a. divinely dressed. (-स्त्रः) 1 sunshine. -2 a kind of sun-flower. -वाक्यम् a celestial word or voice. -श्रोत्रम् an ear which hears everything. -सरित् f. the celestial Ganges. -सानुः N. of one of the Viśvedevas. -सारः the Sāla tree. -स्त्री an Apsaras.
diṣṭiḥ दिष्टिः f. [दिश भावे क्तिन् , संज्ञायां कर्तरि क्तिच् वा] 1 Assignment, allotment. -2 Direction, command, instruction, rule, precept. -3 Fate, fortune, destiny. -4 Good fortune, happiness, any auspicious event (such as the birth of a son); दिष्टिवृद्धिमिव शुश्राव K.55; दिष्टिवृद्धिसंभ्रमो महानभूत् K.7. -5 A sort of measure of length. -Comp. -वृद्धिः f. congratulation; see दृष्टिः (4).
dīkṣita दीक्षित p. p. [दीक्ष् कर्तरि क्त, दीक्षा जाता$स्य तार˚ इतच् वा] 1 Consecrated, initiated (as for a religious ceremony); एते विवाहदीक्षिता यूयम् U.1; Pt.1.167; आपन्ना- भयसत्रेषु दीक्षिताः खलु पौरवाः Ś.2.17; R.8.75;11.24, Ve. 1.25. -2 Prepared for a sacrifice. -3 Prepared for, having taken a vow of; तं पितुर्वधभवेन मन्युना राजवंश- निधनाय दीक्षितम् R.11.67. -4 Crowned; पद्मा पद्मातपत्रेण भेजे साम्राज्यदीक्षितम् R.4.5. -5 Performed (as the दीक्षा ceremony). -तः 1 A priest engaged in a Dīkṣā; नालं ते विप्रियं कर्तुं दीक्षितस्येव साधवः Rām.3.65.12. -2 A pupil. -3 A person who or whose ancestors may have performed a grand sacrificial ceremony, such as ज्योतिष्टोम.
dīrgha दीर्घ a. (Compar. द्राघीयस्, Superl. द्राघिष्ठ) 1 Long (in time or space), reaching far; दीर्घाक्षं शरदिन्दुकान्ति वदनम् M.2.3; दीर्घान् कटाक्षान् Me.37; दीर्घापाङ्ग &c. -2 Of long duration, lasting long, tedious; दीर्घयामा त्रियामा Me.11; V.3.4; Ś.4.15. -3 Deep (as a sigh); Amaru.13; दीर्घमुष्णं च निश्वस्य. -4 Long (as a vowel), as the आ in काम. -5 Lofty, high, tall. -6 Dilated, expanded; तृष्णादीर्घस्य चक्षुषः U.3.46. -र्घः 1 A camel. -2 A long vowel. -3 The fifth, sixth, seventh, and eighth signs of the zodiac. -4 A kind of grass or reed. -र्घा A long lake or oblong tank. -र्घम् ind. 1 Long, for a long time. -2 Deeply. -3 Far. -Comp. -अध्वगः 1 a messenger, an express. -2 a camel. -अपेक्षिन् a. very regardful, considerate. -अहन् m. summer (ग्रीष्म). -आकार a. oblong. -आयु a. long-lived. -आयुस्, -आयुष्य a. longlived. (-m.) 1 a crow. -2 N. of Mārkaṇḍeya. -आयुधः 1 a spear. -2 any long weapon. -3 a hog. -आस्यः an elephant. -कणा white cumin. -कण्ठः, -कण्ठकः, -कन्धरः the (Indian) crane. -काय a. tall (in stature). -काष्ठम् a beam. -केशः a bear. -कोशा, -शी, -कोशिका a cockle. -गतिः, -ग्रीवः, -घाटिकः a camel. -चतुरस्रः an oblong. -छदः sugarcane. -जङ्गलः a. kind of fish. -जङ्घः 1 a camel. -2 a crane. -जिह्वः a snake, serpent. -तपस् m. an epithet of Gautama, husband of Ahalyā; येषु दीर्घतपसः परिग्रहो वासवक्षणकलत्रतां ययौ R.11.33. -तमस् m. N. of a Vedic and paurānic sage; ऋषिर्दीर्घतमा नाम जात्यन्धो गुरुशापितः । त्वत्प्रसादाच्च चक्षुष्मांस्तेन सत्येन मोक्षय Hariv. -तरुः, -द्रुः the palm tree. -तुण्डी musk-rat (also दीर्घतुण्डा). -दण्डः 1 the palm tree. -2 the castor oil tree. -दर्शन a. far-seeing, sagacious, wise; प्रियः प्रियाया इव दीर्घदर्शनः Bhāg.1.29.2. -दर्शिन् a 1 provident, prudent, far-seeing, longsighted; न दीर्घदर्शिनो यस्य मन्त्रिणः स्युर्महीपतेः । क्रमायाता ध्रुवं तस्य न चिरात्स्यात्परिक्षयः ॥ Pt.3.195. -2 sagacious, wise. -3 knowing the past and future (भूतभविष्यज्ञानी); अमृत्यवस्तदा सर्वे जज्ञिरे दीर्घदर्शिनः Rām.7.74.11. (-m.) 1 a vulture. -2 a bear. -3 an owl. -दृष्टि a. far-sighted, shrewd, prudent. -द्वेषिन् cherishing long hatred, implacable. -नाद a. making a long continued noise. (-दः) 1 a dog. -2 a cook. -3 a conch shell. -निद्रा 1 long sleep. -2 the long sleep, sleep of death; R.12.81. सो$द्य मत्कार्मुकाक्षेपविदीपितदिगन्तरैः । शरैर्विभिन्नसर्वाङ्गो दीर्घनिद्रां प्रवेक्ष्यति ॥ Mārk. P. -पक्षः the fork-tailed shrike. -पत्रः the palm tree. -पत्रकः 1 sugar-cane. -2 a kind of garlic. -पर्वन् m. a sugar-cane. -पवनः an elephant. -पादः, -प (पा) द् m. a heron. -पादपः 1 the cocoa-nut tree. -2 the areca-nut tree. -3 the palm tree. -पुच्छः a serpent. -पुच्छिका an iguana (Mar. घोरपड). -पृष्ठः a snake. -प्रज्ञ a far-seeing, prudent, sagacious. -बाला a kind of deer (चमरी) of whose tails chowries are made. -बाहुः a. having long arms; दीर्घबाहुर्दिलीपस्य रघुर्नाम्नाभवत्सुतः Hariv. -मारुतः an elephant. -मुखी the musk-rat -मूलः a kind of Bilva plant. -यज्ञ a. performing sacrifices for a longer time; अयोध्यायां तु धर्मज्ञं दीर्घयज्ञं महाबलम् Mb. -रङ्गा turmeric. -रतः 1 a dog. -2 a hog; L. D. B. -रदः a hog. -रसनः a snake. -रोमन् m. a bear. -लोहितयष्टिका the red variety of sugar-cane. -वक्त्रः an elephant. -वच्छिका a shark; crocodile; also वर्चिका. -सक्थ a. having long thighs. -सत्रम् a long-continued Soma sacrifice. (-त्रः) one who performs such a sacrifice; R.1.8. -सुरतः a dog. -सूत्र, -सूत्रिन् a. working slowly, slow, dilatory, procrastinating; दीर्घसूत्री विनश्यति Pt.4. विषादी दीर्घसूत्री च कर्ता तामस उच्यते Bg.18.28. -स्कन्धः the palm tree.
dur दुर् ind. (A prefix substituted for दुस् before words beginning with vowels or soft consonants in the sense of 'bad'. 'hard' or 'difficult to do a certain thing'; for compounds with दुस् as first member see दुस् s. v.). -Comp. -अक्ष a. 1 weak-eyed. -2 evileyed. (-क्षः) 1 a loaded or false die. -2 dishonest gambling. -अक्षरम् an evil word; श्रुतिं ममाविश्य भवद्दुरक्षरं सृजत्यदः कीटकवदुत्कटा रुजः N.9.63. -अतिक्रम a. difficult to be overcome or conquered, unconquerable; सर्वं तु तपसा साध्यं तपो हि दुरति- क्रमम् Ms.11.2.38; स्वभावो दुरतिक्रमः 'nature cannot be changed'; स्वजातिर्दुरतिक्रमा Pt.1. -2 insurmountable, impassable; B. R.6.18-19. -3 inevitable. (-मः) an epithet of Viṣṇu. -अत्यय a. 1 difficult to be overcome; स्वर्गमार्गपरिघो दुरत्ययः R.11.88. -2 hard to be attained or fathomed; स एष आत्मा स्वपरेत्यबुद्धिभिर्दुरत्यया- नुक्रमणो निरूप्यते Bhāg.7.5.13. -अदृष्टम् ill-luck, misfortune. -अधिग, -अधिगम a. 1 hard to reach or attain, unattainable; Bhāg.3.23.8; दुरधिगमः परभागो यावत्पुरुषेण पौरुषं न कृतम् Pt.1.33. -2 insurmountable. -3 hard to be studied or understood; इह दुरधिगमैः किञ्चि- देवागमैः Ki.5.18. -अधिष्ठित a. badly performed, managed, or executed. (-तम्) improper stay at a place. -अधीत a. badly learnt or read. -अध्यय a. 1 difficult of attainment; सहस्रवर्त्मा चपलैर्दुरध्ययः Śi.12.11. -2 hard to be studied. -अध्यवसायः a foolish undertaking. -अध्वः a bad road; स्वयं दुरध्वार्णवनाविकाः कथं स्पृशन्तु विज्ञाय हृदापि तादृशीम् N.9.33. -अन्त a. 1 whose end is difficult to be reached, endless, infinite; संकर्षणाय सूक्ष्माय दुरन्तायान्तकाय च Bhāg. -2 ending ill or in misery, unhappy; अहो दुरन्ता बलवद्विरोधिता Ki.1.23; नृत्यति युवति- जनेन समं सखि विरहिजनस्य दुरन्ते (वसन्ते) Gīt.1; इयमुदरदरी- दुरन्तधारा यदि न भवेदभिमानभङ्गभूमिः Udb. -3 hard to be understood or known. -4 insurmountable. -अन्तक a. = दुरन्त q. v. (-कः) an epithet of Śiva. -अन्वय a. 1 difficult to be passed along; Mb.14.51.17. -2 hard to be carried out or followed. -3 difficult to be attained. or understood; बुद्धिश्च ते महाप्राज्ञ देवैरपि दुरन्वया Rām.3. 66.18. -4 not suitable, improper; वचो दुरन्वयं विप्रास्तूष्णी- मासन्भ्रमद्धियः Bhāg.1.84.14. (-यः) 1 a wrong conclusion, one wrongly inferred from given premisses. -2 (in gram.) a false agreement. -अपवादः ill report. slander. -अभिग्रह a. difficult to be caught. -अभि- मानिन् a. vain-glorious, disagreeably proud. -अवगम a. incomprehensible; Bhāg.5.13.26. -अवग्रह a. 1 difficult to be restrained or subjugated; भक्ता भजस्व दुरवग्रह मा त्यजास्मान् Bhāg.1.29.31. -2 disagreeable. -अवग्राह a. difficult to be attained; Bhāg.7.1.19. -अवच्छद a. difficult to be hidden; हेतुभिर्लक्षयांचक्रुराप्रीतां दुरवच्छदैः Bhāg.1.62.28. -अवबोध a. unintelligible. Bhāg.1.49.29. -अवसित a. unfathomed, difficult to be ascertained, द्युपतिभिरजशक्रशंकराद्यैर्दुरवसितस्तवमच्युतं नतो$स्मि Bhāg.12.12.67. -अवस्थ a. ill off, badly or poorly circumstanced. -अवस्था, -स्थानम् a wretched or miserable state; Bhāg.5.3.12. -अवाप a. difficult to be gained or fulfilled; Ś.1. -अवेक्षितम् an improper look. -अह्नः a bad day. -आकृति a. ugly, mis-shaped. -आक्रन्द a. crying bitterly or miserably; किं क्रन्दसि दुराक्रन्द स्वपक्ष- क्षयकारक Pt.4.29. -आक्रम a. 1 invincible, unconquerable. -2 difficult to be passed. -आक्रमणम् 1 unfair attack. -2 difficult approach. -आगमः improper or illegal acquisition. -आग्रहः foolish obstinacy, headstrongness, pertinacity; ममाहमित्यूढदुराग्रहाणां पुंसाम् Bhāg.3. 5.43. -आचर a. 1 hard to be performed. -2 incurable (as a disease). -आचार a. 1 ill-conducted, badly behaved. -2 following bad practices, wicked, depraved; अपि चेत्सुदुराचारो भजते मामनन्यभाक् Bg.9.3. (-रः) bad practice, ill-conduct, wikedness. -आढ्य a. not rich, poor. -आत्मता vileness, baseness, wickedness. -आत्मन् a. evil-natured, low, wicked, vile, base, mean; ये च प्राहुर्दुरात्मानो दुराराध्या महीभुजः Pt.1.39. (-m.) a rascal, villain, scoundrel. -आधर a. difficult to be withstood or overpowered, irresistible. -आधर्ष a. hard to be approached or assailed, unassailable जगन्नाथो दुराधर्षो गङ्गां भागीरथीं प्रति Mb. -2 not to be attacked with impunity. -3 haughty. (-र्षः) white mustard. -आधारः an epithet of Śiva. -आधिः (m.) 1 distress or anxiety of mind; निरस्तनारीसमया दुराधयः Ki.1.28. -2 indignation. -आधी a. Ved. malignant, thinking ill of. -आनम a. difficult to bend or draw; स विचिन्त्य धनुर्दुरानमम् R.11.38. -आप a. 1 difficult to be obtained; श्रिया दुरापः कथमीप्सितो भवेत् Ś.3.13; R.1.72;6.62. -2 difficult to be approached; Pt.1.67. -3 hard to be overcome. -आपादन a. difficult to be brought about; किं दुरापादनं तेषाम् Bhāg.3.23.42. -आपूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; Bhāg.7.6.8. -आबाध a. hard to be molested. (-धः) N. of Śiva. -आमोदः bad scent, stench; शवधूमदुरामोदः शालिभक्ते$त्र विद्यते Ks.82.22. -आराध्य a. difficult to be propitiated, hard to be won over or conciliated; दुराराध्याः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Pt.1.38. -आरुह a. difficult to be mounted. (-हः) 1 the Bilva tree. -2 the cocoanut tree. -3 the date tree. -आरोप a. difficult to be strung (bow); दुरारोपमैन्दुशेखरं धनुर्दुर्निवारा रावणभुजदण्डाः B. R.1.46-47. -आरोह a. difficult of ascent. (-हः) 1 The cocoanut tree. -2 the palm tree. -3 the date tree. -आलापः 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 foul of abusive language. -आलोक a. 1 difficult to be seen or perceived. -2 painfully bright, dazzling; दुरालोकः स समरे निदाघाम्बररत्नवत् K. P.1. (-कः) dazzling splendour. -आव(वा)र a. 1 difficult to be covered or filled up; दुरावरं त्वदन्येन राज्यखण्डमिदं महत् Rām.2.15.5. -2 difficult to be restrained, shut in, kept back or stopped. -आवर्त a. difficult to be convinced or set up; भवन्ति सुदुरावर्ता हेतुमन्तो$पि पण्डिताः Mb.12.19.23. -आशय a. 1 evil-minded, wicked, malicious, स्फुटनिर्भिन्नो दुराशयो$धमः Śi. उपेयिवान् मूलमशेषमूलं दुराशयः कामदुघाङ्घ्रिपस्य Bhāg.3.21.15. -2 having a bad place or rest. (-m.) the subtle body which is not destroyed by death (लिङ्गदेह); एतन्मे जन्म लोके$स्मिन्मुमुक्षूणां दुराशयात् Bhāg.3.24. 36. -आशा 1 a bad or wicked desire. -2 hoping against hope. -आस a. difficult to be abided or associated with; संघर्षिणा सह गुणाभ्यधिकैर्दुरासम् Śi.5.19. -आसद a. 1 difficult to be approached or overtaken; स सभूव दुरासदः परैः R.3.66; 8.4; Mv.2.5; 4.15. -2 difficult to be found or met with. -3 unequalled, unparalleled. -4 hard to be borne, insupportable. -5 difficult to be conquered, unassailable, unconquerable; जहि शत्रुं महाबाहो कामरूपं दुरासदम् Bg.3.43. (-दः) an epithet of Śiva. -इत a. 1 difficult. -2 sinful. (-तम्) 1 a bad course, evil, sin; दरिद्राणां दैन्यं दुरितमथ दुर्वासनहृदां द्रुतं दूरीकुर्वन् G. L.2; R.8.2; Amaru.2; Mv.3.43. -2 a difficulty, danger. -3 a calamity, evil; अपत्ये यत्तादृग्- दुरितमभवत् U.4.3. -इतिः f. Ved. 1 a bad course. -2 difficulty. -इष्टम् 1 a curse, imprecation. -2 a spell or sacrificial rite performed to injure another person. -ईशः a bad lord or master. -ईषणा, -एषणा 1 a curse, an imprecation. -2 an evil eye. -उक्त a. harshly uttered; Pt.1.89. -उक्तम्, -उक्तिः f. offensive speech, reproach, abuse, censure; लक्ष्मि क्षमस्व वचनीयमिदं दुरुक्तम् Udb. -उच्छेद a. difficult to be destroyed. -उत्तर a. 1 unanswerable. -2 difficult to be crossed; दुरुत्तरे पङ्क इवान्धकारे Bk.11.2; प्राप्तः पङ्को दुरुत्तरः Ki.15.17. -उदय a. appearing with difficulty, not easily manifested; यो$ नात्मनां दुरुदयो भगवान्प्रतीतः Bhāg.3.16.5. -उदर्क a. having bad or no consequences; N.5.41. -उदाहर a. difficult to be pronounced or composed; अनुज्झितार्थसंबन्धः प्रबन्धो दुरुदाहरः Śi.2.73. -उद्वह a. burdensome, unbearable. -उपसद a. difficult of approach; Ki.7.9. -उपसर्पिन् a. approaching incautiously; एकमेव दहत्यग्निर्नरं दुरुपसर्पिणम् Ms.7.9. -ऊह a. abstruse; जानीते जयदेव एव शरणः श्लाघ्ये दुरूहद्रुते Gīt. -एव a. Ved. 1 having evil ways. -2 irresistible, unassailable. (-वः) a wicked person. -ओषस् a. Ved. slow, lazy. -ग 1 difficult of access, inaccessible, impervious, impassable; दुर्गस्त्वेष महापन्थाः Mb.12.3. 5; दुर्गं पथस्तत्कवयो वदन्ति Kaṭh.1.3.14. -2 unattainable. -3 incomprehensible. -4 following wicked path, vicious; Rām.2.39.22. (-गः, -गम्) 1 a difficult or narrow passage through a wood or over a stream, mountain &c., a defile, narrow pass. -2 a citadel. fortress, castle; न दुर्गं दुर्गमित्येव दुर्गमं मन्यते जनः । तस्य दुर्गमता सैव यत्प्रभुस्तस्य दुर्गमः ॥ Śiva. B.16.61. -3 rough ground. -4 difficulty, adversity, calamity, distress, danger; निस्तारयतिं दुर्गाच्च Ms.3.98;11.43; मच्चित्तः सर्व- दुर्गाणि मत्प्रसादात्तरिष्यसि; Bg.18.58. (-गः) 1 bdellium. -2 the Supreme Being. -3 N. of an Asura slain by Durgā (thus receiving her name from him). ˚अध्यक्षः, ˚पतिः, ˚पालः the commandant or governor of a castle. ˚अन्तः The suburb of a fort; दुर्गान्ते सिद्धतापसाः Kau. A. 1.12. ˚कर्मन् n. fortification. ˚कारक a. making difficult. (-कः) the birch tree. ˚घ्नी N. of Durgā. ˚तरणी an epithet of Sāvitrī. सावित्री दुर्गतरणी वीणा सप्तविधा तथा Mb. ˚मार्गः a defile, gorge. ˚लङ्घनम् surmounting difficulties. (-नः) a camel. ˚संचरः 1 a difficult passage as to a fort &c., a bridge &c. over a defile. ˚संस्कारः Repairs to the old forts; अतो दुर्गसंस्कार आरब्धव्ये किं कौमुदीमहोत्सवेन Mu. ˚सिंहः N. of the author of कलापपरिशिष्ट. ˚व्यसनम् a defect or weak point in a fortress. (-र्गा) an epithet of Pārvatī, wife of Śiva. -2 the female cuckoo -3 N. of several plants. ˚नवमी the 9th day of the bright half of कार्तिक. ˚पूजा the chief festival in honour of दुर्गा in Bengal in the month of Āśvina. -गत a. 1 unfortunate, in bad circumstances; समाश्वसिमि केनाहं कथं प्राणिमि दुर्गतः Bk.18.1. -2 indigent, poor. -3 distressed, in trouble. -गतता ill-luck, poverty, misery; तावज्जन्मातिदुःखाय ततो दुर्गतता सदा Pt.1.265. -गतिः f. 1 misfortune, poverty, want, trouble, indigence; न हि कल्याणकृत्कश्चिद् दुर्गतिं तात गच्छति Bg.6.4. -2 a difficult situation or path. -3 hell. -गन्ध a. ill-smelling. (-न्धः) 1 bad odour, stink -2 any ill-smelling substance. -3 an onion. -4 the mango tree. (-न्धम्) sochal salt. -गन्धि, -गन्धिन् a. ill-smelling. -गम a. 1 impassable, inaccessible, impervious; कामिनीकायकान्तारे कुचपर्वतदुर्गमे Bh.1.86; Śi. 12.49. -2 unattainable, difficult of attainment. -3 hard to be understood. (-मम्) a difficult place like hill etc; भ्राम्यन्ते दुर्गमेष्वपि Pt.5.81. -गाढ, -गाध, -गाह्य a. difficult to be fathomed or investigated, unfathomable. -गुणितम् not properly studied; चिराम्यस्तपथं याति शास्त्रं दुर्गुणितं यथा Avimārakam.2.4. -गोष्ठी evil association; conspiracy. वृद्धो रक्कः कम्पनेशो दुर्गोष्ठीमध्यगो$भवत् Rāj. T.6. 17. -ग्रह a. 1 difficult to be gained or accomplished. -2 difficult to be conquered or subjugated; दुर्गाणि दुर्ग्रहाण्यासन् तस्य रोद्धुरपि द्विषाम् R.17.52. -3 hard to be understood. (-हः) 1 a cramp, spasm. -2 obstinacy. -3 whim, monomania; कथं न वा दुर्ग्रहदोष एष ते हितेन सम्य- ग्गुरुणापि शम्यते N.9.41. -घट a. 1 difficult. कार्याणि घटयन्नासीद् दुर्घटान्यपि हेलया Rāj. T.4.364. -2 impossible. -घण a. 1 closely packed together, very compact. -घुरुटः An unbeliever; L. D. B. -घोषः 1 a harsh cry. -2 a bear. -जन a. 1 wicked, bad, vile. -2 slanderous, malicious, mischievous; यथा स्त्रीणां तथा वाचां साधुत्वे दुर्जनो जनः U.1.6. (-नः) a bad or wicked person, a malicious or mischievous man, villain; दुर्जनः प्रियवादी च नैतद्विश्वास- कारणम् Chāṇ.24,25; शाम्येत्प्रत्यपकारेण नोपकारेण दुर्जनः Ku.2.4. (दुर्जनायते Den. Ā. to become wicked; स्वजनो$पि दरिद्राणां तत्क्षणाद् दुर्जनायते Pt.1.5.). (दुर्जनीकृ [च्वि] to make blameworthy; दुर्जनीकृतास्मि अनेन मां चित्रगतां दर्शयता Nāg.2). -जय a. invincible. (-यः) N. of Viṣṇu. -जर a. 1 ever youthful; तस्मिन्स्तनं दुर्जरवीर्यमुल्बणं घोराङ्कमादाय शिशोर्दधावथ Bhāg.1.6.1. -2 hard (as food), indigestible. -3 difficult to be enjoyed; राजश्रीर्दुर्जरा तस्य नवत्वे भूभुजो$भवत् Rāj. T.5.19. -जात a. 1 unhappy, wretched. -2 bad-tempered, bad, wicked; Rāj. T.3. 142. -3 false, not genuine. ˚जीयिन् a. one who is born in vain; यो न यातयते वैरमल्पसत्त्वोद्यमः पुमान् । अफलं जन्म तस्याहं मन्ये दुर्जातजायिनः ॥ Mb. (-तम्) 1 a misfortune, calamity, difficulty; त्वं तावद् दुर्जाते मे$त्यन्तसाहाय्यकारिणी भव M.3; दुर्जातबन्धुः R.13.72. 'a friend in need or adversity.' -2 impropriety. -जाति a. 1 bad natured, vile, wicked; रुदितशरणा दुर्जातीनां सहस्व रुषां फलम् Amaru.96. -2 outcast. (-तिः f.) misfortune, ill condition. -ज्ञान, -ज्ञेय a. difficult to be known, incomprehensible. उच्चावचेषु भुतेषु दुर्ज्ञेयामकृतात्मभिः Ms.6.73. (-यः) N. of Śiva. -णयः, -नयः, -नीतिः 1 bad conduct. -2 impropriety -3 injustice. -णामन्, -नामन् a. having a bad name. -णीत a. 1 ill-behaved. -2 impolitic. -3 forward. (-तम्) misconduct; दुर्णीतं किमिहास्ति किं सुचरितं कः स्थानलाभे गुणः H. -दम, -दमन, -दम्य a. difficult to be subdued, untamable, indomitable. -दर्श a. 1 difficult to be seen. -2 dazzling; सुदुर्दर्शमिदं रूपं दृष्टवानसि यन्मन Bg.11.52. -दर्शन a. ugly, ill-looking; दुर्दर्शनेन घटतामियमप्यनेन Māl.2.8. -दशा a misfortune, calamity. -दान्त a. 1 hard to be tamed or subdued, untamable; Śi.12.22. -2 intractable, proud, insolent; दुर्दान्तानां दमनविधयः क्षत्रियेष्वायतन्ते Mv.3.34. (-तः) 1 a calf. -2 a strife, quarrel. -3 N. of Śiva. -दिन a. cloudy, rainy. (-नम्) 1 a bad day in general; तद्दिनं दुर्दिनं मन्ये यत्र मित्रागमो हि न Subhāṣ. -2 a rainy or cloudy day, stormy or rainy weather; उन्नमत्यकालदुर्दिनम् Mk.5; Ku.6 43; Mv.4.57. -3 a shower (of anything); द्विषां विषह्य काकुत्स्थस्तत्र नाराचदुर्दिनम् ॥ सन्मङ्गलस्नात इव R.4.41,82;5.47; U.5.5. -4 thick darkness; जीमूतैश्च दिशः सर्वाश्चक्रे तिमिरदुर्दिनाः Mb. (दुर्दिनायते Den. Ā. to become cloudy.) -दिवसः a dark or rainy day; Pt.1.173. -दुरूटः, -ढः 1 an unbeliever -2 an abusive word. -दृश a. 1 disagreeable to the sight, disgusting; दुर्दृशं तत्र राक्षसं घोररूपमपश्यत्सः Mb.1.2.298. -2 difficult to be seen; पादचारमिवादित्यं निष्पतन्तं सुदुर्दृशम् Rām.7.33.5. -दृष्ट a. illjudged or seen, wrongly decided; Y.2.35. -दैवम् ill-luck, misfortune. -द्यूतम् an unfair game. -द्रुमः onion (green). -धर a. 1 irresistible, difficult to be stopped. -2 difficult to be borne or suffered; दुर्धरेण मदनेन साद्यते Ghat.11; Ms.7.28. -3 difficult to be accomplished. -4 difficult to be kept in memory. (-रः) quicksilver. -धर्ष a. 1 inviolable, unassailable. -2 inaccessible; संयोजयति विद्यैव नीचगापि नरं सरित् । समुद्रमिव दुर्धर्षं नृपं भाग्य- मतः परम् ॥ H. Pr.5. -3 fearful, dreadful. -4 haughty. -धी a. stupid, silly. -नयः 1 arrogance. -2 immorality. -3 evil strategy; उन्मूलयितुमीशो$हं त्रिवर्गमिव दुर्नयः Mu.5.22. -नामकः piles. ˚अरिः a kind of bulbous root (Mar. सुरण). -नामन् m. f. a cockle. (-n.) piles. -निग्रह a. irrepressible, unruly; मनो दुर्निग्रहं चलम् Bg.6.35. -निमित a. carelessly put or placed on the ground; पदे पदे दुर्निमिते गलन्ती R.7.1. -निमित्तम् 1 a bad omen; R.14.5. -2 a bad pretext. -निवार, -निवार्य a. difficult to be checked or warded off, irresistible, invincible. -नीतम् 1 misconduct, bad policy, demerit, misbehaviour; दुर्णीतं किमि- हास्ति Pt.2.21; H.1.49. -2 ill-luck. -नीतिः f. maladministration; दुर्नीतिं तव वीक्ष्य कोपदहनज्वालाजटालो$पि सन्; Bv.4.36. -नृपः a bad king; आसीत् पितृकुलं तस्य भक्ष्यं दुर्नृप- रक्षसः Rāj. T.5.417. -न्यस्त a. badly arranged; दुर्न्यस्त- पुष्परचितो$पि Māl.9.44. -बल a. 1 weak, feeble. -2 enfeebled, spiritless; दुर्बलान्यङ्गकानि U.1.24. -3 thin, lean, emaciated; U.3. -4 small, scanty, little; स्वार्थोप- पत्तिं प्रति दुर्बलाशः R.5.12. -बाध a. Unrestrained (अनिवार); दुर्बाधो जनिदिवसान्मम प्रवृद्धः (आधिः); Mv.6.28. -बाल a. 1 bald-headed. -2 void of prepuce. -3 having crooked hair. -बुद्धि a. 1 silly, foolish, stupid. -2 perverse, evil-minded, wicked; धार्तराष्ट्रस्य दुर्बुद्धेर्युद्धे प्रियचिकीर्षवः (समा- गताः) Bg.1.23 -बुध a. wicked-minded, silly; Mb. 11.4.18. -बोध a. unintelligible, unfathomable, inscrutable; निसर्गदुर्बोधमबोधविक्लवाः क्व भूपतीनां चरितं क्व जन्तवः Ki. 1.6. -भग a. 1 unfortunate, unlucky; श्रीवल्लभं दुर्भगाः (निन्दन्ति) Pt.1.415. -2 not possessed of good features, ill-looking. -भगा 1 a wife disliked by her husband; दुर्भगाभरणप्रायो ज्ञानं भारः क्रियां विना H.1.17. -2 an ill-tempered woman, a shrew. -3 a widow; -भर a. insupportable, burdensome, heavily laden with (comp.); ततो राजाब्रवीदेतं बहुव्यसनदुर्भरः Ks.112.156. -भाग्य a. unfortunate, unlucky. (ग्यम्) ill-luck. -भावना 1 an evil thought. -2 a bad tendency. -भिक्षम् 1 scarcity of provisions, dearth, famine; Y.2.147; Ms.8.22; उत्सवे व्यसने चैव दुर्भिक्षे... यस्तिष्ठति स बान्धवः H.1.71; Pt.2. -2 want in general. -भिद, -भेद, -भेद्य a. firm; सुजनस्तु कनकघटवद् दुर्भेद्यश्चाशु संध्येयः Subhāṣ. -भृत्यः a bad servant. -भिषज्यम् incurability; Bṛi. Up.4.3.14. -भ्रातृ m. a bad brother. -मङ्कु a. obstinate, disobedient. -मति a. 1 silly, stupid, foolish, ignorant. -2 wicked, evilminded; न सांपरायिकं तस्य दुर्मतेर्विद्यते फलम् Ms.11.3. -मद a. drunken, ferocious, maddened, infatuated; Bhāg.1.15.7. -दः foolish pride, arrogance. -दम् the generative organ; ग्रामकं नाम विषयं दुर्मदेन समन्वितः Bhāg.4.25.52. -मनस् a. troubled in mind, discouraged, disspirited, sad, malancholy; अद्य बार्हस्पतः श्रीमान् युक्तः पुष्येण राघवः । प्रोच्यतै ब्राह्मणैः प्राज्ञैः केन त्वमसि दुर्मनाः ॥ Rām. [दुर्मनायते Den. Ā. to be troubled in mind, be sad, meditate sorrowfully, to be disconsolate, become vexed or fretted; Māl.3]. -मनुष्यः a bad or wicked man. -मन्त्रः, -मन्त्रितम्, -मन्त्रणा evil advice, bad counsel; दुर्मन्त्रान्नृपतिर्विनश्यति; Pt.1.169. -मरम् a hard or difficult death; Mb.14.61.9. -मरी a kind of दूर्वा grass. -मरणम् violent or unnatural death. -मर्ष a. 1 unbearable; Bhāg.6.5.42. -2 obstinate, hostile. -मर्षणः N. of Viṣṇu. -मर्षित a. provocated, encouraged; एवं दुर्मर्षितो राजा स मात्रा बभ्रुवाहनः Mb.14. 79.13, -मर्याद a. immodest, wicked. -मल्लिका, -मल्ली a minor drama, comedy, farce; S. D.553. -मित्रः 1 a bad friend. -2 an enemy. -मुख a. 1 having a bad face, hideous, ugly; Bh.1.9. -2 foul-mouthed, abusive, scurrilous; Bh.2.69. (-खः) 1 a horse. -2 N. of Śiva. -3 N. of a serpent king (Nm.) -4 N. of a monkey (Nm.) -5 N. of a year (29th year out of 6 years cycle). -मूल्य a. highly priced, dear. -मेधस् a. silly, foolish, dull-headed, dull; Pt.1. (-m.) a dunce, dull-headed man, blockhead; ग्रन्थानधीत्य व्याकर्तु- मिति दुर्मेधसो$प्यलम् Śi.2.26. -मैत्र a. unfriendly, hostile; Bhāg.7.5.27. -यशस् n. ill-repute, dishonour. -योगः 1 bad or clumsy contrivance. -2 a bad combination. -योध, -योधन a. invincible, unconquerable. (-नः) the eldest of the 11 sons of Dhṛitarāṣṭra and Gāndhārī. [From his early years he conceived a deep hatred for his cousins the Pāṇḍavas, but particularly Bhīma, and made every effort he could to compass their destruction. When his father proposed to make Yudhiṣṭhira heir-apparent, Duryodhana did not like the idea, as his father was the reigning sovereign, and prevailed upon his blind father to send the Pāṇḍavas away into exile. Vāraṇāvata was fixed upon as their abode, and under pretext of constructing a palatial building for their residence, Duryodhana caused a palace to be built mostly of lac, resin and other combustible materials, thereby hoping to see them all destroyed when they should enter it. But the Paṇḍavas were forewarned and they safely escaped. They then lived at Indraprastha, and Yudhiṣṭhira performed the Rājasuya sacrifice with great pomp and splendour. This event further excited the anger and jealousy of Duryodhana, who was already vexed to find that his plot for burning them up had signally failed, and he induced his father to invite the Pāṇḍavas to Hastināpura to play with dice (of which Yudhiṣṭhira was particularly fond). In that gambling-match, Duryodhana, who was ably assisted by his maternal uncle Śakuni, won from Yudhiṣṭhira everything that he staked, till the infatuated gambler staked himself, his brothers, and Draupadī herself, all of whom shared the same fate. Yudhiṣṭhira, as a condition of the wager, was forced to go to the forest with his wife and brothers, and to remain there for twelve years and to pass one additional year incognito. But even this period, long as it was, expired, and after their return from exile both the Pāṇḍavas and Kauravas made great preparations for the inevitable struggle and the great Bhāratī war commenced. It lasted for eighteen days during which all the Kauravas, with most of their allies, were slain. It was on the last day of the war that Bhīma fought a duel with Duryodhana and smashed his thigh with his club.] मोघं तवेदं भुवि नामधेयं दुर्योधनेतीह कृतं पुरस्तात् न हीह दुर्योधनता तवास्ति पलायमानस्य रणं विहाय Mb.4.65.17. -योनि a. of a low birth, न कथंचन दुर्योनिः प्रकृतिं स्वां नियच्छति Ms.1.59. -लक्ष्य a. difficult to be seen or perceived, hardly visible. -क्ष्यम् bad aim; मनः प्रकृत्यैव चलं दुर्लक्ष्यं च तथापि मे Ratn.3.2. -लभ a. 1 difficult to be attained, or accomplished; R.1.67;17.7; Ku.4.4;5.46,61; दुर्लभं भारते जन्म मानुष्यं तत्र दुर्लभम् Subhāṣ. -2 difficult to be found or met with, scarce, rare; शुद्धान्तदुर्लभम् Ś.1.17. -3 best, excellent, eminent. -ग्रामः a village situated close to a large village and inhabited by the free-holders (अग्र- हारोपजीविनः); Māna.1.79-8. -4 dear, beloved. -5 costly. -ललित a. 1 spoilt by fondling, fondled too much, hard to please; हा मदङ्कदुर्ललित Ve.4; V.2.8; Māl.9. -2 (hence) wayward, naughty, illbred, unruly; स्पृहयामि खलु दुर्ललितायास्मै Ś.7. (-तम्) waywardness, rudeness. -लेख्यम् a forged document. Y.2.91. -वच a. 1 difficult to be described, indescribable. अपि वागधिपस्य दुर्वचं वचनं तद् विदधीत विस्मयम् Ki.2.2. -2 not to be talked about. -3 speaking improperly, abusing. (-चम्) abuse, censure, foul language. -वचस् n. abuse, censure; असह्यं दुर्वचो ज्ञातेर्मेघा- न्तरितरौद्रवत् Udb. -वर्ण a. bad-coloured. -र्णः 1 bad colour. -2 impurity; यथा हेम्नि स्थितो वह्निर्दुवर्णं हन्ति धातु- जम् Bhāg.12.3.47. (-र्णम्) 1 silver. दुर्वर्णभित्तिरिह सान्द्रसुधासुवर्णा Śi.4.28. -2 a kind of leprosy. -वस a. difficult to be resided in. -वसतिः f. painful residence; R.8.94. -वह a. heavy, difficult to be borne; दुर्वहगर्भखिन्नसीता U.2.1; Ku.1.11. -वाच् a. speaking ill. (-f.) 1 evil words, abuse. -2 inelegant language or speech. -वाच्य a. 1 difficult to be spoken or uttered. -2 abusive, scurrilous. -3 harsh, cruel (as words). (-च्यम्) 1 censure, abuse. -2 scandal, ill-repute. -वातः a fart. ˚वातय Den. P. to break wind or fart; इत्येके विहसन्त्येनमेके दुर्वातयन्ति च Bhāg.11.23.4. -वादः slander, defamation, calumny. -वार, -वारण a. irresistible, unbearable; R.14.87; किं चायमरिदुर्वारः पाणौ पाशः प्रचेतसः Ku.2.21. -वासना 1 evil propensity, wicked desire; कः शत्रुर्वद खेददानकुशलो दुर्वासनासंचयः Bv. 1.86. -2 a chimera. -वासस् a. 1 ill-dressed. -2 naked. (-m.) N. of a very irascible saint or Ṛiṣi, son of Atri and Anasūyā. (He was very hard to please, and he cursed many a male and female to suffer misery and degradation. His anger, like that of Jamadagni, has become almost proverbial.) -वाहितम् a heavy burden; उरोजपूर्णकुम्भाङ्का सदुर्वाहितविभ्रमा Rāj. T.4.18. -विगाह, -विगाह्य a. difficult to be penetrated or fathomed, unfathomable. -विचिन्त्य inconceivable, inscrutable -विद a. difficult to be known or discovered; नूनं गतिः कृतान्तस्य प्राज्ञैरपि सुदुर्विदा Mb.7.78. 2. -विदग्ध 1 unskilled, raw, foolish, stupid, silly. -2 wholly ignorant. -3 foolishly puffed up, elated. vainly proud; वृथाशस्त्रग्रहणदुर्विदग्ध Ve.3; ज्ञानलवदुर्विदग्धं ब्रह्मापि नरं न रञ्जयति Bh.2.3. -विद्ध a. Badly perforated (a pearl); Kau. A.2.11. -विद्य a. uneducated; Rāj. T.1.354. -विध a. 1 mean, base, low. -2 wicked, vile. -3 poor, indigent; विदधाते रुचिगर्वदुर्विधम् N.2.23. -4 stupid, foolish, silly; विविनक्ति न बुद्धिदुर्विधः Śi.16.39. -विनयः misconduct, imprudence. -विनीत a. 1 (a) badly educated, ill-mannered; ill-behaved, wicked; शासितरि दुर्विनीतानाम् Ś.1.24. (b) rude, naughty, mischievous. -2 stubborn, obstinate. (-तः) 1 a restive or untrained horse. -2 a wayward person, reprobate. -विपाक a. producing bad fruit; श्रितासि चन्दनभ्रान्त्या दुर्विपाकं विषद्रुमम् U.1.46. (-कः) 1 bad result or consequence; U.1.4; किं नो विधिरिह वचने$प्यक्षमो दुर्विपाकः Mv. 6.7. -2 evil consequences of acts done either in this or in a former birth. -विभाव्य a. inconceivable; also दुर्विभाव; असद्वृत्तेरहो वृत्तं दुर्विभावं विधेरिव Ki.11.56. -विमर्श a. difficult to be tried or examined; यो दुर्विमर्शपथया निजमाययेदं सृष्ट्वा गुणान्विभजते तदनुप्रविष्टः Bhāg.1.49.29. -विलसितम् a wayward act, rudeness, naughtiness; डिम्भस्य दुर्विलसितानि मुदे गुरूणाम् B. R.4.6. -विलासः a bad or evil turn of fate; U.1. -विवाहः a censurable marriage; इतरेषु तु शिष्टेषु नृशंसानृतवादिनः । जायन्ते दुर्विवाहेषु ब्रह्मधर्मद्विषः सुताः ॥ Ms.3.41. -विष a. ill-natured, malignant. (-षः) N. of Śiva. -विषह a. unbearable, intolerable, irresistible. (-हः) N. of Śiva. -वृत्त a. 1 vile, wicked, ill-behaved. -2 roguish. (-त्तम्) misconduct, ill-behaviour. दुर्वृत्तवृत्तशमनं तव देवि शीलम् Devīmāhātmya. -वृत्तिः f. 1 misconduct. -2 misery, want, distress. -3 fraud. -वृष्टिः f. insufficient rain, drought. -वेद a. difficult to be known or ascertained. -व्यवहारः a wrong judgment in law. -व्यवहृतिः f. ill-report or rumour. -व्यसनम् 1 a fond pursuit or resolve; Mu.3. -2 bad propensity, vice; तेन दुर्व्यसनेनासीद्भोजने$पि कदर्थना Ks.73.73. -व्रत a. not conforming to rules, disobedient. -हुतम् a badly offered sacrifice. -हृद् a. wicked-hearted, ill-disposed, inimical; अकुर्वतोर्वां शुश्रूषां क्लिष्टयोर्दुर्हृदा भृशम् Bhāg.1.45.9. (-m.) an enemy. -हृदय a. evil-minded, evil-intentioned, wicked. -हृषीक a. having defective organs of sense.
dūṣita दूषित a. [दुष्-णिच्-क्त] 1 Corrupted. defiled, spoiled. -2 (a) Hurt, injured. (b) Marred, spoiled, frustrated; किं तावद् व्रतिनामुपोढतपसां विघ्नैस्तपो दूषितम् Ś.5.9. (c) Blinded, obscured, injured; च्युतकेशरदूषितेक्षणानि Ku.4.8. -3 Damaged, demoralized. -4 Blamed, censured. -5 Falsely accused, traduced, vilified. -6 Affected; touched; एतावदुक्त्वा वचनं बाष्पदूषितलोचनः । बाष्पदूषितया वाचा नोच्चैः शक्नोति भाषितुम् ॥ Rām.4.8.29. -ता A girl who has been violated. -तम् A fault, offence; यदस्याः पत्युर्वा रहसि परमं दूषितमभूत् U.4.14.
doṣaḥ दोषः [दुष् भावे करणे वा घञ्] 1 (a) A fault, blame, censure, defect, blemish, weak point; पत्रं नैव यदा करीर- विटपे दोषो वसन्तस्य किम् Bh.2.93; Pt.1.242; नात्र कुलपति- र्दोषं ग्रहीष्यति Ś.3. 'will not find fault or take exception'; so पुनरुक्तदोषा R.14.9. विसृज्य शूर्पवद्दोषान् गुणान् गृह्णन्ति साधवः । दोषग्राही गुणत्यागी चालनीव हि दुर्जनः ॥ Udb. (b) An error, a mistake. -2 A crime, sin guilt, offence; जायामदोषामुत संत्यजामि R.14.34; Ms.8.25; Y.3.79; also अधर्मदोष; cf. Rām.3.66.16. -3 Noxious quality, badness, injurious nature or quality; as in आहारदोष; cf. Ms.1.14. -4 Harm, evil, danger, injury; बहुदोषा हि शर्वरी Mk.1.58; अनुसरति हि शशाङ्कं राहु-दोषे$पि तारा Pratimā1.25. को दोषः 'what harm is there'. -5 Bad or injurious consequence, detrimental effect; तत्किमयमातपदोषः स्यात् Ś.3; अदाता वंशदोषेण कर्मदोषाद्दरिद्रता Chāṇ.49; Ms.1.14. -6 Morbid affection, disease. -7 Disorder of the three humours of the body, or the three humours when in a disordered state, -8 (In Nyāya. &c.) A fault of a definition : (i. e. अव्याप्ति, अतिव्याप्ति and असंभव). -9 (In Rhet.) A fault or defect of composition (such as परदोष, पदांशदोष, वाक्यदोष, रसदोष, and अर्थदोष which are defined and illustrated in the 7th Ullāsa of K. P.). -1 A calf. -11 Refutation. -12 Evening, dusk; cf. दोषा; दोषे हृषीकेश उतार्धरात्रे निशीथ एको$वतु पद्मनाभः Bhāg.6.8.21. -Comp. -अक्षरम् accusation. -आकर a. faulty. -आरोपः charge, accusation. -एकदृश् a. fault-finding, censorious, picking holes. -कर, -कारिन्, -कृत् a. causing evil, hurtful. -गुणम् bad and good qualities; बीजानामुप्तिविच्च स्यात्क्षेत्रदोषगुणस्य च (जानीयात्) Ms.9.33. -ग्रस्त a. 1 convicted, guilty. -2 full of faults or defects. -ग्राहिन् a. 1 malicious, malignant. -2 censorious. -ज्ञ a. knowing faults &c. (-ज्ञः) 1 a wise or learned man; R.1.93. -2 a physician. -3 a teacher. -त्रयम् disorder or vitiation of the three humours of the body; (i. e. वात, पित्त and कफ). -दृष्टि a. looking at faults, censorious, -प्रसंगः attaching blame, condemnation, censure. -भक्तिः f. tendency to a disease. -भाज् a. faulty, guilty, wrong, a villain. -भेदः a peculiar modification of the vitiation of three humours. -स्थानम् the seat of disorder of the humours.
duṣyantaḥ दुष्यन्तः N. of a king of the lunar race, descendant of Puru, husband of Śakuntalā and father of Bharata. [Once upon a time Duṣyanta, while hunting in the forest, went to the hermitage of the sage Kaṇva, while pursuing a deer. There he was hospitably received by Śakuntalā, the adopted daughter of the sage, and her transcendent beauty made so great an impression on his mind that he prevailed on her to become his queen, and married her according to the Gāndharva form of marriage. Having passed some time in her company the king returned to his capital. After some months Śakuntalā was delivered of a son, and her father thought it advisable to send her with the boy to her husband. But when they went and stood before Duṣyanta, he (for fear of public scandal) denied all knowledge of having ever before seen or married her. But a heavenly voice told him that she was his lawful wife, and he thereupon admitted her; along with the boy, into his harem, and made her first queen. The happy pair lived to a good old age and committing the realm to the care of Bharata, retired to the woods. Such is the account of Duṣyanta and Śakuntalā given in the Mahābhārata; the story told by Kālidāsa differs in several important respects; see "Sakuntalā".]
dus दुस् A prefix to nouns and sometimes to verbs meaning 'bad, evil, wicked, inferior, hard or difficult, &c.' (N. B. The स् of दुस् is changed to र् before vowels and soft consonants, see दुर्; to a Visarga before sibilants, to श् before च् and छ्, and to ष् before क् and प्.) -Comp. -उपस्थान a. difficult to be approached; यो रणे दुरुपस्थानो हस्तरोधं दधद् धनुः Bk.5.32. -कर a. 1 wicked, acting badly; काँल्लोकांस्तु गमिष्यामि कृत्वा कर्म सुदुष्करम् Mb.12. 27.18. -2 hard to be done or accomplished, arduous, difficult; वक्तुं सुकरं कर्तुं दुष्करम् 'sooner said than done'; Amaru.46; Mk.3.1.; Ms.7.55. (-रम्) 1 a difficult or painful task or act, difficulty. -2 atmosphere, ether. -कर्मन् n. 1 any bad act, sin, crime. -2 any difficult or painful act. -3 A wicked man; ततो वसति दुष्कर्मा नरके शाश्वतीः समाः Mb. -कालः 1 bad times; दुष्काले$पि कलाव- सज्जनरुचौ प्राणैः परं रक्षता Mu.7.5. -2 the time of universal destruction. -3 an epithet of Śiva. -कुलम् a bad or low family; (आददीत) स्त्रीरत्नं दुष्कुलादपि Ms.2.238. -कुलीन a. low-born. -कुह a. hypocritical; अतीन्द्रियेणात्मनि दुष्कुहो$यं मया जनो योजयितुं न शक्यः Bu. Ch.1.18. -कृत्, -कृतिन् m. a wicked person; विनाशाय च दुष्कृताम् Bg.4.8; पुनः पुनर्दुष्कृतिनं निनिन्द R.14.57. -कृतम्, -कृतिः f. a sin, misdeed; उभे सुकृतदुष्कृते Bg.2.5; (ददर्श) ततस्तान् भिद्यमानांश्च कर्मभिः दुष्कृतैः स्वकैः Rām.7.21.21. -क्रम a. ill-arranged, unmethodical, unsystematic. -क्रिया a misdemeanour, bad act. -क्रीत a. not properly purchased; क्रीत्वा मूल्येन यो द्रव्यं दुष्क्रीतं मन्यते क्रयी Nārada Smṛiti. -चर a. 1 hard to be performed or accomplished, arduous, difficult; चरतः किल दुश्चरं तपस्तृण- बिन्दोः परिशङ्कितः पुरा R.8.79; Ku.7.65. -2 inaccessible, unapproachable. -3 acting ill, behaving wickedly. (-रः) 1 a bear. -2 a bi-valve shell. ˚चारिन् a. practising very austere penance. -चरित a. wicked, ill-behaved, abandoned. (-तम्) misbehaviour, ill-conduct; तथा दुश्चरितं सर्वं वेदे त्रिवृति मज्जति Ms.11.263. -चर्मन् a. affected with a disease of the skin, leprous. (-m.) 1 a circumcised man, or one whose prepuce is naturally wanting. -चिकित्स्य a. difficult to be cured, incurable. सुदुश्चिकि- त्स्यस्य भवस्य मृत्योर्भिषक्तमं त्वाद्य गतिं गताः स्म Bhāg.4.3.38. -चिक्यम् the third लग्नराशि; दुश्चिक्यं स्यात्तृतीयकम् Jyotistattvam. -चित्त a. melancholy, sad. -चेष्टितम् misconduct, error. -च्यवनः an epithet of Indra; अत्तुं महेन्द्रियं भागमेति दुश्च्यवनो$धुना Bk.5.11. -च्यावः an epithet of Śiva. -च्छद a difficult to be clothed, tattered. -तर a. (दुष्टर or दुस्तर) 1 difficult to be crossed; तितीर्षुर्दुस्तरं मोहादुडुपेनास्मि सागरम् R.1.2; Ms;4.242; प्रविशेन्मुखमाहेयं दुस्तरं वा महार्णवम् Pt.1.111. -2 difficult to be subdued, insuperable, invincible. -3 not to be surpassed or excelled. -4 difficult to be borne or endured. -तर्कः false reasoning. -पच (दुष्पच) a. difficult to be digested. -पतनम् 1 falling badly. -2 a word of abuse, abusive epithet (अपशब्द). -परिग्रह a. difficult to be seized, taken, or kept; Pt.1.67. लोकाधाराः श्रियो राज्ञां दुरापा दुष्परिग्रहाः Kām. (-हः) a bad wife. -पान a. difficult to be drunk. -पार a. 1 difficult to be crossed. -2 difficult to be accomplished. -पूर a. difficult to be filled or satisfied; दुष्पूरो- दरपूरणाय पिबति स्रोतःपतिं वाडवः Bh.; Bg.3.39. -प्रकाश a. obscure, dark, dim. -प्रक्रिया little authority; Rāj. T.8.4. -प्रकृति a. ill-tempered. evilnatured. -प्रजस् a. having bad progeny. -प्रज्ञ (दुष्प्रज्ञ) a. weakminded, stupid. -प्रज्ञानम् bad intellect. -प्रणीत a. ill-arranged or managed. (-तम्) impolitic conduct; Mb.8.5.2. -प्रतर a. difficult to be overcome or understood; धर्मं सूक्ष्मतरं वाच्यं तत्र दुष्प्रतरं त्वया Mb.12.19.7. -प्रतीक a. difficult to know or recognise; दुष्प्रतीकमरण्ये$स्मिन्किं तात वनमागतः Rām.2.1.5. -प्रद a. causing pain or sorrow; अद्य भीताः पलायन्तु दुष्प्रदास्ते दिशो दश Rām.2.16.29. -प्रधर्ष, -प्रधृष्य 1 un assailable; see दुर्धर्ष; सा दुष्प्रधर्षा मनसापि हिंस्रैः R.2.27. -2 secure from assault, intangible. -प्रमेय a. immeasurable. -प्रवादः slander, calumnious report, scandal. -प्रवृत्तिः f. bad news, evil report; तेषां शूर्पणखैवैका दुष्प्रवृत्तिहराभवत् R.12.51. -प्रसह (दुष्प्रसह) a. 1 irresistible, terrible. -2 hard to bear or endure; M.5.1; R.3.58. -प्राप, -प्रापण a. unattainable, hard to get; R.1.48; असंयता- त्मना योगो दुष्प्राप इति मे मतिः Bg.6.36. -प्रीति f. displeasure. -मरम् a sad demise; अकाले दुर्मरमहो यज्जीवामस्तया विना Bk.6.14. -शंस a. Ved. evil-minded, malevolent, wicked. -शक, -शक्त a.powerless, weak. -शकुनम् a bad omen. -शला N. of the only daughter of धृतराष्ट्र given in marriage to Jayadratha. -शासन a. difficult to be managed or governed, intractable. (-नः) N. of one of the 1 sons of धृतराष्ट्र. [He was brave and warlike, but wicked and intractable. When Yudhiṣṭhira staked and lost even Draupadī, Duhśāsana dragged her into the assembly by her hair and began to strip her of every clothing; but Krisna, ever ready to help the distressed, covered her from shame and ignominy. Bhīma was so much exasperated at this dastardly act of Duhśāsana that he vowed in the assembly that he would not rest till he had drunk the villain's blood. On the 16th day of the great war Bhīma encountered Duhśāsana in a single combat, killed him with ease, and drank, according to his resolution, his blood to his heart's content.] -शील (दुश्शील) a. ill-mannered or ill behaved, reprobate. -शृङ्गी a disloyal wife. -ष्ठु see दुस्थ a. unsettled, in calamity; कथं दुष्ठुः स्वयं धर्मे प्रजास्त्वं पालयिष्यसि Bk.6.132. -संचार a. difficult to be passed; दुःसंचारासु नगरवीथीषु; Pt.1.173. -षम (दुःषम or दुष्षम), -सम (दुःसम or दुस्सम) a. 1 uneven, unlike, unequal. -2 adverse, unfortunate, -3 evil, improper, bad. -षमम्, -समम् ind. ill, wickedly. -सत्त्वम् an evil being. -सथः 1 a dog. -2 a cock; L. D. B. -संधान, -संधेय a. difficult to be united or reconciled. -मृद्धटवत् सुखभेद्यो दुःसन्धानश्च दुर्जनो भवति Subhāṣ. -संस्थित a. very sinful or ugly to look at; Rām.2.9.4. -सह (दुस्सह) a. unbearable, irresistible, insupportable. भवत्यनिष्टादपि नाम दुःसहात् Ku. -साक्षिन् m. a false witness. -साध, -साध्य a. 1 difficult to be accomplished or managed. -2 difficult to be cured. -3 difficult to be conquered. -साधिन् m. door-keeper; L. D. B. -सुप्त a. having bad dreams (in one's sleep). -स्थ, -स्थित a. (written also दुस्थ and दुस्थित) 1 ill-conditioned, poor, miserable. -2 suffering pain, unhappy, distressed; कल्पान्तदुःस्था वसुधा तथोहे Bk. -3 unwell, ill. -4 unsteady, disquieted. -5 foolish, unwise, ignorant. -स्थम् ind. badly, ill, unwell; दुःस्थं तिष्ठसि यच्च पथ्यमधुना कर्तास्मि तच्छ्रो- ष्यसि; Amaru. -स्थितिः f. 1 bad condition or situation, unhappiness, misery. -2 instability. -स्पृष्टम् (दुः-दुस्पृ- ष्टम्) 1 slight touch or contact. -2 slight touch or action of the tongue which produces the sounds य्, र्, ल् and व्; दुस्पृष्टश्चेति विज्ञेयो लृकारः प्लुत एव च. -स्फाटः a kind of weapon; L. D. B. -स्मर a. hard or painful to remember; U.6.34. -स्वप्नः a bad dream.
dogdhrī दोग्ध्री 1 A cow which yields milk. -2 A wet-nurse (having much milk; Mar. दाइ.) -3 A female who gives anything (with acc.).
dūra दूर a. (Compar. दवीयस्, superl. दविष्ठ) 1 Distant, remote, far off, a long way off, long; किं दूरं व्यवसायिनाम् Chāṇ.73; न योजनशतं दूरं वाह्यमानस्य तृष्णया H.1.146,49. -2 Very high, up; दूरमप्युदितः सूर्यः शशाङ्क इव लक्ष्यते Rām.3.16.18. -3 Excessive, very much; विचिक्षिपे शूलभृतां सलीलं स पत्रिभिर्दूरमदूरपातैः Ki.17.53. -रम् Distance, remoteness. [N. B. Some of the oblique cases of दूर are used adverbially as follows:-- (a) दूरम् to a distance, far away, far or distant from (with abl. or gen.); ग्रामात् or ग्रामस्य दूरम् Sk. -2 high above. -3 deeply, far below. -4 highly, in a high degree, very much; नेत्रे दूरमनञ्जने S. D. -5 entirely, completely; निमग्नां दूरमम्भसि Ks.1.29; दूरमुद्धूतपापाः Me.57; दूरकृ to surpass, exceed सा तस्य कर्मनिर्वृतैर्दूरं पश्चात्कृता फलैः R.17.18. ˚करण a. making far or distant, removing. ˚गम a. going far away; दूरंगमं ज्योतिषां ज्योतिरेकम् Vāj.34.1. (b) दूरेण 1 far, from a distant place, from afar; खलः कापठ्यदोषेण दूरेणैव विसृज्यते Bv.1.78. -2 by far, in a high degree; दूरेण ह्यवरं कर्म बुद्धियोगाद्धनञ्जय Bg.2.49; R.1.3. v.l. (c) -दूरात् 1 from a distance, from afar; प्रक्षालनाद्धि पङ्कस्य दूरादस्पर्शनं वरम्, दूरादागतः 'come from afar (regarded as comp.); नदीयमभितो.........दूरात्परित्यज्यताम् Bh.1.81; R.1.6. -2 in a remote degree. -3 from a remote period. (d) दूरे far, away, in a distant place; न मे दूरे किंचित्क्षणमपि न पार्श्वे रथजवात् Ś.1.9; भोः श्रेष्ठिन् शिरसि भयमतिदूरे तत्प्रतीकारः Mu.1; Bh.3.88. ˚कृ to discard; ऋजुतां दूरे कुरु प्रेयसि Amaru.7. ˚भू, ˚ गम् to be far away or gone off; Ks. ˚तिष्ठतु let it be, never mind; दूरे तिष्ठतु तद्वृद्धिः Ks.6.37. दूरीकृ means 1 to remove to a distance, remove, take away; आश्रमे दूरीकृतश्रमे Dk.5; Bv.1.122. -2 to deprive (one) of, separate; कुपिता न्यायेन दूरीकृताः Mk.9.4. -3 to prevent, ward off. -4 to surpass, excel, distance; दूरीकृताः खलु गुणैरुद्यानलता वनलताभिः Ś1.17; so दूरीमू to be away or removed, be separated from, be at a distance; दूरीभूते मयि सहचरे चक्रवाकीमिवैकाम् Me.85. -Comp. -अन्तरित a. separated by a long distance. -अपेत a. quite out of question. -आगत a. coming from afar. -आपातः shooting from afar. -आप्लाव a. jumping or leaping far. -आरूढ 1 mounted high. -2 far-advanced, intense, vehement; दूरारूढः खलु प्रणयो$सहनः V.4. -ईरितेक्षण a. squint-eyed. -उत्सारित a. driven far away, removed, banished; दूरोत्सारितहृदयानन्दः V.4.23. -ग, -गत a. 1 far removed, distant. -2 gone far, far advanced, grown intense; न ददाह भूरुहवनानि हरितनयधाम दूरगम् Ki.12.16. दूरगत- मन्मथा$क्षमेयं कालहरणस्य Ś.3. -गामिन् m. an arrow -ग्रहणम् the supernatural faculty of seeing objects though situated at a distance. -दर्शन a. visible only from afar; अहो सनाथा भवतास्म यद्वयं त्रैविष्टपानामपि दूरदर्शनम् Bhāg.1.11.8. -दर्शन, -दृश् a. far-seeing. (-नः), m. 1 a vulture. -2 a learned man, a Pandit. (-नम्) prudence, foresight. -दर्शिन् a. farseeing, foresighted, prudent. (-m.) 1 a vulture. -2 a learned man. -3 a seer, prophet, sage. -दृष्टिः 1 longsightedness. -2 prudence, foresight. -पातः 1 a long fall. -2 a long fight. -3 falling from a great height. -पात, पातिन् a. shooting from afar; शस्त्रविद्भिरनाधृष्यो दूरपाती दृढायुधः Mb.5.165. 25. -पातनम् the act of shooting to a distance; Mb.4. -पात्र a. having a wide channel, or bed (as a river). -पार a. 1 very broad (as a river); ह्रादिनीं दूरपारां च Rām.2.71.2. -2 difficult to be crossed. (-रः) a broad river. (-रा) an epithet of the Ganges. -बन्धु a. banished from wife and kinsmen; तेनार्थित्वं त्वयि विधिवशाद् दूरबन्धुर्गतो$हम् Me.6. -भाज् a. distant, remote. -भिन्न a. wounded deeply. -वर्तिन् a. being in the distance, far removed, remote, distant. -वस्त्रक a. naked. -वासिन् a. outlandish. -विलम्बिन् a. hanging far down; नवाम्बुभि- र्दूरविलम्बिनो घनाः Ś.5.12. -वेधिन् a. piercing from afar. -श्रवणम् hearing from afar. -श्रवस् a. far renowned. -संस्थ a. being at a distance, remote, far away; कण्ठा- श्लेषप्रणयिनि जने किं पुनर्दूरसंस्थे Me.3. -स्थ, -स्थित a. remote, far off; दूरस्थाः पर्वता रम्याः Subhāṣ; दूरस्थत्वे च यद्येकः शीलत्यागं करिष्यति Ks.13.8.
dṛḍha दृढ a. [दृंह्-क्त नि˚ नलोपः] 1 Fixed, firm, strong, unswerving, untiring; असंगशस्त्रेण दृढेन छित्त्वा Bg.15.3; दृढभक्तिः H.3.58; दृढव्रतम् R.13.78. -2 Solid, massive. -3 Confirmed, established. -4 Steady, persevering; भजन्ते मां दृढव्रताः Bg.7.28. -5 Firmly fastened, shut fast. -6 Compact. -7 Tight, close, dense. -8 Strong, intense, great, excessive, mighty, severe, powerful; तस्याः करि- ष्यामि दृढानुतापम् Ku.3.8; R.11.46. -9 Tough. -1 Difficult to be drawn or bent (as a bow); दृढस्य धनुष आयमनम् Ch. Up.1.3.5. -11 Durable. -12 Reliable. -13 Certain, sure. -14 Hard-hearted, cruel; U.4. -15 Secure. -16 (In Math.) Reduced to the smallest number by a common divisor. -ढम् 1 Iron. -2 A stronghold, fortress. -3 Excess, abundance, high degree -4 Anything fixed or firm or solid. -ढम् ind. 1 Firmly, fast. -2 Very much, excessively, vehemently. -3 Thoroughly. -Comp. -अङ्ग a. strong-limbed, stout. (-गम्) a diamond. -अनुतापः deep repentance; तस्याः करिष्यामि दृढानुतापम् Ku.3.8. -आयुधः an epithet of Śiva. -इषुधि a. having a strong quiver. -काण्डः, -ग्रन्थिः, -पत्रः a bamboo. -कारिन् a. resolute. -कट्टुकः (in Math.) a multiplier admitting of no further simplification or reduction. -गात्रिका granulated sugar. -ग्राहिन् a. seizing firmly, pursuing an object with untiring energy, resolute; दृढग्राही करोमीति जाप्यं जपति जापकः Mb.12. 197.11. -दंशकः a shark. -द्वार a. having the gates well-secured. -धनः an epithet of Buddha. -धन्वन्, -धन्विन् m. a good archer; राजानं दृढधन्वानं दिलीपं सत्यवादि- नम् Mb. -धृति a. resolute. -नाभः a spell for restraining अस्त्रs; Rām.1.29.5. -निश्चय a. 1 of firm resolve, resolute, firm. -2 confirmed. -नीरः, -फलः the cocoanut tree. -पाद a. resolute. (-दः) an epithet of Brahmā. -पृष्ठकः a tortoise. -प्रतिज्ञ a. firm to a promise, true to one's word, faithful to an agreement. -प्रत्ययः firm confidence, settled conviction; संप्राप्तान्न पुरा न संप्रति न च प्राप्तौ दृढप्रत्ययान् Bh.3. -प्ररोहः the holy fig tree. -प्रहारिन् a. 1 striking hard. -2 hitting firmly, shooting surely. -भक्ति a. faithful, devoted. -भाजकः (In Math.) the greatest common measure. -भूमिः a person with a firm concentration of his mind in yogic studies; स तु दीर्घकालनैरन्तर्यसत्कारसेवितो दृढमतिः Yogadarśana. -भेदिन् A good archer; भ्राम्यञ्जले घटो वेध्यश्चक्रे मृत्पिण्डकं तथा । भ्रमन्तं वेधयेद्यो हि दृढभेदी स उच्यते ॥ Dhanur.15. -मति a. resolute, strong-willed, firm. -मन्यु a. having intense anger or grief; भार्गवाय दृढमन्यवे पुनः क्षत्रमुद्यतमिव न्यवेदयत् R.11.46. -मुष्टि a. close-fisted, miserly, niggardly. (-ष्टिः) 1 a sword. -2 strong fist; Ks.19.148. -मूलः, -वृक्षः the cocoa-nut tree. -रङ्गा alum. -लोमन् m. a wild hog. -वैरिन् m. a relentless foe; an inveterate enemy. -व्रत a. 1 firm in religious austerity. एवं दृढव्रतो नित्यं ब्रह्मचारी समाहितः Ms.11.81. -2 firm, faithful. -3 persevering, persistent. -संधि a. 1 firmly united, closely joined. -2 close, compact. -3 thick-set. -सौहृद a. firm in friendship.
deva देव a. (-वी f.) [दिव्-अच्] 1 Divine, celestial; Bg.11. 11; Ms.12.117. -2 Shining; यज्ञस्य देवमृत्विजम् Rv.1.1.1. -3 Fit to be worshipped or honoured. -वः 1 A god, deity; एको देवः केशवो वा शिवो वा Bh.3.12. -2 (a) The god of rain, an epithet of Indra; as in द्वादश वर्षाणि देवो न ववर्ष; अवर्षयद्देवः Rām.1.9.18; काले च देशे च प्रववर्ष देवः Bu. Ch.2.7. (b) A cloud. -3 A divine man, Brāhmaṇa, as in भूदेव. -4 A king, ruler, as in मनुष्यदेव; तां देवसमितिं (अभ्या- गच्छत्) Mb.3.13.22. -5 A title affixed to the names of Bārhmaṇas; as in गोविन्ददेव, पुरुषोत्तमदेव &c. -6 (In dramas) A title of honour used in addressing a king, ('My lord', 'Your majesty'); ततश्च देव Ve.4; यथाज्ञापयति देवः &c. -7 Quicksilver. -8 The Supreme Spirit; हित्वा च देहं प्रविशन्ति देवं दिवौकसो द्यामिव पार्थ सांख्याः Mb.12.31.112. -9 A fool -1 A child. -11 A man following any particular business. -12 A lover. -13 Emulation. -14 Sport, play. -15 A husband's brother (cf. देवृ, देवर). -16 A lancer. -वम् An organ of sense; देवानां प्रभवो देवो मनसश्च त्रिलोककृत् Mb.14.41.3. [cf. L. deus; Gr. deos.]. -Comp. -अंशः a partial incarnation of god. -अगारः, -रम् a temple. -अङ्गना a celestial damsel, an apsaras. -अतिदेवः, -अधिदेवः 1 the highest god. -2 an epithet of (1) Śiva. (2) Buddha. (3) Viṣṇu. देवातिदेवो भगवान् प्रसूतिरंशे हरिर्यस्य जगत्प्रणेता Hariv. -अधिपः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 the supreme god. -अनीकम् an army of celestials. -अनुचरः, -अनुयायिन् m. an attendant or follower of a god; निशम्य देवानुचरस्य वाचं मनुष्यदेवः पुनरप्युवाच R.2.52. -अन्धस् n., अन्नम् 1 the food of gods, divine food, ambrosia. -2 food that has been first offered to an idol; see Ms.5.7 and Kull. thereon. -अभीष्ट a. 1 liked by or dear to gods. -2 sacred or dedicated to a deity. (-ष्टा) piper betel. -अरण्यम् the garden of gods, the Nandana garden; अलमुद्द्योतयामासुर्देवारण्यमिवर्तवः R.1.8. -अरिः a demon. -अर्चनम्, -ना 1 the worship of gods. -2 idolatry. -अर्पणम् 1 an offering to the god. -2 the Veda; पृथग्- भूतानि चान्यानि यानि देवार्पणानि च Mb.13.86.17 (see com.). -आवसथः a temple. -अश्वः an epithet of उच्चैःश्रवस्, the horse of Indra. -आक्रीडः 'the garden of the gods', Nandana garden. -आजीवः, -आजीविन् m. an attendant upon an idol. -2 a low Brāhmaṇa subsisting by attendance upon an idol and upon the offerings made to it. -आत्मन् a. 1 consecrated, holy, sacred. -2 of a divine nature. (-m.) 1 the divine soul; ते ध्यानयोगानुगता$ पश्यन् देवात्मशक्तिं स्वगुणैर्निगूढाम् Śvet. Up.1.3. -2 the holy fig-tree. -आयतनम् a temple; Ms.4.46; न देवा- यतनं गच्छेत् कदाचिद् वा$प्रदक्षिणम् । न पीडयेद् वा वस्त्राणि न देवा- यतनेष्वपि ॥ Kūrma P. -आयुधम् 1 a divine weapon. -2 rainbow. -आयुष्म् the life-time of a god. -आलयः 1 heaven. -2 a temple. -आवासः 1 heaven. -2 the holy fig-tree (अश्वत्थ). -3 a temple. -4 the Sumeru mountain. -आहारः nectar, ambrosia. -इज् a. (nom. sing. देवेट्-ड्) worshipping the gods. -इज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati, preceptor of the gods. -इज्जः 1 an epithet of Indra. -2 of Śiva. -इष्ट a. dear to gods. (-ष्टः) bdellium. (-ष्टा) the wild lime tree. -ईशः an epithet of (1) Indra. (2) Śiva. (3) Viṣṇu. (4) Brahman. (-शी) N. of Durgā also of Devakī mother of Kṛiṣṇa. -ईश्वरः N. of (1) Śiva. (2) Indra. -उद्यानम् 1 divine garden. -2 The Nandana garden. -3 a garden near a temple. -ऋषिः (देवर्षिः) 1 a deified saint, divine sage such as अत्रि, भृगु, पुलस्त्य, अङ्गिरस् &c.; एवंवादिनि देवर्षौ Ku.6.84 (i. e. अङ्गिरस्); अथ देवऋषी राजन् संपरेतं नृपात्मजम् Bhāg.; आब्रह्मभुवनाल्लोका देवर्षिपितृमानवाः । तृप्यन्तु पितरः सर्वे मातृमातामहा- दयाः Tarpaṇamantra. -2 an epithet of Narada; देवर्षीणां च नारदः Bg.1.13.26. -ओकस् n. the mountain Meru or Sumeru. -कन्या a celestial damsel, a nymph; also देवकन्यका. -कर्दमाः sandal, aloe wood, camphor, saffron pounded together and made into a paste. -कर्मन् n., -कार्यम् 1 a religious act or rite, divine command; अनुष्ठितदेवकार्यम् R.12.13. -2 the worship of gods. -काष्ठम् the Devadāru tree. -किरी N. of a Rāgiṇī; ललिता मालती गौरी नाटी देवकिरी तथा । मेघरागस्य रागिण्यो भवन्तीमाः सुमध्यमाः ॥ -कुटम् a temple. -कुण़्डम् a natural spring. -कुलम् 1 a temple. -2 a race of gods. -3 a group of gods. -कुल्या the celestial Ganges. -कुसुमम् cloves; एलां च देवकुसुमं त्वक्पत्रं देवदारु च Śiva. B.3.14. -खातम्, -खातकम् 1 a natural hollow among mountains. -2 a natural pond or reservoir; Ms.4.23. -3 a pond near a temple. ˚बिल a cavern, chasm. -गणः a class of gods. -गणिका an apsaras; q. v. -गतिः the path of देवलोक; अनुज्ञातश्च रामेण ययौ देवगतिं मुनिः A. Rām. 2.1.4. -गन्धर्वः an epithet of Nārada. (-र्वम्) a particular mode of singing. -गर्जनम् thunder. -गर्भः see हिरण्यगर्भ; Rām.2.4.23. -गायनः a celestial chorister, a Gandharva. -गान्धारी N. of a Rāgiṇī गान्धारी देवगान्धारी मालवी श्रीश्च सारवी । रामकीर्यपि रागिण्यः श्रीरागस्य प्रिया इमाः ॥ -गिरिः 1 N. of a mountain; cf. Me.44. -2 N. of a town (Daulatabad). -गिरी f. N. of a Rāgiṇī. -गुरुः 1 an epithet of Kaśyapa (the father of gods). -2 of Bṛihaspati (the preceptor of gods). -गुही an epithet of Sarasvatī or of a place situated on it. -गुह्यम् 1 a secret only known by gods. -2 death. -गृहम् 1 a temple. -2 the place of a king. -3 a planetary sphere. -ग्रहः a class of demons who causes harmless madness. -चरितम् the course of action or practices of the gods; न देवचरितं चरेत्. -चर्या the worship or service of gods. -चिकित्सकौ (du.) Aśvins, the twin physicians of gods. -छन्दः a pearl-necklace having 81, 1 or 18 strings; शतमष्टयुतं हारो देवच्छन्दो ह्यशीतिरेकयुता Bṛi. S.81.32. -जनः the gods collectively. ˚विद्या the science of music, dance, other arts &c.; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -जातम् a class of gods. -जामिः f. a sister of the gods; देवजामीनां पुत्रो$सि Av. 6.46.1. -तरुः 1 the holy fig-tree. -2 one of the trees of paradise. (i. e. मन्दार, पारिजात, सन्तान, कल्प and हरि- चन्दन); पञ्चैते देवतरवो मन्दारः पारिजातकः । सन्तानः कल्पवृक्षश्च पुंसि वा हरिचन्दनम् ॥ Ak. -3 the tree in a village (चैत्यवृक्ष) where the villagers usually meet (Mar. पार). -तर्पणम् offerings of water, part of the सन्ध्या ceremony. -ताडः 1 fire. -2 an epithet of Rāhu. -तातः 1 a sacrifice. -2 N. of Kaśyapa. -तातिः 1 a god. -2 divine service; स नो यक्षद् देवताता यजीयान् Rv.3.19.1. -तीर्थम् 1 the right moment for the worship of gods. -2 the tips of the fingers sacred to gods. -दत्त a. 1 god-given, granted by the gods. -2 given to the gods (as a village, &c.). (-त्तः) 1 N. of the conch-shell of Arjuna; देवदत्तं धनञ्जयः (दध्मौ) Bg.1.15. -2 a certain person (used in speaking of men indefinitely); मुक्तस्ततो यदि बन्धाद्देवदत्त उपाच्छिनत्ति Bhāg.5.14.24; देवदत्तः पचति, पिनो देवदत्तो दिवा न भुङ्क्ते &c. -3 one of the vital airs exhaled in yawning; देवदत्तो विजृम्भणे. ˚अग्रजः N. of Buddha. -दर्शन a. visiting the gods. (-नः) N. of Nārada; यथा प्राह नारदो देवदर्शनः Bhāg.2.8.1. -दारु m., n. a species of pine; गङ्गाप्रवाहोक्षित- देवदारु Ku.1.54; R.2.36. -दासः a servant or attendant upon a temple. (-सी) 1 a female in the service of gods or a temple. -2 a courtezan (employed as a dancer in a temple). -3 the wild citron tree. -दीपः the eye. -दुन्दुभिः 1 divine drum; देवदुन्दुभिनिर्घोषो पुष्पवृष्टिश्च खात् पतन् Rām. -2 the holy basil with red flowers. -3 an epithet of Indra. -दूतः a divine envoy or messenger, an angel. -देवः 1 an epithet of Brahman; Rām.1.43.1. -2 of Śiva; अयाचितारं न हि देवदेवमद्रिः सुतां ग्राहयितुं शशाक Ku.1.52. -3 of Viṣṇu; Bg.1.15. -4 of Gaṇeśa; दृष्टप्रभावो वरदो देवदेवो विनायकः Ks.2.55. -दैवत्य a. destined for the god; Ms.2.189. -द्रोणी a procession with idols. -धर्मः a religious duty or office. -धानी the city of Indra; तां देवधानीं स वरुथिनीपतिर्बहिः समन्ताद्रुरुधे पृतन्यया Bhāg. 8.15.23. -धान्यम् a kind of grass-grain (Mar. देवभात). -धिष्ण्यम् a chariot of the gods (विमान); Bhāg.1. 82.7. -नक्षत्रम् N. of the first 14 नक्षत्रs in the southern quarter (opp. to यमनक्षत्रम्). -नदी 1 the Ganges. -2 any holy river; Ms.2.17. -नन्दिन् m. N. of the doorkeeper of Indra. -2 N. of a grammarian. -नागरी N. of the character in which Sanskrit is usually written. -नाथः Śiva. -निकायः 1 'residence of gods', paradise, heaven; तं तुष्टुवुर्देवनिकायकेतवः Bhāg.1.27.25. -2 a host or assembly of gods; Ms.1.36. -निन्दकः a blasphemer, unbeliever, heretic, atheist. -निन्दा heresy, atheism. -निर्माल्यम् 1 a garland remaining from a sacrifice. -निर्मित a. 'god-created', natural. -पतिः an epithet of Indra. -पादाः 'the royal feet or presence', an honorific term for a king; देवपादाः प्रमाणम्. -पथः 1 'heavenly passage', heaven, firmament दिव्यो देवपथो ह्येष नात्र गच्छन्ति मानुषाः Mb. -2 the milky way. -पशुः any animal consecrated to a deity. -पात्रम् an epithet of Agni. -पुर्, -पुरी f. an epithet of Amarāvatī, the city of Indra. -पुरोहितः 1 a domestic priest of the gods. -2 the planet Jupiter (बृहस्पति). -पुष्पम् cloves. -पूज्यः an epithet of Bṛihaspati. -प्रतिकृतिः f., -प्रतिमा an idol, the image of a deity. -प्रश्नः 'consulting deities', astrology, fortune-telling. -प्रसूत a. good-produced (water); Av.6. 1.2. -प्रियः 'dear to the gods', an epithet of Śiva; (देवानांप्रियः an irreg. comp. meaning1 a goat. -2 a fool, idiot like a brute breast, as in ते$प्यतात्पर्यज्ञा देवानांप्रियाः K. P. -3 an ascetic, who renounces the world). -बलिः an oblation to the gods. -बाहुः 1 N. of a king in the Yadu race. -2 N. of a sage; देवबाहुः शतधनुः कृतवर्मेति तत्सुताः Bhāg. -ब्रह्मन् m. an epithet of Nārada. -ब्राह्मणः 1 a Brāhmaṇa who lives on the proceeds of a temple. -2 a venerable Brāhmaṇa. -भक्तिः worship or service of the gods. -भवनम् 1 the heaven. -2> a temple. -3 the holy fig-tree. -भागः the northern hemisphere. -भ m. a god; (-f.) heaven. -भूमिः f. heaven; पितुः प्रदेशा- स्तव देवभूमयः Ku.5.45. -भूतिः f. an epithet of the Ganges. -भूयम् divinity, godhead; विदितमेव भवतां ...... परां निर्वृतिमुपेत्य देवभूयं गताः सर्वे न पूर्वपुरुषा इति Rām. Champū. -भृत् m. an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 of Indra. -भोगः Pleasure of the gods, heavenly joy; अन्नन्ति दिव्यान् दिवि देवभोगान् Bg.9.2. -भोज्यम् nectar. -मणिः 1 the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -2 the sun. -3 a curl of hair on a horse's neck; आवर्तिनः शुभफल- प्रदशुक्तियुक्ताः संपन्नदेवमणयो भृतरन्ध्रभागाः (अश्वाः) Śi.5.4; N.1.58. -मधु n. divine honey; असौ वा आदित्यो देवमधु Ch. Up.3.1.1. -मातृ f. N. of Aditi, mother of gods. -मातृक a. 'having the god of rain or clouds as foster-mother', watered only by the clouds, depending on rain-water and not on irrigation, deprived of every other kind of water (as a country); देशो नद्यम्बुवृष्ट्यम्बु- संपन्नव्रीहिपालितः । स्यान्नदीमातृको देवमातृकश्च यथाक्रमम् ॥ Ak.; cf. also वितन्वति क्षेममदेवमातृकाः (i. e. नदीमातृकाः) चिराय तस्मिन् कुरवश्चकासते Ki.1. 17. -मानकः the jewel of Viṣṇu called कौस्तुभ. -माया the Māyā of gods; ते दुस्तराम- तितरन्ति च देवमायाम् Bhāg. -मार्गः the air or sky. -मासः the eighth month of pregnancy. -मुनिः a divine sage. -यजनम् 1 a sacrificial place, a place where a sacrifice is performed; ततस्ते देवयजनं ब्राह्मणाः स्वर्णलाङ्गलैः (कृष्ट्वा) Bhāg.1.74.12. देवयजनसंभवे सीते U.4. -2 a place of worship; मण्डलं देवयजनं दीक्षासंस्कार आत्मनः Bhāg.12.11.17. -यजि a. making oblations to gods. -यज्ञः a sacrifice to the superior gods made by oblations to fire, or through fire to the gods; (one of the five daily sacrifices of a Brāhmaṇa; see Ms.3.81,85 and पञ्चयज्ञ also). -यज्यम्, -यज्या a sacrifice. -यात्रा 'an idolprocession,' any sacred festival when the idols are carried in procession; केनापि देवयात्रागतेन सिद्धादेशेन साधुना मत्समक्षमादिष्टा M.5.12-13. -यान bestowing मोक्ष; यज्ञस्य देवयानस्य मेध्याय हविषे नृप Bhāg.8.8.2. -नः the path leading to मोक्ष; सत्येन पन्था विततो देवयानः Muṇḍ.3.1.6. -यानम् a celestial car. -युगम् 1 the first of the four ages of the world; also called कृतयुग, सनत्कुमारो भगवान् पुरा देवयुगे प्रभुः Rām.1.11.11. -2 an age of the gods comprising four ages of men. -योनिः 1 a superhuman being, a demigod; विद्याधरो$प्सरोयक्षरक्षोगन्धर्वकिन्नराः । पिशाचो गुह्यकः सिद्धो भूतो$मी देवयोनयः ॥ Ak. -2 a being of divine origin. -3 fuel used in kindling fire (f. also). -योषा an apsaras. -रथः a car for carrying the image of god in procession. -थम् a day's journey for the sun's chariot. -रहस्यम् a divine mystery. -राज्, -राजः 1 an epithet of Indra; Rām.7.6.6. -2 a king. -3 N. of Buddha. -रातः 1 an epithet of Parīkṣit. -2 a kind of swan or crane. -राष्ट्रम् N. of an empire in the Deccan. -लक्ष्मम् the Brāhmanical cord. -लता the Navamallikā or double jasmine plant. -लिङ्गम् the image or statue of a deity; Bhāg.3.17.13. -लोकः heaven, paradise; देवलोकस्य चर्त्विजः (प्रभुः) Ms.4.182. -वक्त्रम् an epithet of fire. -वर्त्मन् n. the sky or atmosphere. -वर्धकिः, -शिल्पिन् m. Viśvakarman, the architect of gods. -वाणी 'divine voice', a voice from heaven. -वाहनः an epithet of Agni. -विद्या 1 divine science; Ch. Up.7.1.2. -2 the science of Nirukta or etymology; ibid. -विभागः the northern hemisphere. -विश् f., -विशा a deity. -वीतिः food of the gods. -वृक्षः the Mandāra tree. -व्यचस् a. Ved. occupied by the gods. -व्रतम् 1 a religious observance, any religious vow. -2 the favourite food of the gods. (-तः) an epithet of 1 Bhīṣma; ततो विनशनं प्रागाद्यत्र देवव्रतो$पतत् Bhāg.1.9.1. -2 Kārtikeya. -व्रतत्वम् celibacy (ब्रह्मचारिव्रत); देवव्रतत्वं विज्ञाप्य Mb.5.172.19. -शत्रुः a demon; स देवशत्रूनिव देवराजः Mb. -शुनी an epithet of Saramā, the bitch of the gods. -शेखर the damanaka tree (Mar. दवणा). -शेषम् the remnants of a sacrifice offered to gods. -श्रीः m. a sacrifice. (f.) Lakṣmī. -श्रुतः an epithet of 1 Viṣṇu. -2 Nārada. -3 a sacred treatise. -4 a god in general. -संसद् f. देवसभा q. v. -सत्यम् divine truth, established order of the gods. -संध a. divine. -सभा 1 an assembly of the gods (सुधर्मन्). -2 a council of a king, council-chamber. -3 a gambling-house. -सभ्यः 1 a gambler. -2 a frequenter of gaming-houses. -3 an attendant on a deity. -4 the keeper of a gambling-house. -सहा 1 rules of begging alms (? भिक्षासूत्र); L. D. B. -2 N. of a plant. -सायुज्यम् identification or unification with a deity, conjunction with the gods, deification. -सिंह an epithet of Śiva. -सुषिः a tube or cavity (in the heart) leading to the gods; cf. उदान, तस्य ह वा एतस्य हृदयस्य पञ्च देवसुषयः Ch. Up.3.13.1. -सू N. of 8 deities (अग्नि, सोम, सवितृ, रुद्र, बृहस्पति, इन्द्र, मित्र and वरुण). -सृष्टा an intoxicating drink. -सेना 1 the army of gods. -2 N. of the wife of Skanda; स्कन्देन साक्षादिव देवसेनाम् R.7.1. (Malli.:-- देवसेना = स्कन्दपत्नी perhaps it merely means 'the army of the gods' personified as Skanda's wife). ˚पतिः, ˚प्रियः an epithet of Kārtikeya. -स्वम् 'property of gods', property applicable to religious purposes or endowments; यद्धनं यज्ञशीलानां देवस्वं तद्विदु- र्बुधाः Ms.11.2,26. ˚अपहरणम् sacrilege. -सावर्णिः the 13th Manu; मनुस्त्रयोदशो भाव्यो देवसावर्णिरात्मवान् Bhāg. 8.13.3. -हविस् n. an animal offered to gods at a sacrifice. -हिंसकः an enemy of gods. -हूः the left ear; Bhāg.4.25.51. -हूतिः f. 1 invocation of the gods. -2 N. of a daughter of Manu Svāyambhuva and wife of Kardama. -हेडनम् an offence against the gods. -हेतिः a divine weapon.
daiva दैव a. (-वी f.) [देवादागतः अण्] 1 Relating to gods, caused by or coming from gods, divine, celestial; संस्कृतं नाम दैवी वागन्वाख्याता महर्षिभिः Kāv.1.33; दैवीनां मानुषीणां च प्रतिहर्ता त्वमापदाम् R.1.6; Y.2.235; Bg.4.25; 9.13;16.3; Ms.3.75. -2 Royal; दैवी वाग्यस्य नाभवत् Rāj. T.5.26. -3 Depending on fate, fatal. -4 Possessing the quality of सत्त्व. -वः 1 (i. e. विवाहः) One of the eight forms of marriage, that in which the daughter is given away at a sacrifice to the officiating priest; यज्ञस्य ऋत्विजे दैवः Y.1.59 (for the eight forms of marriage see उद्वाह or Ms.3.21). -2 A worshipper of god (देवभक्त); दैवान् सर्वे गुणवन्तो भवन्ति Mb. 12.158.35. -वम् 1 Fate, destiny, luck, fortune; पूर्वजन्म- कृतं कर्म तद्दैवमिति कथ्यते H. दैवमविद्वांसः प्रमाणयन्ति Mu.3; विना पुरुषकारेण दैवमत्र न सिध्यति 'God helps those who help themselves'; दैवं निहत्य कुरु पौरुषमात्मशक्त्या Pt.1.361. (दैवात् by chance, luckily, accidentally.) -2 A god, deity. -3 A religious rite or offering, an oblation to gods; उत्तिष्ठ नरशार्दूल कर्तव्यं दैवमाह्निकम् Rām.1.23.2. -4 A kind of Śrāddha ceremony. -5 Parts of the hands sacred to the gods, i. e. the tips of the fingers; cf. Ms.2.59. -6 Royal duties; न तु केवलदैवेन प्रजाभावेन रेमिरे Mb.1.222.1. -7 A science phenomena, unusuals (उत्पातs); Ch. Up. 7.1.2. -वी 1 A woman married according to the form of marriage called daiva q. v. above. -2 a. Divine, super-human; दैवी संपद्विमोक्षाय निबन्धायासुरी मता Bg.16.5. -3 A division of medicine (the medical use of charms, prayers &c.). -Comp. -अत्ययः evil resulting from unusual natural phenomena. -अधीन, -आयत्त a. dependent on fate; दैवायत्तं कुले जन्म मदायत्तं तु पौरुषम् Ve.3.33. -अहोरात्रः a day of the gods i. e. the human year. -इज्य a. sacred to Jupiter (गुरु), -topaz. -उपहत a. illfated, unfortunate; दैवेनोपहतस्य बुद्धिरथवा सर्वा विपर्यस्यति Mu.6.8. -ऊढा a woman married according to the Daiva ritual. ˚ज the son of such a woman; दैवोढाजः सुतश्चैव सप्त सप्त परावरान् Ms.3.38. -कर्मन् n. offering, oblations to gods. -कृत a. 1 fated. -2 natural. -कोविद्, -चिन्तकः, -ज्ञः an astrologer, a fortune-teller, पुरोहित प्रकुर्वीत दैवज्ञमुदितोदितम् Y.1.313; Kām.9,25. -गतिः f. turn or course of fate; मुक्ताजालं चिरपरिचितं त्याजितो दैवगत्या Me.96.; Pt.3.174. -चिन्ता fatalism; astrology. -ज्ञ a. knowing fate or men's destinies. -तन्त्र a. dependent on fate. -दत्त a. innate, natural. -दीपः the eye. -दुर्विपाकः hardness of fortune, adverseness or unpropitiousness of fate, an evil turn of fate; U.1.4. -दोषः badness of fate. -पर a. 1 trusting to fate, fatalist. -2 fated. predestined. -प्रश्नः 1 fortune-telling, astrology. -2 a voice from heaven. नक्तं निर्गत्य यत्किञ्चिच्छुभाशुभकरं वचः । श्रूयते तद्विदुर्धीरा दैवप्रश्नमुपश्रुतिम् ॥ -युगम् 'a Yuga of the gods' said to consist of 12 divine years, but see Kull. on एतद् द्वादशसाहस्रं देवानां युगमुच्यते Ms.1.71. -योगः a lucky coincidence, fortuitous combination, fortune, chance. (दैवयोगेन, दैवयोगात् fortunately, accidentally.) -रक्षित a. guarded by the gods; अरक्षितं तिष्ठति दैवरक्षितम् Subhāṣ. -लेखकः a fortune-teller, an astrologer. -वशः, -शम् the power of destiny, subjection to fate. -वाणी 1 a voice from heaven. -2 the Sanskrit language; cf. Kāv.1.33. quoted above. -विद् m. an astrologer. -सभेयम् a variety of sandal-wood red and smelling like a lotus-flower; Kau. A.2.11. -हत a. ill-fated; सुरक्षितं दैवहतं विनश्यति Subhāṣ. -हीन a. ill-fated, unfortunate, unlucky.
dvandvam द्वन्द्वम् [द्वौ द्वौ सहाभिव्यक्तौ; cf. P.VIII.1.15. Sk.] 1 pair, couple. -2 A couple of animals (including even men) of different sexes, i. e. male and female; द्वन्द्वानि भावं क्रियया बिवव्रुः Ku.3.35; Me.45; न चेदिदं द्वन्द्वम- योजयिष्यत् Ku.7.66; R.1.4; Ś.2.15;7.27; अल्पं तुल्य- शीलानि द्वन्द्वानि सृज्यन्ते Pratimā 1. -3 A couple of opposite conditions or qualities, (such as सुख and दुःख; शीत and उष्ण); बलवती हि द्वन्द्वानां प्रवृत्तिः K.135; द्वन्द्वैरयोजयच्चेमाः सुख- दुःखादिभिः प्रजाः Ms. 1.26;6.81; सर्वर्तुनिर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -4 A strife, contention, quarrel, dispute, fight. -5 A duel; Rām.6. 43.15. -6 Doubt, uncertainty. -7 A fortress, stronghold. -8 A secret. -9 A secret, or lonely place; द्वन्द्वे ह्येतत् प्रवक्तव्यं हितं वै यद्यवेक्षसे Rām.7.13.11. -न्द्वः 1 (In gram.) One of the four principal kinds of compounds, in which two or more words are joined together which, if not compounded, would stand in the same case and be connected by the copulative conjunction `and'; चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P.II.2.29; द्वन्द्वः सामासिकस्य च Bg.1.33; उभय- पदप्रधानो द्वन्द्वः Kāśikā 38. -2 A kind of disease. 3 (in music) A kind of measure. -4 The sign Gemini of the zodiac. -Comp. -आलापः a dialogue between two persons. -गर्भ a. (A बहुव्रीहि compound) having a द्वन्द्व compound within it. e. g. बृहद्रथन्तरे सामनी यस्य इति बृहद्रथन्तरसामा, where बृहद्रथन्तरे is a द्वन्द्व compound; ŚB. on MS.1.6.4. (opp. अनेकपदबहुव्रीहि). -चर, -चारिन् a. living in couples. (-m.) the ruddy goose; दयिता द्वन्द्वचरं पतत्त्रिणम् R.8.56;16.63. -ज, -दोषोत्थ a. 1 produced from morbid affection of two humours. -2 arising from a quarrel. -3 arising from a couple. -दुःखम् pain arising from opposite alternations (as heat and cold &c.); सर्वर्तु- निर्वृतिकरे निवसन्नुपैति न द्वन्द्वदुःखमिह किंचिदकिंचनो$पि Śi.4.64. -भावः antagonism, discord. -भिन्नम् separation of the sexes. -भूत a. 1 forming a couple. -2 doubtful, uncertain. -मोहः trouble caused by doubt. -युद्धम् a duel, a single combat.
dvi द्वि num. a. (Nom. du. द्वौ m., द्वे f., द्वे n.) Two, both; सद्यः परस्परतुलामधिरोहतां द्वे R.5.68. (N. B. In comp. द्वा is substituted for द्वि necessarily before दशन्, विंशति and त्रिंशत् and optionally before चत्वारिंशत्, पञ्चाशत्, षष्टि, सप्तति and नवति, द्वि remaining unchanged before अशीति.) [cf. L. duo, bis or bi in comp.; Gr. duo, dis; Zend dva; A. S. twi.] -Comp. -अक्ष a. two-eyed, binocular. द्व्यक्षीं त्र्यक्षीं ललाटाक्षीम् Mb. -अक्षर a. dissyllabic. (-रः) a word of two syllables. -अङ्गुल a. two fingers long. (-लम्) two fingers' length. -अणुकम् an aggregate or molecule of two atoms, a diad. विषयो द्व्यणुकादिस्तु ब्रह्माण्डान्त उदाहृतः Bhāṣāparichchheda. -अन्तर a. separated by two intermediate links. -अर्थ a. 1 having two senses. -2 ambiguous, equivocal. -3 having two objects in view. ˚कर a. accomplishing two objects; आम्रश्च सिक्तः पितरश्च तृप्ता एका क्रिया द्व्यर्थकरीह लोके Vāyu P. ˚त्वम् the state of having to convey two senses; द्व्यर्थत्वं विप्रतिषिद्धम् MS.7.1.6. -अर्ध a. 1. -अवर a. at least two; द्व्यवरान् भोजयेद् विप्रान् पायसेन यथोचितम् Bhāg.8.16.43. -अशीत a. eighty-second. -अशीतिः f. eighty-two. -अष्टम् copper. ˚सहस्रम् 16. -अहः a period of two days. -आत्मक a. 1 having a double nature. -2 being two. -आत्मकाः m. (pl.) the signs of the zodiac Gemini, Virgo, Sagittarius and Pisces. -आमुष्यायणः 'a son of two persons or fathers', an adopted son who remains heir to his natural father though adopted by another. -आम्नात a. twice mentioned. -आहिक a. recurring every day (fever). -ऋचम् (द्वृचम् or द्व्यर्चम्) a collection of two verses or riks. -एकान्तर a. separated by two or by one (degree); द्व्येकान्तरासु जातानां धर्म्यं विद्यादिमं विधिम् Ms.1.7. कः, -ककारः 1 crow (there being two '